City of Dallas

2011 ADDENDUM
to the
Public Works Construction Standards – North Central Texas
As Published by the
North Central Texas Council of Governments
(Fourth Edition, October 2004)

October 1, 2011

The 2011 Addendum to the North Central Texas Council of Governments, Fourth
Edition, © October, 2004, sets forth exceptions or requirements of the City of Dallas
Water Utilities Department, the City of Dallas Park and Recreation Department,
Trinity Watershed Management, and the City of Dallas Department of Public Works,
and thereby takes precedence over any conditions or requirements of the Standard
Specifications with which it may be in conflict.
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Notes:

The City of Dallas 2011 Addendum is an addendum to the Public Works Construction Standards - North Central
Texas as published by the North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG), October 2004. This Addendum
sets forth exceptions or requirements specific to the City of Dallas Water Utilities, the City of Dallas Park and
Recreation, Department of Public Works, and Trinity Watershed Management. These specifications will take
precedence over any conditions or requirements of the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards- North
Central Texas that may be in conflict.
This Addendum is organized by an Item Number that is closely related to the Item Number shown in the Public Works
Construction Standards - North Central Texas; however from time to time, the Item Numbers have been modified to
account for more or fewer parameters required by the City of Dallas. In all cases, an entire section will be replaced
rather than simply replacing a sentence, a word, or specific requirement.
From time to time, it may become necessary to update, change, or modify these specifications. When this happens,
the latest version of these specifications will prevail. The latest version’s date will be displayed prominently on the
front page and within the headers of each page.
Special Note: On projects awarded by the City of Dallas Department of Public Works, The Dallas Water Utilities,
Trinity Watershed Management, and the City of Dallas Park and Recreation Department Projects, there are some
differing policies and procedures. Differing policies and procedures are clearly marked in these specifications.
The City of Dallas Department of Public Works will utilize the latest edition of the Department of Public Works,
1
Standard Construction Details, File 251D-1 and the North Central Texas Standard Drawings for Public Works
Construction. The 251-D Standards will take precedence over the Public Works Construction Standards – North
Central Texas, standard details.
If there are any questions, errors, disputes, suggestions for improvement, or other modifications that would help make
this Addendum a better or more usable document, please contact the Dallas Water Utilities Engineering Services
Program Manager, the Department of Public Works Program Manager, the Park and Recreation Department
Program Manager, or the Trinity Watershed Management Program Manager at:

Dallas Water Utilities Department of Public Works

Program Manager Program Manager
Engineering Design Services Construction Management
Suite 500 Room 312
2121 Main Street 320 E. Jefferson Boulevard
Dallas, Texas 75201 Dallas, Texas 75203

Park and Recreation Department Trinity Watershed Management

Program Manager Construction Management: Room 312
Planning and Design 320. E. Jefferson
Room 6FS Dallas, Texas 75203
1500 Marilla
Dallas, Texas 75201

1
Standard Construction Details ―251D-1‖ are available from the City of Dallas Department of Public Works, 320 E.
Jefferson, Room 307, Dallas, Texas 75203 and on the Internet at:
http://www.dallascityhall.com/pwt/manuals_construction_standards.html.
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

City of Dallas
2011 ADDENDUM
to the
Public Works Construction Standards – North Central Texas
As Published by the
North Central Texas Council of Governments
(Fourth Edition, October 2004)

October 1, 2011
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

The City of Dallas acknowledges the persons who helped to put this 2011 City of Dallas Addendum together:

Susan Alvarez, P.E.

Cesar Baptista, P.E.
Leslie Castillo, P.E.
Patrick Diviney, P.E.
Kassem Elkhalil, P.E.
Ileana Fernandez
Rick Galceran, P.E.
Samir Goel, P.E.
Alan Hendrix, P.E.
Theodore Keprta, P.E.
Abidur Khan, P.E.
Chad Kopecki, P.E.
Christine Lanners
Bart Longoria
Richard Lucas, P.E.
Tom Morris, P.E.
Obeng Opoku-Acheampong
Jimmy Partain
Johnny Partain, P.E.
Matthew Penk, P.E.
Jo M. (Jody) Puckett, P.E.
Emma Jean Schumacher,
Richard Stauffer, P.E.
Ben A. Stephenson, P.E.
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 100 GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVISION 100 GENERAL PROVISIONS

101.COD: Definitions and Abbreviations .................................................................................................................. COD.101-1
101.0.COD: City Of Dallas Legal Holidays ............................................................................................................... COD.101-1
101.1.COD: Definitions ............................................................................................................................................ COD.101-1
Abbreviations Definition ......................................................................................................................................COD.101-1
Advertisement Definition .................................................................................................................................... COD.101-1
ATMOS Energy Definition .................................................................................................................................. COD.101-1
AT&T Definition ................................................................................................................................................. COD.101-1
Bid Definition...................................................................................................................................................... COD.101-2
Bid Guaranty (Bid Bond) Definition..................................................................................................................... COD.101-2
Bidder Definition................................................................................................................................................. COD.101-2
Bonded Warehouse Definition............................................................................................................................ COD.101-2
Business Day Definition .................................................................................................................................... COD.101-2
Calendar Day Definition ..................................................................................................................................... COD.101-2
Central Business District Definition ................................................................................................................... COD.101-2
City Definition .................................................................................................................................................... COD.101-2
City Attorney Definition ...................................................................................................................................... COD.101-2
Figure 101.1.COD: Central Business District Map ............................................................................................ COD.101-3
City Auditor Definition ........................................................................................................................................ COD.101-4
City Council Definition ........................................................................................................................................ COD.101-4
City Manager Definition ...................................................................................................................................... COD.101-4
City Park and Recreation Board Definition ......................................................................................................... COD.101-4
City Secretary Definition..................................................................................................................................... COD.101-4
Commencement of Construction Definition ....................................................................................................... COD.101-4
Common Plan of Development Definition .......................................................................................................... COD.101-4
Construction Site Notice (CSN) Definition ......................................................................................................... COD.101-4
Consulting Engineer Definition ...........................................................................................................................COD.101-4
Contractor Definition – Dallas Water Utilities or Dallas Department of Public Works .......................................... COD.101-4
Contractor Definition – Dallas Park and Recreation Department ....................................................................... COD.101-5
Directed, Required, Approved, and Words of Like Import Definition .................................................................. COD.101-5
Director of the Park and Recreation Department ............................................................................................... COD.101-5
D.P.L.CO. or DPL Definition .............................................................................................................................. COD.101-5
Engineer Definition ............................................................................................................................................ COD.101-5
Fineness Modulus ............................................................................................................................................. COD.101-5
G.T.E. or General Telephone and Electric Company Definition ......................................................................... COD.101-5
H.S. Definition .................................................................................................................................................... COD.101-5
L.S.G. or L.S.G.CO. Definition .......................................................................................................................... COD.101-5
Mayor Definition ................................................................................................................................................ COD.101-5
Midpoint of Project ............................................................................................................................................ COD.101-6
Oncor Definition ................................................................................................................................................ COD.101-6

i
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 100 GENERAL PROVISIONS (continued)

Ozone Alert or Aerial Pollution Alert .................................................................................................................. COD.101-6
Performance Bond Definition ............................................................................................................................ COD.101-6
Saturated Surface Dry (SSD) Definition ............................................................................................................ COD.101-6
Special Provisions or Conditions Definition ....................................................................................................... COD.101-6
Specifications or Contract Specifications .......................................................................................................... COD.101-6
Spill Prevention, Control, and Counter Measures Plan (SPCC) Definition ......................................................... COD.101-6
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Definition .............................................................................. COD.101-6
SWB or SWBT Definition .................................................................................................................................. COD.101-7
Unit Price Definition .......................................................................................................................................... COD.101-7
Working Day Definition ..................................................................................................................................... COD.101-7
101.2.COD: Abbreviations and Acronyms ................................................................................................................ COD.101-7
AAN .................................................................................................................................................................. COD.101-7
AATCC ............................................................................................................................................................. COD.101-7
API ................................................................................................................................................................... COD.101-7
AREMA ............................................................................................................................................................. COD.101-7
AVE .................................................................................................................................................................. COD.101-7
BLVD ................................................................................................................................................................ COD.101-7
C.L. ................................................................................................................................................................... COD.101-7
DAN .................................................................................................................................................................. COD.101-7
I.E. .................................................................................................................................................................... COD.101-7
P.L. ................................................................................................................................................................... COD.101-7
TAN ................................................................................................................................................................... COD.101-7
W.U.T.CO. ........................................................................................................................................................ COD.101-7
102.COD: PROPOSAL PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................... COD.102-1
102.4.COD: Preparation of Proposal ................................................................................................................. COD.102-1
102.4.1.COD: Safety and Experience Records – Department of Public Works .................................................. COD.102-2
102.4.2.COD: Safety and Experience Records – Dallas Water Utilities Department .......................................... COD.102-2
102.7.COD: Withdrawing Proposals ................................................................................................................. COD.102-2
102.7.1.COD: Withdrawing Proposals – Department of Public Works ................................................................ COD.102-2
102.7.2.COD: Withdrawing Proposals – Dallas Water Utilities Department ....................................................... COD.102-2
102.7.3.COD: Withdrawing Proposals – Dallas Park and Recreation Department ............................................. COD.102-3
102.10.COD: Irregular Proposals ..................................................................................................................... COD.102-3
102.12.COD: Disqualification of Bidders .......................................................................................................... COD.102-3
102.13.COD: Return of Proposal Guaranty ....................................................................................................... COD.102-3
103.COD: AWARD AND EXECUTION CONTRACT ................................................................................................ COD.103-1
103.2.COD: Award of Contract ......................................................................................................................... COD.103-1
103.2.1.COD: Award of Contract – Dallas Department of Public Works ........................................................... COD.103-1
103.2.2.COD: Award of Contract - Dallas Water Utilities Department ............................................................... COD.103-1
103.2.3.COD: Award of Contract - Dallas Park and Recreation Department .................................................... COD.103-1
103.3.1.5.COD: Furnishing Bonds ................................................................................................................... COD.103-1
103.4.COD: Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... COD.103-1
103.4.1.COD: CONTRACTOR‘S Insurance ..................................................................................................... COD.103-1
103.4.1.1.COD: Workers‘ Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance .................................................... COD.103-2

ii
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 100 GENERAL PROVISIONS (continued)

103.4.1.2.COD: Commercial General Liability Insurance .................................................................................. COD.103-2

103.4.2.COD: Business Automotive Liability Insurance .................................................................................... COD.103-2
103.4.3.COD: Umbrella Liability Insurance ....................................................................................................... COD.103-2
103.4.4.COD: Railroad Protective Insurance ..................................................................................................... COD.103-2
103.4.5.COD: Policy Endorsements and Special Conditions ............................................................................ COD.103-2
103.4.5.1.COD: Insurance Requirements ......................................................................................................... COD.103-2
103.4.5.2.COD: Insurance Furnished by CONTRACTOR ................................................................................. COD.103-3
103.4.5.3.COD: CONTRACTOR Agrees To Special Conditions ....................................................................... COD.103-4
103.4.6.1.COD: Certificate of Insurance Shall Be Delivered ............................................................................. COD.103-4
103.4.8.COD: Worker‘s Compensation Insurance Coverage ............................................................................ COD.103-5
103.4.8.1.COD: Definitions ............................................................................................................................... COD.103-5
103.4.8.1.1.COD: Certificate of Coverage (―Certificate‖) ................................................................................... COD.103-5
103.4.8.1.2.COD: Coverage Based on Proper Reporting ................................................................................. COD.103-6
103.4.8.1.3.COD: Certificate Before Award of CONTRACT .............................................................................. COD.103-6
103.4.8.1.4.COD: New Certificate If Coverage Lapses ..................................................................................... COD.103-6
103.4.8.1.5.COD: CONTRACTOR Shall Obtain From SUBCONTRACTORS ................................................... COD.103-6
103.4.8.1.6.COD: CONTRACTOR to Retain All Certificates ............................................................................. COD.103-6
103.4.8.1.7.COD: CONTRACTOR Shall Notify OWNER If Certificate Changes ............................................... COD.103-6
103.4.8.1.8.COD: On-Site Notice ..................................................................................................................... COD.103-6
103.4.8.1.9.COD: CONTRACTOR Shall Require SUBCONTRACTORS .......................................................... COD.103-6
103.4.8.1.10.COD: Signing Contract ................................................................................................................ COD.103-7
103.4.8.1.11.COD: Failure to Comply ............................................................................................................... COD.103-7
103.4.8.1.12.COD: Work Not Thoroughly and Satisfactory Stipulated .............................................................. COD.103-7
103.5.2.COD: Failure to Execute ...................................................................................................................... COD.103-7
103.6.1.COD: Commencing Work .................................................................................................................... COD.103-7
103.7.1.COD: Bid Rejection ............................................................................................................................. COD.103-7
103.8.COD: Order of Work to be Performed ..................................................................................................... COD.103-7
104.COD: Scope of Work ......................................................................................................................................... COD.104-1
104.1.COD: Intent of Contract Documents ....................................................................................................... COD.104-1
104.1.1.COD: Arrangement of Specifications and Headings ............................................................................ COD.104-1
104.2.6.COD: Special Provisions ..................................................................................................................... COD.104-1
105.COD: Control of Work ....................................................................................................................................... COD.105-1
105.2.1.COD: Workmanship ............................................................................................................................ COD.105-1
105.4.COD: Construction Stakes ..................................................................................................................... COD.105-1
105.4.1.COD: Construction Stakes – Department of Public .............................................................................. COD.105-1
105.4.2.COD: Constructions Stakes – Dallas Water Utilities ............................................................................ COD.105-1
105.4.3.COD: Construction Stakes – Park ad Recreation Department ............................................................. COD.105-2
105.4.4.COD: Qualified Registered Surveyor ................................................................................................... COD.105-2
105.5.1.COD: Conformity with the Plans .......................................................................................................... COD.105-2

iii
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 100 GENERAL PROVISIONS (continued)

105.5.1.1.COD: Priority of Contract Documents ............................................................................................... COD.105-2

105.5.3.COD: Public Utilities and Other Property to Be Changed ..................................................................... COD.105-2
105.6.COD: Supervision By CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................... COD.105-3
105.8.1.COD: Change of Address .................................................................................................................... COD.105-3
105.8.2.COD: Local Telephone Access ........................................................................................................... COD.105-4
105.9.COD: Inspection ..................................................................................................................................... COD.105-4
105.9.0.1.COD: Inspection of Work – Department of Public Works .................................................................. COD.105-4
105.9.0.2.COD: Inspection of Work – Dallas Water Utilities Department .......................................................... COD.105-4
105.9.0.3.COD: Inspection of Work – Dallas Park and Recreation Department ................................................ COD.105-4
105.9.2.COD: Final Inspection ......................................................................................................................... COD.105-5
105.9.3.COD: Inspection Overtime .................................................................................................................. COD.105-5
105.10.COD: Acceptance ................................................................................................................................. COD.105-6
105.10.1.COD: Termination of Contract ............................................................................................................ COD.105-6
105.10.2.COD: Guarantee After Completion .................................................................................................... COD.105-6
105.10.3.COD: Offset Progress Payments ....................................................................................................... COD.105-6
105.10.4.COD: Final Acceptance and Payment ............................................................................................... COD.105-6
105.10.5.COD: Right to Audit CONTRACTOR‘S Records ................................................................................. COD.105-7
106.COD: CONTROL OF MATERIALS .................................................................................................................... COD.106-1
106.2.COD: Materials and Equipment .............................................................................................................. COD.106-1
106.4.COD: Off-Site Storage ........................................................................................................................... COD.106-1
106.4.1.COD: Early Delivery ............................................................................................................................ COD.106-1
106.6.COD: Surplus Materials ......................................................................................................................... COD.106-2
107.COD: LEGAL RELATIONS AND CONTRACT RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................. COD.107-1
107.5.1.COD: Compensation and Acknowledgement of Work ......................................................................... COD.107-1
107.11.1.COD: Cooperation of the Contractor .................................................................................................. COD.107-1
107.13.5.COD: Equal Employment Opportunity Reporting ............................................................................... COD.107-1
107.13.6.COD: CONTRACTOR Work By Its Own Forces ................................................................................ COD.107-2
107.13.7.COD: Work Force Statement ............................................................................................................. COD.107-2
107.14.1.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Form ...................................................................................................... COD.107-2
107.16.2.COD: Pleas of Misunderstanding ...................................................................................................... COD.107-2
107.16.3.COD: Permits, Fees, and Licenses ................................................................................................... COD.107-2
107.14.1.1.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate Form; Department of Public Works .................................... COD.107-3
107.14.1.2.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate Form; Dallas Water Utilities Department ............................ COD.107-4
107.14.1.3.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate Form; Dallas Park and Recreation Department .................. COD.107-5
107.18.1.COD: City Regulations on Street Closing .......................................................................................... COD.107-6
107.19.2.COD. Protection of Persons and Property ......................................................................................... COD.107-6
107.19.2.1.COD: Public Utilities and Other Property to Be Changed ................................................................ COD.107-7
107.19.3.1.COD: Regulations ........................................................................................................................... COD.107-7

iv
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 100 GENERAL PROVISIONS (continued)

107.19.3.2.COD: Indemnification ..................................................................................................................... COD.107-8

Affidavit of Indemnification for Trench Safety .................................................................................................... COD.107-8
107.19.3.3.COD: Trench Safety Plan ............................................................................................................... COD.107-9
107.19.3.3.1.COD: OSHA and Pipe Design ..................................................................................................... COD.107-9
107.19.3.3.2.COD: Daily Inspections ................................................................................................................ COD.107-9
107.19.3.3.3.COD: Current Safety Program ..................................................................................................... COD.107-9
107.19.3.3.4.COD: Neighborhood Meeting ..................................................................................................... COD.107-10
107.19.3.4.COD: Shoring and Sheeting ......................................................................................................... COD.107-10
107.19.3.7.COD: Suspension of Work ............................................................................................................ COD.107-10
107.20.COD: Project Signs ............................................................................................................................ COD.107-11
107.23.2.1.COD: Soil Borings ........................................................................................................................ COD.107-11
107.23.5.COD: City of Dallas Contacts .......................................................................................................... COD.107-11
107.24.COD: Project Clean-Up ...................................................................................................................... COD.107-11
107.24.1.COD: Trash and Debris Removal .................................................................................................... COD.107-12
107.24.2.COD: Maintenance of Project Site During Construction ................................................................... COD.107-12
107.24.3.COD: Limitation of Operations ......................................................................................................... COD.107-12
107.25.1.COD: Spoil Removal ....................................................................................................................... COD.107-12
107.26.COD: Restoration of Property ............................................................................................................. COD.107-12
107.26.1.COD: Pavement Marking Restoration .............................................................................................. COD.107-13
107.26.2.COD: Fence Relocation and Replacement ...................................................................................... COD.107-13
107.26.3.COD: Replacements of Sidewalks, Curbs, and / or Gutters ............................................................. COD.107-13
107.26.4.COD: Damaged Paving ................................................................................................................... COD.107-13
107.26.5.COD: Site Restoration ..................................................................................................................... COD.107-13
107.27.COD: Environmental Compliance ....................................................................................................... COD.107-13
107.28.COD: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Chapter 217 Compliance ................................... COD.107-16
108.COD: PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ......................................................................................................... COD.108-1
108.1.COD: Construction Schedule ................................................................................................................. COD.108-1
108.2.COD: Prosecution of the Work ............................................................................................................... COD.108-1
108.2.1.COD: Equipment ................................................................................................................................. COD.108-1
108.5.COD: Subcontracts ................................................................................................................................ COD.108-1
108.5.1.COD: Approval of SUBCONTRACTOR ............................................................................................... COD.108-1
108.5.2.COD: SUBCONTRACTOR Replacement ............................................................................................ COD.108-2
108.5.3.COD: Subcontractual Relations ........................................................................................................... COD.108-2
108.5.4.COD: CONTRACTOR Assigns Claims ................................................................................................ COD.108-3
108.5.5.COD: SUBCONTRACTOR Monthly Payments ...................................................................................... COD.108-3
108.5.6.COD: SUBCONTRACTOR Claims; Duty of CONTRACTOR ............................................................... COD.108-3
108.6.COD: Assignments ................................................................................................................................. COD.108-4
108.6.1.COD: Attempt to Dispose of the Contract ............................................................................................ COD.108-4

v
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 100 GENERAL PROVISIONS (continued)

108.7.1.COD: Reasons for Suspension ........................................................................................................... COD.108-4

108.7.2.COD: No Additional Compensation ..................................................................................................... COD.108-5
108.8.COD: Delays; Extension of Time; Liquidated Damages .......................................................................... COD.108-5
108.11.2.COD: CONTRACTOR Action ............................................................................................................ COD.108-6
109.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .......................................................................................................... COD.109-1
109.1.COD: Payment for Labor and Material; No Liens .................................................................................... COD.109-1
109.2.3.COD: Measurement of Quantities ........................................................................................................ COD.109-1
109.5.1.COD: Monthly Estimate ....................................................................................................................... COD.109-1
109.5.1.1.COD: Monthly Estimate – Department of Public Works .................................................................... COD.109-1
109.5.1.2.COD: Monthly Estimate – Dallas Water Utilities ................................................................................ COD.109-2
109.5.1.3.COD: Monthly Estimate – Park and Recreation Department ............................................................. COD.109-2
109.5.1.4.COD: Payment Schedule for SUBCONTRACTORS ......................................................................... COD.109-3
109.5.1.5.COD: Written Submittals .................................................................................................................. COD.109-3
109.5.4.COD: Final Payment – Dallas Water Utilities and Department of Public Works ................................... COD.109-4
109.5.4.1.COD: Final CONTRACTOR‘S Report ............................................................................................... COD.109-4
109.5.4.2.COD: Other Documentation ............................................................................................................. COD.109-4
109.5.4.3.COD: Maintenance Provisions Fulfillment ......................................................................................... COD.109-5
109.5.5.COD: Semi-Final Inspection and Payment – Park and Recreation Department ................................... COD.109-5
109.5.6.COD: Final Acceptance and Final Payment – Park and Recreation Department ................................. COD.109-5
110.COD: ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ................................................................................................................... COD.110-1
110.1.COD: Environmental Policy .................................................................................................................... COD.110-1
110.1.1.COD: General ..................................................................................................................................... COD.110-1
110.1.1.1.COD: Purpose .................................................................................................................................. COD.110-1
110.1.1.2.COD: Instructions ............................................................................................................................. COD.110-1
110.2.COD: Administrative Requirements ........................................................................................................ COD.110-1
110.2.1.COD: Regulatory Requirements .......................................................................................................... COD.110-1
110.3.COD: City is Committed to an Environmental Policy ............................................................................... COD.110-1
110.4.COD: Environmental Commitment is Embodied by the Following Actions .............................................. COD.110-1
110.5.COD: Green Purchasing ........................................................................................................................ COD.110-1
110.1.1.2.(A).COD: Blank Environmental Record Affidavit ............................................................................... COD.110-2
110.6.COD: Air Quality and Ozone ................................................................................................................. COD.110-2
110.7.COD: Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) ........................................................................................... COD.110-2
110.8.COD: Spills and Releases ...................................................................................................................... COD.110-2
110.8.(a).COD: Table: Commonly Used Substances that may Cause Adverse Effects ..................................... COD.110-2
110.9.COD: Environmental Notices of Enforcement (NOE) and Notices of Violation (NOV) ............................. COD.110-3
110.10.COD: Endangered Species .................................................................................................................. COD.110-3
110.11.COD: Wetland Regulatory Authority ..................................................................................................... COD.110-3
110.12.COD: Stormwater Control / Permits ...................................................................................................... COD.110-3

vi
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 200 SITE PROTECTION AND PREPARATION

DIVISION 200 SITE PROTECTION AND PREPARATION
201.COD: TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION, AND WATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION AND CONTROL ............................................................................................................... COD.201-1
201.3.COD: Preconstruction Submittals ........................................................................................................... COD.201-1
201.3.1.COD: Stormwater Pollution Prevention Permit ..................................................................................... COD.201-1
201.3.2.COD: Notice of Intent (NOI) ................................................................................................................. COD.201-1
201.3.3.COD: Notice of Termination (NOT) ...................................................................................................... COD.201-2
201.3.4.COD: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) ...................................................................... COD.201-2
201.3.5.COD: Small Sites, Disturbed Area Equal to or Greater than 1 Acre but
Less than 5 Acres (Permit Required) .......................................................................................... COD201-2
201.3.6.COD: Large Sites, Total Disturbed Area Greater than 5 Acres
(Permit and SWPPP Required) ................................................................................................. COD.201-2
201.3.7.COD: Large Sites, Total Disturbed Area Greater than 10 Acres
(Permit, SWPPP, Sediment Basin, and Monitoring Required)..................................................... COD.201-3
201.3.8.COD: Payment for Temporary Erosion, Sedimentation, and Water Pollution Prevention ..................... COD.201-3
201.3.9.COD: Measurement and Payment (Temporary Erosion, Sedimentation
and Water Pollution Prevention and Control: Large Sites over 10 Acres) ................................... COD.201-3
201.3.10.COD: Measurement and Payment (Temporary Erosion, Sedimentation
and Water Pollution Prevention and Control: Large Sites over 5 Acres) ..................................... COD.201-3
201.3.11.COD: Measurement and Payment (Temporary Erosion, Sedimentation
and Water Pollution Prevention and Control: Small Sites < 5 Acres) ......................................... COD.201-4
202.COD: LANDSCAPING ...................................................................................................................................... COD.202-1
202.1.1.COD: Trees ......................................................................................................................................... COD.202-1
202.5.4.COD: Measurement and Payment (Plugging and Sodding) .................................................................. COD.202-1
202.6.5.COD: Measurement and Payment (Broadcast seeding, Disced Seeding, and Hydraulic Mulching) ...... COD.202-1
203.COD: SITE PREPARATION .............................................................................................................................. COD.203-1
203.1.2.2.COD: Contractor to Report Utility Line Damage .................................................................................COD.203-1
203.1.3.1.1.COD: Water Service Must Be Maintained ...................................................................................... COD.203-1
203.2.COD: Maintenance of Street During Construction .................................................................................. COD.203-1
203.2.1.COD: Traffic Restrictions ..................................................................................................................... COD.203-2
203.3.2.COD: Construction Methods ................................................................................................................ COD.203-2
203.3.2.1.COD: Over-excavation ..................................................................................................................... COD.203-2
203.3.4.COD: Water For Construction .............................................................................................................. COD.203-2
203.5.6.5.COD: Excavation for Altered Grade .................................................................................................. COD.203-3
203.5.6.6.COD: Installation on Top of Fill ......................................................................................................... COD.203-3
203.5.6.7.COD: Glass G Embedment .............................................................................................................. COD.203-3
203.5.6.8.COD: Existing Curbs ........................................................................................................................ COD.203-3
203.5.7.1.COD: Blasting - Dallas Water Utilities or the Department of Public Works: ........................................ COD.203-3
203.5.7.2.COD: Use of Explosives – Dallas Park and Recreation Department ................................................. COD.203-4
203.8.COD: Dust Control ................................................................................................................................. COD.203-4
203.8.1.COD: Sprinkling for Dust Control ........................................................................................................ COD.203-4
203.8.2.COD: Materials .................................................................................................................................... COD.203-4
203.8.3.COD: Construction Methods ................................................................................................................ COD.203-4
203.8.4.COD: Measurement and Payment ....................................................................................................... COD.203-4

vii
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 300 ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION 300 ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION

301.COD: Subgrade, Subbase, and Base Preparation ............................................................................................. COD.301-1
301.1.1.2.COD: Equipment .............................................................................................................................. COD.301-1
301.1.1.3.COD: Construction Methods ............................................................................................................. COD.301-1
301.1.1.3.1.COD: Subgrade Preparation .......................................................................................................... COD.301-1
301.1.1.3.2.COD: Utility Ditch Cuts .................................................................................................................. COD.301-1
301.1.1.3.3.COD: Recompacted Pavement Subgrade ..................................................................................... COD.301-2
301.1.1.3.4.COD: Proof Rolling ........................................................................................................................ COD.301-3
301.1.1.4.COD: Measurement and Payment; Preparation of Subgrade ........................................................... COD.301-4
301.1.2.3.COD: Lime Treatment Construction Methods .................................................................................. COD.301-4
301.1.2.3.1.COD: General ............................................................................................................................... COD.301-4
301.2.3.6.COD: Compaction ............................................................................................................................ COD.301-5
301.2.3.7.COD: Maintenance ........................................................................................................................... COD.301-5
301.3.3.3.1.COD: Subgrade preparation .......................................................................................................... COD.301-5
301.3.3.3.2.COD: Mixing and Processing for Plant-mixed Cement Treated Base ............................................. COD.301-5
301.3.3.8.COD: Construction Quality Control Program .................................................................................... COD.301-6
301.3.4.COD: Measurement of Work and Basis of Payment ............................................................................ COD.301-6
301.3.5.COD: Cement Stabilization of Subgrade Soils ..................................................................................... COD.301-7
Table 301.3.5.(a).COD: Cement Stabilization of Subgrade Soils ...................................................................... COD.301-8
301.3.5.1.COD: Equipment Description ........................................................................................................... COD.301-9
301.3.5.2.COD: Construction Methods ............................................................................................................. COD.301-9
301.5.COD: Flexible Subbase or Base (Crushed Stone / Concrete) .............................................................. COD.301-10
301.5.1.COD: Material .................................................................................................................................... COD.301-10
301.5.1.1.COD: General ................................................................................................................................ COD.301-10
301.5.1.2.COD: Gradation ............................................................................................................................. COD.301-10
Table 301.5.1.2.(a).COD: Gradation .............................................................................................................. COD.301-10
301.5.1.3.COD: Moisture ............................................................................................................................... COD.301-11
301.5.1.4.COD: Tests .................................................................................................................................... COD.301-11
301.5.1.5.COD: Foreign Matter ...................................................................................................................... COD.301-11
301.5.1.6.COD: Rejection .............................................................................................................................. COD.301-11
302.COD: Asphalt Pavement ................................................................................................................................... COD.302-1
Table 302.2.2.2.(a)COD: Coarse Aggregate Quality Requirements ................................................................. COD.302-1
Table 302.2.3.(a).COD: Fine Aggregate Quality Requirements ........................................................................ COD.302-1
Table 302.2.4.1.(a)COD: Mineral Filler Gradation ............................................................................................ COD.302-1
302.7.4.COD: Construction Methods ................................................................................................................. COD.302-2
Table 302.8.2.3.(b).COD: Aggregate Tests ...................................................................................................... COD.302-2
302.8.3.COD: Construction Methods ................................................................................................................ COD.302-3
Table 302.8.3.(a).COD: Stability of Asphalt Base Course ................................................................................. COD.302-3

viii
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 300 ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION (Continued)

302.9.3.COD: Paving Mixture ........................................................................................................................... COD.302-3

Table 302.9.3.1.(a).COD: Paving Mixture .......................................................................................................... COD.302-3
Table 302.9.3.(a).COD: Dense Graded Hot Mix Master Grading ...................................................................... COD.302-4
302.9.3.1.COD: Extraction Test ........................................................................................................................ COD.302-5
Table 302.9.3.(f).COD: Asphalt Pavement Mixture Stability .............................................................................. COD.302-5
302.9.4.9.COD: Rollers .................................................................................................................................... COD.302-5
302.9.6.7.COD: Compaction ............................................................................................................................ COD.302-5
303.COD: Portland Cement Pavement ..................................................................................................................... COD.303-1
303.1.COD: Description ................................................................................................................................... COD.303-1
Table 303.2.1.1.3.(a).COD: Aggregate Tests ................................................................................................... COD.303-1
Table 303.2.1.2.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Fine Aggregates .......................................................... COD.303-2
303.2.1.2.5.COD: Additional Requirements ...................................................................................................... COD.303-2
Table 303.2.1.3.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Coarse Aggregates ..................................................... COD.303-3
303.2.2.1.COD: Delivery .................................................................................................................................. COD.303-3
303.2.2.1.(a).COD: Typical Concrete Batch Delivery Ticket ............................................................................. COD.303-4
303.2.4.COD: Mineral Admixtures .................................................................................................................... COD.303-5
303.2.13.1.1.COD: Membrane-Forming Compounds ....................................................................................... COD.303-5
Table 303.2.13.1.(a).COD: Membrane-Forming Compounds ........................................................................... COD.303-6
303.2.14.1.2.COD: Cold Pour Joint Sealant ..................................................................................................... COD:303-6
Table 303.2.14.1.2.(a).COD: Cold Pour Joint Sealant Requirements ............................................................... COD.303-7
Table 303.2.14.1.2.(b).COD: Adhesion, Cohesion, and Resilience .................................................................... COD.303-8
303.3.3.COD: Mix Designs ............................................................................................................................... COD.303-8
Blank Concrete Mix Design Form ...................................................................................................................... COD.303-9
Blank Summary Results of Sieve Analysis Form ............................................................................................. COD.303-10
Filled Out Example Concrete Mix Design Form ............................................................................................... COD.303-11
Filled Out Example Summary Results of Sieve Analysis Form ........................................................................ COD.303-12
303.3.3.1.COD: Standard Mix Design for Plant / Ready Mix 4500 PSI Concrete ............................................. COD.303-13
303.3.3.1.1.COD: Project Design Specification .............................................................................................. COD.303-13
303.3.3.1.2.COD: Material Sources Identified ................................................................................................ COD.303-13
303.3.3.1.3.COD: Cement Requirements ....................................................................................................... COD.303-13
303.3.3.1.4.COD: Fly Ash Substitution ........................................................................................................... COD.303-13
303.3.3.1.5.COD: Aggregate Weights ............................................................................................................. COD.303-13
303.3.3.1.6.COD: The Slump ......................................................................................................................... COD.303-13
303.3.3.1.7.COD: Percent Air Content ........................................................................................................... COD.303-13
303.3.3.1.8.COD Current Strength Tests ........................................................................................................ COD.303-14
303.3.3.1.9.COD: Aggregate Gradation ......................................................................................................... COD.303-14
Table 303.3.3.1.9.(a).COD: Fine Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................................................... COD.303-14
Table 303.3.3.1.9.(b).COD: Grade Number 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-14
Table 303.3.3.1.9.(c).COD: Grade number 2 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ...................................... COD.303-15
Table 303.3.3.1.9.(d).COD: Grade Number 3 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-15
Table 303.3.3.1.9.(e).COD: Grade Number 4 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-15

ix
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 300 ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION (Continued)

303.3.3.1.10.COD: Fineness Modulus ........................................................................................................... COD.303-15

303.3.3.1.11.COD: Specific Gravity and Absorption ....................................................................................... COD.303-16
303.3.3.1.12.COD: L.A. Abrasion Test ........................................................................................................... COD.303-16
303.3.3.1.13.COD: Certifications .................................................................................................................... COD.303-16
303.3.3.2.COD: Standard Mix Design for Plant / Ready Mix 4000 PSI Concrete ............................................. COD.303-16
303.3.3.2.1.COD: Project Design Specification .............................................................................................. COD.303-16
303.3.3.2.2.COD: Material Sources Identified ................................................................................................ COD.303-16
303.3.3.2.3.COD: Cement Requirements ....................................................................................................... COD.303-16
303.3.3.2.4.COD: Fly Ash Substitution ........................................................................................................... COD.303-16
303.3.3.2.5.COD: Aggregate Weights ............................................................................................................. COD.303-17
303.3.3.2.6.COD: The Slump ......................................................................................................................... COD.303-17
303.3.3.2.7.COD: Percent Air Content ........................................................................................................... COD.303-17
303.3.3.2.8.COD Current Strength Tests ....................................................................................................... COD.303-17
303.3.3.2.9.COD: Aggregate Gradation ......................................................................................................... COD.303-17
Table 303.3.3.2.9.(a).COD: Fine Aggregate Gradation Analysis .................................................................... COD.303-17
Table 303.3.3.2.9.(b).COD: Grade Number 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-18
Table 303.3.3.2.9.(c).COD: Grade number 2 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ...................................... COD.303-18
Table 303.3.3.2.9.(d).COD: Grade Number 3 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-18
Table 303.3.3.2.9.(e).COD: Grade Number 4 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-19
303.3.3.2.10.COD: Fineness Modulus ........................................................................................................... COD.303-19
303.3.3.2.11.COD: Specific Gravity and Absorption ....................................................................................... COD.303-19
303.3.3.2.12.COD: L.A. Abrasion Test ........................................................................................................... COD.303-19
303.3.3.2.13.COD: Certifications .................................................................................................................... COD.303-19
303.3.3.1.COD: Standard Mix Design for Plant / Ready Mix 3000 PSI Concrete ............................................. COD.303-19
303.3.3.3.1.COD: Project Design Specification .............................................................................................. COD.303-19
303.3.3.3.2.COD: Material Sources Identified ................................................................................................ COD.303-20
303.3.3.3.3.COD: Cement Requirements ....................................................................................................... COD.303-20
303.3.3.3.4.COD: Fly Ash Substitution ........................................................................................................... COD.303-20
303.3.3.3.5.COD: Aggregate Weights ............................................................................................................. COD.303-20
303.3.3.3.6.COD: The Slump ......................................................................................................................... COD.303-20
303.3.3.3.7.COD: Percent Air Content ........................................................................................................... COD.303-20
303.3.3.3.8.COD Current Strength Tests ....................................................................................................... COD.303-20
303.3.3.3.9.COD: Aggregate Gradation ......................................................................................................... COD.303-20
Table 303.3.3.3.9.(a).COD: Fine Aggregate Gradation Analysis .................................................................... COD.303-21
Table 303.3.3.3.9.(b).COD: Grade Number 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-21
Table 303.3.3.3.9.(c).COD: Grade number 2 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ...................................... COD.303-22
Table 303.3.3.3.9.(d).COD: Grade Number 3 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-22
Table 303.3.3.3.9.(e).COD: Grade Number 4 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis ..................................... COD.303-22
303.3.3.3.10.COD: Fineness Modulus ........................................................................................................... COD.303-22

x
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 300 ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION (Continued)

303.3.3.3.11.COD: Specific Gravity and Absorption ....................................................................................... COD.303-23

303.3.3.3.12.COD: L.A. Abrasion Test ........................................................................................................... COD.303-23
303.3.3.3.13.COD: Certifications .................................................................................................................... COD.303-23
303.3.4.2.COD: Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete .............................................................................. COD.303-23
Table 303.3.4.2.(a).COD: Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete .............................................................. COD.303-23
303.3.6.COD: Cement Used on Public Projects – Sustainable Air Quality ...................................................... COD.303-23
Form 25: Cement Preference Certification (Form 25) ..................................................................................... COD.303-25
Form 26: Concrete / Cement Delivery Certification (Form 26) ..........................................................................COD.303-26
303.4.1.COD: General ................................................................................................................................... COD.303-27
303.4.5.COD: Mechanical Vibratory Equipment ............................................................................................. COD.303-27
303.4.6.COD: Vibrating Screed ...................................................................................................................... COD.303-27
303.4.7.COD: Transverse Finishing Machine ................................................................................................. COD.303-27
303.5.4.3.COD: Construction Joints ............................................................................................................... COD.303-28
303.5.4.7.COD: Joint Sealing ......................................................................................................................... COD.303-28
303.5.4.7.1.COD: Hot Poured Polymer .......................................................................................................... COD.303-28
303.5.4.7.2.COD: Ready-Mixed Cold-Applied ................................................................................................ COD.303-28
303.5.4.7.3.COD: Miscellaneous Joint Sealing Procedures ............................................................................ COD.303-29
303.5.4.7.4.COD: Expansion Joint and Alternate Joint Sealing Procedures ................................................... COD.303-31
303.5.5.2.COD: Weather Conditions .............................................................................................................. COD.303-32
303.5.6.COD: Finishing .................................................................................................................................. COD.303-33
303.5.6.1.COD: Machine ................................................................................................................................ COD.303-33
303.5.6.2.COD: Hand Finishing ...................................................................................................................... COD.303-33
303.5.7.COD: Curing ...................................................................................................................................... COD.303-33
Table 303.5.7.(a).COD: Water Retention by Curing Materials ........................................................................ COD.303-34
303.5.7.1.COD: Plastic Shrinkage Cracking ................................................................................................... COD.303-34
Figure 303.5.7.1.(a).COD: Rate of Evaporation of Concrete ........................................................................... COD.303-35
303.5.12.COD: Mix Designs ........................................................................................................................... COD.303-36
Concrete Mix Design Form (blank) .................................................................................................................. COD.303-37
Summary Results of Sieve Analysis Form (blank) ........................................................................................... COD.303-38
Filled Out Example of a Concrete Mix Design Form ........................................................................................ COD.303-39
Filled Out Example of a Summary Results of Sieve Analysis Form ................................................................. COD.303-40
303.7.1.COD: Measurement and Payment ..................................................................................................... COD.303-41
303.8.3.1.COD: Standard Classes of Concrete Test Cylinders ....................................................................... COD.303-41
Table 303.8.3.1.(a).COD: Standard Class of Concrete Deficiency Penalties .................................................. COD.303-41
303.9.COD: Measurement and Payment of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement.......................................... COD.303-42
303.9.1.COD: Measurement and Payment of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement –
Department of Public Works ..................................................................................................... COD.303-42
303.9.2.COD: Measurement and Payment of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement –
Dallas Water Utilities ................................................................................................................ COD.303-42
305.COD: Miscellaneous Roadway Construction ..................................................................................................... COD.305-1
305.2.2.2.COD: Reinforcement ........................................................................................................................ COD.305-1
305.2.3.9..COD: Construction Methods: Street Surface Milling and Resurfacing .............................................. COD.305-1

xi
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

DIVISION 400 ROADWAY MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION

DIVISION 400 ROADWAY MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION
404.COD: SURFACE TREATMENT ........................................................................................................................ COD.404-1
404.3.1.COD: Laboratory Evaluation ................................................................................................................ COD.404-1
404.3.1.1.COD: General .................................................................................................................................. COD.404-1
404.3.1.2.COD: Additional Specifications .......................................................................................................... COD.404-1
Table 404.3.1.2.(a).COD: Test Methods for Aggregate and Mineral Filler ........................................................ COD.404-1
Table 404.3.1.2.(b).COD: Test Methods for Emulsified Asphalt ......................................................................... COD.404-2
Table 404.3.1.2.(c).COD: Test methods for Slurry Seal ................................................................................... COD.404-2
404.3.3.1.COD: Calibration .............................................................................................................................. COD.404-2
404.3.3.2.COD: Verification ............................................................................................................................. COD.404-2
404.3.3.5.COD: Auxiliary Equipment ................................................................................................................ COD.404-3
404.3.4.COD: Surface Preparation .................................................................................................................. COD.404-3
404.3.4.1.COD: General .................................................................................................................................. COD.404-3
404.3.4.2.COD: Tack Coat ............................................................................................................................... COD.404-3
404.3.7.COD: Limitations ................................................................................................................................. COD.404-3
404.3.7.1.COD: Weather ................................................................................................................................. COD.404-3
404.3.7.2.COD: No Slurry Shall Be Applied When: .......................................................................................... COD.404-3
404.3.7.3.COD: Purpose of Slurry Seal Application .......................................................................................... COD.404-3
404.3.7.4.COD: Condition and Type Surface to Be Treated ............................................................................. COD.404-4
404.3.7.5.COD: Notification ............................................................................................................................. COD.404-4
404.3.7.6.COD: Traffic Control ......................................................................................................................... COD.404-4
404.3.7.7.COD: Slurry Seal Surface Treatment ................................................................................................ COD.404-4

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES
501.COD: Underground Conduit Materials ............................................................................................................... COD.501-1
501.1.COD: General ........................................................................................................................................ COD.501-1
501.4.1.1.COD: NSF 61 Compliance ............................................................................................................... COD.501-1
501.5.4.1.COD: Rubber Gaskets ..................................................................................................................... COD.501-1
501.7.COD: Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. ........................................................................................ COD.501-1
501.7.1.COD: General ..................................................................................................................................... COD.501-1
501.7.2.COD: Joints ......................................................................................................................................... COD.501-2
Table 501.7.2.(a).COD: Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings ....................................................................... COD.501-2
501.7.3.COD: Coating and Lining .................................................................................................................... COD.501-2
501.7.4.COD: Fittings ...................................................................................................................................... COD.501-2
501.7.4.1.COD: NSF 61 Compliance ................................................................................................................ COD.501-2
501.7.5.COD: Tests ......................................................................................................................................... COD.501-2
507.7.6.COD: Markings ................................................................................................................................... COD.501-2
501.7.7.COD: Design Requirements ................................................................................................................ COD.501-3
501.7.8.COD: NSF 61 Compliance .................................................................................................................. COD.501-3
501.9.3.COD: Pipe and Fittings Requirements ................................................................................................. COD.501-3

xii
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES

(Continued)

501.9.3.1.COD: NSF 61 Compliance ................................................................................................................ COD.501-3

501.10.3.COD: Lead Free ................................................................................................................................ COD.502-3
501.13.5.COD: Grout Holes ............................................................................................................................. COD.501-3
501.14.5.COD: Fittings ...................................................................................................................................... COD.501-3
Table 501.14.5.(a).COD: PVC Water Pipe Fittings Standards .......................................................................... COD.501-4
501.14.6.COD: NSF 61 Compliance ................................................................................................................. COD.501-4
501.18.3.COD: Pipe Classification ................................................................................................................... COD.501-4
Table: 501.18.3.(a).COD: PVC Profile Gravity Pipe Standards ......................................................................... COD.501-4
501.21.6.COD: NSF 61 Compliance ................................................................................................................. COD.501-4
501.25.COD: PVC Pipe Materials on Hand ...................................................................................................... COD.501-5
502.COD: Appurtenances ......................................................................................................................................... COD.502-1
502.1.2.COD: Wastewater Manhole Grade Adjustments Risers ......................................................................... COD.502-1
502.1.4.8.COD: Wastewater Manhole Frame Seals ......................................................................................... COD.502-1
502.1.4.9.COD: Interior Coatings For Manholes ............................................................................................... COD.502-1
502.1.6.COD: Measurement and Payment of Manholes ................................................................................... COD.502-1
502.1.7.COD: Manhole Backfill ........................................................................................................................ COD.501-1
502.3.COD: Fire Hydrants ................................................................................................................................ COD.502-2
502.3.1.COD: Materials .................................................................................................................................... COD.502-2
502.3.1.2.COD: Breakable Type Hydrants ....................................................................................................... COD.502-3
502.3.1.3.COD: Main Valve Seats .................................................................................................................... COD.502-3
502.3.1.4.COD: Nozzle Cap Chains ................................................................................................................. COD.502-3
502.3.1.5.COD: Flanges .................................................................................................................................. COD.502-3
502.3.1.6.COD: Operating Stems ..................................................................................................................... COD.502-3
502.3.1.7.COD: O-Rings .................................................................................................................................. COD.502-4
502.3.1.8.COD: Provisions For Extension ........................................................................................................ COD.502-4
502.3.1.11.COD: Upperstem Thread Lubrication .............................................................................................. COD.502-4
502.3.1.12.COD: Tests and Affidavit of Compliance ......................................................................................... COD.502-4
502.3.1.14.COD: Rejection .............................................................................................................................. COD.502-4
502.3.1.15.COD: Protection of Stem Threads .................................................................................................. COD.502-4
502.3.2.COD: Installation ................................................................................................................................. COD.502-4
502.3.3.COD: Measurement and Payment ....................................................................................................... COD.502-5
502.3.17.COD: Hydrant Approval ..................................................................................................................... COD.502-5
502.5.1.3..COD: Design Features of Stops and Cocks ..................................................................................... COD.502-5
502.5.1.3.1.COD: Ball Stop .............................................................................................................................. COD.502-5
502.5.1.3.2.COD: Plug Type Stop ..................................................................................................................... COD.502-5
502.5.1.3.3.COD: Inlet and Outlet Threads ...................................................................................................... COD.502-5
502.5.1.3.4.COD: Corporation Stops ................................................................................................................ COD.502-5
502.5.1.3.5.COD: Curb Stop Outlets ................................................................................................................ COD.502-5

xiii
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES

(Continued)

502.5.1.3.6.COD: Corporation Stop Outlets ..................................................................................................... COD.502-5

502.5.2.COD: All Other Fittings ........................................................................................................................ COD.502-6
502.5.3.COD: Measurement and Payment ........................................................................................................ COD.502-6
502.6.COD: VALVES ............................................................................................................................................... COD.502-6
502.6.1.COD: Double Disk, Metal Seated Gate Valves for Ordinary Waterworks Service ................................ COD.502-6
502.6.1.1.COD: General Description ........................................................................................................ COD.502-6
502.6.1.2.COD: Body and Bonnet ............................................................................................................ COD.502-7
502.6.1.2.1.COD: Bolting Materials ........................................................................................................... COD.502-7
502.6.1.2.2.COD: Gaskets ....................................................................................................................... COD.502-7
502.6.1.2.3.COD: Glands .......................................................................................................................... COD.502-8
502.6.1.3.COD: Ends ............................................................................................................................... COD.502-8
502.6.1.4.COD: Gates and Rings ............................................................................................................. COD.502-8
502.6.1.5.COD: Wedging Device ............................................................................................................. COD.502-8
502.6.1.6.COD: Rollers, Tracks, and Scrapers for Horizontal Valves ....................................................... COD.502-8
502.6.1.7.COD: Valve Stems and Nuts .................................................................................................... COD.502-8
502.6.1.8.COD: Stuffing Boxes ................................................................................................................ COD.502-9
502.6.1.9.COD: Follower Glands and Gland Bolts and Nuts ..................................................................... COD.502-9
502.6.1.10.COD: Hand Wheels and Operating Nuts ................................................................................ COD.502-9
502.6.1.11.COD: Gearing ........................................................................................................................ COD.502-9
502.6.1.12.COD: Gear Cases .................................................................................................................. COD.502-9
502.6.1.13.COD: By-Pass Valves ............................................................................................................ COD.502-9
502.6.1.14.COD: Cast Iron ....................................................................................................................... COD.502-9
502.6.1.15.COD: Horizontal Valves .......................................................................................................... COD.502-9
502.6.1.16.COD: Valves for Installation in Vertical Pipelines ................................................................... COD.502-9
502.6.1.17.COD: Tapping Valves ............................................................................................................. COD.502-9
502.6.1.18.COD: Tests and Inspection ................................................................................................... COD.502-10
502.6.1.19.COD: Verification of Compliance with Specifications ............................................................ COD.502-10
502.6.1.19.1.COD: Documentation ........................................................................................................ COD.502-10
502.6.1.20.COD: Packaging ................................................................................................................... COD.502-10
502.6.1.21.COD: Wrench Nuts .............................................................................................................. COD.502-10
502.6.1.22.COD: Design Requirements ................................................................................................. COD.502-10
502.6.1.23.COD: Tapping Sleeves ......................................................................................................... COD.502.11
502.6.1.23.1.COD: Tapping Sleeves, Body ............................................................................................ COD.502-11
502.6.1.24.COD: Flanges ...................................................................................................................... COD.502-11
502.6.1.25.COD: Gasket ........................................................................................................................ COD.502-11
502.6.1.26.COD: Bolts and Nuts ............................................................................................................ COD.502-11
502.6.1.27.COD: Finish .......................................................................................................................... COD.502-12
502.6.1.28.COD: Pressure Rating .......................................................................................................... COD.502-12
502.6.1.29.COD: Restrictions ................................................................................................................. COD.502-12
502.6.1.30.COD: NSF 61 Compliance .................................................................................................... COD.502-12

xiv
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES

(Continued)

502.6.2.COD: Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Ordinary Waterworks Service .............................................. COD.502-12
502.6.2.1.COD: General Description ...................................................................................................... COD.502-12
502.6.2.1.1.COD: CONTRACTOR Furnished Valves .............................................................................. COD.502-13
502.6.2.1.2.COD: Detailed Drawings ...................................................................................................... COD.502-13
502.6.2.1.3.COD: Experience ................................................................................................................. COD.502-13
502.6.2.1.4.COD: National Standards .................................................................................................... COD.502-13
502.6.2.2.COD: Body and Bonnet ......................................................................................................... COD.502-13
502.6.2.3.COD: Ends ............................................................................................................................. COD.502-13
502.6.2.4.COD: Gate ............................................................................................................................. COD.502-13
502.6.2.5.COD: Valve Stems and Nuts .................................................................................................. COD.502-13
502.6.2.6.COD: Stuffing Boxes .............................................................................................................. COD.502-13
502.6.2.7.COD: Follower Glands and Gland Bolts and Nuts ................................................................... COD.502-13
502.6.2.7.1.COD: Bolting Materials ........................................................................................................ COD.502-13
502.6.2.8.COD: Hand Wheels and Operating Nuts ................................................................................. COD.502-13
502.6.2.9.COD: Gearing ......................................................................................................................... COD.502-13
502.6.2.10.COD: Gear Cases ................................................................................................................ COD.502-13
502.6.2.11.COD: By-Pass Valves ........................................................................................................... COD.502-14
502.6.2.12.COD: Cast Iron ..................................................................................................................... COD.502-14
502.6.2.13.COD: Horizontal Valves ........................................................................................................ COD.502-14
502.6.2.14.COD: Valves for Installation in Vertical Pipeline .................................................................... COD.502-14
502.6.2.15.COD: Tapping Valves ........................................................................................................... COD.502-14
502.6.2.16.COD: Tests and Inspection ................................................................................................... COD.502-14
502.6.2.16.1.COD: Proof of Design Tests .............................................................................................. COD.502-14
502.6.2.16.2.COD: Verification of Compliance with Specifications .......................................................... COD.502-14
502.6.2.17.COD: Valve Stem ................................................................................................................. COD.502-15
502.6.2.18.COD: Packing ....................................................................................................................... COD.502-15
502.6.2.19.COD: Wrench Nuts ................................................................................................................ COD.502-15
502.6.2.20.COD: Coatings ..................................................................................................................... COD.502-15
502.6.2.21.COD: Design Requirements ................................................................................................. COD.502-16
502.6.2.22.COD: Wedge ........................................................................................................................ COD.502-16
502.6.2.23.COD: Encapsulation ............................................................................................................. COD.502-16
502.6.3.COD: Air Valves ................................................................................................................................ COD.502-16
502.6.3.1.COD: General ......................................................................................................................... COD.502-16
502.6.3.2.COD: Description .................................................................................................................... COD.502-16
502.6.3.3.COD: Material ......................................................................................................................... COD.502-16
502.6.3.4.COD: Inlets and Outlets .......................................................................................................... COD.502-16
502.6.3.5.COD: Operating Pressure and Testing ................................................................................... COD.502-16
502.6.3.6.COD: NSF 61 Compliance ...................................................................................................... COD.502-16

xv
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES

(Continued)

502.6.4.COD: Brass Wheel Valves ................................................................................................................ COD.502-17

502.6.4.1.COD: General ........................................................................................................................ COD.502-17
502.6.4.2.COD: Pressure Rating ............................................................................................................. COD.502-17
502.6.4.3.COD: Tests ............................................................................................................................ COD.502-17
502.6.4.4.COD: Direction To Open ........................................................................................................ COD.502-17
502.6.4.5.COD: Material Specifications .................................................................................................. COD.502-17
Table 502.6.4.5.(a).COD: Brass Wheel Valve Materials ......................................................................... COD.502-17
502.6.4.6.COD: Stem ............................................................................................................................. COD.502-17
502.6.4.7.COD: Screwed Ends .............................................................................................................. COD.502-17
502.6.4.8.COD: Valve Body ................................................................................................................... COD.502-17
502.6.4.9.COD: Gate ............................................................................................................................. COD.502-17
502.6.4.10.COD: Workmanship ............................................................................................................. COD.502-18
502.6.4.11.COD: Packaging ................................................................................................................... COD.502-18
502.6.5.COD: Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves ................................................................................................ COD.502-18
502.6.5.1.COD: General Description ...................................................................................................... COD.502-18
502.6.5.2.COD: Quality Assurance ........................................................................................................ COD.502-18
502.6.5.2.1.COD: Detailed Drawings ..................................................................................................... COD.502-19
502.6.5.2.2.COD: Experience ................................................................................................................ COD.502-19
502.6.5.2.3.COD: Materials .................................................................................................................... COD.502-19
502.6.5.2.4.COD: Coatings .................................................................................................................... COD.502-20
502.6.5.2.4.1.COD: Interior Coatings ..................................................................................................... COD.502-20
502.6.5.2.4.2COD: Exterior Coatings ..................................................................................................... COD.502-20
502.6.5.2.5.COD: Design Requirements ................................................................................................ COD.502-21
502.6.5.2.6.COD: Flanges ..................................................................................................................... COD.502-21
502.6.5.2.7.COD: Body .......................................................................................................................... COD.502-21
502.6.5.2.8.COD: Disc ........................................................................................................................... COD.502-21
502.6.5.2.9.COD: Valve Seat ................................................................................................................. COD.502-21
502.6.5.2.10.COD: Valve Shaft .............................................................................................................. COD.502-21
502.6.5.2.11.COD: Shaft Bushings ........................................................................................................ COD.502-22
502.6.5.2.12.COD: Shaft Thrust Bearings .............................................................................................. COD.502-22
502.6.5.2.13.COD: Shaft Seals .............................................................................................................. COD.502-22
502.6.5.2.14.COD: Shaft Torque Capability ........................................................................................... COD.502-22
502.6.5.3.COD: Ends ............................................................................................................................. COD.502-22
502.6.5.4.COD: Valve Actuators ............................................................................................................ COD.502-22
502.6.5.4.1.COD: Manual Actuators ....................................................................................................... COD.502-22
502.6.5.4.1.1.COD: Design .................................................................................................................... COD.502-22
502.6.5.4.1.2.COD: Test Results ........................................................................................................... COD.502-22
502.6.5.4.1.3.COD: Position Indicator .................................................................................................... COD.502-23
502.6.5.4.1.4.COD: Direction of Operation ............................................................................................. COD.502-23

xvi
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES

(Continued)

502.6.5.4.2.COD: Electric Motor Actuators ............................................................................................. COD.502-23

502.6.5.4.3.COD: Other Actuators .......................................................................................................... COD.502-23
502.6.5.4.4.COD: Submerged Actuator .................................................................................................. COD.502-23
502.6.5.4.5.COD: Packaging .................................................................................................................. COD.502-24
502.6.5.4.6.COD: Accessories ............................................................................................................... COD.502-24
502.6.5.4.7.COD: Production Tests ........................................................................................................ COD.502-24
502.6.5.4.8.COD: Performance Tests .................................................................................................... COD.502-24
502.6.5.4.9.COD: Leakage Tests ........................................................................................................... COD.502-24
502.6.5.4.10.COD: Hydrostatic Tests ..................................................................................................... COD.502-24
502.6.5.4.11.COD: Metallurgical Testing ................................................................................................ COD.502-24
502.6.5.4.12.COD: Verification of Compliance with Specifications .......................................................... COD.502-25
502.6.6.COD: Line Valve Installation .............................................................................................................. COD.502-25
502.6.6.1.COD: Gate Valves .................................................................................................................. COD.502-25
502.6.6.2.COD: Air Release Valves ....................................................................................................... COD.502-25
Table 502.6.6.2.(a).COD: Air Release Valve Sizing ................................................................................ COD.602-25
502.6.7.COD: Rejection ................................................................................................................................. COD.502-25
502.6.8.COD: Measurement and Payment ..................................................................................................... COD.502-25
502.10.1.COD: Definitions .............................................................................................................................. COD.502-26
502.10.1.1.COD: NSF 61 Compliance ............................................................................................................. COD.502-26
502.10.3.1.1.COD: Taps ................................................................................................................................ COD.502-26
502.10.3.1.2.COD: Tap Assemblies ............................................................................................................... COD.502-26
502.10.3.1.4.COD: Tapping Ductile Iron Pipe ................................................................................................. COD.502-27
Table 502.10.3.1.4.(a).COD: Tapping Ductile Iron Pipe .................................................................................. COD.502-27
502.10.3.1.5.COD: Tapping Concrete Pipe .................................................................................................... COD.502-27
502.10.3.1.7.COD: Tapping of PVC Pipe ....................................................................................................... COD.502-27
502.10.3.2.1.COD: Procedures for Transferring Service ................................................................................. COD.502-27
502.10.3.2.1.1.COD: In Advance of Paving .................................................................................................... COD.502-27
502.10.3.2.1.2.COD: After Paving .................................................................................................................. COD.502-28
502.10.3.3.COD: NSF 61 Compliance ............................................................................................................ COD.502-29
502.10.4.1.COD: Service Connection ............................................................................................................. COD.502-29
503.COD: Trenchless Installation ............................................................................................................................. COD.503-1
503.3.2.COD: Materials .................................................................................................................................... COD.503-1
503.3.3.COD: Construction Methods ................................................................................................................ COD.503-1
503.3.3.1.COD: General .................................................................................................................................. COD.503-1
504.COD: Open Cut – Backfill .................................................................................................................................. COD.504-1
504.2.3.5.COD: Modified Flowable Backfill ....................................................................................................... COD.504-1
504.2.3.6.COD: Open Cut Wastewater Lateral and Water Services ................................................................. COD.504-1
504.4.2.1.COD: Water For Construction ........................................................................................................... COD.504-1
504.4.3.COD: Sequence .................................................................................................................................. COD.504-1

xvii
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES

(Continued)

504.4.4.COD: Layout ....................................................................................................................................... COD.504-1

504.5.1.1.COD: Terms ..................................................................................................................................... COD.504-2
504.5.1.3.COD: Trench Dimensions. .................................................................................................................. COD.504-2
504.5.3.2.COD: Compaction ............................................................................................................................ COD.504-2
504.5.3.2.1.COD: Densities – Areas Subjected to or Influenced by Vehicular Traffic ........................................ COD.504-2
504.5.3.2.2.COD: Densities – Areas Not Subjected to or Influenced by Vehicular Traffic .................................. COD.504-2
504.5.3.2.5.COD: Compaction Methods ........................................................................................................... COD.504-3
504.5.3.3.COD: Rejection ................................................................................................................................ COD.504-3
504.6.8.COD: Four F Flowable Backfill ............................................................................................................ COD.504-3
504.7.2.1.1.COD: No Extra Allowances. .......................................................................................................... COD.504-3
504.7.3.COD: Surplus Excavation .................................................................................................................... COD.504-3
505.COD: Open Cut – General Conduit Installation ................................................................................................. COD.505-1
505.1.3.COD: Street Cut Permit ........................................................................................................................ COD.505-1
505.1.6.COD: Laying Underground Conduit ..................................................................................................... COD.505-1
505.3.COD: Damaged Pipe .............................................................................................................................. COD.505-1
506.COD: Open Cut – Water Conduit Installation .................................................................................................... COD.506-1
506.5.COD: Hydrostatic Test ........................................................................................................................... COD.506-1
Table 506.5.(a).COD: Allowable Leakage for 4-Hours at Test Pressure of 150-PSI (Gallons) .......................... COD.506-1
506.6.COD: Connections to Existing Water Conduits ....................................................................................... COD.506-2
506.6.1.COD: Water Main Tie-In During Off Hours .......................................................................................... COD.506-3
506.6.2.COD: Shutdown of Water Mains 20‖ Diameter and Larger .................................................................. COD.506-3
506.7.COD: Disposal of Heavily Chlorinated Water Main Flushing Water ........................................................ COD.506-3
506.7.1.COD: Preliminary Flushing .................................................................................................................. COD.506-3
Table 506.7.1.(a).COD: Required Flow and Openings to Flush Pipelines at 40 psi Pressure ........................... COD.506-4
506.7.2.COD: Chlorination ............................................................................................................................... COD.506-4
506.7.3.COD: Flushing .................................................................................................................................... COD.506-4
506.7.3.2.COD: Flushing Method ..................................................................................................................... COD.506-4
Table 506.7.3.2.(a).COD: Flushing Method Blow-off Requirements ................................................................. COD.506-4
506.7.3.3.COD: Disposal of Flushing Water ..................................................................................................... COD.506-5
506.7.5.4.COD: Sampling ................................................................................................................................ COD.506-5
506.7.6.COD: Indemnification .......................................................................................................................... COD.506-5
506.8.1.COD: Cut and Plugs ............................................................................................................................ COD.506-5
507.COD: Open Cut – Wastewater Conduit Installation ........................................................................................... COD.507-1
507.5.1.1.COD: Infiltration test ......................................................................................................................... COD.507-1
509.COD: Crossings ................................................................................................................................................ COD.509-1
509.4.COD: Railroad Crossings ....................................................................................................................... COD.509-1

xviii
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Table of Contents
Item Page

DIVISION 600 CONDUIT AND APPURTENANCE REHABILITATION

DIVISION 600 CONDUIT AND APPURTENANCE REHABILITATION

601.COD: Pipeline Rehabilitation ............................................................................................................................. COD.601-1
601.4.2.COD: General Construction Requirements .......................................................................................... COD.601-1
601.4.2.1.COD: Point Repairs on Private Property ........................................................................................... COD.601-1
601.4.4.COD: Rehabilitation Adjacent to New Manholes .................................................................................. COD.601-1

DIVISION 700 STRUCTURES

DIVISION 700 STRUCTURES

701.COD: General Structures .................................................................................................................................. COD.701-1
701.2.1.COD: Removal of Existing Structures .................................................................................................. COD.701-1
701.2.2.COD: Removal and Salvage of Existing Structures ............................................................................. COD.701-2
701.2.3.COD: Adjustment of Existing Structures .............................................................................................. COD.701-3
702.COD: Concrete Structures ................................................................................................................................ COD.702-1
702.2.3.COD: Concrete Mix Design and Control .............................................................................................. COD.702-1
702.2.4.1.COD: Consistency ............................................................................................................................ COD.702-1
702.2.4.2.COD: Standard Classes ................................................................................................................... COD.701-2
Table 702.4.2.(a).COD: Standard Classes of Structural Concrete ................................................................... COD.701-2
702.2.4.4.COD: Slump ..................................................................................................................................... COD.701-4
Table 702.4.4.(a).COD: Structural Concrete Slump Requirements ................................................................... COD.702-4
702.4.8.1.COD: General .................................................................................................................................. COD.701-4
Table 702.4.8.1.(a).COD: Interval Between Mixing and Placing Concrete ........................................................ COD.701-5
702.4.9.COD: Finishing Concrete...................................................................................................................... COD.702-6
702.4.10.COD: Curing Concrete ...................................................................................................................... COD.702-6

DIVISION 800 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS

DIVISION 800 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS
801.COD: Barriers, Warning and Detour Signs, and Fences .................................................................................... COD.801-1
801.4.3.COD Construction Methods .................................................................................................................. COD.801-1
801.4.3.1.COD: General .................................................................................................................................. COD.801-1
802.COD: Steps and Retaining Walls ...................................................................................................................... COD.802-1
802.4.3.2.COD: Backfill .................................................................................................................................... COD.802-1
802.4.3.2.1.COD: Compaction Testing ............................................................................................................. COD.802-1
803.COD: Slope and Channel Protection ................................................................................................................. COD.803-1
803.3.4.COD: Measurement and Payment ....................................................................................................... COD.803-1
804.COD: Painting and Other Protective Treatments; Pavement Markings .............................................................. COD.804-1
804.2.3.1.COD: Descaling, Cleaning and Preparation of Surface ..................................................................... COD.804-1
804.2.3.1.1.COD: Faulty Surface Preparation .................................................................................................. COD.804-1
805.COD: Electrical Components and Conduit ......................................................................................................... COD.805-1
805.2.2.COD: Drawings ................................................................................................................................... COD.805-1
805.4.COD: Conduit Construction Methods ...................................................................................................... COD.805-1

xix
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

APPENDIX – Examples of Forms Used Throughout this Document

APPENDIX – Examples of Forms Used Throughout this Document
105.4.COD: Control of Work Form – Construction Staking Cut Sheet (Blank Form) ......................................... COD.Appendix-1
Control of Work Form – Construction Staking Cut Sheet (Filled in Example) .................................................... COD.Appendix-2
107.14.1.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate; Department of Public Works ................................................ COD.Appendix-3
107.14.2.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate; Dallas Water Utilities Department ....................................... COD.Appendix-4
107.14.3.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate; Dallas Park and Recreation Department ............................. COD.Appendix-5
107.19.3.2.COD: Indemnification .................................................................................................................... COD.Appendix-6
110.1.1.2.(a).COD: Blank Environmental Record Affidavit ............................................................................... COD.Appendix-7
303.3.6.COD: Cement Used on Public Projects – Cement Preference Certification (Form 25) ........................ COD.Appendix-8
303.3.6.COD: Cement Used on Public Projects – Concrete / Cement Delivery Certification (Form 26) ........... COD.Appendix-9
303.5.12.COD: Mix Design Form – Concrete Mix Design Form) ................................................................... COD.Appendix-10
303.5.12.COD: Mix Design Forms – Summary Results of Sieve Analysis ..................................................... COD.Appendix-11

xx
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

DIVISION 100 GENERAL PROVISIONS

October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 101.COD: DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

(Page 101-1: Add the following:)

101.0.COD: CITY OF DALLAS’ LEGAL HOLIDAYS:

City of Dallas’ Legal Holidays

New Year’s Day January 1

Martin Luther King Jr.’s Birthday Third Monday in January

President’s Day Third Monday in February

Memorial Day Last Monday in May

Independence Day July 4

Labor day First Monday in September

Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November

Day After Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Day

Christmas Day December 25

If one of these days falls on a Saturday, the holiday will be observed on the Friday before the holiday. If one of these
days falls on a Sunday, the holiday will be observed on the following Monday.
Work requiring inspection will not be permitted on a legal City holiday, Saturday, Sunday, or any day on which the
City Offices are closed for normal business, except by special written permission of the OWNER. Any work done
without proper inspection is subject to removal and replacement at the direction of the OWNER.

ITEM 101.1.COD: DEFINITIONS:

(Page 101-1: Add the following:)

ABBREVIATIONS: Wherever the abbreviation defined herein occur on the plans, in the specifications, contract,
bonds, advertisement, bid or in any other document or instrument herein contemplated or to which the specifications
apply or may apply, the intent and meaning shall be as shown in Item 101.2 Abbreviations and Acronyms

(Page 101-1: Add the following:)

ADVERTISEMENT: All of the legal publications pertaining to the work contemplated or under contract.

(Page 101-1: Add the following:)

ATMOS ENERGY: A local supplier of natural gas. The successor to the Lone Star Gas Company (L.S.G. Co.).

(Page 101-1: Add the following:)

AT&T: A telephone service provider and owner of easements within the jurisdictional area of the City of Dallas. In
many cases, AT&T is the successor to South Western Bell Telephone.

COD.101-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 101-1: Add the following:)

BID: The written statement or statements duly filed with the City office specified in the advertisement for bids of
these specifications by the person, persona, partnership, company, firm, association, or corporation proposing to do
the work contemplated, including the approved form on which the formal bids for the work are to be prepared.

(Page 101-1: Add the following:)

BID GUARANTY (BID BOND): The security designated in the advertisement and bid, to be furnished by each
BIDDER on all bids in excess of $50,000, as a guaranty of good faith to enter into a contract with the OWNER and
execute the required bonds for the work contemplated after the work is awarded to the BIDDER and payment of
damages upon the BIDDER‘S failure to enter into the contract.

(Page 101-1: Add the following:)

BIDDER: Any person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, or corporation acting directly or through a
duly authorized representative submitting a bid for the work contemplated.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

BONDED WAREHOUSE: A bonded warehouse, for the purposes of this document, is a storage area where
materials purchased by the CONTRACTOR and paid for by the City of Dallas may be stored while awaiting
installation. The Bonded Warehouse must:
(1) be located within the City of Dallas or Dallas County;
(2) have adequate insurance to replace the materials stored in the event of theft or destruction (regardless of
the reason); and,
(3) be available to the OWNER for inspection and verification of the materials present.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

BUSINESS DAY: A Business Day for non-construction activities is defined as the time period in which the Dallas
City Hall is open for public business between the days of Monday through Friday (inclusive). In general discussions, a
Business Day should be referred to as a ―Business Day‖ (which is different from a ―Calendar Day‖).

(Page 101-1: Delete the definition for Day or Days; Add the following definition:)
CALENDAR DAY: Any successive day of the week, month, or year, no days being excepted.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT: For purposes of this division, the central business district is defined as that area
bounded by Woodall Rodgers Freeway on the north, Julius Schepps Freeway on the east, R. L. Thornton Freeway on
the south, and Stemmons Freeway on the west. (Ord. Nos. 17964; 27210). See Figure 101.1.COD: Central
Business District, next page.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CITY: The City of Dallas, Texas, a municipal corporation, acting by and through (a) the Park and Recreation Board,
and / or (b) its City Manager, each of whom is required by Charter to perform specific duties. Responsibility for final
enforcement of contracts involving the City of Dallas is by Charter vested in the City Manager.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CITY ATTORNEY: The City Attorney of the City of Dallas, Texas, or the City Attorney‘s duly authorized assistants or
agents.

COD.101-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

FIGURE 101.1.COD: CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT

COD.101-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CITY AUDITOR: The City Auditor of the City of Dallas, Texas, or the City Auditor‘s duly authorized assistants or
agents.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CITY COUNCIL: The City Council of the City of Dallas, Texas.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CITY MANAGER: The City Manager of the City of Dallas, Texas.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CITY PARK AND RECREATION BOARD: The Park and Recreation Board of the City of Dallas, Texas.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CITY SECRETARY: The City Secretary of the City of Dallas, Texas, or the City Secretary‘s duly authorized
assistants or agents.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION: The initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing, grading, or
excavation activities, as well as other construction-related activities (e.g., stockpiling of fill material, demolition)

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

COMMON PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT: A construction activity that is completed in separate stages, separate
phases, or in combination with other construction activities. Where discrete construction projects occur within a
larger common plan of development or sale but are located ¼ mile or more apart, and the area between the projects
is not being disturbed, each individual project can be treated as a separate plan of development or sale, provided that
any interconnecting road, pipeline or utility project that is part of the same ―common plan‖ is not included in the area
to be disturbed.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE (CSN): For sites with less than five acres of disturbance and that are not part of a
common plan of development, or located within the Escarpment, or geologically similar area; a Construction Site
Notice(CSN) describing the activity shall be submitted.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CONSULTING ENGINEER: The person, firm, or entity hired as an independent consultant by the OWNER to design
the Project and represent the OWNER in the administration of the CONTRACT in whatever capacity the OWNER
designates; the OWNER may, at its sole option, designate the Consulting Engineer to be the Engineer for purposes
of administration of the CONTRACT. The Consulting Engineer shall be understood to be the Consulting Engineer of
the OWNER, and nothing contained in the CONTRACT Documents shall be construed to make the Consulting
Engineer an employee of the OWNER, nor shall they be construed to create any contractual or agency relationship
between the Consulting Engineer and the CONTRACTOR. The term includes the officers, employees, associates,
agents, and subconsultants of Consulting Engineer, if any.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

CONTRACTOR:
ON PROJECTS TO BE AWARDED AND ADMINISTERED BY THE CITY OF DALLAS DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC
WORKS OR THE DALLAS WATER UTILITIES, CONTRACTOR OR CONTRACTOR FORCES: The staff, labor, and
resources directly employed by the CONTRACTOR. In all cases, the CONTRACTOR is responsible to use no less
that 25% of the CONTRACTOR‘S own forces to complete a project. CONTRACTOR‘S forces shall be determined by

COD.101-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Certified Payroll Reports that show that the personnel performing the claimed work are employees of the organization
that was awarded the contract. The CONTRACTOR will be required to show that they pay employee taxes and
benefits for all employees.

ON PROJECTS TO BE AWARDED AND ADMINISTERED BY THE DALLAS PARKS AND RECREATION

DEPARTMENT, CONTRACTOR: The person, persons, partnership, firm, corporation, association, or organization, or
any combination thereof entering into the contract for the execution of the work, acting directly or through a duly
authorized representative.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

DIRECTED, REQUIRED, APPROVED, AND WORDS OF LIKE IMPORT: Whenever they apply to the work or its
performance, the words "directed", "required‖, ―permitted", ―ordered", "designated ", ―established", "prescribed‖,
and words of like import used in the contract, specifications, or upon the drawings, shall imply the direction,
requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the OWNER; and "approved", "acceptable",
"satisfactory", and words of like import shall mean approved by, acceptable to, or satisfactory to, the OWNER.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

DIRECTOR OF THE PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT: The Director of the Park and Recreation
Department, or the Director‘s duly authorized assistants or agents.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

D.P.L.CO. OR DPL: Dallas Power and Light. No longer in business; however, DPL is listed as the owner of many
easements located within the City of Dallas jurisdictional area.

(Page 101-1. Replace the definition of ―Engineer‖, with the following:)

ENGINEER: The OWNER'S Project Manager or duly authorized representative overseeing the administration of the
CONTRACT and the CONTRACTOR'S performance thereunder. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the
CONTRACT Documents, the OWNER'S Project Manager is an employee of City of Dallas, and is not the Consulting
Engineer.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

FINENESS MODULUS: An empirical factor obtained by adding the total percentages of a sample of an aggregate
retained on each of a specified series of sieves, and dividing the sum by 100.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

G.T.E. OR GENERAL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRIC COMPANY: no longer in business. Operations have passed
to Verizon, a telephone service provider. G.T.E. may be listed as the owner of many easements located within the
City of Dallas jurisdictional area.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

H.S: Horseshoe shaped conduit, generally constructed of brick and mortar, and found in older sections of the City of
Dallas.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

L.S.G. OR L.S.G.CO: Lone Star Gas Company. No longer in business; however, LSG is listed as the owner of many
easements located within the City of Dallas jurisdictional area. The LSG Company has been succeeded by the
ATMOS Energy Company (see ATMOS Energy above).

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

MAYOR: The Mayor of the City of Dallas, Texas.

COD.101-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

MIDPOINT OF PROJECT: For the purposes of this addendum, the Mid-point of a project is that point at which one-
half of the CONTRACT amount, less retainage and extra work, has been paid to the CONTRACTOR for services
rendered.

(Page 101-1: Add the following definition:)

ONCOR: The Competitive Retailer Relations organization that serves as a corporate level liaison between Oncor
and all Competitive Retailers (CRs)/Retail Electric Providers (REPs).

(New, Page 101-2: Add the following definition

OZONE ALERT OR AERIAL POLLUTION ALERT: An Ozone Alert is when, according to the National Weather
Bureau or other governmentally authorized agencies declare the City of Dallas, Dallas County or locations where
work is being performed for the City of Dallas, to be unhealthy because of unacceptable levels of ozone or aerial
pollution. On days that are declared to be Ozone or Aerial Pollution Alert Days, work may be suspended immediately
and not resume until the Ozone or Aerial Pollution Alert is canceled by an authorized agency. There shall be no
additional compensation for suspension of work during a designated ozone or aerial pollution alert period.

(New, Page 101-2: Add the following definition

PERFORMANCE BOND: The approved form of security furnished by the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR‘S
Surety as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute the work in strict accordance with
the plans, specifications and terms of the contract, and that the CONTRACTOR will maintain the work constructed by
him in good condition for the period of time required; said security shall be in accordance with the Charter of the City
of Dallas and the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended (McGregor Act).

(New, Page 101-2: Add the following definition

SATURATED SURFACE DRY (SSD): Saturated Surface Dry (SSD) describes the condition of the aggregate in
which the pores in each particle of the aggregate particle are filled with water and no excess water is on the particle
surface. This allows the absorption and the specific gravity of the aggregate to be measured.

(Page 101-2: Replace the definition of ―Special Provisions or Conditions‖, with the following:)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS OR CONDITIONS: The special clauses of the contract, setting forth conditions or
requirements peculiar to the specific project involved, supplementing the standard or general specifications and
taking precedence over any conditions or requirements of the standard or general specifications with which they are
in conflict.
For purposes of this definition, the term includes any and all addendums that expressly supplement and take
precedence over the general or standard specifications, regardless of whether they are peculiar to a specific project
or apply to all projects.

(New, Page 101-2: Add the following definition

SPECIFICATIONS OR CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS: The directions, provisions, and requirements contained
herein, together with the special provisions supplemental hereto pertaining to the method and manner of performing
the work or to the qualities or quantities of the materials to be furnished under the contract Specifications include all
of the general, special and technical conditions or provisions, and all addendum or supplements thereto.

(New, Page 101-2: Add the following definition

SPILL PREVENTION, CONTROL AND COUNTER MEASURES PLAN (SPCC): This is a document required by the
Recourse Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) for sites that have more than 1,300 gallons of hazardous fluids on
site, and is a part of the permitting process.

(New, Page 101-2: Add the following definition

STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP): A document consisting of the following: evaluation of

COD.101-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
how and where pollutants may be mobilized by stormwater onsite, site plan for managing stormwater run off,
identification of appropriate erosion and sediment controls, maintenance and inspection schedule, record keeping
process, and identification of stormwater discharge points from site.

(New, Page 101-2: Add the following definition

SWB OR SWBT: Southwestern Bell Telephone: No longer in business; however, SWB is listed as the owner of
many easements located within the City of Dallas jurisdictional area. The SWB Company has been succeeded by the
AT&T or Verizon Company, depending on location (see AT&T or Verizon in this section.

(New, Page 101-2: Add the following definition

UNIT PRICE: Where in the bid form a "Unit Price" is set forth, the "Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the
CONTRACTOR of all labor, tools, materials, machinery, appliances, water, heat, utilities, transportation, plant and
equipment appurtenant to and necessary for the construction in every detail and the completion in a workmanlike
manner of all the work to be done under these specifications. The "Unit Price" shall also include all permanent
protection of overhead, surface and underground structures, cleaning up, finish, overhead expense, bond, insurance,
patent fees, royalties, risk due to the elements, delay, profit, injuries, damages, claims and all other items not
specifically mentioned that may be required to construct fully each item of the work, complete in place.
Verizon, Verizon Telephone, or Verizon Communications: A telephone service, internet, and cable service provider.
Owner of easements within the jurisdictional area of the City of Dallas. In most cases, Verizon is the successor to
GTE. (See GTE in this section.)

(Page 101-2: Replace the definition of ―Working Day‖, with the following:)
WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays
authorized in the list prepared by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the
control of the CONTRACTOR shall permit the performance of the principal units of work underway for a continuous
period of not less than 7 hours between 7 A.M. and 6 PM. A principle unit of work shall be that unit which controls
completion time of the contract. Nothing in this definition shall be construed as prohibiting the CONTRACTOR from
working on Saturdays, if the CONTRACTOR so desires and permission of the OWNER has been granted. Work on
Sundays shall not be permitted except in cases of extreme emergency and then only with the written permission of
the owner. If Saturday or Sunday work is permitted, working time shall be charged on the same basis as weekdays.
Where the working time is expressed as calendar days or a specific date, the concept of working days shall no longer
be relevant to the contract.

(Page 101-3: Add the following:)

ITEM 101.2.COD: ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS:

AAN. American Association of Nurserymen

AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists
API American Petroleum Institute
AREMA American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Right-Of-Way Association
AVE. Avenue
BLVD. Boulevard
C.L. Center Line
DAN Dallas Association of Nurserymen
I.E. Invert Elevation
P.L. Property Line
TAN Texas Association of Nurserymen
W.U.T.CO. Western Union Telegraph Co.

COD.101-7
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.101-8
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 102.COD: PROPOSAL PROCEDURES

(Page 102-1: Replace Item 102.4. Preparation of Proposal, with the following: (The fourth sentence of the first paragraph has been
deleted and new paragraphs have been added))
102.4.COD: PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL:
The bidder shall submit its proposal on the forms furnished or approved by the OWNER. All blank spaces in the form
shall be correctly filled in, the bidder shall state the prices, in both words, and numerals, for which it proposes to do
the work contemplated or furnish the material required. Such prices shall be written in ink distinctly and legibly. If an
individual submits the proposal, that individual or duly authorized agent must sign the proposal. If an association or
partnership submits the proposal, the name and address must be given and the proposal signed by a duly authorized
member of the association or partnership. If a corporation submits the proposal, the corporate name and business
address must be given and the proposal signed by a duly authorized corporate officer or agent. Powers of attorney
authorizing agents to sign the proposal must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the
proposal. The proposal shall be executed in ink. When allowed by the bid documents, bids by internet, electronic
mail, or facsimile are acceptable as long as all legal and bid requirements are met. The CONTRACTOR accepts all
risks associated with bidding in this manner. It is understood and agreed that the proposal may not be withdrawn
once the bid-opening process has begun.
Where the OWNER intends to award a CONTRACT on an all-or-nothing basis, the lowest responsible bidder is
determined by referring to the grand total of all bid line items for the Work (consisting of whatever bid items,
schedules of items or alternates the OWNER advertises it may award.) The grand total is calculated by adding
together the respective extended totals of the applicable bid line items. If the Bidder is not required to calculate
extended totals or the grand total of all bid line items, the OWNER reserves the right to calculate the grand total
based on the applicable extended totals or unit prices quoted and submitted.
If a Bidder makes a mathematical error in the calculation of an extended total on a line item, the amount of the bid will
still be considered based on the grand total of all applicable bid line-items for the work. If a mathematical error made
in an extended total has been calculated and incorporated into the grand total, the error cannot be corrected, except
as provided below:
(1) If a mathematical error made in calculating the extended total of a line item causes the grand total of the
lowest responsible bid to be higher than it would be if it were mathematically correct, but the Bidder remains
the lowest responsible bidder with or without the error, the OWNER may, in its best interest, award a
CONTRACT based on the mathematically correct lower number, treating the error as a waivable irregularity,
as long as the overall result of the bidding is not changed thereby.
(2) In the event of a conflict or discrepancy between words and numbers in a bid line item, the amount of the bid
item will be determined with reference to what extended total was calculated and incorporated in to the
grand total of all line items bid. A conflict or discrepancy may not be calculated in a way that changes the
grand total of all line items bid or overall result of bidding. The OWNER reserves the right, upon contract
award, to reconfigure the unit price of the line item in which there is an error, conflict or discrepancy to make
it conform with the grand total of all line items bid, for the convenience of the OWNER, as long as the grand
total or the overall result of bidding is not changed.
(3) If there is an error in the grand total resulting solely from a mathematical error in adding together otherwise
correct extended totals, the Bidder is bound by the grand total stated in the bid. The Grand Total may be
corrected only if it is in the best interest of the OWNER and the Bidder remains the lowest
responsible bidder with or without the error. These provisions do not affect the common law right of a
Bidder to withdraw a bid due to a material mistake in the bid, nor do they affect the right of the OWNER to
reject any and all bids for any reason.
The OWNER reserves the right to request any or all of the following information during or after the bidding process to
determine the qualifications of the bidders for the work; financial statement, bonding limits, equipment and personnel
inventories, qualifications and past experience of supervisory personnel, etc. Failure to submit this information within
a period of five (5) days from a written request by the OWNER may result in disqualification of the BIDDER.
CONTRACTOR may be required to show evidence that they have successfully completed an equivalent project
within the past three years to qualify for this work.

COD.102-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 102-1. Replace Item 102.4.1 Safety Record with the following:)
102.4.1.COD: SAFETY AND EXPERIENCE RECORDS – DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS:
All CONTRACTORS bidding on City of Dallas projects to be awarded and administered by the City of Dallas’
Department of Public Works must submit a notarized affidavit with their bid attesting to their safety record.
The CONTRACTOR and all SUBCONTRACTORS having $10,000 or more work on the project must provide safety
records and Safety Experience Modifier Rate (EMR) from the local Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Office in which the firm is located. The CONTRACTOR’S safety record may not reflect penalties for three (3)
or more serious violations, none of which may be repeat violations, nor may it reflect three (3) or more willful
violations, none of which may be repeat violations, within the three (3) years preceding award of the contract. This
information will be considered in determining the responsibility of the Bidder for purpose of awarding the contract.
Bidders shall submit a completed Experience Record questionnaire with his/her Proposal book. The record must
reflect the firm's experience in work of the same nature and similar magnitude as that of the project for which bids are
being received. Such experience must have been on projects completed within the last three (3) years. Resumes of
key personnel to be assigned to the project must be provided with current project assignments listed.

(Page 102-1. Add the following:)

102.4.2.COD: SAFETY AND EXPERIENCE RECORD – DALLAS WATER UTILITIES DEPARTMENT:
All CONTRACTORS bidding on City of Dallas projects to be awarded and administered by the Dallas Water Utilities
Department must submit a notarized affidavit with their bid attesting to their safety record.
The CONTRACTOR and all SUBCONTRACTORS having $10,000 or more work on the project must provide safety
records and Safety Experience Modifier Rate (EMR) from the local Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Office in which the firm is located. The CONTRACTOR’S safety record may not reflect penalties for six (6) or
more serious violations, none of which may be repeat violations, nor may it reflect three (3) or more willful violations,
none of which may be repeat violations, within three (3) years preceding award of the contract. This information will
be considered in determining the responsibility of the Bidder for purpose of award the contract.
Bidders shall submit a completed Experience Record questionnaire with his/her Proposal book. The record must
reflect the firm's experience in work of the same nature and similar magnitude as that of the project for which bids are
being received. Such experience must have been on projects completed within the last three (3) years. Resumes of
key personnel to be assigned to the project must be provided with current project assignments listed.

(Page 102-2: Replace Item 102.7. Withdrawing Proposals, with the following: (New sections have been added for the Department of
Public Works, the Dallas Water Utilities Department, and the Dallas Park and Recreation Department. In the last sentence of each
section, 90 days has been changed to 180 days, 150 days, and 180 days respectively.))
102.7.COD: WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS:
102.7.1.COD: WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS – DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS:
On projects to be awarded and administered by the City of Dallas Department of Public Works: Proposals filed with
the OWNER can be withdrawn or modified and redeposited prior to the time set for opening proposals. Request for
non-consideration of proposals must be made in writing addressed to the OWNER prior to the time set for opening
proposals. After other proposals are opened and publicly read, the proposal for which non-consideration is properly
requested will be returned unopened. The proposal may not be withdrawn after the bid opening has commenced. The
bidder, in submitting the same, warrants and represents that its bid has been carefully reviewed and checked and
that it is in all things true and accurate and free of mistakes and that such bid shall not and cannot be withdrawn after
opening because of any mistake committed by the bidder; provided, however, that any bidder may withdraw its bid
one-hundred eighty (180) days after the actual date of opening thereof, should no award have been made to such
bidder.
102.7.2.COD: WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS – DALLAS WATER UTILITIES DEPARTMENT:
On projects to be awarded and administered by the Dallas Water Utilities Department: Proposals filed with the
OWNER can be withdrawn or modified and redeposited prior to the time set for opening proposals. Request for non-
consideration of proposals must be made in writing addressed to the OWNER prior to the time set for opening
proposals. After other proposals are opened and publicly read, the proposal for which non-consideration is properly
requested will be returned unopened. The proposal may not be withdrawn after the bid opening has commenced. The
bidder, in submitting the same, warrants and represents that its bid has been carefully reviewed and checked and
that it is in all things true and accurate, free of mistakes and that such bid shall not and cannot be withdrawn after
opening because of any mistake committed by the bidder; provided, however, that any bidder may withdraw its bid
one-hundred fifty (150) days after the actual date of opening thereof, should no award have been made to the bidder.

COD.102-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

102.7.3.COD: WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS – DALLAS PARKS DEPARTMENT

On projects to be awarded and administered by the Dallas Park and Recreation Department: Proposals filed with the
OWNER can be withdrawn or modified and redeposited prior to the time set for opening proposals. Request for non-
consideration of proposals must be made in writing addressed to the OWNER prior to the time set for opening
proposals. After other proposals are opened and publicly read, the proposal for which non-consideration is properly
requested will be returned unopened. The proposal may not be withdrawn after the bid opening has commenced. The
BIDDER, in submitting the same, warrants and represents that its bid has been carefully reviewed and checked and
that it is in all things true and accurate and free of mistakes and that such bid shall not and cannot be withdrawn after
opening because of any mistake committed by the BIDDER; provided, however, that any BIDDER may withdraw its
bid one-hundred eighty (180) days after the actual date of opening thereof, should no award have been made to such
BIDDER.

(Page 102-3: Replace Item 102.10. Irregular Proposals, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added to the end on this
item))
102.10.COD: IRREGULAR PROPOSALS:
Proposals shall be considered irregular if they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions, unbalanced values
or conditions not called for, unauthorized alternate bids or other irregularities of any kind. The OWNER may reject
any proposal containing any such irregularity. The OWNER, however, reserves the right to waive any irregularities
and to make the award in the best interest of the OWNER.
The BIDDER or CONTRACTOR shall not take advantage of any error in the bidding or contract documents. Anything
mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or shown on the drawings and not mentioned in the
specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown in or mentioned in both. In the case of any apparent difference
between the drawings and specifications, or any other apparent error which the BIDDER or the CONTRACTOR may
discover, the BIDDER or CONTRACTOR shall refer the matter to the OWNER, to which the decision of the OWNER
shall govern. The OWNER shall have the right to correct any error discovered.

(Page 102-3: Replace Item 102.12. Disqualification of Bidders, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added to the end on
this item))
102.12.COD: DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of the following specific reasons:
(1) reasonable belief that collusion exists among the bidders;
(2) reasonable belief that any BIDDER is interested in more than one proposal for the work contemplated;
(3) the BIDDER having a history of filing frequent, excessive and meritless claims, or fraudulent claims, against
the OWNER, or against other contractors on a project of the OWNER;
(4) the BIDDER or its Surety having defaulted on a previous Contract, or the BIDDER performing poorly on a
previous Contract;
(5 lack of competency, skill, judgment, financial capability, integrity, reputation, reliability or responsibility to
perform the work as revealed by the bid proposal, bid questionnaires, financial statement, performance
history or other relevant information obtained by the OWNER.
(6) uncompleted work, which in the judgment of the OWNER shall prevent or hinder the prompt completion of
additional work if awarded;
(7) failure of BIDDER to use OWNER‘S form of bid bond in submitting its bid, or submission of a cashier‘s check
drawn on a state or national bank not located in the OWNER‘S jurisdictional area;
(8) unbalanced value of any bid items; or,
(9) the BIDDER is currently a party to any litigation against the OWNER.

(Page 102-3:Replace Item 102.13 Return of Proposal Guaranty, with the following:)
102.13.COD: RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY: The OWNER shall return the proposal guarantees
accompanying all proposals (except for the three apparent low proposals) upon request. The three apparent low
proposal guarantees shall be retained by the OWNER until the required contract and surety bonds have been
executed, after which they shall be returned upon request.

COD.101-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.102-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 103.COD: AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

(Page 103-1: Replace Item 103.2. Award of CONTRACT, with the following: (New sections have been added for the Department
of Public Works and for the Dallas Water Utilities Department. In the first sentence of each section, 90 days has been changed to
180 days, 150 days, and 180 days, respectively. In addition, in the last sentence, the word ―awarded‖ has been removed.))
103.2.COD: AWARD OF CONTRACT:
103.2.1.COD: AWARD OF CONTRACT - DALLAS DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS: On projects to be
awarded and administered by the City of Dallas Department of Public Works, the OWNER will attempt to award the
CONTRACT within one-hundred eighty (180) days after the opening of proposals. The award, if made, shall be to the
lowest responsible bidder; but in no case shall the award be made until after investigations are made as to the
responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the CONTRACT. If awarded the CONTRACT, the bidder
shall execute the CONTRACT and furnish the required bonds and evidence of insurance within 10 days after receipt
of the CONTRACT.
103.2.2.COD: AWARD OF CONTRACT - DALLAS WATER UTILITIES DEPARTMENT: On projects to be awarded
and administered by the Dallas Water Utilities Department, the OWNER will attempt to award the CONTRACT within
one-hundred fifty (150) days after the opening of proposals. The award, if made, shall be to the lowest responsible
bidder; but in no case shall the award be made until after investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder
to whom it is proposed to award the CONTRACT. If awarded the CONTRACT, the bidder shall execute the
CONTRACT and furnish the required bonds and evidence of insurance within 10 days after receipt of the
CONTRACT.
103.2.3.COD: AWARD OF CONTRACT - DALLAS PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT: On projects to be
awarded and administered by the Dallas Parks Department: The OWNER will attempt to award the CONTRACT
within one-hundred eighty (180) days after the opening of proposals. The award, if made, shall be to the lowest
responsible BIDDER; but in no case shall the award be made until after investigations are made as to the
responsibility of the BIDDER to whom it is proposed to award the CONTRACT. If awarded the CONTRACT, the
BIDDER shall execute the CONTRACT and furnish the required bonds and evidence of insurance within 10 days
after receipt of the CONTRACT.

(Page 103-2. Add the following section:)

103.3.1.5.COD: FURNISHING BONDS: The following are the City of Dallas‘ requirements for furnishing bonds:
(1) Must use City bond forms.
(2) Must be a corporate surety (Texas Lloyd's Plan carriers are not acceptable).
(3) Surety company must be an admitted carrier in the State of Texas (surplus lines carriers are not
acceptable).
(4) Surety company must be on the Federal Treasury list (may be waived with the concurrence of Risk
Management and the City Attorney's Office, subject to individual evaluation).
(5) Surety Company must have underwriting limitation sufficient to cover 100% of project cost.
Additional information provided by the State Board of Insurance regarding solvency, investigations,
complaints, etc., will also be considered in determining the acceptability of a surety company.

(Page 103-2. Replace Items 103.4. INSURANCE through Item103.4.5.3 CONTRACTOR Agrees to Special Conditions, with the
following:)
103.4.COD: INSURANCE:
Any insurance policies required under this Item may be written in combination with any of the others, where legally
permitted, but none of the specified limits may be lowered or otherwise negatively impacted by doing so, nor may any
of the requirements or special provisions of this Item be limited or circumvented by doing so.
103.4.1.COD: CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE: Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of the
CONTRACTOR under the CONTRACT Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain, during the
term of the CONTRACT, and at the CONTRACTOR‘S own expense, the minimum liability insurance coverage
described below with companies duly authorized or approved to do business in the State of Texas and otherwise
satisfactory to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall also require each SUBCONTRACTOR performing work under the
CONTRACT, at the SUBCONTRACTOR‘S own expense, to maintain during the term of the CONTRACT, levels of
insurance that are necessary and appropriate for the Work performed, which levels of insurance comply with all
applicable laws and are consistent with industry standards. The SUBCONTRACTOR‘S liability insurance shall name
COD.103-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER as additional insureds using the broadest form of endorsement available, with
such status extended to include the extension of any completed operations coverage provided or required.
Certificates of insurance complying with the required coverage and meeting the applicable requirements of Items
103.4.1.COD: CONTRACTOR’S Insurance through Item 103.4.5.3.COD: CONTRACTOR Agrees to Special
Conditions, shall be delivered to the OWNER (as per Item 103.4.6.1.COD: Certificate Shall be Delivered) before
any work is started. CONTRACTOR shall promptly furnish, upon the request of and without expense to the OWNER,
a certified copy of each policy required including all endorsements. Notice of expiration, cancellation, nonrenewal, or
material change of or in any of the required coverages, described in this Item must be accompanied by a replacement
certificate of insurance. Coverage shall be in the following types and amounts:
103.4.1.1.COD: WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE: Workers’
Compensation with statutory limits, with the policy endorsed to provide a waiver of subrogation as to the OWNER;
Employer's Liability Insurance of not less than $100,000 for each accident, $100,000 disease for each employee,
and $500,000 disease policy limit.
103.4.1.2.COD: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: Commercial General Liability Insurance,
Including Personal Injury Liability, Independent CONTRACTOR‘S Liability, Products and Completed Operations, and
contractual Liability covering, but not limited to, the liability assumed under the indemnification provisions of this
CONTRACT, fully insuring CONTRACTOR‘S (or SUBCONTRACTOR‘S) liability for injury to or death of OWNER'S
employees and third parties, and for damage to property of third parties, with a combined bodily injury (including
death) and property damage minimum limit of $500,000 per occurrence, $1,000,000 annual aggregate. If coverage is
written on a claims-made basis, coverage shall be continuous (by renewal or extended reporting period) for no less
than 60 months following completion of the CONTRACT and acceptance of work by the OWNER. Coverage,
including any renewals, shall have the same retroactive date as the original policy applicable to the CONTRACT
work. The OWNER and the Engineer shall be named as additional insureds using the broadest form of endorsement
available, with such status extended to include extension of the completed operations coverage as described below.
The Commercial General Liability policy shall include coverage extended to apply to completed operations, asbestos
hazards (if this project involves work with asbestos) and XCU hazards. The Completed Operations coverage must be
maintained for a minimum of one (1) year after final completion and acceptance of the work, with evidence of same
filed with OWNER. The policy shall include an endorsement CG 2503 amendment of limits (designated project or
premises) in order to extend the policy's limits specifically to the project in question.
103.4.2.COD: BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE: Business Automobile Liability Insurance,
covering owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles, with a combined bodily injury (including death) and property damage
minimum limit of $500,000 per occurrence. Such insurance shall include coverage for loading and unloading
hazards.
103.4.3.COD: UMBRELLA LIABILITY INSURANCE: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain, pay for and maintain
Umbrella Liability Insurance during the CONTRACT term, insuring CONTRACTOR for an amount of not less than
$1,000,000 per occurrence combined limit Bodily Injury (including death) and Property Damage that follows form and
applies in excess of the primary liability coverages required herein above. The OWNER and Engineer shall be
named as additional insureds using the broadest form of endorsement available, with such status extended to include
the extension of the completed operations coverage as described in this Item. The policy shall provide "drop down"
coverage where underlying primary insurance coverage limits are insufficient or exhausted. Based on the nature and
complexity of the work, should the OWNER feel that $1,000,000 per occurrence Umbrella Liability Insurance is
somehow inappropriate, this amount may be adjusted by obtaining the approval from the City of Dallas‘ Office of Risk
Management prior to bid documents being released.
103.4.4.COD: RAILROAD PROTECTIVE INSURANCE: When required in the Special Provisions, CONTRACTOR
shall obtain, maintain and present evidence of railroad protective insurance (RPI). The policy shall be in the name of
the railroad company having jurisdiction over the right-of-way involved and the City of Dallas, Texas. The minimum
limit of coverage shall meet the specifications provided by the railroad company or the minimum requirements of this
specification, whichever is greater. The OWNER shall specify the amount of RPI necessary.
103.4.5.COD: POLICY ENDORSEMENTS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS:
103.4.5.1.COD: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: Each insurance policy to be furnished by CONTRACTOR shall
include the following required provisions within the certificate of insurance, and within the body of the insurance
contract or by endorsement to the policy:
(1) That the OWNER, Engineer and Consulting Engineer shall be named as additional insureds on all liability
coverages, using the broadest form of endorsement available, with such status extended to include the
extension of the completed operations coverage as described in this Item. Where the OWNER employs a
Construction Manager on Project, the CONTRACTOR, and SUBCONTRACTOR shall include the
Construction Manager on all liability insurance policies to the same extent as the OWNER, Engineer, and
Consulting Engineer.
(2) Each insurance policy shall require that thirty (30) days prior to the expiration, cancellation, non-renewal, or
any material change in coverage, a notice thereof shall be given to OWNER by certified mail, by sending the
notice to the OWNER at the following address:
COD.103-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Office of Risk Management
1500 Marilla, 6A-South
Dallas, Texas 75201

Additionally, notice shall be sent to the appropriate address listed below:

For Capital Improvement Contracts on projects to be awarded and administered by the Dallas Water Utilities
Department, the Certificate of Insurance shall be delivered to:
City of Dallas Project Management
Suite 300
2121 Main Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
For Private Development Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Sustainable Development and Construction Services
Room 200
320 E. Jefferson Boulevard
Dallas, Texas 75203
For Water or Wastewater Service Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Water / Wastewater Service CONTRACTS
Room 118
320 E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203
For Department of Public Works Construction Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Department of Public Works Construction CONTRACTS
Construction Management – Room 312
320 E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203
For Park and Recreation Department Construction Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Park and Recreation Department
Program Manager
Planning and Design
Room 6FS
1500 Marilla
Dallas, Texas 75201
For Trinity Watershed Management Construction Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Trinity Watershed Management
Construction Management: Room 312
320. E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203
CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER, at the above addresses, within 24 hours after receipt, of any notice of
expiration, cancellation, nonrenewal, or material change in coverage it receives from its insurer.
(3) The term "OWNER" or ―City of Dallas‖ shall include all authorities, boards, bureaus, commissions, divisions,
departments and offices of the OWNER and the individual members, employees and agents thereof in their
official capacities, while acting on behalf of the OWNER (the City of Dallas).
(4) The policy phrase "Other Insurance" shall not apply to the OWNER where OWNER is an additional insured
on the policy. The insurance coverage furnished by CONTRACTOR as required is considered to be primary
insurance for purposes of the Project and the additional insureds names in the required policies.
(5) All provisions of the CONTRACT Documents concerning liability, duty, and standard of care, together with
the indemnification provision, shall, to the maximum extent allowable in the insurance market, be
underwritten by contractual liability coverage sufficient to include such obligations with the applicable liability
policies.
103.4.5.2.COD: INSURANCE FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR: Concerning the insurance to be furnished by
CONTRACTOR, it is a condition precedent to acceptability that:
(1) All policies must comply with the applicable requirements and special provisions of this Item.
(2) Any policy evidenced by a certificate of insurance or submitted for review shall not be subject to limitations,
conditions or restrictions deemed inconsistent with the intent of the insurance requirements set forth herein,

COD.103-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
and the OWNER'S decision regarding whether any policy contains such provisions, contrary to this
requirement, shall be final.
(3) All required policies are to be written through companies duly authorized and approved to transact that class
of insurance in the State of Texas and are otherwise acceptable to the OWNER.
103.4.5.3.COD: CONTRACTOR AGREES TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS: CONTRACTOR also agrees to the
following special provisions:
(1) The CONTRACTOR hereby waives subrogation rights for loss or damage to the extent same are covered by
insurance. Insurers shall have no right of recovery or subrogation against the OWNER and ENGINEER it
being the intention that the insurance policies shall protect all parties to the CONTRACT and be primary
coverage for all losses covered by the policies. This waiver of subrogation shall be included, by
endorsement or otherwise, as a provision of all policies required under this Item.
(2) Insurance companies issuing the insurance policies and the CONTRACTOR shall have no recourse against
the OWNER for payment of any premiums or assessments for any deductibles, as all such premiums and
deductibles are the sole responsibility and risk of the CONTRACTOR.
(3) Approval, disapproval or failure to act by the OWNER regarding any insurance supplied by the
CONTRACTOR (or any SUBCONTRACTORS) shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of full responsibility or
liability for damage or accidents as set forth in the CONTRACT Documents. The bankruptcy, insolvency, or
denial of liability of or by the CONTRACTOR‘S insurance company shall likewise not exonerate or relieve
CONTRACTOR from liability.
(4) The OWNER reserves the right to review the insurance requirements of this Item during the effective period
of this CONTRACT and to modify insurance coverages and their limits when deemed necessary and
prudent by OWNER‘s Office of Risk Management, based upon economic conditions, the recommendation of
professional insurance advisors, changes in statutory law, court decisions or other relevant factors. The
CONTRACTOR agrees to make any reasonable request for deletion, revision or modification of particular
policy terms, conditions, limitations or exclusions (except where policy provisions are established by law or
regulation binding upon either party to this CONTRACT or upon underwriter of any such policy provisions).
Upon request by OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall exercise reasonable efforts to accomplish such
changes in policy coverages and shall pay the cost thereof.
(5) No special payments shall be made for any insurance policies that the CONTRACTOR and
SUBCONTRACTORS are required to carry; all are included in the CONTRACT Sum.
(6) Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the OWNER shall be filed with the OWNER prior to commencement
of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required shall contain a provision that coverages
afforded under the policies will not be cancelled, nonrenewed, allowed to expire, or materially changed until
at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall
maintain the required insurance for the term of the CONTRACT. If any policy will expire during the term of
the CONTRACT, the CONTRACTOR must furnish a new certificate of insurance or a certificate of renewal
of the existing policy prior to the expiration date. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to
remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing
continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment. Information
concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER with reasonable
promptness in accordance with the CONTRACTOR‘S information and belief.
If any insurance company for the CONTRACTOR, which company provides insurance required under the
CONTRACT Documents, becomes insolvent or becomes the subject of any rehabilitation, conservatorship,
or liquidation or similar proceeding, the CONTRACTOR shall procure, immediately upon first notice of such
occurrence and without cost to the OWNER, replacement insurance coverage before continuing the
performance of the Work at the Project. Any failure to provide such replacement insurance coverage shall
constitute a material breach of the CONTRACT.

(Page 103-4. Add the following section:)

103.4.6.1.COD: CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE SHALL BE DELIVERED:
For Capital Improvement CONTRACTS on projects to be awarded and administered by the Dallas Water Utilities
Department, the Certificate of Insurance shall be delivered to:
City of Dallas Project Management
Suite 300
2121 Main Street
Dallas, Texas 75201

COD.103-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
For Private Development Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Sustainable Development and Construction Services
Room 200
320 E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203
For Water or Wastewater Service Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Water / Wastewater Service CONTRACTS
Room 118
320 E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203
For Department of Public Works Construction Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Department of Public Works Construction CONTRACTS
Construction Management – Room 312
320 E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203
For Park and Recreation Department Construction Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Park and Recreation Department
Program Manager
Planning and Design
Room 6FS
1500 Marilla
Dallas, Texas 75201
For Trinity Watershed Management Construction Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Trinity Watershed Management
Construction Management: Room 312
320. E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203

In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to do the above, the work on the CONTRACT shall be suspended. If the proper
insurance is not furnished within ten days after the CONTRACT is suspended, the CONTRACT will be terminated
and the CONTRACTOR shall be declared in default. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and monitor the certificates of
insurance of its SUBCONTRACTORS in order to assure that all SUBCONTRACTORS comply with requirements of
Item 103.4.COD Insurance. The CONTRACTOR shall have the responsibility to enforce the requirements of Item
103.4.COD: Insurance among its SUBCONTRACTORS.

(Page 103-4. Add the following Item 103.4.8.COD Workers Compensation Insurance through Item 103.4.8.1.11.COD Failure to
Comply:)
103.4.8.COD: WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE: The State requires the CONTRACTOR to
comply with the following Rule, 28 TAC §110.110, effective September 1, 1994 which Rule is reproduced
substantially from the Rule as shown below:
103.4.8.1.COD: DEFINITIONS:
103.4.8.1.1.COD: CERTIFICATE OF COVERAGE ("CERTIFICATE"):- A certificate of insurance, a certificate of
authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or
TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees
providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
(1) PROJECT DURATION: Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the
project until the CONTRACTOR‘S / person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the
OWNER.
(2) SUBCONTRACTOR: Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in § 406.096 of the Texas
Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the CONTRACTOR has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the
CONTRACTOR and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation,
independent contractors, SUBCONTRACTORS, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators,
employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity, which furnishes persons to provide services on
the project.
(3) SERVICES: "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or

COD.103-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities
unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable
toilets.
103.4.8.1.2.COD: COVERAGE BASED ON PROPER REPORTING: The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage,
based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which
meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project.
103.4.8.1.3.COD: CERTIFICATE BEFORE AWARD OF CONTRACT: The CONTRACTOR must provide a
certificate of insurance to the OWNER prior to being awarded the contract.
103.4.8.1.4.COD: NEW CERTIFICATE IF COVERAGE LAPSES: If the coverage period shown on the
CONTRACTOR‘S current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must,
prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of insurance with the OWNER showing that coverage
has been renewed for another policy term.
103.4.8.1.5.COD: CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM SUBCONTRACTORS: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain
from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER at the OWNER‘s request:
(1) Insurance for All Workers: A certificate of insurance, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so
the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on
the project; and
(2) New Certificate if Coverage Lapse: No later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR, a new
certificate of insurance showing that coverage has been renewed for another policy term, if the coverage
period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project.
103.4.8.1.6.COD: CONTRACTOR TO RETAIN ALL CERTIFICATES: The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required
certificates of insurance for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter and shall have the responsibility of
enforcing insurance requirements among its SUBCONTRACTORS. The CITY shall be entitled, upon request and
without expense, to receive copies of these certificates.
103.4.8.1.7.COD: CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER IF CERTIFICATE CHANGES: The CONTRACTOR
shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew
or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing
services on the project.
103.4.8.1.8.COD: ON-SITE NOTICE: The CONTRACTOR shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form
and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services
on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of
coverage.
103.4.8.1.9.COD: CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUIRE SUBCONTRACTORS: The CONTRACTOR shall
contractually require each SUBCONTRACTOR with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(1) Provide Coverage: Provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor
Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the
project;
(2) Insurance Before Beginning Work: Provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning work on
the project, a certificate of insurance showing coverage is being provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(3) SUBCONTRACTOR to Provide Coverage: Provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage
period, a new certificate of insurance showing coverage has been renewed for another policy term, if the
coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project.
(4) CONTRACTOR to Obtain From Each SUBCONTRACTOR: Obtain from each other person with whom it
contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR:
(a) A Certificate of Insurance: A certificate of insurance, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
(b) A New Certificate if Old One Lapses: A new certificate of insurance showing coverage has been
renewed for another policy term, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(5) Contractually Require SUBCONTRACTORS Perform: To contractually require each person with whom it
contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (5), with the certificates of insurance to be provided to
the person or department for whom they are providing services.

COD.103-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
103.4.8.1.10.COD: SIGNING CONTRACT: By signing this CONTRACT or providing or causing to be provided a
Certificate of Insurance, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR
and SUBCONTRACTORS who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation
coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the
case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading
information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil
actions.

103.4.8.1.11.COD: FAILURE TO COMPLY: The CONTRACTOR‘S failure to comply with any of these provisions is
a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to declare the contract void if the
CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER.

(Page 103-4: Add the following:)

103.4.8.1.12.COD: WORK NOT THOROUGHLY AND SATISFACTORY STIPULATED: Should any work or
conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by the general or standard specifications
be anticipated on any proposed work, "Special Provisions" for such work may be prepared by the OWNER prior to
the time of receiving bids, and shall be considered as a part of the specifications and contract.

(Page 103-4: Replace Item 103.5.2 Failure to Execute: (a new sentence has been added)):
103.5.2.COD: FAILURE TO EXECUTE: The failure of the CONTRACTOR to execute the Contract or provide the
required statutory surety bonds within 10 business days after the Contract is received shall constitute a breach of its
proposal and the OWNER may annul the award and retain the proceeds of the bid security. By reason of the
uncertainty of the market prices or materials and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to determine accurately
the amount of damages occurring to the OWNER by reason of said bidder's failure to execute said bonds and
contract within ten days, the filing of a bid will be considered as an acceptance of this provision. In the event the
OWNER should readvertise for bids, the defaulting CONTRACTOR may not be eligible to bid.

(Page 103-4. Add the following:)

103.6.1.COD: COMMENCING WORK: No work shall commence prior to the issuance of such work order or before
the required insurance has been obtained by the CONTRACTOR, with certificates filed with the OWNER evidencing
the required coverage to be in force.

(Page 103-4. Add the following:)

103.7.1.COD: BID REJECTION: Award will be subject to approval of prices by the responsible City of Dallas
Department. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to accept or reject any or all schedules.

(Page 103-4. Add the following:)

103.8.COD: ORDER OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED: After a CONTRACT has been awarded and before the
―Notice To Proceed‖ is issued, the OWNER reserves the right to prioritize the order of the work to be performed.

COD.103-7
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.103-8
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 104.COD: SCOPE OF WORK

(Page 104-1. Replace Item, 104.1. Intent of Contract Documents, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added))
104.1.COD: INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The intent of the documents, unless otherwise specifically provided, is to produce complete and finished work, which
the CONTRACTOR undertakes to do in full compliance with the Contract documents. It is not intended to mention
every item of work in the specifications that can be adequately shown on the drawings nor to show on the drawings
all items of work described or required by the specifications. All materials or labor for work shown on the drawings or
reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce a finished job shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR
whether or not same is expressly covered in the specifications. No verbal conversation, understanding or agreement
with any officer or employee or agent of the OWNER, either before or after the execution of the Contract, shall affect
or modify any of the terms, conditions or obligations contained in the Contract documents.
The CONTRACTOR shall do all work as provided in the plans, specifications, special provisions, bid and contract,
and shall do such additional extra work as may be considered necessary to complete the work in a satisfactory and
acceptable manner. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, and
incidentals necessary to the satisfactory prosecution and completion of the work.

(Page 104-1. Add the following:)

104.1.1.COD: ARRANGEMENT OF SPECIFICATIONS AND HEADINGS: The inclusion of any particular
specification in the various sections and divisions of these specifications does not indicate that it is applicable only to
work specified within that section. For any particular item of work on any type of project, the specification describing
that item shall govern regardless of the section of these specifications within which it is included. The specifications
included herein are grouped together for convenience only and not for the purpose of restricting the application of any
specification.
The titles and headings contained in the contract documents and the subject organization are used only to facilitate
reference, and in no way define or limit the scope or intent of any of the provisions of this contract

(Page 104-2: Add the following:)

104.2.6.COD: SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily
stipulated or covered by the general or standard specifications be anticipated on any proposed work, "Special
Provisions" for such work may be prepared by the OWNER prior to the time of receiving bids, and shall be considered
as a part of the specifications and contract.

COD.104-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.104-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 105.COD: CONTROL OF WORK

(Page 105-1. Replace Item, 105.2.1. Workmanship, with the following:)

105.2.1.COD: WORKMANSHIP: If the OWNER notifies the CONTRACTOR in writing of defective work, the
CONTRACTOR shall correct the deficiencies within fourteen (14) calendar days of the Notice at no additional cost to
the OWNER. If the defective work is not corrected within fourteen (14) calendar days, or the CONTRACTOR is not
making satisfactory progress (in the opinion of the OWNER) to correct the deficiencies, the OWNER may withhold
future payments for All Work until the defective work has been corrected to the satisfaction of the OWNER.

(Page 105-3. Replace Item 105.4. Construction Stakes with the following:)
105.4.COD: CONSTRUCTION STAKES:
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all required Construction Staking associated with the project. When
applicable, Costs for Construction Staking are paid under the appropriate bid item number included in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. In all other cases, Construction Staking is contingent to the rest of the project.
Copies of survey notes demonstrating third order level of accuracy shall be furnished to the OWNER within two
weeks after the survey completion for final stakeout of the major project components. The furnished survey notes
shall include the final vertical and horizontal stakeout notes for all drainage, street paving, structural, water, or
sanitary sewer improvements. Alignments shall be tied to horizontal control with sufficient calls provided to delineate
centerline. The location or monumentation of any real property boundaries or easements required for construction be
preformed by or under the direct supervision of a Registered Professional Land Surveyor in Texas as required by
article 5282c of the Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes.
The CONTRACTOR is responsible for maintaining all survey control points and monuments in the construction area
at all times and any costs for re-staking or re-establishing controls required shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
The OWNER will perform or confirm the initial and final measurement for payment and reserves the right to field
verify any stakes placed, measurements for payment made and any work performed by the CONTRACTOR.
When applicable, Costs for Construction Staking are paid under the appropriate bid item number included in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. In all other cases, Construction Staking is contingent to the rest of the project.
An example of an approved cut sheet can be found in the Appendix.

105.4.1.COD: CONSTRUCTION STAKES – DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS: For projects awarded and
administered by the City of Dallas Department of Public Works, the following is required:
1. Inspection of the work associated with Department of Public Works projects will be conducted by the
Department of Public Works (PW&T). and shall be requested through the appropriate PW&T Construction
Superintendent a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the scheduled start of construction for each location.
2. The CONTRACTOR is required to provide typed cut sheets, an example of which is on the following pages.
Typed cut sheets must be submitted no later than 3:00 PM the day prior to the scheduled start of
construction to:
Construction Superintendent
320 East Jefferson Boulevard, Room 312
Dallas, Texas 75203

105.4.2.COD: CONSTRUCTION STAKES – DALLAS WATER UTILITIES: For projects awarded and administered
by Dallas Water Utilities, the following is required:
1. Inspection of the work associated with the water and wastewater facilities will be done by Dallas Water
Utilities (DWU), and shall be requested through the appropriate DWU Construction Superintendent a
minimum of ten (10) days prior to the scheduled start of construction for each location.
2. The CONTRACTOR is required to provide typed cut sheets, an example of which is on the following pages.
Typed cut sheets must be submitted no later than 3:00 PM the day prior to the scheduled start of
construction to:

COD.105-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
Manager,
DWU Utility Automation & Integration (UA&I)
320 E. Jefferson Boulevard, Room 215
Dallas, Texas 75203
Phone: (214) 948-4584
Fax: (214) 948-4599

105.4.3.COD: CONSTRUCTION STAKES – PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT: For projects awarded and
administered by the Dallas Park and Recreation Department, the following is required:
1. Inspection of the work associated with Park and Recreation Department projects will be conducted by the
Park and Recreation Department and shall be requested through the appropriate Park and Recreation
Program Manager a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the scheduled start of construction for each location.
2. The CONTRACTOR is required to provide typed cut sheets, an example of which is on the following pages.
Typed cut sheets must be submitted no later than 3:00 PM the day prior to the scheduled start of
construction to:
Park and Recreation Department
Program Manager
Planning and Design
Room 6FS
1500 Marilla
Dallas, TX 75201

(Page 105-3: Add the following:)

105.4.4.COD: QUALIFIED REGISTERED SURVEYOR: All layout and grading stakes required during the
construction will be set by the CONTRACTOR who shall employ a qualified registered surveyor. The name of the
person so employed shall be submitted to the OWNER (with proof of registration) for approval.

(Page 105—3: Add the following:)

105.5.1.COD: CONFORMITY WITH THE PLANS: All work shall conform to the lines, grades, cross-sections, and
dimensions shown on the plans. Any deviation from the plans which may be required by the emergency needs of
construction will be determined and authorized in writing by the OWNER.

(Page 105—3: Add the following:)

105.5.1.1.COD: PRIORITY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: In the case of conflict between the contract documents,
priority of interpretation shall be in the following order: signed agreement (or contract), performance and payment
bonds, bid, advertisement for bids (or invitation to bidders), special provisions (or conditions), general conditions,
project drawings, construction specifications, "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction North Central
Texas‖, standard drawings and referenced specifications. The plans, these specifications, the bid, special provisions
and all supplementary documents are intended to describe a complete work and are essential parts of the contract.
All requirements occurring in any of them are binding. In cases of discrepancies, the following priority of documents is
established, the contract, the General Conditions and Requirements in the specifications, the plans and figured
dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions.
The CONTRACTOR shall not take advantage of any apparent errors, omissions, or discrepancies in the drawings or
specifications, and the OWNER shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed
necessary for the fulfillment of the intent of the contract documents. In the event the CONTRACTOR discovers an
apparent error or discrepancy, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately call this to the attention of the OWNER, who, in
turn, shall promptly make a determination and issue the necessary instructions in writing. Any adjustment by the
CONTRACTOR without this determination and instructions shall be at the CONTRACTOR‘S own risk and expense.
The work is to be made complete as intended by the contract documents.

(Page 105-3: Add the following:)

105.5.3.COD: PUBLIC UTILITIES AND OTHER PROPERTY TO BE CHANGED: In case it is necessary to change
or move the property of any owner or of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until
ordered to do so by the OWNER. The right is reserved to the OWNER of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the

COD.105-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be made necessary by
performance of the contract. The OWNER reserves the right of entering upon the limits of a contract for the purpose
of repairing or relaying sewer and water lines and appurtenances, repairing structures, etc. and for making other
repairs, changes, or extensions to any property.

(Page 105-3: Replace Item 105.6. Supervision by Contractor, with the following: (Several new sentences have been added to the
first paragraph.))
105.6.COD: SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR: The status of the CONTRACTOR is that of an independent
CONTRACTOR under Texas law and the work under this contract shall be under the direct charge and
superintendence of the CONTRACTOR. Except where the CONTRACTOR is an individual and gives their personal
superintendence to the work, the CONTRACTOR shall provide a competent Superintendent or Foreman on the work
at all times during progress, who is fully authorized as the agent on the work. All directions given to the
Superintendent shall be binding as given to the CONTRACTOR. Such Superintendent shall be capable of reading
and understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the OWNER or
authorized representatives. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide an adequate staff for the coordination and
expediting of this work.
The Superintendent and staff shall be acceptable to the OWNER. The Superintendent or Foreman shall not be
changed during this contract except with the written consent of the OWNER or unless the Superintendent or Foreman
proves unsatisfactory to the CONTRACTOR and ceases to be in the CONTRACTOR’S employ.
If the Superintendent should be or become unsatisfactory to the OWNER, the Superintendent shall be removed by
the CONTRACTOR upon written direction of the OWNER; and in such event, the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled
to file a claim for any additional working time or money from the OWNER.

(Page 105-4. Add the following:)

105.8.1.COD: CHANGE OF ADDRESS: If the CONTRACTOR has a change of address, the notice must be
submitted on company letterhead, signed by an officer of the company, and forwarded to:
Director of Purchasing
Room 3/F/S, City Hall
1500 Marilla
Dallas, Texas 75201
With a Copy to (for Projects Awarded and Administered by the Department of Public Works):
Department of Public Works
Construction Management
320 E. Jefferson., Room 312
Dallas, Texas 75203
With a copy to (for Projects Awarded and Administered by the Dallas Water Utilities Department):
Capital Improvements Program
Project Manager
2121 Main St., Suite 300
Dallas, Texas 75201
And with a copy to (For Projects Awarded and Administered by the Park and Recreation Department):
Park and Recreation Department
Program Manager
Planning and Design
Room 6FS
1500 Marilla
Dallas, TX 75201
For Trinity Watershed Management Construction Contracts, the certificate shall be delivered to:
Trinity Watershed Management
Construction Management: Room 312
320. E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203

COD.105-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Page 105-4. Add the following: )
105.8.2.COD: LOCAL TELEPHONE ACCESS: The CONTRACTOR shall provide a telephone number, which will be
answered by a representative during normal business hours and answered either live or electronically, outside normal
business hours with said calls returned within one hour. The phone shall be accessible by direct dial without long
distance charges for all citizens in the construction area and the City of Dallas personnel.

(Page 105-4. Replace Item 105.9 Inspection with the following: (New sections have been added for the Department of Public
Works, the Dallas Water Utilities Department, and the Park and Recreation Department.))
105.9.COD: INSPECTION.
105.9.0.1.COD: INSPECTION OF WORK – DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS: This item concerns projects
awarded and administrated by the City of Dallas Department of Public Works. The scheduled start of construction for
each location shall be coordinated with the Department of Public Works Construction Supervisor a minimum of ten
(10) days prior to the requested start date. Actual start date is dependent upon approval and issuance of a ―Public
Relations‖ letter from the PWT Project Manager. Inspection of work associated with Department of Public Works
projects will be done by the Construction Management Section of the Department of Public Works. Inspections shall
be requested through the appropriate PWT Construction Supervisor a minimum of 24 hours prior to the need for
inspection.
The CONTRACTOR shall assure that the Department of Public Works Construction Supervisor is aware of any work
being performed on the project prior to the work taking place, and the CONTRACTOR should obtain written
verification from the OWNER if an inspection is not needed before proceeding with any particular item of work. The
CONTRACTOR must pay for all removal and replacement or testing requested to determine acceptability for any
work done without proper inspection, as directed by the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work
performed was in accordance with the requirements and intent of the plans and specifications. Any work done or
materials used without suitable inspection by the OWNER may be ordered removed and replaced at the
CONTRACTOR‘S expense.
105.9.0.2.COD: INSPECTION OF WORK – DALLAS WATER UTILITIES DEPARTMENT: This item concerns
projects awarded and administrated by the Dallas Water Utilities Department The scheduled start of construction for
each location shall be coordinated with the Dallas Water Utilities Construction Superintendent a minimum of ten (10)
days prior to the requested start date. Actual start date is dependent upon approval and issuance of a ―Public
Relations‖ letter from the DWU Project Manager. . Inspection of work associated with Dallas Water Utilities projects
will be done by Dallas Water Utilities. Inspections shall be requested through the appropriate Dallas Water Utilities
Construction Superintendent a minimum of 24 hours prior to the need for inspection.
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work
performed was in accordance with the requirements and intent of the plans and specifications. Any work done or
materials used without suitable inspection by the OWNER may be ordered removed and replaced at the
CONTRACTOR‘S expense.
Some work may not require the presence of an Inspector, and the CONTRACTOR should obtain written verification
from the OWNER that an Inspector is not needed before proceeding with that particular item of work. The
CONTRACTOR must pay for all removal and replacement or testing requested to determine acceptability for any
work done without proper inspection, as directed by the OWNER.
105.9.0.3.COD: INSPECTION OF WORK – DALLAS PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT: This item
concerns projects awarded and administrated by the City of Dallas Park and Recreation Department . The scheduled
start of construction for each location shall be coordinated with the Park and Recreation Construction Superintendent
a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the requested start date.
The CONTRACTOR shall assure that the Park and Recreation Construction Superintendent is aware of any work
being performed on the project prior to the work taking place, and the CONTRACTOR should obtain written
verification from the OWNER if an inspection is not needed before proceeding with any particular item of work. The
CONTRACTOR must pay for all removal and replacement or testing requested to determine acceptability for any
work done without proper inspection, as directed by the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work
performed was in accordance with the requirements and intent of the plans and specifications. Any work done or
materials used without suitable inspection by the OWNER may be ordered removed and replaced at the
CONTRACTOR‘S expense.

COD.105-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(Page 105-5. Replace Item 105.9.2. Final Inspection and Item 105.9.2.1.Acceptance, with the following: (There is a new sentence in
the first paragraph and at the end of Item 105.9.2.1.COD: Acceptance.))
105.9.2.COD: FINAL INSPECTION: Whenever the improvements provided for by the CONTRACT shall have been
completely performed on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER that the
improvement is ready for final inspection. If the work is not acceptable to the OWNER at the time of such inspection,
OWNER shall inform CONTRACTOR as to the particular defects to be remedied before final acceptance shall be
made. The OWNER will notify the CONTRACTOR of the time allowed for correction of the items found during the
Final Inspection. The OWNER shall make a final inspection of all work included in the CONTRACT as soon as
practicable after remedies have been made and the work is ready for acceptance.

(Page 105-5. Replace Item 105.9.3. Inspection Overtime, with the following:)
105.9.3.COD: INSPECTION OVERTIME:
The CONTRACTOR will be required to reimburse the OWNER for the cost of all inspection overtime, which may be
necessary for the successful and expeditious prosecution of the work included in this CONTRACT.
Inspection overtime will not be charged if the OWNER required the CONTRACTOR to work during overtime periods
because of restrictions for water main tie-ins, traffic requirements, or other periods that inspection would normally be
charged as determined by the OWNER. The OWNER's decision shall be final.
Except in an emergency situation, the CONTRACTOR shall be required to furnish in writing to the OWNER, not less
than 36 hours in advance, a request to work overtime on Saturday, Sunday, Holiday, or any day on which the City
Offices are closed for normal business. A written request is not required for overtime work on a weekday. Overtime
will be scheduled at the discretion of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR is not guaranteed that overtime will be
accommodated.
Reimbursements for overtime work of Dallas Water Utilities Inspectors shall be made directly to Dallas Water Utilities.
Checks should be made payable to Dallas Water Utilities and mailed or hand carried to:
Accounting and Finance Dept.
Construction/Cost Accounting
5/A/N City Hall
1500 Marilla
Dallas, Texas 75201
Reimbursements for overtime work of Department of Public Works Inspectors shall be made directly to the City of
Dallas PWT Construction Superintendent. Checks should be made payable to the City of Dallas and mailed or hand
carried to:
Department of Public Works.
Construction Management
320 E. Jefferson
Room 312
Dallas, Texas 75203
Reimbursements for overtime work of Park and Recreation Department Inspectors shall be made directly to the City
of Dallas Park and Recreation Department. Checks should be made payable to the City of Dallas and mailed or hand
carried to:
City of Dallas Park and Recreation Department
Construction Management
1500 Marilla, Suite 6FS
Dallas, Texas 75201
Reimbursements for overtime work of Trinity Watershed Management Inspectors shall be made directly to the Trinity
Watershed Management Construction Superintendent. Checks should be made payable to the City of Dallas and
mailed or hand carried to:
Trinity Watershed Management
Construction Management: Room 312
320. E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203
Unless otherwise specified in the CONTRACT, inspection overtime will be charged to the CONTRACTOR, with the
number of Inspectors to be determined by the OWNER under the following overtime conditions:
(1) Weekdays between the hours of Midnight to 7:30 a.m. and between 4:30 p.m. to Midnight, at a rate of
$50.00 per hour per Inspector.
(2) Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays between midnight to midnight with a minimum of four (4) hours, at rate of
$50.00 per hour per Inspector and a minimum of $200 per day per Inspector.
COD.105-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Inspection fees will be accumulated during the monthly estimate period. A statement of charges for the estimate
period will be provided to the CONTRACTOR. The statement of charges must be paid prior to the OWNER
processing the next submitted estimate. PAYMENT IS DUE WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THE
INVOICE. If payment is not made as due, the OWNER reserves the right to deduct or withhold amounts due from
the monthly progress payment or final payment, pursuant to Item 109.4. Payment Withheld, of the Standard
Specifications.

105.10.COD: ACCEPTANCE: Once the work is satisfactory to the OWNER and in accordance with the
specifications and CONTRACT documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be issued a certificate of acceptance. The
Certificate of Acceptance will not be issued until all work required by contract, including all water and wastewater
appurtenances have been adjusted to their final position.

(Page 105-5: Add the following:)

105.10.1.COD: TERMINATION OF CONTRACT: The contract will be considered fulfilled, save as provided in any
maintenance stipulations, bond, or by law, when all the work has been completed, the final inspection, and final
acceptance made by the OWNER, and final payment made by the OWNER.

(Page 105-5: Add the following:)

105.10.2.COD: GUARANTEE AFTER COMPLETION: Unless otherwise specified in the technical section of these
specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall, after test and acceptance, and for a period of one year from date of final
written acceptance by the OWNER or within such longer or shorter period of time as may be prescribed by law or by
the terms of any other applicable special warranty on designated equipment or portions of work as required by the
contract documents, rebuild, repair, or replace any and all items which have proven defective due to unsatisfactory
material and / or workmanship. Upon written notice from the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately make
any repairs that may be ordered, or such repairs will be made by the City of Dallas at the expense of the
CONTRACTOR or the CONTRACTOR‘S Surety. In case of an emergency where delay would cause serious loss or
damage, the City of Dallas may undertake to have the defects repaired without previous notice. The expense of all
repairs, including all emergency repairs, shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR or the CONTRACTOR‘S Surety, at no
cost to the City of Dallas. This obligation shall survive termination of the contract.

(Page 105-5: Add the following:)

105.10.3.COD: OFFSET PROGRESS PAYMENTS: OWNER may, at its option, offset any progress payment or
final payment under the Contract Documents against any debt (including taxes) lawfully due to OWNER from
Contractor, regardless of whether the amount due arises pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents or
otherwise and regardless of whether or not the debt due to OWNER has been reduced to judgment by a court.

(Page 105-5: Add the following:)

105.10.4.COD: FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT: Whenever the work provided for by the contract shall have
been completely performed on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER that the
work is ready for final inspection. The OWNER will then make such final inspection and if the work is satisfactory and
in accordance with the specifications and contract documents, the OWNER shall issue a certificate of acceptance to
the CONTRACTOR and submit a request to accept the work performed by the CONTRACTOR and payment of a
final estimate under the terms of which the OWNER will release 100% of the retainage, plus the unpaid portions of
the final estimate as the OWNER deems advisable.
Whenever the improvements provided for by the contract shall have been completely performed on the part of the
Contractor, as evidenced in the certificate of acceptance, and all required submissions provided to the Owner, a final
estimate showing the value of the work shall be prepared by the OWNER as soon as the necessary measurements
and computations can be made. All prior estimates upon which payments have been made are subject to necessary
corrections or revisions in the final payment. The amount of this final estimate, less any sums that have been
previously paid, deducted or retained under the provisions of the contract, shall be paid the CONTRACTOR within 30
days after the final acceptance by the OWNER, provided the CONTRACTOR has furnished to the OWNER a consent
of Surety and satisfactory evidence that all indebtedness connected with the work and all sums of money due for any
labor, materials, apparatus, fixtures, or machinery furnished for and used in the performance of the work have been
paid or otherwise satisfied, or that the person or persons to whom the same may respectively be due have consented
to such final payment This requirement it not intended and shall not be construed to recognize subcontractors for the
purpose of privity of contract, and no third party benefit rights shall be obtained through these provisions for final
payment The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of the final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall be a
COD.105-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
release to the OWNER from all claims or liabilities under the contract, including all subcontractor claims, for anything
done or furnished or relating to the work under the contract or for any act or neglect of said OWNER relating to or
connected with the contract.
All warranties and guarantees shall commence from the date of the certificate of acceptance. No interest shall be due
the CONTRACTOR on any partial or final payment, or on the retainage (reference Item 109.5.1.COD: Monthly
Estimate).

(Page 105-5: Add the following:)

105.10.5.COD: RIGHT TO AUDIT CONTRACTOR’S RECORDS: By execution of the Contract, CONTRACTOR
grants the OWNER the right to audit, at City‘s election, all of CONTRACTOR‘S records and billings relating to the
performance of the Work under the Contract. CONTRACTOR agrees to retain such records for a minimum of three
(3) years following completion of the Work under this Contract. OWNER agrees that it will exercise the right to audit
only at reasonable hours.

COD.105-7
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.105-8
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 106.COD: CONTROL OF MATERIALS

(Page 106-1. Replace Item 106.2. Materials and Equipment, with the following: A third paragraph has been added)
106.2.COD: MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: The CONTRACTOR shall be free to obtain the approved materials,
equipment, and articles from sources of the CONTRACTOR’s own selection. However, if the OWNER finds that the
work shall be delayed or adversely affected in any way because a selected source of supply cannot furnish a uniform
product in sufficient quantity and at the time required and a suitable source does exist, or the product is not suitable
for the work, the OWNER shall have the right to require the original source of supply changed by the CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR shall have no claim for extra cost or damage because of this requirement.
The CONTRACTOR warrants to the OWNER that all materials and equipment furnished under this CONTRACT shall
be new unless otherwise specified in the CONTRACT documents and that same shall be of good quality and
workmanship, free from faults and defects and in conformance with the CONTRACT documents. All materials and
equipment not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may
be considered defective and shall be promptly repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR’S
sole cost upon demand of the OWNER. If required by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory
evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.
Material and equipment furnished that are not specified elsewhere shall conform to the current ―DALLAS WATER
UTILITIES APPROVED MATERIALS BY TRADE NAME LISTING FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION or WASTEWATER
COLLECTIONS (as Appropriate)‖, the DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS‖,
or approved equal.

(Page 106-1: Replace Item 106.4: Off-Site Storage with the following: (new paragraphs have been added.)
106.4.COD: OFF-SITE STORAGE: Materials shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of their quality and
fitness for the work. When directed by the OWNER, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean
surfaces and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and
located so as to facilitate prompt inspection.
Payment for costs incurred in the off-site storage of materials not yet incorporated into the project may be made by
the OWNER if all the following conditions are met:
(1) the OWNER has approved the off-site storage location, prior to delivery and in writing;
(2) the materials will not be incorporated into the project within the next 60 days;
(3) the material is stored in a bonded warehouse, as defined in Item 101.1.COD: Definitions, identified with the
project name and stored separate from normal inventory;
(4) an official PAID receipt from the material SUPPLIER is provided; and
(5) CONTRACTOR may invoice only for the amount actually paid for the material.
Storage in facilities of the manufacturer or CONTRACTOR will not be permitted or paid for, unless such storage
location is expressly approved in writing by the OWNER.
The City of Dallas recognizes a difference between ―Materials on Hand‖ as defined in NCTCOG Item 109.2 Payment
for Materials,and ―Materials Stored Off-Site‖. Any ―Materials on Hand‖ that are approved for use in a specific project
will not be paid for separately. Rather, any ―Materials on Hand‖ that are approved for a specific project‘s use will be
paid for with the regularly monthly estimate as they are incorporated into the specific project. ―Materials Stored Off-
Site‖ will be paid for separately if all five of the above conditions have been met by the CONTRACTOR.

(Page 106-1. Add the following: (conflicts with 106.4.COD:)

106.4.1.COD: EARLY DELIVERY TO PROJECT SITE: All materials or equipment delivered to the project site
earlier than thirty (30) days prior to an approved schedule for delivery to the project site shall be classified as an
"early delivery". All early delivery materials or equipment must have written permission of the OWNER to be stored on
the project site. Should any unauthorized early delivery occur, CONTRACTOR shall, at the CONTRACTOR‘S
expense or at the expense of the responsible Subcontractor or Supplier, cause such early delivery to be removed
from the project site and stored off-site until required at the project site. All costs of labor, transportation and storage
will be included as part of the expense. If the CONTRACTOR fails or refuses to remove unauthorized early delivery
materials, the OWNER may cause such materials to be removed at the CONTRACTOR‘S sole expense, and
amounts may be withheld from the CONTRACTOR‘S Application for Payment to reimburse the OWNER for any costs
incurred in removing unauthorized early delivery materials. The OWNER will not be responsible for the protection of
or risk of loss on any early delivery materials or equipment, nor will the OWNER be liable for any payment thereon.

COD.106-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
Any materials or equipment classified as early delivery will not be approved for payment as stored materials prior to
thirty (30) days before the incorporation into the Work.
Storage of materials will not be allowed if the OWNER deems that these materials are hazardous, detrimental to the
site‘s appearance, or may cause maintenance difficulties. Storage of materials will not be allowed on the work site
prior to issuance of a work authorization, except in special situations allowed by the OWNER in writing.
On-site storage of materials will not be allowed if the OWNER deems that these materials will be detrimental or to
citizens or to the appearance or maintenance of the site. Storage of materials will not be allowed on the work site
prior to issuance of a work authorization.

(Page 106-1. Add the following: )

106.6.COD: SURPLUS MATERIALS: Surplus materials shall be disposed of by the CONTRACTOR at his expense.
Surplus excavation materials shall be removed from the site unless specified otherwise under the performance
specifications.

COD.106-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 107.COD: LEGAL RELATIONS AND CONTRACT RESPONSIBILITIES

(Page 107—2: Add the following:)

107.5.1.COD: COMPENSATION AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF WORK: The CONTRACTOR shall receive and
accept compensation, as herein provided, as full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, material, equipment and
incidentals; for performing all work contemplated and embraced under the contract; for all loss or damage arising out
of the nature of the work, or from the action of the elements; for any unforeseen defects or obstruction which may
arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work and before its final acceptance by the OWNER; for all
risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work; for all expense incurred by or in
consequence of suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the work as herein specified; for any
infringement of patents, trademarks or copyrights; and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to
the plans and specifications.

(Page 107—3: Add the following:)

107.11.1.COD: COOPERATION OF THE CONTRACTOR: The CONTRACTOR shall give to the work the
consistent attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof, and the CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the
OWNER, and with other CONTRACTORS in every way possible.
The OWNER and the OWNER‘S representatives shall at all times have free access to the work whenever it is in
preparation or progress and the contractor shall provide safe, convenient and proper facilities for such access and
inspection.

(Page 107-3.Replace Item107.13.5. Reports, with the following:)

107.13.5.COD: EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REPORTING: During the course of the work, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER, on a monthly basis, a breakdown by minority group of all employees at
the site of the work. The CONTRACTOR must submit to the OWNER on a monthly basis, a copy of each weekly
payroll pertaining to his CONTRACT as follows:
Dallas Water Utilities Contracts:
Capital Improvements Program
Project Manager
2121 Main St., Suite 300
Dallas, Texas 75201
Department of Public Works Contracts:
Department of Public Works
Construction Management
320 E. Jefferson, Room 312
Dallas, Texas 75203
For Park and Recreation Department
Park and Recreation Department
Program Manager
Planning and Design
Room 6FS
1500 Marilla
Dallas, Texas 75201
For Trinity Watershed Management
Trinity Watershed Management
Construction Management: Room 312
320. E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203

COD.107-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

These shall be coded as follows:

Code Description
A1 Black Male
A2 Black Female
B1 Hispanic Male
B2 Hispanic Female
C1 Other Male
C2 Other Female
D1 White Male
D2 White Female

(Page 107-3. Add the following:)

107.13.6.COD: CONTRACTOR WORK BY ITS OWN FORCES: Except as otherwise provided, the CONTRACTOR
shall perform no less than 25 percent (25%) of the work with their own forces as defined in Item 101.1.COD:
Definitions. The on-site production of materials produced by other than the CONTRACTOR‘S forces shall be
considered as being subcontracted. If, during the progress of work hereunder, the CONTRACTOR requests a
reduction in such participation percentage and the OWNER determines that it would be to the OWNER'S advantage,
the percentage of work required to be performed by the CONTRACTOR may be reduced; provided, written approval
of such reduction is obtained by the CONTRACTOR from the OWNER.
CONTRACTOR‘S forces shall be determined by Certified Payroll Reports that show that the personnel performing the
claimed work are employees of the entity that was awarded the contract. The CONTRACTOR will be required to
show that they pay employee taxes and benefits for the employees.
The organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections, and articles, and the arrangement and titles of project
drawings shall not compel the CONTRACTOR into dividing the work among SUBCONTRACTORS or in establishing
the extent of work to be performed by any trade.

(Page 107-3. Add the following:)

107.13.7.COD: WORK FORCE STATEMENT: All Bidders are required to submit a completed Work Force
Statement (included in the Proposal book) with their bid. The Work Force Statement details the breakdown of
employee statistics by race and sex.

(Page 107-3: Add the following:)

107.14.1.COD: SALES TAX EXEMPTION FORM: The CONTRACTOR is directed to make use of copies of the Tax
Exemption Certificate that is provided on the City of Dallas‘ Website or on the following pages.

(Page 107-4: Add the following:)

107.16.2.COD: PLEAS OF MISUNDERSTANDING: No pleas of misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be
considered. The CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR‘S Sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER
against any claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation or order
whether by the CONTRACTOR, employees, or Subcontractors.
All work required under this contract shall comply with all required documents of law, regulation, permit or license, if
the CONTRACTOR finds that there is a variance, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately report such to the OWNER
for resolution.
―OWNER shall not be liable for interest on any progress or final payment to be made under this Contract, except as
may be provided by the applicable provisions of the Prompt Payment Act, Chapter 2251, Texas Government Code,
as amended, subject to Item 109.5.1.COD: Monthly Estimate of this Addendum.‖

(Page 107-4: Add the following:)

107.16.3.COD: PERMITS, FEES, AND LICENSES: The CONTRACTOR will apply and arrange for the issuance of
all other required permits, and will be required to pay a fee for any permits required for the Project. The
CONTRACTOR will pay all pro-rata charges, including tap fees assessed by the governing utility as defined in Bid
Allowances, if known at the time of bidding; or if unknown at the time of bidding, OWNER will assume responsibility of
payment.

COD.107-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
107.14.1.1.COD: SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE; DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS: The Contractor
may use the following form for projects contracted by and / or administered by the City of Dallas Public Works &
Transportation Department.

COD.107-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

107.14.1.2.COD: SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE; DALLAS WATER UTILITIES DEPARTMENT: The
Contractor may use the following form for projects contracted by and / or administered by Dallas Water Utilities
Department.

COD.107-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

107.14.1.2.COD: SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE; DALLAS PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT:
The Contractor may use the following form for projects contracted by and / or administered by the Dallas Park and
Recreation Department.

COD.107-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 107-4. Add the following:)

107.18.1.COD: CITY REGULATIONS ON STREET CLOSING:
The City Manager has designated the Department of Public Works as a coordinating agency for clearance of all
street closing information. In order to avoid unwarranted inconveniences, and to prevent the isolation of any area due
to the closing of streets, the following regulations will apply:
(1) Street Work: No street work will be permitted (except in case of emergency) nor any equipment or material
permitted to be stored or parked on any street in the Central Business District (CBD) between the hours of
7:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. or 3:30 p.m. - 6:00 p.m. See Figure 101.1.COD: Central Business District in the
Definitions Section.
(2) Streets Subject to Work Restrictions: All streets on the Prime Network will be subject to work restrictions
during certain hours. These hours will be determined by Department of Public Works.
(3) Street Closure Notification: If a street is required to be closed or partially closed on Saturday or Sunday,
any legal City Holiday, or on weekdays between the hours of 5:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m., the Department of
Public Works dispatcher should be notified by a call to the City of Dallas Action Center by dialing 311, within
the City Limits of the city of Dallas or (214) 670-5111 from any other location.
(4) Maintain Traffic Control and Street Name Signs: Traffic control and street name signs shall not be torn
down, covered, or otherwise removed from the clear view of the driver or pedestrian without prior approval of
the City Traffic Engineer.
(5) Street Closures To Be Coordinated with Traffic System Safety Coordinators: Street closure or partial
closure will be coordinated with the Citywide Traffic System Safety Coordinators, Public Works, and
Transportation Department, by dialing 311 within the City Limits of the city of Dallas or (214) 670-5111 from
any other location during normal business hours (7:00 am to 5:00 pm).
(6) Project Activities: The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all project activities with the OWNER.
(7) Minimum Inconveniences To Public: The work shall be so conducted as to create a minimum amount of
inconveniences to the public. At any time when in the judgment of the OWNER the CONTRACTOR has
obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a greater portion of the park, street or public way than is
necessary for the proper execution of the work, the OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to finish the
sections on which work is in progress before operations are started on any additional section.

(Page 107-5. Replace Item 107.19.2. Protection of Persons and Property, with the following: (Three new paragraphs have been
added after the third paragraph.))
107.19.2.COD: PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: The CONTRACTOR shall have the responsibility
to provide and maintain all warning devices and take all precautionary measures required by law or otherwise to
protect persons and property while said persons or property are approaching, leaving or within the work site or any
area adjacent to said work site. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, compensation shall not be paid to the
CONTRACTOR for the installation or maintenance of any warning devices, barricades, lights, signs or any other
precautionary measures required by law or otherwise for the protection of persons or property according to Item
801.1. Barriers and Warning and/or Detour Signs.
The CONTRACTOR shall assume all duties owed by the OWNER to the general public in connection with the general
public’s immediate approach to and travel through the work site and the area adjacent to said work site.
Where the work is carried on, in or adjacent to any street, alley, sidewalk, public right-of-way or public place, the
CONTRACTOR shall at its own cost and expense provide such flagmen and watchmen in addition to its responsibility
to furnish, erect and maintain such warning devices, barricades, lights, signs, and other precautionary measures for
the protection of persons or property as are required by law. During periods when schools are in session, the
CONTRACTOR will be required during the construction of the Work to:
(1) Maintain a suitable all-weather footpath across the Work at all designated school crosswalks and other
access areas as required by the OWNER. Provide channeling fences to separate the work area from the
footpath, if required by the OWNER. Provide signage as required to direct pedestrians around the work
area.
(2) Move and reinstall pedestrian crossing warning signs as construction and routing of traffic lanes require.
The CONTRACTOR is instructed to control his operations carefully when near public or private schools, particularly
during the morning and afternoon drop-off and pick-up hours, to assure continuous safety of schoolchildren and
adults.
The CONTRACTOR shall install water and wastewater mains and all other construction in such a way as to minimize
disruption to school operations. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate construction activities through the OWNER. The

COD.107-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
CONTRACTOR shall notify in writing all school principles and the appropriate Administrative Offices of the School
District of primary and secondary schools located within 1000 feet of the project or project segment at least ten (10)
working days prior to beginning construction. All work including paving operations and clean up shall be completed
immediately after the water line is tested and approved. The CONTRACTOR shall work with sufficient personnel and
equipment to minimize the disruption in the area.
The CONTRACTOR‘S responsibility for providing and maintaining flagmen, watchmen, warning devices, barricades,
signs, and lights, and other precautionary measures shall not cease until directed in writing by the OWNER or until
final payment, whichever occurs first. If the OWNER discovers that the CONTRACTOR has failed to comply with the
applicable federal and state law by failing to furnish the necessary flagmen, warning devices, barricades, lights, signs
or other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property, the OWNER may order such additional
precautionary measures as required by law to be taken to protect persons and property. The CONTRACTOR shall
reimburse the OWNER for any expense incurred by the OWNER in taking any additional precautionary measures as
a result of the CONTRACTOR‘S failure to do so.
The CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for all damage to the work and other public or private property due to the
failure of warning devices, barricades, signs, lights, or other precautionary measures in protecting said property, and
whenever evidence is found of such damage, the OWNER may order the damaged portion immediately removed and
replaced by and at the cost and expense of the CONTRACTOR.
Minimum standards for safeguarding pedestrian and vehicular traffic are contained in the latest edition of the Texas
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), as amended, Texas Department of Transportation and the
latest version of the City of Dallas‘ Traffic Barricade Manual. In cases of conflict, the City of Dallas‘ Traffic Barricade
Manual will govern. Signage, barricades, and other traffic control devices for detouring and maintenance of traffic on
this CONTRACT shall be as provided in above said manual and as directed by the OWNER. Unless otherwise
specified in the CONTRACT, costs associated with the acquisition and removal of required traffic control devices
shall be considered incidental to the Work.
Until acceptance of the completed project by the OWNER, the work shall be under the charge and care of the
CONTRACTOR. During this time, the CONTRACTOR shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or
damage to the work or any part thereof by action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever, whether
arising from the execution or non-execution of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make
good at the CONTRACTOR‘S own cost and expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned
by any of the hereinabove causes. The above shall include any damage resulting from vandalism on the project site
until final acceptance by the City. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish security guards at the CONTRACTOR‘S expense
in sufficient numbers to protect the work.

(Page 107-5: Add the following Item:)

107.19.2.1.COD: PUBLIC UTILITIES AND OTHER PROPERTY TO BE CHANGED: In case it is necessary to
change or move the property of any owner or of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with
until ordered to do so by the OWNER. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of
the contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs of their property that may be necessary by
performance of the contract. The City reserves the right of entering upon the limits of a contract for the purpose of
repairing or relaying sewer and water lines and appurtenances, repairing structures, etc. and for making other repairs,
changes, or extensions to any City property.

(Page 107-6. Replace Item 107.19.3.2. Regulations, with the following: (new paragraphs have been added after the second
paragraph.))
ITEM 107.19.3.1.COD: REGULATIONS: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for complying with state laws
and federal regulations relating to trench safety, including those which may be enacted during the performance under
this Contract. The CONTRACTOR is advised that Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. 1926.650-1926.652 have been, in
their most recent version as amended, in effect since January 2, 1990.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL
SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA) REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO EXCAVATIONS,
TRENCHING, AND SHORING AND SHALL PROVIDE AND FAMILIARIZE ITS EMPLOYEES INVOLVED IN
EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING WITH THE PROVISIONS IN OSHA PAMPHLET NUMBER 2226, EXCAVATING
AND TRENCHING OPERATIONS.
The CONTRACTOR must submit a notarized affidavit to the OWNER prior to the award of the CONTRACT. The
affidavit must be completed on the CONTRACTOR‘S letterhead, must be signed by an Officer of the CONTRACTOR,
and should be in the following form:

COD.107-7
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
107.19.3.2.COD: INDEMNIFICATION. CONTRACTOR shall fill out and agree to the following Affidavit:

AFFIDAVIT OF INDEMNIFICATION FOR TRENCH SAFETY

I certify (Name) (―CONTRACTOR‖) is a competent person as defined in the Federal Register, Part
II, 29 CFR 1926, Occupational Safety and Health Standards - Excavations; Final Rule, and it will perform the duties
and responsibilities of this position on City of Dallas CONTRACT (Number and Name) .

INDEMNIFICATION FOR TRENCH SAFETY

CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD OWNER, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS AND
EMPLOYEES, AND THE CONSULTING ENGINEER COMPLETELY HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS, LAWSUITS,
JUDGMENTS, COSTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING ATTORNEY'S FEES, IF ANY) FOR ANY PERSONAL
INJURY (INCLUDING DEATH), PROPERTY DAMAGE OR OTHER HARM FOR WHICH RECOVERY OF
DAMAGES IS SOUGHT (INCLUDING ANY INJURY, DEATH OR DAMAGE SUFFERED BY THE CONTRACTOR‘S
OWN EMPLOYEES) ARISING OUT OF OR OCCASIONED BY THE USE OF ANY TRENCH EXCAVATION PLANS,
REGARDLESS OF THEIR ORIGIN, OR BY ANY NEGLIGENT, GROSSLY NEGLIGENT, STRICTLY LIABLE OR
INTENTIONAL ACT OF THE CONTRACTOR, A SUBCONTRACTOR OR ANY INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYEE OR
LABORER (WHETHER OR NOT AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR OR A SUBCONTRACTOR) IN THE
PERFORMANCE OR SUPERVISION OF ACTUAL TRENCH EXCAVATION UNDER THE CONTRACT. THIS
INDEMNITY APPLIES REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OWNER'S OR CONSULTING ENGINEER'S NEGLIGENCE
OR FAULT IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF THIS CONTRACT OR IN THE PREPARATION, REVIEW OR
APPROVAL OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TRENCH EXCAVATION PLAN CONTRIBUTED TO THE INJURY, DEATH,
OR DAMAGE. OWNER ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AS A RESULT OF THE PREPARATION,
REVIEW OR APPROVAL OF ANY TRENCH EXCAVATION PLAN UNDER THIS CONTRACT; OWNER MAKES
NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE ADEQUACY OR CORRECTNESS OF ANY
EXCAVATION PLAN. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH ARE SOLELY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO CREATE OR GRANT ANY RIGHTS,
CONTRACTUAL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL NOT BE
CONSTRUED TO WAIVE ANY GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY OF THE OWNER. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTROLS
IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT WITH ANY OTHER INDEMNITY OR OWNER-WARRANTY PROVISION IN THE
SPECIFICATIONS.

_______________________________________

_______________________________________
Print Name and Title

SUBSCRIBED and SWORN TO before me this ____ day of __________, 20___.

_______________________________________
[Seal] Notary Public, State of Texas
My commission expires: ___________________

COD.107-8
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 107-6. Replace Item 107.19.3.3. Trench Safety Plan, with the following: (Several additional paragraphs have been added after
the original first paragraph.)
107.19.3.3.COD: TRENCH SAFETY PLAN: The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a trench safety plan in accordance
with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards 1926.652 ―Requirements for Protective Systems.‖
In cases where trench excavation is 20 feet in depth or greater, or where conditions require, the CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible for providing to the OWNER an acceptable trench safety plan signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer qualified to do such work and licensed/registered in the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible for selecting an appropriate method of providing trench safety after due consideration of the job
conditions, location of utilities, pavement conditions and other relevant factors. Slope-back methods, which may
result in unnecessary displacement of utilities and/or destruction of pavement, shall not be used without permission
from the OWNER. Plans for devices used to provide trench safety such as trench shields and shoring systems will
be likewise certified by a Professional Engineer licensed/registered in the State of Texas or by a Professional
Engineer licensed/registered in the state of manufacture of the shield or shoring system. Shoring System components
to be utilized on the project must have current (within one year) certification of structural adequacy. Measurement and
payment shall be as specified in the CONTRACT.
The CONTRACTOR shall install a trench safety system in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health
Administration Standards 1926.652 "Requirements for Protective Systems." This shall be paid under the appropriate
bid item.
107.19.3.3.1.COD: OSHA AND PIPE DESIGN: The OSHA regulations contain two requirements that may affect the
pipe design:
(1) For Type C soils and Type B soils, except cohesive soils, and the ditch sloping option is selected, the
sloping must begin at the bottom of the trench and,
(2) Excavation of material to a level no greater than 2 feet below the bottom of the members of a support
system shall be permitted. The embedment to support a pipe is calculated on a vertical wall to a point 1 foot
above the top of the pipe at a maximum trench width, as shown in the latest DWU Standard Drawings for
Water and Wastewater Construction, Sheet 112. If the maximum allowable trench width at a point 1 foot
above the top of the pipe is exceeded, the pipe design must be evaluated by the OWNER. Any additional
costs associated with a design change, such as a change in embedment or change in pipe class, etc., shall
be at no cost to the City. In all cases, the basis of payment items governed by the trench width Bd will be as
shown in the applicable tables and latest City of Dallas Standard Drawings.
107.19.3.3.2.COD: DAILY INSPECTIONS: The regulation requires that a competent person make a daily inspection
of the excavation prior to start of work and as needed throughout the shift (1926.650 (k)).
The regulation also states "In order to be a ‗competent person‘ for the purposes of this standard one must have had
specific training in, and be knowledgeable about, soil analysis, the use of protective systems, and the requirements of
this standard."
107.19.3.3.3.COD: CURRENT SAFETY PROGRAM: Depending on the contracting agency, the CONTRACTOR
must have on file with the City of Dallas Water Utilities Department, the City of Dallas Park and Recreation
Department, or the City of Dallas Department of Public Works, a Safety Program. No work may be started unless a
Safety Program has been submitted and approved. The Safety Program is valid on all contracts for a two-year
period.
The safety program must be type written, signed by an officer of the company and include:
(1) Safety checklist.
(2) Methods of construction in the vicinity of existing underground utilities.
(3) Type of safety equipment required.
(4) Supervisor's degree of responsibility and authority.
(5) Employee training required.
(6) Safety sessions.
(7) Notification and investigation of accidents.
(8) Safety Officer with qualifications.
(9) Individual equipment, i.e. safety shoes, glasses, hardhats.
No claims for delay or extension of time will be accepted due to CONTRACTOR‘S failure to meet these provisions.

COD.107-9
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
THE SAFETY PROGRAM SHALL BE DELIVERED TO:
Dallas Water Utilities Contracts:
Project Manager
Capital Improvement Program
2121 Main St., Suite 300
Dallas, Texas 75201
Department of Public Works Contracts:
Department of Public Works
Construction Management
320 E. Jefferson, Room 312
Dallas, Texas 75203
Park and Recreation Department
Park and Recreation Department
Program Manager
Planning and Design
Room 6FS
1500 Marilla
Dallas, Texas 75201
For Trinity Watershed Management
Trinity Watershed Management
Construction Management: Room 312
320. E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203

(Page 107-6. Add the following:)

107.19.3.3.4.COD: NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING: If requested by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR will be required
to attend any scheduled neighborhood meeting(s). The CONTRACTOR may be asked to speak on the method of
construction and answer questions from attendees.

(Page 107-7. Replace Item 107.19.3.4. Shoring and Sheeting, with the following:)
107.19.3.4.COD: SHORING AND SHEETING: The sides of all excavation shall be supported in accordance with the
trench safety plan. Where bracing or sheeting and shoring are used, the trench width shall be increased accordingly,
shall be considered as incidental work, and shall not be paid for as a separate item. All sheeting, shoring, and bracing
shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to withstand the pressure exerted, to maintain the sides of the excavation
properly in place, and to protect all persons or property from injury or damage. When excavations are made adjacent
to existing buildings or other structures or in paved streets, particular care shall be taken to adequately sheet, shore,
and brace the sides of the excavation to prevent undermining of or settlement beneath the structures or pavement.
Underpinning of adjacent structures or pavement shall be done at the CONTRACTOR‘S own cost and expense and
in a manner satisfactory to the OWNER, or, when required by the OWNER, the pavement shall be removed, the
void(s) satisfactorily filled, compacted, and the pavement replaced by the CONTRACTOR. The entire expense of
such removal and subsequent replacement thereof shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Wooden sheeting, shoring,
and bracing shall be left in place where it is adjacent to the pipe embedment for the initial lift of backfill, if directed by
the OWNER.
The removal of all sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall be done in such manner as not to endanger or damage either
new or existing structure, or private or public properties, and so as to avoid cave-ins or sliding of the banks. All holes
or voids left by the removal of the sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall be immediately and completely filled and
compacted with suitable materials. If, for any reason, the CONTRACTOR, with the approval of the OWNER, elects to
leave in place the sheeting, shoring or bracing, no payment shall be allowed for such material left in place.

(Page 107-7. Add the following:)

107.19.3.7.COD: SUSPENSION OF WORK: The OWNER has the authority to suspend all work immediately if, in
the OWNER's opinion, there is imminent danger to workers or the general public. If there is no imminent danger to
workmen or the general public, but trench conditions are not in compliance with Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R.
1926.650-1926.652, the OWNER shall warn the CONTRACTOR who shall then immediately order all workmen in
and adjacent to the trench away from the area. The CONTRACTOR must then bring the trench into compliance with
the regulations. If the CONTRACTOR does not make the required corrections, all work on the CONTRACT shall
cease and the OWNER will issue a letter of Temporary Suspension of Work. The only work authorized after issuance
COD.107-10
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
of this letter is work approved by the regulations. Other work shall not be permitted until the OWNER issues a letter
of Release of Temporary Suspension of Work.
The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to additional compensation, an extension of time or payment of damages as
a result of a temporary suspension of work under this provision.

(Page 107-7. Replace Item 107.20. Project Signs with the following:)
107.20.COD: PROJECT SIGNS: Project Signs shall be furnished by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall pick-
up, erect, and maintain the signs in acceptable condition for the duration of the project. Signs shall be placed at
locations selected by the OWNER and moved as required during the construction. Project Signs shall be removed
and returned by the CONTRACTOR, as directed by the OWNER, upon completion of the project. No separate
payment shall be made for the Project Signs and this work will be considered subsidiary to other pay items.

(Page 107-8: Add the following Item):

107.23.2.1.COD: SOIL BORINGS: Soil Borings are to be used for information only and are not warranted accurate
in any way. The OWNER accepts no responsibility for any deviation from or variance in soil types and/or depths
shown on the borings.

(Page 107-9. Add the following: new information; the information presented herein is subject to change without notice.)
107.23.5.COD: CITY OF DALLAS CONTACTS:
During construction, the following companies should be contacted in order to determine the location of their
respective underground utilities:
ACTION CENTER (City of Dallas services: water, wastewater and stormwater
– All NON-EMERGENCY) ............................................................................................................ 311
Action Center (From outside of Dallas City Limits) ..................................................... (214) 670-5111
ALL EMERGENCIES .................................................................................................................... 911
DIG TESS (Texas Excavation Safety System)
Locate Underground Utilities CALL 2 DAYS IN ADVANCE .................................... (800) DIG-TESS
(24 Hours, 7 days) ...................................................................................................... (800) 344-8377
The above list is not exhaustive. Refer to contract documents and other sources for additional contact numbers. The
CONTRACTOR is responsible for notifying all companies who may have an interest or maintain facilities throughout a
project.

(Page 107-9. Add the following:)

107.24.COD: PROJECT CLEAN-UP
The CONTRACTOR shall be aware that keeping the project site in a neat and orderly condition is considered an
integral part of the contracted work and as such shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items. Clean up
work shall be done as directed by the OWNER as the work progresses or as needed. If, in the opinion of the
OWNER, it is necessary, clean up shall be done on a daily basis. Clean up work shall include, but not be limited to:
(1) Removing the trash, paper, rubbish and debris resulting from operations
(2) Sweeping streets clean of dirt or debris
(3) Alleviating any dust nuisance in the work area
(4) Storing excess material in appropriate and organized manner
(5) Keeping trash of any kind off of residents‘ property
Failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition will be cause for withholding of
payments until said condition is corrected. Storage areas, either fenced or open, shall be kept free of weeds, tall
grass, and other debris. In instances of large scale irrigation and planting installation, the entire site shall be kept neat
and orderly with no tall grass or weed growth allowed. It shall be the CONTRACTOR‘S responsibility to see that the
turf areas are kept mowed during entire progress of the work. If the CONTRACTOR fails to alleviate poorly
maintained conditions upon written notice by the OWNER, the OWNER will order City Park forces to make necessary
steps to correct the poor conditions with cost of such corrections to be deducted from the Contract.
Upon completion of the work and before final acceptance and final payment shall be made, the CONTRACTOR shall
completely clean and remove from the site of the work all equipment, construction materials, surplus and discarded
materials, temporary structures and debris of every kind. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site of the work in a neat

COD.107-11
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed, or as called for in the Contract documents. Surplus and
waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the OWNER, and
at the CONTRACTOR’S sole cost.

(Page 107-9. Add the following:)

107.24.1.COD: TRASH AND DEBRIS REMOVAL: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the construction site in a neat
and orderly manner at all times and remove trash, paper, rubbish, and debris resulting from CONTRACTOR
operations or that of his employees during the construction of this project on a daily basis.
The CONTRACTOR, prior to utilizing any private property, shall provide a written agreement between the
CONTRACTOR and the Property OWNER to the Project Manager or Construction Superintendent. The agreement
shall state what uses are allowed for the property, the length of time the CONTRACTOR is allowed to use it and the
final condition the property shall be returned to once all work is completed. CONTRACTOR shall provide a written
release from the Property OWNER once the area has been restored.

(Page 107-9: Add the following:)

107.24.2.COD: MAINTENANCE OF PROJECT SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION: Failure of the CONTRACTOR to
maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition in the opinion of the Engineer will be cause for withholding of
payments under Item 105.10.3.COD: Offset Progress Payments, of these specifications until said condition is
corrected. Storage areas either fenced or open shall be kept free of weeds, tall grass, and other debris. In instances
of large-scale irrigation and planting installation, the entire site shall be kept neat and orderly with no tall grass or
weed growth allowed. It shall be the CONTRACTOR‘S responsibility to see that the turf areas are kept mowed during
entire progress of the work. If the CONTRACTOR fails to alleviate poorly maintained conditions upon written notice
by the Engineer, the Engineer will order City Park forces to make necessary steps to correct the poor conditions with
cost of such corrections to be deducted from the Contract.

(Page 107-9: Add the following:)

107.24.3.COD: LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS: The work shall be so conducted as to create a minimum amount of
inconveniences to the public. At any time when in the judgment of the Engineer the CONTRACTOR has obstructed or
closed or is carrying on operations in a greater portion of the park, street or public way than is necessary for the
proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the CONTRACTOR to finish the sections on which work is in
progress before operations are started on any additional section.

(Page 107-10. Add the following:)

107.25.1.COD: SPOIL REMOVAL: The CONTRACTOR will be required to remove spoil from the job site in a timely
manner. If, in the opinion of the OWNER, the spoil is not being removed as required, the CONTRACTOR will be
directed to remove the spoil. The CONTRACTOR must comply with this directive within 24 hours. There will be no
additional compensation to the CONTRACTOR for removing this spoil at a time other than as planned.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all requirements and regulations for any spoil removed from the project.

(Page 107-10. Replace Item 107.26. Restoration of Property, with the following: (There is a new sentence after the first sentence in
Item 107.26 Restoration of Property. Additionally, there is a new last paragraph)
107.26.COD: RESTORATION OF PROPERTY:
When and where any damage or injury is done to public or private property on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the
public or private property shall be restored at the CONTRACTOR‘S own cost and expense to a condition equal (or
improved) to that existing before such damage was done by repairing, rebuilding or otherwise restoring as may be
directed, or it shall make good such damage or injury in a manner acceptable to the Property OWNER or the
OWNER. The CONTRACTOR must furnish to the OWNER a release signed by the Property OWNER. Replacement
of previously constructed items, such as curb, gutter, sidewalks, driveways, paving, etc., shall conform to the
specifications for new construction, unless directed otherwise by the OWNER. In case of failure on the part of the
CONTRACTOR to restore such property or make good such damage or injury, the OWNER may, upon 48 hours‘
written notice, under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results,
proceed to repair, rebuild or otherwise restore such property as may be determined necessary, and the cost thereof
shall be deducted from any monies due or to become due the CONTRACTOR under its CONTRACT; or where
sufficient CONTRACT funds are unavailable for this purpose, the CONTRACTOR or its surety shall reimburse the
OWNER for all such costs.
In accordance with Chapter 30-2(h) of the Revised Code of Civil and Criminal Ordinances of the City of Dallas,

COD.107-12
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Texas: ―the erection, including excavation, demolition, alteration or repair of any building in or adjacent to a residential
area other than between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays is prohibited, excepted in the case of
urgent necessity in the interest of public safety‖, for which a permit shall be obtained from the OWNER.

(Page 107-10. Add the following:)

107.26.1.COD: PAVEMENT MARKING RESTORATION: All disturbed pavement markings, including striping, traffic
buttons, crosswalks, etc., shall be restored to same or improved condition as per Item 804.2 Painting and
Pavement Marking, of these specs, City of Dallas Specifications for Public Works Construction, Standard
Construction Details and all addenda thereto.

(Page 107-10. Add the following:)

107.26.2.COD: FENCE RELOCATION AND REPLACEMENT: Bid Items for Fencing are Contingent Items setup to
handle the relocation and/or replacement of various kinds of private property fences that are found to be in conflict
with the construction work. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect each construction location with the OWNER's
representative and together agree as to what fences, if any, are in conflict with the construction and need to be
relocated and/or replaced. The CONTRACTOR shall then contact the affected Property OWNER(s) and make the
necessary arrangements for any temporary fencing and security. Any agreements between the Property OWNER(s)
and CONTRACTOR are the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. This does not include fences damaged during
construction operations that were originally found not to be in conflict with construction. Repairs or replacement of
fencing items damaged by the CONTRACTOR, shall be performed at no additional cost to the OWNER, unless a bid
item has been provided in the CONTRACT.

(Page 107-10. Add the following:)

107.26.3.COD: REPLACEMENTS OF SIDEWALKS, CURBS, AND/OR GUTTERS: At the OWNER‘s direction, the
CONTRACTOR may be required to remove and install concrete sidewalks, curbs, and/or gutters outside the
established pavement limits as specified under the associated bid items. The CONTRACTOR will be paid for
additional quantities installed at the unit prices established for the appropriate bid items. This does not include any
items damaged by the CONTRACTOR, which shall be replaced at no additional cost to the OWNER.

(Page 107-10. Add the following:)

107.26.4.COD: DAMAGED PAVING: Paving restoration and all associated costs outside of the required Excavation
areas shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and no separate payment will be made.

(Page 107-10. Add the following:)

107.26.5.COD: SITE RESTORATION: The CONTRACTOR shall restore the construction site to an acceptable
condition, or better, immediately upon installation and the original condition, or better, immediately upon acceptance
of City of Dallas owned underground utilities, as directed by the OWNER. No payment will be made for restoration of
pavement, vegetation or other improvements that are outside of the established construction limits.

(Page 107-10. Add the following:)

107.27.COD: ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE:
(1) The OWNER has developed an Environmental Management System (―EMS‖), based upon International
Standards Organization (ISO) Standard 14001. As part of the EMS, the OWNER has adopted an
environmental policy. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges receipt of the environmental policy as a part of the
bid documents and shall adhere to the policy and provide information requested by the OWNER prior to any
work being done on the site.
(2) The CONTRACTOR and its SUBCONTRACTORS are deemed to have made themselves familiar with and
at all times shall comply with any and all applicable federal, state or local laws, rules, regulations,
ordinances, and rules of common law now in effect (including any amendments now in effect), relating to the
environment, Hazardous Substances or exposure to Hazardous Substances, including but not limited to the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C.A. §§ 9601, et
seq.; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C.A. §§ 1801, et seq.; the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C.A. §§ 6901, et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33
U.S.C.A §§ 1201, et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act,
15 U.S.C.A. §§ 2601, et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C.A. §§ 7401, et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act,
42 U.S.C.A. §§ 3808, et seq., and the latest judicial or administrative interpretation of these laws, rules,

COD.107-13
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
regulations, ordinances, or rules of common law, including but not limited to any judicial or administrative
order, consent decree, or judgment affecting the Project.
(3) In the event the CONTRACTOR encounters on the site materials reasonably believed to be a Hazardous
Substance that have not been rendered harmless, and removal of such materials is not a part of the scope
of work required under the contract documents, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately stop work in the
affected area and report in writing the facts of such encounter to the OWNER. Work in the affected area
shall not thereafter be resumed except by written order of the OWNER unless and until the material is
determined not to be a Hazardous Substance or the Hazardous Substance is remediated. The OWNER may
choose to remediate the Hazardous Substance with a separate contractor or through a Change Order with
the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER determines that the Hazardous Substance exists in the affected area
due to the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR or any of its SUBCONTRACTORS, the CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible for remediating the condition at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR in accordance
with the CONTRACTOR‘S Spill Prevention and Response Plan. AN EXTENSION OF WORKING TIME
FOR ANY DELAY IN THE PROGRESS SCHEDULE CAUSED AS A RESULT OF THE DISCOVERY AND
REMEDIATION OF A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE MAY BE GRANTED BY THE OWNER ONLY IF ALL
REMAINING WORK ON THE PROJECT MUST BE SUSPENDED AND THE DELAY CANNOT BE MADE
UP ELSEWHERE IN THE PROGRESS SCHEDULE. ANY CLAIM OR REQUEST FOR AN EXTENSION
OF WORKING TIME BY THE CONTRACTOR IN CONNECTION WITH THE DISCOVERY AND
REMEDIATION OF A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF NCTCOG
ITEMS.
(4) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for identification, abatement, cleanup, control, removal,
remediation, and disposal of any Hazardous Substance brought into or upon the site by the CONTRACTOR
or any SUBCONTRACTOR or SUPPLIER. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain any and all permits necessary
for the legal and proper handling, transportation, and disposal of the Hazardous Substance and shall, prior
to undertaking any abatement, cleanup, control, removal, remediation, and disposal, notify the OWNER and
the Consulting Engineer so that they may observe the activities; provided, however, that it shall be the
CONTRACTOR‘S sole responsibility to comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, or ordinances
governing the activities.
(5) Spill Prevention Plan: At least seventy-two (72) hours prior to commencing performance of any of the work
at the Project site, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER for review and approval a Spill
Prevention and Response Plan (―SPRP‖) meeting the requirements of federal and state law, rules, and
regulations. The SPRP shall be specially designed for the CONTRACTOR‘S planned work methods and
procedures. The SPRP shall be designed to complement all applicable safety standards, fire prevention
regulations, and pollution prevention policies and procedures. The SPRP shall include estimates of the
quantity and rate of flow should equipment fail, and detail containment or diversionary structures to prevent
spills from leaving the site or migrating into adjacent properties or navigable waters. The SPRP shall include
methods of recovery of spilled materials and all applicable twenty-four (24) hour emergency phone numbers,
including without limitation that of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall not commence any fieldwork prior
to approval of such plan by the OWNER. The following additional rules shall apply with respect to spills
caused by the CONTRACTOR or a SUBCONTRACTOR:
(a) The CONTRACTOR shall immediately report any spill or release at the Project site, whether or not it is
associated with this CONTRACT, to the OWNER or other designated representative. Thereafter, within
two (2) working days after the occurrence of such event, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written
report describing such event in a degree of detail reasonably acceptable to the OWNER.
(b) The CONTRACTOR shall immediately respond in accordance with the SPRP in the event of a spill.
(c) The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of spilled materials in accordance with EPA and Texas Commission
on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) regulations and any other applicable federal, state, or local laws,
rules, or regulations. In connection with such disposals, the CONTRACTOR shall use only those
transporters and disposal facilities that are approved in advance in writing by the OWNER. A copy of all
transport manifests for the spilled materials shall be obtained and retained in the CONTRACTOR‘S
records for reference purposes, to be provided upon request of the OWNER or any governmental
regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the matter. All costs of collection, containment, and
disposal of spilled materials shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
(d) The term ―spill‖ includes any kind of environmental discharge or release.
(6) Clean Air Management Plan: The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Clean Air Management Plan
submitted to and approved by the OWNER during the contractor selection process. The OWNER reserves
the right, at the CONTRACTOR‘S sole expense, to require the removal or retrofitting of any equipment used
in the course of construction that does not comply with the Plan submitted to and approved by the OWNER.
(7) The CONTRACTOR shall deposit surplus or waste excavation or other materials removed as part of the
work at a legal disposal site in accordance with all applicable state, federal, and local laws, rules,
regulations, and ordinances. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER for review and approval all

COD.107-14
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
planned disposal sites or proposed uses for the surplus or waste excavation or other materials prior to
removal of any excavation or other material from the Project site. A copy of all transport manifests for
surplus or waste excavation or other materials shall be obtained and retained in the CONTRACTOR‘S
records for reference purposes, to be provided upon request to the OWNER or any governmental regulatory
agency with jurisdiction over the matter.
(8) The CONTRACTOR is responsible for obtaining coverage under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (TPDES) Construction General Permit from TCEQ for construction of the Project under regulations
contained in 40 CFR Part 122, as amended, pursuant to the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.A. §§1251 et seq.
and Chapter 26 of the Texas Administrative Code. These regulations require the filing of a Notice of Intent
(NOI) to obtain and abide by the general stormwater permit for construction activities promulgated by EPA
as administered by the TCEQ, including but not limited to demolition, clearing, grading, embankment, and
excavation that disturb the applicable amount of total land area. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall
comply with all regulations of the OWNER relating to stormwater and stormwater runoff management at the
Project site pursuant to Chapter 19, Article IX, Dallas City Code, as amended.
(9) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP): The CONTRACTOR shall provide a Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with the requirements of the TPDES General
Construction Permit, and Item 201.3.1.COD: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, of these
Specifications.
(10) Special Requirements for Work within the Floodway and Levee Access Gates of the Trinity River: All
construction located within the defined Floodway and Levee of the Trinity River will require submittal of a
signed acknowledgement of the City‘s Environmental Policy, and obtaining and adhering to the requirements
of the Floodway Access Permit, as administered by the City of Dallas Trinity Watershed District
Requirements for obtaining the Floodway Access Permit include, but are not limited to:
(a) Copy of Project Authorization by the United States Army Corps of Engineers or OWNER.
(b) General Description of Work.
(c) Complete List of Vehicles, equipped with Spill Kits that will be onsite.
(d) Emergency Contact Information for CONTRACTOR and any applicable SUBCONTRACTORS.
(e) Emergency Contact information as to who‘s governing CONTRACTOR(s), (i.e., State, DART, TXDOT).
(f) Copies of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of all hazardous and non-hazardous chemicals on
site(s) and available when requested.
(g) If the CONTRACTOR is not anticipated to be present onsite, then separate permitting may be required
for the SUBCONTRACTORS.
(h) Copy of the latest Spill Prevention and Counter Measure Plan (SPCC). See definition in Item
101.1.COD: Definitions.
(i) Copy of the current Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). See definition in Item
101.1.COD: Definitions.
The Floodway and Levee Access Permit has additional requirements for work within the Floodway of the
Trinity River. Permit Submittals are to be made in person, between the hours of 8 am to 11am and 1 pm to
4 pm at the
Offices of the City of Dallas
Flood Control District
2255 Irving Boulevard
Dallas, Texas 75207

(11) The CONTRACTOR shall not install any materials in the performance of the work that contain asbestos or
asbestos-related material such as hydrated mineral silicate, including chrysolite, amosite, crocidolite,
tremolite, anthophylite or actinolite, whether friable or non-friable.
(12) The OWNER reserves the right in its sole option to exercise the following remedies (without waiving the right
to pursue the imposition of any civil or criminal fines or penalties that may be imposed under state, federal,
or local laws or ordinances), at no additional cost to the OWNER and without an extension of time, in the
event the CONTRACTOR fails or refuses after seven (7) days advance written notice from the OWNER to
comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 10.10, the terms of the SPRP, the terms of the Clean Air
Management Plan, any stormwater permit or other environmental permit issued in connection with the work,
or any applicable environmental law, rule, regulation, or ordinance:
(a) suspend all or any portion of the work until the noncompliance is corrected, or until a detailed plan to
achieve compliance within a reasonably prompt period of time is prepared by the CONTRACTOR and
approved by the OWNER;
COD.107-15
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(b) if the CONTRACTOR fails to properly address the noncompliance within the time stipulated by the
OWNER, perform the necessary remediation or correction work and backcharge the CONTRACTOR for
the cost of the remediation or correction; or
(c) terminate the CONTRACT for default as provided in the General Conditions and the Addendum.
(13) For purposes of this Item, the term ―Hazardous Substance‖ is defined to include the following:
(a) any asbestos or any material which contains any hydrated mineral silicate, including chrysolite, amosite,
crocidolite, tremolite, anthophylite, or actinolite, whether friable or non-friable;
(b) any polychlorinated biphenyls (―PCBs‖), or PCB-containing materials, or fluids;
(c) radon; any other hazardous, radioactive, toxic, or noxious substance, material, pollutant, or solid, liquid
or gaseous waste;
(d) any pollutant or contaminant (including but not limited to petroleum, petroleum hydrocarbons, petroleum
products, crude oil or any fractions thereof, any oil or gas exploration or production waste, any natural
gas, synthetic gas or any mixture thereof, lead, or other toxic metals) which in its condition,
concentration or area of release could have a significant effect on human health, the environment, or
natural resources;
(e) any substance that, whether by its nature or its use, is subject to regulation or requires environmental
investigation, monitoring, or remediation under any federal, state, or local environmental laws, rules, or
regulations;
(f) any underground storage tanks, as defined in 42 U.S.C. Section 6991(1)(A)(I) (including those defined
by Section 9001(1) of the 1984 Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments to the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.; the Texas Water Code Annotated
Section 26.344; and Title 30 of the Texas Administrative Code Sections 334.3 and 334.4), whether
empty, filled or partially filled with any substance; and
(g) any other hazardous material, hazardous waste, hazardous substance, solid waste, and toxic
substance as those or similar terms are defined under any federal, state, or local environmental laws,
rules, or regulations.

(Page 107-10. Add the following:)

107.28.COD: TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY, CHAPTER 217 COMPLIANCE:
CONTRACTOR to comply with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Chapter 217, 217.54 criteria for
laying pipe, and the latest DWU Standard Drawings for Water and Wastewater Construction. See Technical
Specifications.

COD.107-16
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 108.COD: PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS

(Page 108-1. Replace Item 108.1. Progress Schedule, with the following:)
108.1.COD: CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: The CONTRACTOR must submit to the OWNER a detailed
Construction Schedule outlining the major items of work on the project. This schedule must be approved as to form
by the OWNER prior to CONTRACTOR starting work on the project. The schedule must be updated on a monthly
basis. The OWNER has the authority to stop work on the project if the CONTRACTOR fails to provide an updated
schedule as requested. The OWNER shall not be responsible for any delay as a result of the CONTRACTOR‘S
failure to submit the schedule in a timely manner.

(Page 108-1. Replace Item 108.5: SUBCONTRACTS with the following. A new paragraph has been added)
108.2.COD: PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: The CONTRACTOR shall begin the work to be performed under this
Contract not later than 10 days from the date specified in the work order and shall conduct the work in such a manner
and with sufficient equipment, material, and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the working time. It is
the intent of this specification to provide a continuous construction operation without delay except as occasioned by
unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, and it shall be
the CONTRACTOR‘S responsibility to execute the work in the most expeditious manner.
Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued by the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the
OWNER at least twenty-four hours in advance of resuming operations.
Work shall be done only during the hours between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm unless the OWNER approves other hours.
CONTRACTOR may work on Saturdays if it so desires and permission of the OWNER has been granted. Work on
Sundays shall be permitted only with the written permission of the OWNER. If Saturday or Sunday work is permitted,
working time shall be charged on the same basis as weekdays. Where the working time is expressed as calendar
days or a specific date, the concept of working days shall no longer be relevant to the Contract
Work requiring inspection will not be permitted on a legal City holiday except by special written permission of the
OWNER. Any work done without proper inspection is subject to removal and replacement at the direction of the
OWNER.
The rate of progress shall be such that the whole work shall be performed and the premises cleaned up in
accordance with the Contract within the working time established in the Contract, unless an extension of time is made
in the manner as specified in Item 108.8.COD: Delays; Extension of Time; Liquidated Damages.

(Page 108-1: Add the following:)

108.2.1.COD: EQUIPMENT: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish such equipment and construction forces as is
considered necessary for the prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress.
All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to
the approval of the OWNER, and shall be maintained in a satisfactory working condition. Equipment on any portion of
the work shall be such that no injury to the work or adjacent property will result from its use.

(Page 108-2. Replace Item 108.5: SUBCONTRACTS with the following. Several new paragraphs have been added)
108.5.COD: SUBCONTRACTS:
The CONTRACTOR shall not make any subcontract for performing any portion of the work included in the
CONTRACT without written notice to the OWNER. This CONTRACT having been made pursuant to the bid
submitted by the CONTRACTOR and in reliance with the CONTRACTOR’S personal qualifications and responsibility,
the OWNER reserves the right to withhold approval of any SUBCONTRACTOR, which the OWNER may deem would
not be in the OWNER’S best interest.
The CONTRACTOR shall, as soon as practicable after signing the CONTRACT, submit a separate written notice to
the OWNER identifying each proposed SUBCONTRACTOR. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall
promptly furnish additional information tending to establish that any proposed SUBCONTRACTOR has the necessary
facilities, skill, integrity, past experience and financial resources to perform the work in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this CONTRACT.
108.5.1.COD: APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTOR: The CONTRACTOR must submit, with the request for approval
of a SUBCONTRACTOR, the location, within the Dallas - Ft. Worth Metroplex area, of at least three contracts where
the SUBCONTRACTOR has performed construction similar to the construction outlined in the CONTRACT. If
required by the OWNER, the SUBCONTRACTOR‘S representative will accompany the OWNER'S representative on
COD.108-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
examination of the referenced work. The CONTRACTOR must also submit to the OWNER a revised City of Dallas
Schedule of Work and SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER Payment form anytime there is a change in the
SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER participation on the CONTRACT.
If an M/WBE SUBCONTRACTOR is listed on the Schedule of M/WBE Participation, the CONTRACTOR must verify
monthly that the listed M/WBE was used, estimate the value of that work, and estimate the percent of the total
contract amount this work represents.
If, during the course of work, the M/WBE participation levels change, the CONTRACTOR shall provide written
evidence of the participation changes to the OWNER at the address shown below. If the M/WBE participation levels
change, the levels must remain above the minimum levels stated in the contract.
When the work is complete, the CONTRACTOR must furnish proof to the OWNER that the M/WBE was used, the
amount paid to the M/WBE, and the percent of the total contract amount this work represents. If the percent paid is
less than that shown on the Schedule of M/WBE Participation, the CONTRACTOR must also furnish a statement
explaining the variance. The Final Estimate will not be processed until this information is received.
Submittals shall be furnished to :
Business Development and Procurement Services
Dallas City Hall
Room 3F North
1500 Marilla Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
(214) 670-3326

108.5.2.COD: SUBCONTRACTOR REPLACEMENT: If the OWNER determines that any proposed

SUBCONTRACTOR is unacceptable, it shall so notify the CONTRACTOR, who may thereupon submit another
proposed SUBCONTRACTOR unless the CONTRACTOR decides to do the work itself. Disapproval by the OWNER
of any proposed SUBCONTRACTOR shall not provide a basis for any time extension claim or additional
compensation of any nature, including but not limited to anticipated profit, overhead, or delay, by the CONTRACTOR.
If an approved SUBCONTRACTOR fails to perform properly the work undertaken, it shall be removed from the job
upon request of the OWNER, following notification to the CONTRACTOR in writing of the request for removal and the
reasons therefore.
Each subcontract entered into shall provide that the provisions of this CONTRACT shall apply to all
SUBCONTRACTORS and their officers and employees in all respects as if they were employees of the
CONTRACTOR. The OWNER‘S decision not to disapprove of any subcontract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR
of any of its responsibilities, duties, and liabilities hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the
acts, omissions, negligence, or defaults of its SUBCONTRACTORS and of such SUBCONTRACTOR‘S officers,
agents and employees, each of whom shall, for this purpose, be deemed to be the agent or employee of the
CONTRACTOR to the extent of its subcontract.
The CONTRACTOR agrees to bind each SUBCONTRACTOR and each SUBCONTRACTOR agrees to be bound by
the terms of the CONTRACT documents insofar as applicable to its respective work. The CONTRACTOR and each
SUBCONTRACTOR jointly and severally agree that nothing in the CONTRACT documents or otherwise shall create
or be deemed to create any rights in favor of a SUBCONTRACTOR against the OWNER; nor shall be deemed or
construed to impose upon the OWNER any obligation, liability or duty to a SUBCONTRACTOR; or to create any
contractual relation whatsoever between a SUBCONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
The provisions contained herein shall likewise apply to any sub-subcontracts.

(Page 108-2. Add the following:)

108.5.3.COD: SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS: The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for making payments
properly to his SUBCONTRACTORS and SUPPLIERS on the Project. During construction of the Project, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit each month a CONTRACTOR‘S Report of SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER Payment
(the "Report"). Every firm that was shown on the latest City of Dallas Schedule of Work and
SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER Payment for this CONTRACT must be shown on the Report, even if a firm has not
performed any work or service on the CONTRACT during the estimate or invoice period in question.
The Report shall show all payments made to date by the CONTRACTOR (plus existing retainage) to each
SUBCONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER involved in the Project. The Report shall be made on a form approved and
supplied by the OWNER. As an alternative to the Report, the CONTRACTOR may furnish Affidavits of Payment
Received, which affidavits shall be executed by each SUBCONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER owed money and paid
during the previous progress payment period for work or materials furnished on the Project. If, for any reason, the
CONTRACTOR is withholding payment to a SUBCONTRACTOR or SUPPLIER due to a dispute or other problem
with performance, the CONTRACTOR shall note on the Report form the amount withheld and that payment is in

COD.108-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
dispute. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to document and verify the dispute or other problem in
question. Receipt by the OWNER of the Report or Affidavits of Payment Received shall be a condition precedent to
payment on any invoice or estimate. The OWNER reserves the right in its sole discretion, pursuant to Item 109.4.
Payment Withheld, of the latest City of Dallas Addendum to the Standard Specifications, to withhold payment to the
CONTRACTOR should it appear from the Report or other information furnished to the OWNER that:
(1) the Report has not been properly completed;
(2) the CONTRACTOR has knowingly provided false information regarding payment or nonpayment of any
SUBCONTRACTOR or SUPPLIER; or
(3) the CONTRACTOR has otherwise failed to make payment properly to any SUBCONTRACTOR or
SUPPLIER.
The CONTRACTOR shall not have any claim for delay or additional compensation as a result of the OWNER's
enforcement of this Item 108.5.1.COD: Approval of SUBCONTRACTOR. This Item 108.5.1.COD: Approval of
SUBCONTRACTOR, shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship, expressed or implied, between any
SUBCONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR shall evaluate each SUBCONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER. The evaluation(s) will be furnished to
the OWNER prior to payment of the final estimate.

(Page 108-2. Add the following:)

108.5.4.COD: CONTRACTOR ASSIGNS CLAIMS: When submitting a bid proposal, the CONTRACTOR thereby
assigns to the City any and all claims for overcharges associated with this contract or any subcontracts directly or
indirectly related to the work, which overcharges may arise under the Anti-Trust Laws of the United States, 15
U.S.C.A., Section 1, et seq (1973).
The CONTRACTOR shall include in all his subcontracts a clause that requires his SUBCONTRACTORS to assign to
the City all claims for overcharges on purchases and supplies, which may arise under the Anti-Trust Laws of the
United States, 15 U.S.C.A., Section 1 et seq (1973).
The CONTRACTOR shall require his SUBCONTRACTORS to execute a notarized assignment on or before the date
of the City's approval of the respective SUBCONTRACTORS for the work, which assignment shall become a part of
the prime contract and made a part hereof for all purposes.

(Page 108-2. Add the following to the end of Item 108.5 Subcontracts:)
108.5.5.COD: SUBCONTRACTOR MONTHLY PAYMENTS: The CONTRACTOR is to submit to the OWNER a
Statement of Payment to SUBCONTRACTORS prior to the payment of any estimate. The CONTRACTOR shall
submit this information in the format or form provided in the CONTRACT Documents, or as directed by the OWNER.

(Page 108-2. Add the following to the end of Item 108.5 Subcontracts.:)
108.5.6.COD: SUBCONTRACTOR CLAIMS; DUTY OF CONTRACTOR: The CONTRACTOR agrees to thoroughly
review and analyze any claim for additional time, additional compensation, or other damages filed by a
SUBCONTRACTOR, in good faith, as to its merits and amount. CONTRACTOR also agrees that it will not present or
pass the claim through to the OWNER as if it were the CONTRACTOR‘S claim, if the claim is subject to any valid
legal or equitable defenses available to either OWNER or CONTRACTOR under the CONTRACT documents, the
terms of the Subcontract, or applicable statutory or case law, which defenses include, but are not limited to, any and
all notice and claim defenses arising under the Subcontract or the CONTRACT documents. If the
SUBCONTRACTOR‘S claim is subject to any valid legal or equitable defense under the CONTRACT documents, the
Subcontract, or applicable statutory or case law, CONTRACTOR shall, as a condition precedent to the filing of any
claim against the OWNER by virtue or any derivative liability of the OWNER under the CONTRACT documents or
applicable law, defend against the invalid SUBCONTRACTOR claim in a court of competent jurisdiction, at
CONTRACTOR‘S sole cost and expense. Failure of CONTRACTOR to defend against invalid SUBCONTRACTOR
claims as required in this paragraph shall constitute a complete and unequivocal waiver of any right of
CONTRACTOR to seek reimbursement from OWNER. Further, if the CONTRACTOR fails to provide the defense
required above, CONTRACTOR shall be obligated to indemnify and reimburse OWNER for all expenses and costs,
including but not limited to attorney's fees and expert witness costs, incurred by OWNER in defending any lawsuit
based upon a SUBCONTRACTOR claim, in which lawsuit a valid legal or equitable defense was available under the
CONTRACT documents, the Subcontract or applicable statutory or case law.

COD.108-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Page 108-2: Replace Item 108.6. Assignments with the following: (A new paragraph has been added at the end of this item.):)
108.6.COD: ASSIGNMENTS: The CONTRACTOR shall not assign, transfer, convey, or otherwise dispose of this
Contract, or its right to execute it, or its right, title or interest in it or any part thereof without the previous written
consent of the Surety Company and the written approval of the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR shall not assign, either legally or equitably, by power of attorney or otherwise, any of the monies
due or to become due under this Contract or its claim thereto without the prior written consent of the Surety company
and the written approval of the OWNER. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to conflict with Texas Business and
Commerce Code.
The approval of the OWNER of a particular assignment, transfer or conveyance shall not dispense with such
approval to any further or other assignments.
The approval by the OWNER of any assignment, transfer or conveyance shall not operate to release the
CONTRACTOR or Surety hereunder from any of the Contract and bond obligations, and the CONTRACTOR shall be
and remain fully responsible and liable for the defaults, negligent acts and omissions of its assignees, its agents and
employees, as if they were its own.
Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued by the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the
OWNER at least twenty-four hours in advance of resuming operations.

(Page 108-2: Add the following:)

108.6.1.COD: ATTEMPT TO DISPOSE OF THE CONTRACT: If the CONTRACTOR does, without the consent of
the OWNER, assign, transfer, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or of the CONTRACTOR‘S right, title or
interest therein, or any part thereof to any person or persons, partnership, company, firm or corporation, or by
bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any state, attempt to dispose of
the contract or make default in or abandon said contract, then the contract may, at the option of the OWNER, be
revoked and annulled, unless the sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and any monies due or to
become due under this contract shall be retained by the OWNER as liquidated damages for the reason that it would
be Impracticable and difficult to fix the actual damage.

(Page 108-2. Replace Item 108.7.1. Reason for Suspension, with the following: (Additional information has been added to item (5).)
108.7.1.COD: REASONS FOR SUSPENSION: The OWNER shall have the right by written order to suspend the
work temporarily, in whole or in part, whenever, in the judgment of the OWNER, such temporary suspension is
required:
(1) in the interest of the OWNER generally;
(2) due to government or judicial controls or orders which make performance of this CONTRACT temporarily
impossible or illegal;
(3) to coordinate the work of separate contractors at the job site;
(4) to expedite the completion of a separate contract even though the completion of this particular CONTRACT
may be thereby delayed;
(5) because of weather conditions unsuitable for performance of the work, including of designated ozone alerts
as determined by the National Weather Bureau or other authorized agency; or
(6) because the CONTRACTOR is proceeding contrary to CONTRACT provisions or has failed to correct
conditions considered unsafe for workers.
(7) because of certain events and activities occurring in proximity to the construction where it would be in the
best interest of the public and the CONTRACTOR for such work to be suspended.
The written order of the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall state the reasons for suspending the work and the
anticipated periods for such suspension. Upon receipt of the OWNER’S written order, the CONTRACTOR shall
suspend the work covered by the order and shall take such means and precautions as may be necessary to properly
protect the finished and partially finished work, the unused materials and uninstalled equipment, including the
provision of suitable drainage about the work and the erection of temporary structures where necessary. The
CONTRACTOR shall not suspend the work without written order from the OWNER and shall proceed with the work
promptly when notified by the OWNER to resume operations.

COD.108-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 108-3. Replace Item 108.7.2. No Additional Compensation, with the following: (There is an additional Item
108.7.2.(4).COD.))
108.7.2.COD: NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION: No additional compensation shall be paid to the
CONTRACTOR for any suspension under Item 108.7.1.COD(6): Reasons for Suspension, above or otherwise
where same is caused by the fault of the CONTRACTOR. Where such temporary suspension is not due to the fault of
the CONTRACTOR, or as a result of a designated Ozone Alert Period, it shall be entitled to:
(1) an equitable extension of working time for the completion of the work, not to exceed the delay caused by
such temporary suspension, as determined by the OWNER; and
(2) the actual and necessary costs of properly protecting the finished and partially finished work, unused
materials and uninstalled equipment during the period of the ordered suspension as determined by the
OWNER as being beyond the CONTRACT requirements, such costs, if any, to be determined on the basis
set forth in Item 109.3. Payment for Extra Work, herein; and
(3) where the CONTRACTOR elects to move equipment from the job site and then return it to the site when the
work is ordered resumed, the actual and necessary costs of these moves, in an amount determined by the
OWNER under the provisions of Item 109.3. Payment for Extra Work; provided, however, no
compensation shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the OWNER.
(4) where such temporary suspension is not due to the fault of the CONTRACTOR and is the result of a
designated Ozone Alert Period, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to additional time as provided in (1)
above, but is not entitled to additional compensation.
Other than the additional time and compensation stated above, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any other time
extension related to the suspension, nor any additional compensation in any way related to such suspension.

(Page 108-3. Replace Item 108.8. Delays; Extension Of Time; Liquidated Damages, with the following: (There is an added note
concerning ozone alerts in the first paragraph and the last paragraph has been added.))
108.8.COD: DELAYS; EXTENSION OF TIME; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
The CONTRACTOR may be entitled to an extension of working time under this CONTRACT only when all details
supporting the claims for such extension are submitted to the OWNER in writing by the CONTRACTOR within
fourteen (14) days from and after the time when any alleged cause of delay shall occur, and then only when such
time is approved by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER immediately upon encountering any
condition that the CONTRACTOR believes may cause a claim for a time extension. In adjusting the CONTRACT time
for the completion of the project, unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
CONTRACTOR, including but not restricted to inability to obtain supplies and materials when orders for such supplies
and materials were timely made and materials are not available from other sources, acts of God or the public enemy,
acts of the OWNER, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, unusually severe
weather conditions, ozone alerts as determined by the National Weather Bureau or other authorized agency, or
delays of SUBCONTRACTORS due to such causes beyond their control shall be taken into consideration.
If the satisfactory execution and completion of the CONTRACT should require work and materials in greater amounts
or quantities than those set forth in the CONTRACT, requiring more time for completion than the anticipated time,
then the CONTRACT time may be equitably increased, but not more than in the same proportion as the cost of the
additional work bears to the cost of the original work contracted for. No allowances shall be made for delays or
suspension of the performance of the work due to the fault of the CONTRACTOR.
No adjustment of the CONTRACT time shall be made if, concurrently with the equitable cause for delay, hindrance,
disruption, force majeure, impact, or interference, there existed a cause for delay due to the fault or negligence of the
CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR‘S agents, employees or SUBCONTRACTORS. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of the CONTRACT Documents, including the General and Special Provisions, no adjustment shall be
made to the CONTRACT price and the CONTRACTOR may not be entitled to claim or receive any additional
compensation as a result of or arising out of any delay, hindrance, disruption, force majeure, impact or interference,
foreseen or unforeseen, resulting in adjustment of the CONTRACT time, including but not limited to those caused in
whole or in part by the acts, omissions, failures, negligence or fault of the OWNER, its officers, servants or
employees. Notwithstanding any other provision of the CONTRACT documents, all claims for extension of time must
be submitted in accordance with Item 108.8.COD: Delays; Extension of Time; Liquidated Damages, and no act of
the OWNER shall be deemed a waiver or entitlement of such extension.

COD.108-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 108-5. Replace Item 108.11.2. CONTRACTOR Action, with the following: (Item (3) has been replaced. The first part of the
first sentence in Item (3) has been deleted.)
108.11.2.COD: CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed
by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall:
(1) Stop Work: Stop work under the CONTRACT on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of
termination;
(2) No Further Orders: Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as
may be necessary for completion of such portion the work under the CONTRACT as is not terminated;
(3) Deliver and Assign to OWNER: At the OWNER’S written request, deliver and assign to OWNER, or any
person or entity acting on the OWNER'S behalf, any or all subcontracts, purchase orders and options made
by CONTRACTOR in the performance of the work, and deliver to the OWNER true and correct originals and
copies of such CONTRACT Documents;
(4) Transfer Title to OWNER: Transfer title to the OWNER and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the
extent, if any, directed by the OWNER:
(a) Deliver Fabricated or Unfabricated Parts: The fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in process,
completed work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the
performance of, the work terminated by the notice of termination; and
(b) Deliver Completed or Partially Completed Plans: The completed or partially completed plans,
drawings, information, and other property which, if the CONTRACT had been completed, would have
been required to be furnished to the OWNER.
(5) Complete Performance: Complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated
by the notice of termination; and
(6) Protect and Preserve Property: Take such action as may be necessary, or as the OWNER may direct, for
the protection and preservation of the property related to its CONTRACT which is in the possession of the
CONTRACTOR and in which the OWNER has or may acquire an interest.
At a time not later than thirty (30) Calendar Days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the
CONTRACTOR may submit to the OWNER a list, certified as to the quantity and quality, of any or all items of
termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or
authorized by the OWNER. Not later than fifteen (15) Calendar Days thereafter, the OWNER shall accept title to such
items and remove them or enter into a storage agreement covering the same, provided that the list submitted shall be
subject to verification by the OWNER upon removal of the items, or, if the items are stored, within forty-five (45)
Calendar Days from the date of submission of the list, and provided that any necessary adjustments to correct the list
as submitted shall be made prior to final settlement.

COD.108-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 109.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

(Page 109-1. Replace Item 109.1. Payment for Labor and Materials, No Liens, with the following: (A new paragraph at the end has
been added))
109.1.COD: PAYMENT FOR LABOR AND MATERIAL; NO LIENS: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish payrolls and
personnel records, which pertain to current construction contracts with the OWNER for the purpose of ascertaining
compliance with minimum wage rates published by the OWNER. Monthly and final estimates for payment will not be
processed unless the CONTRACTOR complies with this requirement in a timely manner.
The CONTRACTOR for itself or any of its SUBCONTRACTORS shall pay all indebtedness, which may become due
to any person, firm, or corporation having furnished labor, material or both in the performance of this CONTRACT. It
shall be the responsibility of each person, firm or corporation claiming to have furnished labor, materials or both, in
connection with this CONTRACT, to protect its interest in the manner prescribed by applicable laws of the State of
Texas, provided, however, that as this Contract provides for a public works project, no lien of any kind shall ever exist
or be placed against the work or any portion thereof, or any public funds or retainage held by the OWNER; and any
SUBCONTRACTOR shall look solely to the CONTRACTOR and the payment bond surety, and not the OWNER, for
payment of any outstanding amounts due for labor, materials or any other indebtedness in connection with the work.
However, the OWNER may, at any time prior to making final payment, require the CONTRACTOR to furnish a
Consent of Surety to any payment due the CONTRACTOR for completed work and may, at the discretion of the
OWNER or the request of the Surety, make the check jointly payable to the CONTRACTOR and the Surety.
The OWNER shall conduct random sampling of wage rates on each CONTRACT. The OWNER will interview the
CONTRACTOR‘S and CONTRACTOR‘S SUBCONTRACTOR‘S employees in the field to verify the employee is
working in and being paid for the classification shown on the payroll. In instances of noncompliance, the OWNER will
initiate action as outlined in the CONTRACT Documents.

(Page 109-4: Add the following:)

109.2.3.COD: MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES: The determination of quantities of work acceptably completed
under the terms of the contract, or as directed by the OWNER in writing, shall be made by the OWNER, based on
measurements made by the OWNER. These measurements shall be taken according to the U.S. Standard
measurements used in common practice and shall be the actual length, area, solid contents, numbers and weight.

(Page 109-3. Replace Item 109.5.1. Monthly Estimate, with the following: The dates for the submittal of the Monthly Estimate have
been changed to ―between the 10th and 15th of each month‖ and some additional wording has been changed in the second
paragraph.)
109.5.1.COD: MONTHLY ESTIMATE:
109.5.1.1.COD: MONTHLY ESTIMATE – DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS: On contracts awarded and
administered by the City of Dallas Department of Public Works, except as otherwise provided by or designated in the
CONTRACT, by the 15th day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall make an estimate of the value of the work
done during the month under the specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the estimate on a form or forms
approved by the OWNER. The monthly estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials stored in a Bonded
Warehouse, as defined in this addendum, payment for such stored materials shall be as described in Item
106.4.COD: OFF-SITE STORAGE. The monthly estimate shall also provide such supporting documentation as the
OWNER or other applicable provisions of the specifications may require. The OWNER shall verify that the
CONTRACTOR‘S estimate matches the total value of work done. In the event of a discrepancy between quantities of
work as shown in the CONTRACTOR‘S estimate and measured quantities as shown in the OWNER'S verification,
the OWNER'S determination or measurement shall be final, and the CONTRACTOR‘S estimate shall be adjusted to
reflect the quantities of work as shown by the OWNER'S verification. Payment shall be made by OWNER thirty (30)
calendar days after receipt of an estimate from the CONTRACTOR minus the retainage amount specified in the
CONTRACT. OWNER shall not be liable for interest on any late or delayed payment caused by any claim or dispute,
any discrepancy in quantities as described above, any failure to provide supporting documentation or other
information required with the estimate or as a precondition to payment under the CONTRACT, or due to any payment
the OWNER has a right to withhold under the CONTRACT. At the midpoint, or at any subsequent time, if the OWNER
determines that the progress on the CONTRACT is satisfactory in all respects, it may at its discretion cease to retain
additional funds until the completion of the project, or until progress ceases to be satisfactory, as described in Item
109.5.2. RETAINAGE. The OWNER shall make the sole determination in this matter.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER a Schedule of Values for each Lump Sum item of work for review
and approval twenty (20) Calendar Days before the work is scheduled to be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall
itemize in the Schedule of Values the actual costs to the CONTRACTOR to perform the various parts of the Lump

COD.109-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
Sum item work, which shall include a reasonable overhead, and profit. Partial payment for Lump Sum items shall be
made based on the value and percentage of the work in the bid item completed, as approved by the OWNER and as
reflected in the Schedule of Values.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide Quantity Verification documentation in a format acceptable to the OWNER, with
each monthly estimate to substantiate the quantities submitted. The Quantity Verification process shall be utilized on
a daily basis to document and agree on the quantity of each bid item installed, constructed, or performed during that
day.
109.5.1.2.COD: MONTHLY ESTIMATE – DALLAS WATER UTILITIES: On contracts awarded and administered by
the Dallas Water Utilities Department, between the 10th day and the 15th day of each month, the OWNER shall make
an approximate estimate of the value of the work done during the month under the specifications. Whenever said
estimate or estimates of work done since the last previous estimate exceeds $100 in amount, a percentage of such
estimate sums shall be paid the CONTRACTOR on or before the last day of the month next following. The monthly
estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work; such payment shall be allowed on
the same percentage basis of the net invoice value as provided hereinafter. The percent retained by the owner shall
normally be up to 10 percent at completion, unless otherwise stated. At the midpoint, or at any subsequent time, if the
OWNER determines that the progress on the CONTRACT is satisfactory in all respects, it may, at its discretion,
cease to retain additional funds until the completion of the project, or until progress ceases to be satisfactory. The
owner shall make the sole determination in this matter.
The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the estimate on a form, or forms, approved by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR
shall forward the estimate required above to the OWNER by not later than the 15th day of the month. The monthly
estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to and stored at the work site or Bonded
Warehouse, as defined in this addendum; payment for such stored materials shall be as described in Item
106.4.COD: OFF-SITE STORAGE, on the same percentage basis of the value as provided hereinafter. The monthly
estimate shall also provide such supporting documentation as the OWNER or the other applicable provisions of the
specifications may require. The OWNER shall verify that the CONTRACTOR‘S estimate matches the total value of
work done. In the event of a discrepancy between quantities of work as shown in the CONTRACTOR‘S estimate and
measured quantities as shown in the OWNER'S verification, the OWNER'S determination or measurement shall be
final, and the CONTRACTOR‘S estimate shall be adjusted to reflect the quantities of work as shown by the
OWNER'S verification. Payment shall be made by OWNER about thirty (30) days after receipt of a complete and
acceptable estimate from the CONTRACTOR minus the retainage amount specified in the CONTRACT. OWNER
shall not be liable for interest on any late or delayed payment caused by any claim or dispute, any discrepancy in
quantities as described above, any failure to provide supporting documentation or other information required with the
estimate or as a precondition to payment under the CONTRACT, or due to any payment the OWNER has a right to
withhold under the CONTRACT.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER a Schedule of Values for each Lump Sum item of work for review
and approval twenty (20) Calendar Days before the work is scheduled to be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall
itemize in the Schedule of Values the actual costs to the CONTRACTOR to perform the various parts of the Lump
Sum item work, which shall include a reasonable overhead and profit. Partial payment for Lump Sum items shall be
made based on the value and percentage of the work in the bid item completed, as approved by the OWNER and as
reflected in the Schedule of Values.
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER such detailed information as OWNER may request to assist in the
preparation of monthly estimates. It is understood that the monthly estimates shall be approximate only, and all
monthly estimates and partial payments shall be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery
of an error in any previous estimate, and such estimate shall not in any respect be taken as an admission of the
OWNER of the amount of work done or of its quality or sufficiency nor as an acceptance of the work or the release of
the CONTRACTOR of any of its responsibility under the CONTRACT.
109.5.1.3.COD: MONTHLY ESTIMATE – PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT: On contracts awarded and
administered by the City of Dallas Park and Recreation Department, except as otherwise provided by or designated
in the CONTRACT, between the 10th day and the 15th day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall make an
estimate of the value of the work done during the month under the specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare
the estimate on a form or forms approved by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall forward the estimate required
above to the OWNER by no later than the last day of the month. The monthly estimate may include acceptable
nonperishable materials delivered to and stored at the work site or a Bonded Warehouse, as defined in this
addendum, payment for such stored materials shall be as described in Item 106.4.PARK: OFF-SITE STORAGE. The
monthly estimate shall also provide such supporting documentation as the OWNER or other applicable provisions of
the specifications may require. The OWNER shall verify that the CONTRACTOR‘S estimate matches the total value
of work done. In the event of a discrepancy between quantities of work as shown in the CONTRACTOR‘S estimate
and measured quantities as shown in the OWNER'S verification, the OWNER'S determination or measurement shall
be final, and the CONTRACTOR‘S estimate shall be adjusted to reflect the quantities of work as shown by the
OWNER'S verification.
Payment shall be made by OWNER within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of a completed and accepted
estimate from the CONTRACTOR minus the retainage amount specified in the CONTRACT. OWNER shall not be

COD.109-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
liable for interest on any late or delayed payment caused by any claim or dispute, any discrepancy in quantities as
described above, any failure to provide supporting documentation or other information required with the estimate or
as a precondition to payment under the CONTRACT, or due to any payment the OWNER has a right to withhold
under the CONTRACT. At the midpoint, or at any subsequent time, if the OWNER determines that the progress on
the CONTRACT is satisfactory in all respects, it may at its discretion cease to retain additional funds until the
completion of the project, or until progress ceases to be satisfactory. The OWNER shall make the sole determination
in this matter.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER a Schedule of Values for each Lump Sum item of work for review
and approval twenty (20) Calendar Days before the work is scheduled to be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall
itemize in the Schedule of Values the actual costs to the CONTRACTOR to perform the various parts of the Lump
Sum item work, which shall include a reasonable overhead, and profit. Partial payment for Lump Sum items shall be
made based on the value and percentage of the work in the bid item completed, as approved by the OWNER and as
reflected in the Schedule of Values.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide Quantity Verification documentation in a format acceptable to the OWNER, with
each monthly estimate to substantiate the quantities submitted. The Quantity Verification process shall be utilized on
a daily basis to document and agree on the quantity of each bid item installed, constructed, or performed during that
day.

(Page 109-3. Add the following:)

109.5.1.4.COD: PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR SUBCONTRACTORS: Prior to the initial contract payment, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide his anticipated payment schedule for each SUBCONTRACTOR listed on Schedule of
Work and SUBCONTRACTOR / SUPPLIER Participation at the 25%, 50% and 75% payment levels of the
CONTRACT. During construction, if payments to any SUBCONTRACTOR are not meeting the schedule as
expected, an explanation must be submitted prior to payment of the monthly estimate, or as specified by the
OWNER.

(Page 109-3. Add the following:)

109.5.1.5.COD: WRITTEN SUBMITTALS: The CONTRACTOR is required to furnish the following written submittals.
(1) Monthly Estimate:
(a) CONTRACTOR affidavit of SUBCONTRACTOR / SUPPLIER payment;
(b) Quantity Verification Documentation;
(c) Off-Site Stored Materials (Detailed breakdown and cross reference);
(d) SUBCONTRACTOR / SUPPLIER affidavit;
(e) CONTRACTOR‘S certified payroll;
(f) Neighborhood job opportunities form;
(g) Inspector's overtime fees and re-testing cost‘s reimbursements have been paid;
(h) Updated project schedule;
(i) M/WBE Proposed Changes;
(2) Final Estimate:
(a) CONTRACTOR affidavit of SUBCONTRACTOR / SUPPLIER payment;
(b) Final Quantity Verification Documentation;
(b) Post construction contractor evaluation (with final evaluation);
(c) Release of claims (if applicable with final application);
(d) Inspector's overtime fees and re-testing costs reimbursements have been paid;
(e) Warranty(s) original(s);
(f) M/WBE SUBCONTRACTOR / SUPPLIER evaluation(s);
(g) Consent of surety to final payment;
(h) Neighborhood job opportunity form;
(i) Weekly certified payrolls (through completion of work)
(j) Sworn statements of accounts

COD.109-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(k) Where applicable, a ―Letter of Satisfaction‖ from a private Property OWNER indicating that the
CONTRACTOR has restored the property to an acceptable condition and paid all applicable fees after
the CONTRACTOR used the property for construction related activities.

(Page 109-4. Replace Item 109.5.4. Final Payment, with the following: The last two sentences have been deleted and a new
paragraph has been added at the end.)
109.5.4.COD: FINAL PAYMENT – DALLAS WATER UTILITIES AND DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS:
Whenever the improvements provided for by the CONTRACT shall have been completely performed on the part of
the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced in the certificate of acceptance obtained according to Item 105.10. Acceptance,
and all required submissions are provided to the OWNER, a final estimate showing the value of the work shall be
prepared by the OWNER as soon as the necessary measurements and computations can be made. All prior
estimates upon which payments have been made are subject to necessary corrections or revisions in the final
payment. The amount of the final estimate, less any sums that have been previously paid, deducted or retained under
the provisions of this CONTRACT, shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR within a reasonable period of time after final
acceptance, provided that the CONTRACTOR has first furnished the OWNER a consent of surety to final payment;
109.5.4.1.COD: FINAL CONTRACTOR’S REPORT: The final CONTRACTOR'S Report of SUBCONTRACTOR /
SUPPLIER Payment, evidencing that all indebtness connected with the work and all sums of money due for any
labor, materials, apparatus, fixtures or machinery furnished for or used in the performance of the work have been
paid or otherwise satisfied, or that the person or persons to whom the same may be respectively due have consented
to final payment; and
109.5.4.2.COD: OTHER DOCUMENTATION: The OWNER may reasonably require other documentation, including
but not limited to, additional affidavits, lien waivers, and other such documentation needed to protect the OWNER’S
interest.
In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall be required to execute the OWNER'S standard Affidavit of Final Payment and
Release as a precondition to receipt of final payment.
The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of the final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall be a release to
the OWNER from all claims or liabilities under the CONTRACT, including all SUBCONTRACTOR claims, for anything
done or furnished or relating to the work under the CONTRACT or for any act or neglect of said OWNER relating to or
connected with the CONTRACT.
All warranties and guarantees shall commence from the date of the certificate of acceptance. No interest shall be due
the CONTRACTOR on any partial or final payment or on the retainage.
The CONTRACTOR will be evaluated by the OWNER. An example of the evaluation form is available at:

For Department of Public Works Contracts:

320 E. Jefferson.
Room 312
Dallas, Texas 75203
For Dallas Water Utilities Contracts:
2121 Main Street
Suite 300
Dallas, Texas 75201
For Park and Recreation Department
Park and Recreation Department
Program Manager
Planning and Design
Room 6FS
1500 Marilla
Dallas, Texas 75201
For Trinity Watershed Management Construction
Trinity Watershed Management
Construction Management: Room 312
320. E. Jefferson
Dallas, Texas 75203

COD.109-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(Page 109-4: Add the following:)
109.5.4.3.COD: MAINTENANCE PROVISIONS FULFILLMENT: For projects awarded and administered by the
Park and Recreation Department, prior to the expiration of the specified maintenance period provided for in the
contract, the OWNER will make a detailed inspection of the project and will advise the CONTRACTOR and the
Surety of the items that require correction. The OWNER will make a subsequent inspection. If the corrections have
been properly performed, the OWNER will issue a letter of release on the maintenance stipulations to the
CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR‘S Surety. If for any reason the CONTRACTOR has not made the required
corrections before the expiration of the maintenance period, the maintenance stipulations as provided for in the
contract shall remain in effect until the corrections have been properly performed and a letter of release issued.

(Page 109-4: Add the following:)

109.5.5.COD: SEMI-FINAL INSPECTION AND PAYMENT – PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT: For
projects awarded and administrated by the Park and Recreation Department, whenever the work provided for by the
contract shall have been substantially completed by the Contractor, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER that
the work is ready for Semi-Final Inspection.
The Semi-Final inspection will be performed by the OWNER, the result of which may be a list of items that must be
competed or repaired within 15 days. If the work remaining from the Semi-Final Inspection is not completed within 15-
days, the CONTRACTOR may ask for a 15-day extension. If the work is not completed after the 15 day extension,
the CONTRACTOR will be required to request a new Semi-Final Inspection.
Once the CONTRACTOR has completed the work listed in the Semi-Final Inspection, the CONTRACTOR may
submit a Semi-Final Estimate. If the work is satisfactory and in accordance with the plans and specifications of the
contract, the OWNER may make a payment of a Semi-Final Estimate. The accepted Semi-Final Estimate will consist
of payments for all work performed to date and may include a percentage of the retainage. On the portions of the
work that are deemed acceptable and complete by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may withdraw from the site and
the OWNER will accept operations for the completed work, provided that the payment of any Semi-Final Payments
will not impair any other obligation of the CONTRACTOR and that the maintenance period under the contract and
bond given in connection with such public work shall commence with the final estimate when the final estimate is
approved and paid.
The OWNER reserves the sole right to determine if the work will be accepted in a Semi-Final state. All prior
estimates upon which payments have been made may be subject to corrections or revisions in the Semi-Final
payment. The amount of the accepted Semi-Final estimate, less any sums that have been previously paid, deducted
or retained under the provisions of the contract, will be paid to the CONTRACTOR, provided the CONTRACTOR has
furnished to the City satisfactory evidence, which at a minimum requires a completed Consent of Surety for all
persons or entities associated with the work. The Consent of Surety must include that all sums of money due for any
labor, materials, apparatus, fixtures, or machinery furnished for and used in the prosecution of the work, or that all
persons to whom consideration may respectively be due, have consented to such semi-final payment. This
requirement is not intended and shall not be construed to recognize subcontractors for the purpose of privity of
contract, and no third party benefit rights shall be obtained by construction of these provisions for semi-final payment.
The City reserves the right to require written Consent of Surety as a condition to semi-final payment whenever
considered necessary by the OWNER.

(Page 109-4: Add the following:)

109.5.6: FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT – PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT: Whenever
the improvements provided for by the CONTRACT shall have been completely performed on the part of the
CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER that the improvement is ready for final inspection.
The OWNER shall make a final inspection of all work included in the CONTRACT as soon as practicable and make a
final payment including the release of any applicable retainage according to the terms of the CONTRACT.

COD.109-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.109-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 110.COD: ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

(Add the following new section:)

110.1.COD: ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY:
110.1.1.COD: GENERAL:
110.1.1.1.COD: PURPOSE: The City of Dallas (City) is committed to environmental stewardship and sustainability.
The City achieves this commitment by systematically reducing its environmental impacts, through pollution
prevention, regulatory compliance, and continuous improvement. In order to manage this commitment, the City has
developed an Environmental Management System (EMS) per the ISO 14001, 2004 standard. CONTRACTORS and
SUBCONTRACTORS are expected to reduce potential environmental impacts generated from construction and
construction related activities.
110.1.1.2.COD: INSTRUCTIONS: CONTRACTORS shall review, sign, and submit the OWNER‘S Environmental
Record Affidavit (Form 24) to the OWNER before beginning work.
It is the CONTRACTOR‘S responsibility to communicate the environmental commitment outlined in this document to
its affected employees and/or SUBCONTRACTOR‘S associated with this work. (See OWNER‘S Environmental
Record Affidavit Form 24 on the following page and in the Appendix)
110.2.COD: ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS:
110.2.1.COD: REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: The CONTRACTOR shall comply with any and all applicable
federal, state, and local statues, laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and any amendments relating to the
environment, hazardous substances or exposure to hazardous substances, including without limitation the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Hazardous Material
Transportation Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Clean Air Act,
and the Safe Drinking Water Act.
110.3.COD: CITY IS COMMITTED TO AN ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY:
The Dallas City Council adopted this Environmental Policy in 2005 to guide the City's environmental efforts:
The City of Dallas is committed to a clean, safe, and healthy environment. As such, we will exercise environmental
stewardship in our dealings with employees, other governments, citizens, City CONTRACTORS, business, and
others in the community for our world today as well as for future generations. Caring for the environment is one of our
core values, and this is demonstrated by ensuring our activities are in harmony with the natural world around us.
110.4.COD: ENVIRONMENTAL COMMITMENT IS EMBODIED BY THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS:
(1) Implementation of programs and procedures with the intent to meet or exceed all applicable environmental
laws and regulations.
(2) Continual improvement of our environmental performance through proactive environmental management
and self-assessments and/or third-party assessments.
(3) Prevention of pollution at its source through implementation of Best Management Practices (BMPs) and
resource conservation measures to reuse, reclaim, and recycle materials we generate.
(4) Utilization of Environmental Management Systems (EMS), as appropriate for our operations, to provide a
framework for systematically reviewing and reducing our environmental footprint.
(5) Employees will abide by all environmental regulations and demonstrate environmental compliance in their
daily work practices.
(6) Educate City employees on Dallas's environmental policies and motivate and encourage employees to
practice environmental stewardship by raising awareness and sensitivity to environmental issues through
City policies, regulations, training, and interactive dialogue.
(7) Outreach to the citizens and businesses of our community by communication of this Policy and education on
the importance of environmental stewardship for clean air and water and sustainable development for the
City of Dallas.
110.5.COD: GREEN PURCHASING:
CONTRACTORS must recognize the importance of exercising positive environmental stewardship while purchasing
products for use on City of Dallas contracts. Purchasing environmentally friendly products can reduce costs, minimize
environmental legal requirements, decrease human health concerns, and minimize environmental impacts and risks.
There are numerous products on the market today, which reduce environmental impacts without additional cost. The
Dallas City Council passed resolution (04-1722) on May 26, 2004, affirming that the City will:

COD.110-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
110.1.1.2.(A).COD: BLANK ENVIRONMENTAL RECORD AFFIDAVIT

ENVIRONMENTAL RECORD AFFIDAVIT

For purposes of this Affidavit:

(A) the term ―Bidder/Proposer‖ includes any and all authorized officers, employees, agents, or other representatives
of Bidder/Proposer working in that capacity on behalf of Bidder/Proposer within the past three (3) years prior to the
date of this Affidavit;
(B) the term ―Environmental Laws‖ includes any and all State, Federal, or local statutes, laws, rules, codes,
regulations, or ordinances developed to regulate activities that impact human health and the environment including,
but not limited to, those intended to control land, air, and water pollution, conserve natural resources, prevent
damaging practices, and regulate chemical hazards.

By signing below, I, ________________________________, the authorized representative of

________________________________ (hereinafter called the ―Bidder/Proposer‖), affirm, on behalf of
Bidder/Proposer, the following:

(1) That Bidder/Proposer has received and read the Contractor Environmental Packet. Bidder/Proposer
also understands that the Contractor Environmental Packet is not intended to be all inclusive, but rather
a guideline for environmental responsibility.

[Strike and Initial the item indicated below that does NOT apply in this Affidavit.]

_____ (2) That Bidder/Proposer has not been served with any notices of violation or notices of
Initials enforcement or had any civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed by any regulatory authority for
a violation of any Environmental Laws within the past three (3) years prior to the date of this
Affidavit.

_____ (3) That Bidder/Proposer has been served with notices of violation or notices of enforcement or
Initials had any civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed by any regulatory authority for a violation of
any Environmental Laws within the past three (3) years prior to the date of this Affidavit as
follows:

[If Item (3) applies, use a separate sheet to list the notices of violation or enforcement, and any
adjudications of actual violations, along with copies of any compliance documents issued by the
regulatory authority in connection with the notices or actual violations, and attach the separate sheet to
this affidavit.]

_______________________________________ _______________________________________
Company Name Signature

___________________ _______________________________ ___________________________

Date Print Name Title

_______________________________________
[Seal] Notary Public, State of Texas

My Commission Expires: __________________

Form 24
Environmental Record Affidavit [032311, rev 091311]

COD.110-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(1) purchase environmentally preferred products, whenever feasible; and,

(2) require contractors and consultants to use recycled and other environmentally preferred products whenever
feasible.
For suggestions on product substitution, please contact the OWNER.
110.6.COD: AIR QUALITY AND OZONE:
The City of Dallas is located in a non-attainment area for ozone. Emissions from vehicles and construction equipment
exacerbate air quality issues in our region. CONTRACTORS may receive information regarding Air Pollution Watch
and Warnings by signing up for email notifications at http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/. Bid specifications may also
require the CONTRACTOR to submit a Clean Air Plan to the City of Dallas for the CONTRACTOR‘S activities. To
every extent possible, CONTRACTORS shall comply with the following:
(1) Refuel vehicles after 3:00 p.m. or as late in the afternoon as possible. (The only exception to this policy is an
emergency response vehicle which may be refueled as necessary to maintain readiness.) DO NOT top off
your fuel tank.
(2) Schedule meetings requiring vehicle trips after 10:00 a.m. or as late in the afternoon as possible.
(3) Restrict the use of paints, solvents, cleaners, or other chemicals containing volatile organic compounds
(VOCs) until after 10:00 a.m.
(4) Encourage employees to use public transportation or car pool, when possible, to and from work.
(5) Limit idling of all vehicles to less than five minutes. (Note: The City of Dallas passed an "anti-idling"
ordinance prohibiting motor vehicles weighing more than 14,000 pounds from idling over five minutes from
April 1 - October 31 of any calendar year. City code pertaining to this ordinance can be referenced in
Chapter 5A - 15 and Chapter 30 -1 of the Dallas City Code, as amended.)
110.7.COD: MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS):
The MSDS is used to relay important information concerning a chemical to its user or other interested parties, such
as spill responders or fire fighters. MSDS‘s must be available for review by employees during their work shift, and
must be kept at the work site at all times while the chemical is in use or stored at that facility. MSDS‘s are readily
available from the chemical manufacturers or SUPPLIERS and generally can be obtained through the manufacturer's
web site. MSDS‘s for chemicals used on the City's property need to be provided to the OWNER before work can
begin or before the chemical is brought onsite.
110.8.COD: SPILLS AND RELEASES:
CONTRACTORS must take measures to prevent pollution of the land, air, and waterways including the stormwater
system. If a spill or release occurs, you have a legal responsibility to immediately report such an incident to the
appropriate regulatory agency and to the OWNER.
Examples of commonly used substances that may cause an adverse effect:

Table 110.8.(a)COD: Commonly Used Substances

That May Cause Adverse Effects

Gasoline Paints

Antifreeze / glycol Solvents

Lubricating oil Chemicals

Hydraulic Fluid Sewage

Other Petroleum Products Ammonia

Synthetic oils Hot Asphalt

CFCs Propane

COD.110-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

110.9.COD: ENVIRONMENTAL NOTICES OF ENFORCEMENT (NOE) AND NOTICES OF VIOLATION (NOV):

The OWNER must be notified of any NOEs or NOVs received in the last three years. Refer to Form 24, Section A-19,
of the CONTRACT for instructions on submitting environmental law violation documents. If an NOV or NOE is issued
while doing City work, the contractor will inform the OWNER within 24 hours.
110.10.COD: ENDANGERED SPECIES:
The Endangered Species Act is a regulation program established for the conservation of threatened and endangered
plants and animals and the habitats in which they are found. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service of the Department of
the Interior maintains the list of 632 endangered species (326 are plants) and 190 threatened species (78 are plants).
If an endangered species or nesting birds are uncovered during construction, immediately stop work and notify the
OWNER.
110.11.COD: WETLAND REGULATORY AUTHORITY:
Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (CWA) establishes a program to regulate the discharge of dredged or fill material
into waters of the United States, including wetlands. Activities in waters of the United States regulated under this
program include fill for development, water resource projects (such as dams and levees), infrastructure development
(such as highways and airports), and mining projects.
Section 404 requires a permit before any dredged or fill material may be discharged into waters of the United States,
unless the activity is exempt from Section 404 regulation (e.g. certain farming and forestry activities). City of Dallas
CONTRACTORS are required to comply with Section 404 of the Clean Water Act and any associated permit
requirements. If, during construction, a wetland is encountered, avoid the wetland and immediately notify the
OWNER.
110.12.COD: STORM WATER CONTROL / PERMITS:
Federal, state, and local stormwater regulations require elimination and/or reduction of pollutants that enter our storm
drains, rivers, creeks, and other waterways by way of stormwater runoff. Pollutants include, but are not limited to
sediment, trash, chemicals, oils, and/or greases. A stormwater permit may be required and a Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) developed and implemented during construction for this project. (Refer to Section B,
Technical Provisions, for the specific requirements pertaining to this project.) Whether or not a stormwater permit is
required, discharges of pollutants into any water body may be prohibited by federal, state, and local regulations.

COD.110-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(Blank)

COD.110-5
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

DIVISION 200 SITE PROTECTION AND PREPARATION

October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 201.COD: TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION, AND WATER

POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL

(Page 201-1: Replace Item 201.3 Preconstruction Submittals, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added before the
former text.)
201.3.COD: PRECONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS:
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with OWNER to develop and implement a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP) consistent with TCEQ General Permit Number TXR 150000 Relating to Discharges from Construction
Activities.
Prior to the start of construction, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER’S representative for acceptance
schedules for implementing stormwater pollution control measures in accordance with the erosion and sediment
control plan or the construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Work on the project shall not begin
until the schedules for implementation of the controls and methods of operations have been reviewed and accepted
by the OWNER. The SWPPP must be approved prior to the Notice of Intent (NOI) being sent to the TCEQ or the
Construction Site Notice (CSN) being provided to Stormwater Management; erosion and sediment controls must be
in place before construction activity begins. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER, for information purposes,
proposed methods of stormwater pollution control for CONTRACTOR operations in areas which are outside the limits
of the erosion control plan or the SWPPP (such as construction and haul roads, field offices, equipment and supply
storage areas, portable process plants, and source material storage), as well as a plan for disposal of waste
materials.

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.1.COD: STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PERMIT:
As defined in the federal regulations, and under the authority granted to the TCEQ by the EPA, a Texas Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) permit is required for construction activities that result in the disturbance of
one or more acres of total land. Both the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER are responsible to obtain the permit
coverage under the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR 150000 Relating to Discharges from Construction Activities.
Permitting information and requirements may be obtained from:
TCEQ Office of Water,
P.O. Box 13087
Austin, TX 78711-3087
Use for regular and certified mail
or http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/sw_permits.html.
MAIN LINE: 512-239-6696
By City of Dallas, City Council resolution number 093042, dated December 9, 2009, the North Central Texas Council
of Governments Integrated Storm Water Management System (iSWM), including various incentives to promote the
use of iSWM Practices, has been adopted for voluntary use within the City of Dallas.
201.3.2.COD: NOTICE OF INTENT(NOI): If a permit is required, the CONTRACTOR shall sign a NOI at least seven
(7) days before assuming operational control, as the Primary Operator and submit the original to the TCEQ, with a
copy provided to the City of Dallas Stormwater Management Department. Any SUBCONTRACTORS performing
earthwork activities are also required to obtain permit coverage as Secondary Operators.
Signatures must be provided in accordance with 30 Texas Administrative Code Section 305.44. The NOI serves as a
notification to the TCEQ of construction activity as well as commitment that the CONTRACTOR understands the
requirements of the permit for stormwater discharges from construction activities and that measures will be taken to
implement and maintain stormwater pollution prevention at the site. If an additional primary operator is added after
the initial NOI is submitted, the new primary operator must submit an NOI at least seven (7) days before assuming
operational control.
The NOI is to be submitted at least 48 hours prior to the CONTRACTOR moving on site. The CONTRACTOR must
provide a copy of the NOI to the OWNER, and to:
City of Dallas
Trinity Watershed Management – Stormwater Management Section
320 E. Jefferson, Room 108
Dallas, Texas, 75203
Phone: (214) 948-4072
Fax: (214) 948-4076
Email: [email protected]

COD.201-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
The NOI and CSN must be located in the SWPPP for all operators; and posted at or near the construction site
entrance, visible to the general public.

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.3.COD: NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT): If a permit is required, upon completion of the site construction
and subsequent site stabilization under the terms of the Permit, the CONTRACTOR will sign and provide a NOT to
the TCEQ and Stormwater Management within 30 days of achieving final stabilization, verified by Stormwater
Management. The NOT serves as notice that the site is no longer subject to the requirements of the permit.
The Notice of Intent (NOI) and the Notice of Termination (NOT) are to be mailed to:
TCEQ Office of Water,
P.O. Box 13087
Austin, TX 78711-3087
Use for regular and certified mail
or http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/sw_permits.html.
MAIN LINE: 512-239-6696
For small sites, the Operator will remove the CSN from its posted position at the site or from the SWPPP, endorse
and date it at the lower right portion of document to indicate the completion of the construction activity and to verify
termination conditions have been met. The CSN should be provided to Stormwater Management only and not to the
TCEQ.

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.4.COD: STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP): The SWPPP is a document which
consists of a plan to manage site water, sediment, and erosion, spill response, waste management plan, and the site
parameters and techniques to be employed to reduce the release of sediment and pollution from the construction
site. The SWPPP also documents regular inspections and maintenance of these measures and any changes made
to maintain site compliance. Both the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR must develop a SWPPP; however, if a shared
SWPPP is agreed upon, a certification letter indicating each party understands their responsibilities pertaining to the
SWPPP must be included in the SWPPP. All Operators involved in a shared SWPPP must maintain a complete copy
of the SWPPP for three years following the completion of the project.

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.5.COD: SMALL SITES, DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 1 ACRES BUT LESS THAN
5 ACRES (PERMIT REQUIRED): The SWPPP will be included in the contract documents. The CONTRACTOR
shall submit a schedule for implementation of the SWPPP ( i.e. grading, utilities, and stabilization plans) Deviations
from the plan must be submitted to the OWNER for approval. The SWPPP is not warranted to meet all the
conditions of the permit since the actual construction activities may vary from those anticipated during the preparation
of the SWPPP. Modifications may be required to conform to the requirements of the Permit. A copy of the most
current SWPPP must be kept at the construction site by the CONTRACTOR. Any alterations to the SWPPP
proposed by the CONTRACTOR must be prepared and submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER for review
and approval. Project Managers should consider the criteria for common plans of development when working with
projects between 1-5 acres, and for those projects located within the Dallas Escarpment, or geologically similar
areas.

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.6.COD: LARGE SITES, TOTAL DISTURBED AREA GREATER THAN 5 ACRES (PERMIT AND SWPPP
REQUIRED): The CONTRACTOR must use control measures necessary to prevent and control soil erosion,
sedimentation, and water pollution. These control measures will be included in the contract document. The control
measures shall be installed and maintained throughout the construction to assure effective and continuous water
pollution control.
The controls may include, but are not limited to: silt fences, straw bale dikes, rock berms, diversion dikes, interceptor
swales, sediment traps and basins, pipe slope drains, inlet protection, stabilized construction entrances, seeding,
sodding, mulching, soil retention blankets, or other structural or non-structural stormwater pollution controls.
Deviations from the proposed control measures must be submitted to the OWNER for approval.
Prior to beginning construction, the CONTRACTOR must submit to the OWNER for approval the proposed pollution
control devices to be used and schedule of implementation. This submittal shall include on site and off site areas
such as equipment and material storage areas, staging sites, and other areas subject to water pollution that support
the construction effort.
COD.201-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.7.COD: LARGE SITES, TOTAL DISTURBED AREA GREATER THAN 10 ACRES (PERMIT, SWPPP,
SEDIMENT BASIN, AND MONITORING REQUIRED): the CONTRACTOR must use the control measures
necessary to prevent and control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution as indicated in the SWPPP, and as
included in the contract document. The control measures shall be installed and maintained throughout the
construction to assure effective and continuous water pollution control.
The controls may include, but are not limited to: silt fences, straw bale dikes, rock berms, diversion dikes, interceptor
swales, sediment traps and basins, pipe slope drains, inlet protection, stabilized construction entrances, seeding,
sodding, mulching, soil retention blankets, or other structural or non-structural stormwater pollution controls.
Deviations from the proposed control measures must be submitted to the OWNER for approval.
Projects with a disturbed area greater than 10 acres require implementation of a sediment basin or equivalent
measures as indicated in the General Construction, and Dallas City Code Section 19-118. In addition, water quality
monitoring of effluent leaving this site may be required for Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and for Turbidity after
significant rain fall events, as defined in the General Construction Permit and Dallas City Code Section 19-118. All
water quality monitoring locations shall be clearly shown on the SWPPP. Water quality measurements shall be
recorded in the SWPPP. Regular water quality monitoring is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
Prior to beginning construction, the CONTRACTOR must submit to the OWNER for approval the proposed pollution
control devices to be used and schedule of implementation. This submittal shall include on site and off site areas
such as equipment and material storage areas, staging sites, and other areas subject to water pollution that support
the construction effort.

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.8.COD: PAYMENT FOR TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION, AND WATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION: When provided for in the bid proposal and CONTRACT, payment for temporary erosion,
sedimentation, water pollution prevention and work performed under this specification shall be made as specified for
the Contract pay items provided which price shall be considered full compensation for: (1) all clearing and grubbing,
removals, excavation and backfill required for installation; (2) installation, maintenance, removals and restoration; and
(3) all materials, labor, tools, equipment, overhead, profit and incidentals necessary to complete the work in
accordance with plans, SWPPP, special provisions and this specification.
All temporary erosion, sedimentation, and water pollution prevention and control work required by the OWNER due in
whole or in part to CONTRACTOR negligence, carelessness, lack of maintenance, or failure to install permanent
controls called for in the plans, specifications, or SWPPP in a timely fashion, shall not be paid for under this Contract.
All costs to do such required temporary erosion, sedimentation, and water pollution prevention and control work shall
be borne by the CONTRACTOR. All such remedial work shall be performed in compliance with the requirements of
this specification as directed by the OWNER.
If CONTRACTOR fails to implement controls as required by OWNER, OWNER will take steps to implement controls
and costs shall be borne as described in Item 201.1. Description.

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.9. COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND WATER
POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL: LARGE SITES OVER 10 ACRES): Temporary erosion Control,
Sedimentation and Water Pollution Prevention and Control shall be measured for payment per lump sum completed,
in place, and in accordance with the plans and specifications, including all development of the SWPPP, installation
and maintenance of the controls throughout the duration of construction, water quality monitoring and other
appurtenant tasks. The contract unit price shall be the total compensation for furnishing, placing and maintaining
control measures, for disposal of all surplus material, and for all material, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work, all in accordance with the plans and these specifications.

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.10. COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND WATER
POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL: LARGE SITES OVER 5 ACRES): Temporary Erosion Control,
Sedimentation and Water Pollution Prevention and Control shall be measured for payment per lump sum completed
in place accordance with the plans and specifications, including all development of the SWPPP, installation and
maintenance of the controls throughout the duration of construction, and other appurtenant tasks. The contract unit
price shall be the total compensation for furnishing, placing and maintaining control measures, for disposal of all
surplus material, and for all material, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work, all in
accordance with the plans and these specifications.
COD.201-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 201-1. Add the following:)

201.3.11. COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND WATER
POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL: SMALL SITES < 5 ACRES): Temporary Erosion Control,
Sedimentation and Water Pollution Prevention and Control shall be measured for payment per lump sum completed,
in place, and in accordance with the plans and specifications, including installation and maintenance of the controls
throughout the duration of construction, and other appurtenant tasks. The contract unit price shall be the total
compensation for furnishing, placing and maintaining control measures, for disposal of all surplus material, and for all
material, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work, all in accordance with the plans
and these specifications.

COD.201-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 202.COD: LANDSCAPING

(Page 202-1. Add the following:)

202.1.1.COD: TREES: The CONTRACTOR shall not damage or remove any trees unless authorized by the
OWNER. Any tree pruning proposed to complete the work shall be submitted and approved by the OWNER prior to
the work being started.
Unless otherwise stated in the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall take measures to protect existing trees during
construction. Measures shall include, but not limited to, hand excavation or by other than open cut excavation under
the drip line of existing trees. Payments for all protective measures are contingent on the CONTRACT.

(Page 202-5. Replace Item 202.5.4. Measurement and Payment, with the following: (A new sentence has been added at the end of
this item.))
202.5.4.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (PLUGGING AND SOLID SODDING): Plugging and solid sodding
2
shall be measured for payment in square yards (yd ) of sodded area completed in accordance with the plans and
specifications. Plugging or solid sodding, as the case may be, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square
2
yard (yd ), complete in place, as provided in the proposal and contract. The contract unit price shall be the total
compensation for furnishing and placing all sod, for all rolling and tamping, for all water, for disposal of all surplus
material, and for all material, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work, all in
accordance with the plans and these specifications. This shall also include all watering necessary to assure the sod
germinates and maintains coverage throughout the maintenance period. If sod is paid as a separate item and the
limits of measurements are not specified, it shall be measured as the limiting trench width as defined in the latest
edition of the DWU Standard Drawings for Water and Wastewater Construction, sheet 112, or the approved
excavation limits based on the OWNER‘s direction.

(Page 202-6. Replace Item 202.6.5. Measurement and Payment, with the following: (A new sentence has been added at the end of
the item.))
202.6.5.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (BROADCAST SEEDING, DISCED SEEDING, AND HYDRAULIC
MULCHING): Acceptable material for broadcast seeding, disced seeding, and hydraulic mulching shall be measured
by the square-yard (yd2) or by the acre (ac), as stated in the Bid Item Description, complete in place. The work
performed and materials furnished and measured as provided in this Item shall be paid for at the unit price for
broadcast seeding, disced seeding, or hydraulic mulching of the type specified, as the case may be. The price shall
be full compensation for furnishing all materials, including water for seed-fertilizer slurry and hydraulic mulching,
fertilizer, and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work. This shall include all watering required to
assure the grass will continue to grow.

COD.202-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.201-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 203.COD: SITE PREPARATION

(Page 203-1. Add the following:)

203.1.2.2.COD: CONTRACTOR TO REPORT UTILITY LINE DAMAGE: CONTRACTOR shall protect and cause no
damage to existing structures or other utilities as specified in item 107.23. Existing Structures Facilities, and
Appurtenances or item 203.1. Determining Location and Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities, and all
addenda thereto. If any utility, structure, line, service, or appurtenance to a utility is damaged, the CONTRACTOR
shall notify the owner of that utility, structure, line, service, or appurtenance to a utility, immediately. [NOTE: If there
are specific local, state, or federal laws or regulations regarding damage notifications, the CONTRACTOR shall
comply with those applicable laws or regulations in addition to following the requirements of this specification.] The
CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER within one-hour from the time the damage incident occurs. In the case of
service disruption to an individual or in the case of an emergency, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the individual
whose service is disrupted and adjacent property owners of the incident within one-hour. Failure to comply with this
notification requirement will result in a one-day shut-down charged for each occurrence. The CONTRACTOR will not
be prohibited from performing site cleanup or general maintenance on any mandatory shutdown day. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all costs and delays incurred because of damage to any utility, structure, line,
service, or appurtenance to a utility. NO SEPARATE PAY ITEM.

(Page 203-1. Add the following:)

203.1.3.1.1.COD: WATER SERVICE MUST BE MAINTAINED: Water service must be maintained. If a temporary
main is required to accomplish continuous service, it shall be installed and removed by the CONTRACTOR at
CONTRACTOR'S expense, unless a separate bid item for this work is established in the CONTRACT. This shall
include furnishing all labor, tools, materials, equipment, testing and incidentals necessary to complete the work,
including all excavation and disposal of surplus material, transfer of services, removal of temporary main after work is
complete and transfer of services back to the existing system, and protection and repair of the temporary system.

(Page 203-2. Replace Item 203.2. Maintenance of Streets during Construction, with the following:)
203.2.COD: MAINTENANCE OF STREETS DURING CONSTRUCTION:
At all times, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain the surfaces of streets on which work was or is being performed. The
maintenance required shall include the filling of holes; blading or otherwise smoothing of the street surfaces
(particularly in a trench area); cleaning and removal of surplus excavation material rubbish, etc.; sprinkling of streets
to abate dust nuisances; and the elimination of interference resulting from blocking the street to residents thereon.
Any or all of such operations shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR upon demand by the OWNER, but the
CONTRACTOR shall not wait for instruction from the OWNER before performing maintenance work obviously in
need of being done to meet the requirements of these specifications. All costs of work covered by this paragraph
shall be included in the price bid for the various items of work, and no separate payment shall be made.
In the event the CONTRACTOR fails or refuses to properly maintain the surfaces of streets on which work was or is
being performed, the OWNER, after due notice to the CONTRACTOR, shall perform the necessary maintenance. All
costs to the OWNER incurred in the performance of such work shall be deducted from any monies due or to become
due to the CONTRACTOR for work performed, or the CONTRACTOR shall be billed for such costs directly as the
OWNER shall elect. Notice to the CONTRACTOR to be given by the OWNER shall be in writing, and it shall be
delivered to the CONTRACTOR or an authorized agent. Except in emergency cases, where immediate action is
required under the provisions of Item 107.18. Public Convenience and Safety or Item 107.19. Protection of Work
and of Persons and Property (including Addendum Items), the OWNER shall have the right to remedy without
notice as called for in Item 107.18. Public Convenience and Safety. The cost of all work done by the OWNER will
be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
Where traffic must cross open trenches, such as street intersections and driveways, the CONTRACTOR shall provide
suitable backfill bridges, protective barricades and such other safety equipment as required. The use of machinery
must be so regulated as to preclude any unnecessary interference with traffic, utilities, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall
abide by all applicable federal, state, or local laws governing excavation work, including OSHA and USEPA
regulations.

COD.203-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 203-2. Add the Following:

203.2.1.COD: TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS:
The following traffic restrictions shall be enforced during construction.
(1) Two-way traffic shall be maintained on all streets at all times, unless approved by the OWNER. Qualified
Flagmen should be used to maintain two-way traffic.
(2) The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for barricading all projects. All barricades, warning signs, and traffic
control devices shall conform, at a minimum, to the standards in the City of Dallas Traffic Barricade Manual
and TxDOT Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD), latest edition.
(3) When closing side streets, four working days notification is required for Fire and Police Departments. See
contract for individual contact names and phone numbers.

(Page 203-3. Replace Item 203.3.2. Construction Methods, with the following: (There is an added paragraph at the end of this
item.))
203.3.2.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS: The entire right-of-way for this project and such additional areas,
including public or corporate areas and public or corporate lands, as made available for construction of this project,
shall be cleared of all structures and obstructions, as defined above, except that trees or shrubs shall be protected
unless specifically designated by the OWNER for removal. Unless designated for removal without replacement, trees
and shrubs shall be treated according to Item 202.1. Removal, Protection, and Replacement of Trees, Shrubbery,
Plants, Sod, and Other Vegetation (with Addendum Items). Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, trees and
stumps to be removed shall be cut off or otherwise removed as close to the natural ground as practicable on areas
which are to be covered by at least 3-ft. (1m) of embankment. On areas required for borrow sites and material
sources, stumps, roots, etc., shall be removed to the complete extent necessary to prevent such objectionable matter
becoming mixed with the material to be used in construction.
Unless otherwise indicated on plans, all foundations and underground obstructions shall be removed to the following
depths:
(1) In areas to receive embankment, 2-ft. (0.6m) below natural ground or to bottom of structure.
(2) In areas to be excavated, 2-ft. (0.6m) below the lower elevations of the excavation, or to the bottom of
structure.
(3) In all other areas, 1-ft. (0.3m) below natural ground or to bottom of structure.
All basement walls and floors, septic tanks and storage tanks within the limits of the right-of-way shall be removed
and the resulting holes backfilled as directed by the OWNER. Holes remaining after removal of all obstructions,
objectionable material, trees, stumps, etc., shall be backfilled. The CONTRACTOR shall complete the operation of
preparing right-of-way so that the prepared right-of-way shall be free of holes, ditches and other abrupt changes in
elevations and irregularities to contour.
The remaining ends of all abandoned-in-place storm sewers, culverts, sanitary sewers, conduits, and water or gas
pipes shall be plugged with an adequate quantity of concrete to form a tight closure. All materials and debris removed
shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided for on the plans or in the specifications
and shall be removed from the right-of-way. Unless otherwise provided, all merchantable timber removed as
previously specified shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Gravel, brick, stone or broken concrete, when
permitted by special conditions and reduced to sizes permitted, may be used in the roadway embankment.
203.3.2.1.COD: OVER-EXCAVATION: CONTRACTOR is required to avoid over-excavation of earth or overbreak of
rock. The CONTRACTOR shall replace any excavation or overbreak with concrete fill or other material as directed by
the OWNER to restore the strength of the foundation to its previous bearing and lateral support. There will be no
additional compensation for this work.

(Page 504-5. Replace Item 504.4.2.1. Water for Construction, with the following:)
203.3.4.COD: WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION: For contacts awarded and administered by the Department of
Public Works, and Dallas Water Utilities, all water necessary for construction of water or sanitary sewer mains within
the jurisdiction of the City of Dallas, shall be furnished by the OWNER free from the nearest convenient City of Dallas
water main. CONTRACTOR must follow applicable public drinking water standards, such as using approved backflow
preventer devices, to be able to draw water from Fire Hydrants or other sources. If water from the OWNER is
unavailable, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for purchasing water from a local SUPPLIER or another city.
For contracts awarded and administered by the Dallas and Park Recreation Department, all water for construction of
any item, including, but not limited to, grading, earthwork, landscaping, etc., must be supplied by the CONTRACTOR.
No person shall open, turn on, turn off, interfere with, attach any pipe or hose to, or connect anything with any fire

COD.203-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
hydrant, stop valves, stop cock, or tap any water main belonging to the City, unless duly authorized to do so by the
Dallas Water Utilities.

(Page 203-5. Replace Item 203.5.6.5. Excavation for Altered Grade, with the following: (A new sentence has been added to the end
of this section.)
203.5.6.5.COD: EXCAVATION FOR ALTERED GRADE: If excavation for the conduit or appurtenance due to the
altered grade is altered more than 1-ft. (0.3m) and has not been classified as a separate contract pay item, the in-
creased or decreased amount of excavation due to the altered grade may constitute a basis for revised consideration
by either party to the contract. Payment for altered grade, if made, will be in cubic yards. Measurement and payment
will be as specified in Item 504.7. Measurement and Payment of Backfill and addenda made herein, except the
depth will be measured from the plan grade to the revised grade.

(Page 203-5. Add the following:)

203.5.6.6.COD: INSTALLATION ON TOP OF FILL: When pipe is to be installed in a proposed fill of any type, fill
material-shall be placed and compacted to the proposed grade elevation and then re-excavated for pipe installation.

(Page 203-5. Add the following:)

203.5.6.7.COD: CLASS G EMBEDMENT: All trenches excavated in rock for wastewater mains to be embedded
with class G embedment shall remain open for a minimum of 24 hours or the CONTRACTOR may, at no cost to the
OWNER, line the sides of the excavation for the thickness of the concrete embedment with 1 inch thick asphalt
impregnated felt boards.

(Page 203-5. Add the following:)

203.5.6.8.COD: EXISTING CURBS: In all open cut excavations beneath an existing curb, the CONTRACTOR shall
remove the existing curb, backfill and compact the trench, and install a new curb.

(Page 203-5. Replace Item 203.5.7.1. Blasting, with the following:)

203.5.7.1.COD: BLASTING - DALLAS WATER UTILITIES OR THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS: This
item applies only to projects awarded and administered by the Dallas Water Utilities or the Department of Public
Works. In cases where the plans and specifications do not require the use of explosives, if (after written approval by
the OWNER) the CONTRACTOR elects to use explosives in the performance of the work, utmost care shall be
exercised so as not to endanger life or property. The CONTRACTOR shall use only such methods as are currently
utilized by persons, firms or corporations engaged in a similar construction business. The CONTRACTOR shall be
solely responsible for the determination as to whether explosives shall be used and for any result from the use of
explosives. Obtaining a blasting permit from the Dallas Fire Department does not constitute permission to use
explosives. Permission to use explosives is not granted or denied prior to award. The CONTRACTOR shall not
assume in its bid that permission to use explosives will be granted. Blasting will be considered for approval by the
OWNER on a case-by-case basis. Denial by the OWNER of permission to use explosives shall not constitute a basis
for a claim for additional costs.
Where use of explosives is permitted, the CONTRACTOR EXPRESSLY AGREES TO BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE
for the determination as to whether explosives shall actually be used, and for any result from the use, handling or
storage of explosives, and shall DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD COMPLETELY HARMLESS THE OWNER, its
officers, agents and employees, and the Consulting Engineer against any and all claims, lawsuits, judgments, costs
and expenses, for personal injury (including death), property damage or other harm for which recovery of damages is
sought, suffered by any person or persons, as the result of the use, handling or storage of explosives by the
CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SAID USE, HANDLING OR STORAGE
WAS NEGLIGENT OR NOT, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE DAMAGE OR INJURY WAS CONTRIBUTED
TO IN ANY WAY BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF THE OWNER, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS OR
EMPLOYEES, OR THE CONSULTING ENGINEER. In the event of conflict with any other indemnity paragraph in
this CONTRACT, this paragraph controls. This indemnity paragraph is intended solely for the benefit of the parties
and is not intended to create or grant any rights, contractual or otherwise, to any other person or entity. The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER and Consulting Engineer with evidence of insurance sufficient to cover
possible damage or injury, which insurance shall either include the OWNER and Consulting Engineer as additional
insureds or be of such character as to fully protect the OWNER and Consulting Engineer.
The following criteria with regard to the use of explosives and blasting shall be satisfied:
(1) Certification: Certification by the proper authorities for personnel involved with the actual use of explosives
is required and must be obtained prior to the use of explosives.

COD.203-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(2) Insurance: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with evidence of insurance sufficient to cover
any such possibility, which insurance shall either include the owner as an assured or be of such character as
to protect the owner.
(3) Restrictions: No blasting shall be permitted within highway right-of-way or railroad right-of-way without
written permission from TxDOT, the railroad involved and the OWNER.
(4) Limitations: When blasting is authorized, the blast shall be covered with heavy timbers chained together, a
rope mat, or some other equally effective method of blast effect protection, approved by the OWNER. All
explosives shall be stored in a safe and secure manner and such storage places shall be clearly marked,
―DANGEROUS — EXPLOSIVES.‖ Blasting caps and explosives shall be stored separately. In addition to the
―DANGEROUS — EXPLOSIVES‖ sign which must be displayed, at least two signs marked, ―EXPLOSIVES,
TURN ALL RADIOS OFF,‖ shall be placed in a conspicuous location readily visible to vehicular traffic and
not less than 350-ft. (150m) from electric explosive caps storage area. During each blast, the exposed end
of the pipe shall be covered with planking.
(5) Notification: The CONTRACTOR shall notify each utility company having structures in proximity to the site
of the work of the intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the
companies to take such steps, as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such
notice shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for any damage resulting from blasting
operations.
(6) Laws and Ordinances: The method of blasting, storing, and handling explosives must be carried on in full
conformance with the requirements of all federal and state laws and municipal ordinances.

(Page 203-5: Add the following:)

203.5.7.2.COD: USE OF EXPLOSIVES – DALLAS PARK AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT: On projects
advertised and administrated by the Dallas Park and Recreation Department, the use of explosives are entirely
prohibited.

(Page 203-8. Replace Item 203.8. Dust Control, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added in Item 203.8.1.COD:
Sprinkling for Dust Control.)
203.8.COD: DUST CONTROL:
203.8.1.COD: SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL: Sprinkling for dust control shall consist of the authorized
application of water or other material approved by the OWNER on those portions of the projects as shown on the
plans or as directed and as herein specified. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to take preventive
measures to eliminate, reduce, or alleviate any dust nuisance in the work area. This control of dust nuisance is most
important in populated areas. The OWNER will approve the method used. Should the CONTRACTOR fail to control
dust as outlined above, the OWNER may suspend the work until corrective measures are taken.
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all excavations, embankment, stockpiles, haul roads, and access roads within or
outside the project boundaries free from dust, which would cause a hazard or nuisance to adjacent Property Owners.
The CONTRACTOR shall use sprinkling or other methods acceptable to the OWNER to control dust.
203.8.2.COD: MATERIALS: Water or other material approved by the OWNER shall be furnished by the
CONTRACTOR and shall be clean, free from industrial waste and other objectionable matter. Emulsions shall meet
the requirements of Item 302.3.5. Emulsions for Priming, Curing and Erosion Control (PCE).
203.8.3.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and operate a sprinkler equipped
with positive and rapidly working cutoff valves and approved spray bars, which shall insure the distribution of material
in a uniform and controllable rate of application. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’S continuous responsibility to be on
call at all times including nights, holidays, weekends, etc. and respond in a timely manner, until acceptance of the
project by the OWNER, to maintain the project free of dust in a manner which shall cause the least inconvenience to
the public.
203.8.4.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Sprinkling performed as provided above shall be measured by
the 1,000-gallons (gals) as delivered on the project. Sprinkling provided in the proposal and the contract as a
separate pay item shall be paid for in accordance with the contract unit price. When sprinkling is not classified
separately for payment, then such sprinkling shall be considered as incidental work and shall not be paid for as a
separate item; the cost thereof shall be included in such contract pay items as are provided. In either case, such pay
items shall be the total compensation for all labor, materials, tools, machinery, equipment, and incidentals necessary
to complete the work in accordance with the plans and this specification.

COD.203-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

DIVISION 300 ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION

October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 301.COD: SUBGRADE, SUBBASE, AND BASE PREPARATION

(Page 301-1. Replace Item 301.1.1.2 Equipment, with the following: (New paragraphs have been added at the end of this section.))
301.1.1.2.COD: EQUIPMENT: All equipment necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project and
shall be approved by the OWNER as to condition before the CONTRACTOR shall be permitted to begin construction
operations on which the equipment is to be used. Any equipment that achieves the desired results in the time frame
allowed is acceptable.
In lieu of the subgrade equipment specified, the CONTRACTOR may, upon written permission from the OWNER,
operate other subgrade equipment that will produce equivalent results in the same period of time as the specified
equipment. If the substituted subgrade equipment fails to produce the desired results within the same period of time
as would be expected of the specified equipment, as determined by the OWNER, its use shall be discontinued.
(a) Subgrade Planer: An approved subgrade trimmer and maintainer with automatic grade and slope control
shall be provided or, in the alternative, an approved subgrade planer shall be provided, mounted on visible
rollers riding on the forms, having adjustable cutting blades that shall trim the subgrade to exact sections
shown on the plans. Planer frames shall be heavy enough to remain on the forms at all times; and shall be
of such strength and rigidity that, under a test made by changing the support from the wheels to the center
for the type pavements as set out under ―Subgrade Planer‖, they shall not develop a deflection of more than
one-eighth of an inch (3.2 mm). Tractive power equipment used on the subgrade to pull the planer shall not
be such as to produce ruts or indentations in the subgrade.
(b) Subgrade Template: The template for checking the contour of the subgrade shall be provided and
operated by the CONTRACTOR. The template shall rest upon the side forms and shall be of such strength
and rigidity that, under a test made by changing the support to the center, it shall not develop a deflection of
more than one-eighth inch (3.2 mm). It shall be provided with accurately adjustable rods projecting
downward to the subgrade at one-foot (30 cm) intervals; and these rods shall be adjusted to the required
cross-section when the template is resting on the side forms.
(c) Compaction Equipment: Compaction equipment shall conform to the requirements of Item
301.1.1.3.4.COD Proof Rolling, with the exception that the roller for final subgrade shall be of the three-
wheel or tandem, self-propelled type, weighing not less than five tons (4,500 kg).

(Page 301-1. Replace Item 301.1.1.3 Construction Methods, with the following: (This section has been completely replaced.))
301.1.1.3.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
301.1.1.3.1.COD: SUBGRADE PREPARATION:
All areas beneath proposed pavement shall be proof rolled to detect areas of weakness prior to placement of fill
material. In cut areas, the soil shall be proof rolled after excavation is completed to final subgrade elevation. Proof
rolling shall be performed in accordance with Item 301.1.1.3.4.COD Proof Rolling.
Any soft or compressible areas detected during the proof rolling shall be undercut to firm soil. The proof rolling
operation shall be observed by the OWNER to verify that firm non-yielding (non-pumping) subgrade soils are present
at the base of the roadway excavation. Prior to fill placement, the subgrade soils at the base of the excavation shall
be scarified and recompacted within a moisture content range of minus two (2) to plus four (4) percentage points of
optimum moisture to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D 698). Density tests shall also be
performed on any utility trench backfill beneath the proposed roadway to verify that adequate compaction levels have
been achieved.
301.1.1.3.2.COD: UTILITY DITCH CUTS:
If in the opinion of the OWNER a utility ditch cut is unstable, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the unstable material
and replace it with material suitable to the OWNER, and the replacement material shall meet the compaction
requirements of Item 504: Open Cut - Backfill of the Standard Specifications and addenda thereto.
The CONTRACTOR shall notify the proper utility company 24 hours in advance of backfilling or removing the
unstable material so the utility company can have a representative present during the removal. The CONTRACTOR
shall use a probe rod to determine the depth of the utility to insure against damaging the utility. Any expense for
damages or repairs to the utility due to the backfilling or removal of the unstable material shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.

COD.301-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
If soft or loose, non-compact fill or utility trench backfill soil extends to depths of over three (3) feet below final
subgrade (bottom of proposed pavement), excavation will terminate at a depth of three (3) feet below final subgrade.
The upper eight (8) inches of soil at the base of the excavation shall then be reworked and compacted within a
moisture content range of minus two (2) to plus four (4) percentage points of optimum moisture to a minimum of 95%
Standard Proctor density. If the soils at the base of the cut are too wet and soft to allow expeditious compaction per
specification requirements, the excavation should be deepened 12 inches (to a depth of four (4) feet below final
subgrade) and compacted as well as possible at that depth at its existing moisture content prior to placement of fill in
eight (8) inch compacted lifts. The removal and replacement of the unstable material must be by permission of and at
the direction of the OWNER, and the removal limits shall be up to a maximum of three (3) feet below the top of the
street paving subgrade by the length and by the width of the utility ditch cut or unstable area as determined by the
OWNER. Any additional removal or backfill must be approved by the project superintendent or project manager.
Where existing underground utilities are present, the excavation must be terminated a sufficient distance above the
utility line to prevent damage to the pipe. The OWNER and the Utility Company representative shall determine the
necessary soil cover that must remain above the pipe so that damage will not occur to the existing utilities.
After compaction and approval of the excavation subgrade, backfill shall be performed to the required subgrade
elevation (bottom of proposed pavement) using on-site soils or approved borrow placed in maximum eight (8) inch
lifts and compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density. The moisture content of granular soils (having a
PI of 20 or less) at the time of compaction shall be from plus to minus three (±3) percentage points of the optimum
moisture content. The moisture content of clay soils (having a PI in excess of 20) shall be from minus two (2) to plus
four (4) percentage points above optimum. The CONTRACTOR has the option for backfill of unstable utility cuts and
subgrade to use flowable fill approved by the OWNER having a compressive strength of at least 500 psi but not more
than 1200 psi at 28 days. The subgrade soils shall then be stabilized per specification requirements.
After the excavation and construction of embankment has been substantially completed, the subgrade shall be
brought to the proper alignment, cross section and elevation, so that after rolling as specified in Item
301.1.1.3.4.COD Proof Rolling, and subsequent finishing operations, it shall conform to the correct alignment, cross
section and elevation. Rolling and sprinkling shall be performed as needed when and to the extent directed; and the
roadbed shall be completed to or above the plane of the typical section shown on the plans and the lines and grades
established by the OWNER.
After completion of the compaction and immediately ahead of the application of base or pavement, the subgrade
planer shall be operated from approved forms in a manner to finish the subgrade to the required section. The
subgrade shall then be tested with the approved template, operated and maintained by the CONTRACTOR. All
irregularities which develop in excess of one-half inch in a length of 16 feet (12.5 mm in 5 M) measured longitudinally
shall be corrected by lightly scarifying to a depth of from 2 to 3 inches, adding or removing material; reshaping; and
recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. The completed subgrade shall have a uniform density of not less than 98
percent of the maximum density determined by ASTM D 698 to the depth of prepared subgrade specified in the
plans. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 to plus 4 percent of optimum.
Complete drainage of the subgrade shall be provided at all times. The construction area shall be shaped to provide
drainage of surface water. Surface water shall not be allowed to pond in or near the subgrade. Surface water shall
be pumped immediately from the subgrade area after each rain and a firm subgrade maintained until the overlying
pavement is placed.
Finishing of the subgrade by hand shall be permitted on pavement widening projects, on sections where the
pavement width is not uniform, at intersections and elsewhere where the operation of the subgrade planer would not
be practical. Subgrade finished by hand shall conform to the requirements above specified.
301.1.1.3.3.COD: RECOMPACTED PAVEMENT SUBGRADE:
If subgrade stabilization is not performed, the upper eight (8) inches of subgrade soil shall be compacted at minus
two (2) to plus four (4) percentage points of optimum moisture to a minimum of 98% Standard Proctor density (ASTM
D 698). Only on-site soil (comparable to the underlying subgrade soil) shall be used for fine grading proposed street
and alley pavement subgrade. The subgrade shall be lightly scarified to a depth of from two to 3 inches before fine
grading is performed to insure the resulting subgrade is a homogeneous, monolithic layer throughout. After fine
grading, the subgrade shall again be watered if needed and re-compacted in order to re-achieve the moisture and
density levels discussed above and provide a tight non-yielding subgrade. Sand shall not be allowed for use in fine
grading the subgrade beneath street and alley pavement areas since these more porous soils can allow water inflow
and ponding beneath the pavement section, resulting in heave and loss of subgrade soil strength. The subgrade
moisture content and density must be maintained until paving is completed. The subgrade shall be watered just prior
to paving to assure concrete placement over a moist subgrade.

COD 301-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
301.1.1.3.4.COD: PROOF ROLLING:
(1) Description:
This Item shall govern for furnishing and operating heavy pneumatic tire compaction equipment for locating
unstable areas of earthwork or base.
(2) Equipment:
The proof rolling equipment shall consist of not less than four pneumatic tire wheels, running on axles
carrying not more than four wheels, and mounted in a rigid frame and provided with loading platform or body
suitable for ballast loading. All wheels shall be arranged so that they will carry approximately equal loads
when operating on uneven surfaces.
The proof roller under working conditions shall have a rolling width of from 8 feet to 10 feet, and shall be so
designed that, by ballast loading, the gross load may be varied uniformly from 15 tons to 25 tons. The tires
shall be capable of operating under the various loads with up to 150 pounds per square inch air pressure.
Tires shall be practically full of liquid. (Tires shall be considered as being practically full when liquid will flow
from the valve stem of a fully inflated tire with the stem in the uppermost position.)
The operating load and tire pressure shall be within the range of the manufacturer’s chart as directed by the
OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER charts or tabulations showing the contact areas
and contact pressures for the full range of tire inflation pressures and for the full range of loadings for the
particular tires furnished.
The proof roller shall be towed by a suitable crawler type tractor or rubber tire tractor of adequate tractive
capacity, or may be of the self-propelled type. A proof roller unit shall consist of either a self-propelled roller
or combination of roller and towing tractor.
There shall be a sufficient quantity of ballast available to load the equipment to a maximum gross weight of
25 tons.
Rubber tire tractive equipment shall be used on base courses and asphalt pavements. Other type tractive
equipment may be used on embankment subgrade. The heavy pneumatic tire roller unit shall be capable of
turning 180 degrees in the crown width or operating in forward and reverse modes.
In lieu of the rolling equipment specified, the CONTRACTOR may, upon written permission from the
OWNER, operate other compacting equipment that will produce equivalent results in the same period of
time as the specified equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall submit together with any proposed alternate
compacting equipment, the weight (empty and with proposed loading), the wheel configuration and load
distribution along with his proposed procedure to provide full width and length coverage of the subgrade
area within the required period of time. If the substituted compaction equipment fails to produce the desired
results within the same period of time as would be expected of the specified equipment, as determined by
the OWNER, its use shall be discontinued.
(3) Construction Methods:
This work shall be done when specified in the plans and specifications. The subgrade and base layer shall
be proof rolled to locate unstable areas.
Within the ranges set forth in Item 301.1.1.3.4.COD Proof Rolling, the load and tire inflation pressures
shall be adjusted as directed by the OWNER. It is proposed to use a contact pressure corresponding as
nearly as practical to the maximum supporting value of the earthwork or base. A minimum of two coverages
of the proof roller will be required. Each succeeding trip of the proof roller shall be offset by not greater than
one tire width. Rollers shall be operated at speeds directed by the OWNER which shall be between 2 and 6
miles per hour.
Where the operation of the proof roller unit shows an area to be unstable or non-uniform, it shall be
corrected in accordance with the applicable Item of Work.
(4) Measurement:
When proof rolling is called for in the plans and specifications, this Item will not be measured separately for
payment, but all work covered under this Item shall be considered incidental to the pay items provided.
(5) Payment:
No separate compensation shall be provided for this item of work, but all costs necessary to perform this
item of work shall be considered incidental to the pay items provided.
Unless otherwise provided on the plans, payment for reworking unstable or non-uniform areas, removing
and replacing materials, addition of stabilizing materials, and all compaction and incidentals necessary to
correct all irregularities will not be made directly but will be considered as subsidiary to the various bid items.

COD.301-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 301-1. Replace Item 301.1.1.4. Measurement and Payment, with the following: (The entire section has been replaced.))
301.1.1.4.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT; PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE:
Preparation of subgrade shall not be measured for payment as a separate contract pay item unless specifically
provided for in the contract provisions. Measurement of removal or backfill will be by the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR at the time of removal or backfill, and this measurement shall be final and agreed to by both parties
at the time of removal or backfill. Preparation of the subgrade or fine grading shall not be paid for as a separate
contract pay item unless specifically provided for in the contract proposal; and cost thereof shall be included in such
contract items as are provided, which pay items shall be the total compensation for the furnishing of all labor, tools,
materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work, including disposal of surplus material, all in
accordance with the plans and these specifications. Removal of soft or compressible areas below eight (8) inches of
the proposed bottom of pavement structure and replacement and recompaction as provided for in these
specifications shall be paid for separately as ―Removal and Replacement of Unstable Utility Trench and Subgrade‖
when provided for separately in the contract and proposal and shall be measured and paid for by the cubic yard as
determined from the agreed upon measurement of actual average vertical depth up to a four (4) feet maximum depth
below paving subgrade by the length and width of the removed utility ditch cut or unstable area.
The contract unit price per cubic yard bid for ―Removal and Replacement of Unstable Utility Trench and Subgrade‖
shall be the total compensation for removal, hauling and delivering; for furnishing and placing all materials; for all
dumping, placing, sprinkling, and tamping; and for all labor, tools, fuels, equipment and incidentals necessary to
complete the work all in accordance with the plans and specifications.
The unit price bid for ―Removal and Replacement of Unstable Utility Trench and Subgrade‖, shall not be subject to
renegotiation under the underrun or overrun limitations as set forth in Item 104.2.1. Increased or Decreased
Quantities of Work, of the Standard Specifications.‖

(Page 301-3. Replace Item 301.2.3. Lime Treatment Construction Methods, with the following: (Two new paragraphs have been
added.))
301.2.3.COD: LIME TREATMENT CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
301.2.3.1.COD: GENERAL:
The required application rate of lime for treatment shall be as shown on the plans as the net quantity required. If
required by the OWNER, the application rate of lime shall be determined by the OWNER based on Atterberg Limit
determinations performed on actual on-site subgrade soils treated with lime additives. The rate of lime required shall
be determined by the OWNER using an adjusted rate (normally up to 20 percent boost) above the laboratory
determined rate required to reduce the PI of the lime treated on-site subgrade soils to 15. The adjusted rate used for
clay subgrade soils shall not be less than 4% commercial hydrated lime per dry weight of subgrade soil (for 6 inch
depth treatment - 22 lbs per square yard; for 8 inch depth treatment - 29 lbs per square yard) for subgrade soils
having a liquid limit less than 50. The adjusted rate used for clay subgrade soils having a liquid limit of 50 or greater
shall not be less than 6% commercial hydrated lime per dry weight of subgrade soil (for 6 inch depth treatment - 32
lbs per square yard; for 8 inch depth treatment - 43 lbs per square yard.‖
It is a primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform
lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, or uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full
depth, and with a smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR to regulate the sequence of work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work, and rework
the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements.
The subgrade in all areas specified to receive street pavement shall be proof rolled in accordance with Item
301.1.1.3.4.COD: Proof Rolling, and Item 301.1.1.3.1.COD: Subgrade Preparation. Any soft or compressible
areas detected during the proof rolling process shall be undercut to firm soil and backfilled as required by the
OWNER with acceptable soil to make the final grade. Undercutting, backfilling, and compaction shall be performed
as provided in Item 301.1.1.3.1.COD: Subgrade Preparation. All subgrade to receive lime treatment shall receive
an initial scarification to the bottom of the specified subgrade treatment before the lime or lime slurry is added to the
subgrade.
Prior to beginning any lime treatment, the roadbed shall be constructed and shaped to conform to the typical
sections, lines, and grades as shown on the plans or as established by the OWNER.
In cases where groundwater is present, application of lime for stabilization shall be evaluated by the OWNER.

COD 301-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 301-5. Replace Item 301.2.3.6. Compaction, with the following: (The fourth sentence has been replaced.))
301.2.3.6.COD: COMPACTION: Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing and in no case
later than three (3) days after final mixing. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide
optimum moisture. Compaction shall begin at the bottom and shall continue until the entire depth of the mixture is
uniformly compacted as shown on the plans or specified by the OWNER. The compacted mixture shall have a
uniform density of not less than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698. Moisture content
shall be within minus 2 to plus 4 percent of optimum. After each section is completed, such tests as are necessary
shall be made by the OWNER. If any portion fails to meet the density specified, it shall be reworked as necessary to
obtain the specified density. After the mixture has been compacted, the surface shall be shaped to the required line,
grades, and cross sections and then thoroughly rolled sufficiently lightly to prevent hairline cracking.

(Page 301-5. Replace Item 301.2.3.7. Maintenance, with the following: (New sentences have been added.))
301.2.3.7.COD: MAINTENANCE: The CONTRACTOR shall be required to maintain the completed soil lime base
within the limits of its contract in good condition, satisfactory to the OWNER as to grade, crown, and cross section
until such time as the surface course is constructed. Only lime treated soil shall be used for fine grading proposed
street pavement subgrade where lime treatment has been specified. The subgrade of low areas shall be lightly
scarified to a depth of from two to 3 inches before fine grading is performed to insure the resulting subgrade is a
homogeneous, monolithic layer throughout. Use of sand or sandy soil for fine grading beneath proposed street
pavement areas is strictly prohibited. The surface of the compacted layer shall be kept moist until covered by other
base or paving material or application of a curing seal of emulsified asphalt conforming to requirements of Item
302.3.5. Emulsions for Priming, Curing and Erosion Control (PCE). If a curing seal is used, it should be applied
as soon as possible after completion of final rolling, at a rate of between 0.10- and 0.20-gallons-per-square-yard (0.5-
to 1.0-liters-per-m2), the exact rate to be determined by the OWNER. No equipment or traffic shall be permitted on
lime treated material for 72-hours after curing seal is applied, unless otherwise permitted by the OWNER. In cases
where subgrade treatment or subbase sets up sufficiently to prevent objectionable damage from traffic, such layers
may be opened to traffic 2-days after compaction. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately repair all irregularities or
other defects that may occur at the CONTRACTOR’S expense. Repairs are to be made as directed by the OWNER
and in a manner to insure restoration of a uniform surface and durability of the portion repaired.

(Page 301-7. Replace Item 301.3.3.3.1. Subgrade Preparation, with the following: (A new first paragraph has been added and a
sentence has been deleted.))
301.3.3.3.1.COD: SUBGRADE PREPARATION:
Cement Treated Base (CTB) shall consist of aggregate, cement and water uniformly mixed in a central plant,
transported to the project, spread, compacted, shaped, finished, and cured in accordance with these specifications. It
shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-section shown on the plans.
Unsuitable subgrade soil or material shall be removed and replaced with acceptable soil. The subgrade shall be firm
and able to support without displacement of the construction equipment and compaction. Soft or yielding subgrade
shall be corrected and made stable before construction proceeds.

(Page 301-7. Replace Item 301.3.3.3.2. Mixing and Processing for Plant-Mixed Cement Treated Base, with the following: (New
paragraphs have been added to the end of this item.))
301.3.3.3.2. MIXING AND PROCESSING FOR PLANT-MIXED CEMENT TREATED BASE: The aggregate, cement
and water shall be mixed in a pug mill as approved by the OWNER. The plant shall be equipped with feeding and
metering devices that add the aggregate, cement, and water into the mixer in the specified quantities to produce a
mixture that meets or exceeds the mix design criteria. Aggregate and cement shall be mixed sufficiently to prevent
cement balls from forming when the mix water is added. Mixing time shall be sufficient to assure an intimate, uniform
mixture of aggregate, cement, and water. The percentage of moisture in the aggregate, at the time of cement
application, shall be the amount that assures a uniform and intimate mixture of aggregate and cement during mixing
operations. It shall not exceed the specified moisture content required for adequate compaction. Free access to the
plant shall be provided to the OWNER for construction quality control. The mixture shall be hauled to the paving area
in trucks having beds cleaned of deleterious material.
The CTB Materials shall be as follows:
(1) Cement: Cement shall comply with Item 303.2.2. Portland Cement, of the NCTCOG Specifications, latest
edition. Additionally, the CONTRACTOR may gain a preference in the Bidding Process if the
CONTRACTOR complies with Item 303.3.6.COD: Cement Used on Public Projects – Sustainable Air
Quality.

COD.301-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(2) Aggregate: The aggregate may be any granular material or combinations of aggregates that will, when
mixed with adequate amounts of cement and water, produce laboratory mix design Unconfined
Compression Test strengths as specified in the paragraph below in accordance with ASTM D 1632. The
preceding tests will utilize the Moisture-Density Relation as determined by ASTM D 558:AASHTO T134.
The maximum size of aggregate shall pass a 2-inch sieve.
(3) Laboratory Mix Design: The CONTRACTOR shall submit a mix design for the proposed CTB to the
OWNER for approval in advance of the proposed work. Unconfined compression strength test results shall
be submitted with the mix design by the SUPPLIER of the Cement Treated Base (CTB) material. Work shall
not begin until the mix design is approved by the OWNER.

(Page 301-8. Add the following:)

301.3.3.8.COD: CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM:
The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for the quality of the Cement Treated Base (CTB) work. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for establishing at his sole expense a CONTRACTOR quality control program to
insure the quality of work meets customary and normal quality for CTB work in the industry and meets all the
requirements of this specification.
To insure that the construction of the Cement Treated Base is in accordance with the provisions of these
specifications, the following City quality assurance testing program will be provided by the OWNER and performed by
a testing laboratory approved or retained by the OWNER. The cost for additional testing to prove out deficient work
shall be born solely by the CONTRACTOR.
Tests Normally Performed by the OWNER’s Quality Assurance Program:
(1) Establish the field moisture density curve in accordance with ASTM D 558 or AASHTO T 134 (Standard
Compactive Effort). The results of this test performed on representative samples of CTB obtained from the
area being processed at a time of about midway through the initial compaction phase will establish the
optimum moisture content to be incorporated at the central mixing plant and the maximum density will serve
as a basis for establishing the density for acceptance.
(2) The Field-Density of the compacted CTB mixture shall be determined by any of the following: (1) Nuclear
Method ASTM D 2922, (2) Sand Cone Method ASTM D 1556, (3) Water Balloon Method ASTM D 2167.
(3) Four unconfined compression test cylinders will be molded from CTB material taken from the haul trucks at
the job site for every 150 cubic yards of CTB placed, but in no case shall less than two sets of cylinders be
taken from any one day‘s placement. The sets of cylinders shall be molded in standard Proctor molds,
cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633 procedures.
(4) Visual inspection of loose and compacted thickness of the CTB layer will be included in the report as well as
observations on surface scaling, construction joints and curing.
Strength Requirements: The unconfined compressive strengths required for the CTB material shall be 650 psi at 28
days.
Nonstructural CTB for utility backfill shall require compressive strengths of 200 psi at 28 days.
Thickness Requirements: The thickness required for the CTB material shall be no less than 4 inches unless
otherwise specified in the plans or proposal.
Acceptance of Work: Acceptance of the work performed shall be based on strict compliance by the CONTRACTOR
with the provisions of this specification. Pavement testing for thickness and unconfined compression strength shall
be made in accordance with Standard Specification Item 303.8. Pavement Testing and Evaluation (with
addendum Items), and credits due the City for CTB work that is deficient in thickness or strength shall be deducted
from payments due the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the provisions of Item 303.8. Pavement Testing and
Evaluation (with addendum Items).

Page 301-9. Replace Item 301.3.4. Measurement and Payment, with the following:)
301.3.4.COD: MEASUREMENT OF WORK AND BASIS OF PAYMENT:
Measurement of Work: CTB work shall be measured in square yards of completed and accepted Cement Treated
Base course in accordance with the dimensions and requirements of the plans and specifications.
Basis of Payment: CTB work shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard of completed and accepted
Cement Treated Base course less any credits due to the City as provided for in Item 303.8. Pavement Testing and
Evaluation (with addendum Items), of the Standard Specifications, which payment shall be considered full payment
for furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work and to carry out

COD 301-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
the maintenance provisions in accordance with these specifications.
No allowances shall be made for any materials used or work performed outside the lines established by the OWNER
unless approved in writing prior to the work

(Page 301-9. Add the following:)

301.3.5.COD: CEMENT STABILIZATION OF SUBGRADE SOILS:
Cement stabilization of subgrade soils shall be performed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Item
303.2.2. Portland Cement, of subgrade soils of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as
amended except as provided below.
Type I Portland Cement shall be used for stabilization of subgrade soils covered under this provision. All surface
vegetation and debris shall be scarified and removed and any existing bituminous pavement shall be pulverized so
that 100 percent shall pass a two-inch (50 mm) sieve before placement of cement or cement slurry.
Cement or cement slurry shall not be mixed or placed when the air temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit (5ºC)
and falling, but may be mixed or placed when the air temperature is above 40 degrees Fahrenheit (5ºC) and rising,
the temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat; and with the further provisions that dry
cement shall be mixed or placed only when site and weather conditions, in the opinion of the OWNER, are suitable.
The subgrade to all areas specified to receive street pavement shall be proof rolled in accordance with special
provisions Item 301.1.1.3.4.COD. Proof Rolling, and Item 301.1.1.3.1.COD Subgrade Preparation. Any soft or
compressible areas detected during the proof rolling process shall be undercut to firm soil and backfilled as required
by the OWNER with acceptable soil to make the final grade. Undercutting, backfilling, and compaction shall be
performed as provided in Item 301.1.1.3.1.COD. Subgrade Preparation.
All subgrade soils with a soil plasticity index of 20 or greater shall be lime treated and cured before commencement of
the cement stabilization work. Lime treatment shall be performed in accordance with Item 301.2. Lime Treatment of
the standard specifications, as amended by the City. After the lime treated subgrade has cured the required time, the
subgrade shall be cement stabilized in accordance with these revised specifications with the exception that the rate of
cement specified in the table in this specification may be reduced by 2%.
All subgrade to receive cement stabilization shall receive an initial scarification to the bottom of the specified
subgrade stabilization and shall be pulverized to required gradation of at least 60% passing the No. 4 sieve and
100% passing the 1 3/4 inch sieve before the cement or cement slurry is added to the subgrade. The soil moisture
content shall be no higher than optimum moisture content before beginning the pulverization process. If the soil
moisture content exceeds optimum moisture, the scarified subgrade shall be removed and spread or windrowed to
expose the subgrade soil and the secondary grade to air to accelerate drying. When moisture content has been
reduced to optimum or below, the subgrade material shall be respread to the desired subgrade cross section and
cement stabilization shall begin.
Cement or cement slurry shall be added to the acceptably pulverized subgrade for only that area where the mixing,
compaction, fine grading, and recompaction can be completed in daylight within 6 hours of application of the cement
or cement slurry to the soil and in one continuous operation. If this entire operation is not completed within six (6)
hours of application, the OWNER will evaluate the subgrade to determine if additional testing is required to verify that
the effective subgrade modulus assumed for design (k=350 pci) has been achieved.
Except in the CBD area or unless otherwise noted in the plans and specifications, the CONTRACTOR has the option,
for soils with a P.I. less than 20 or for soils saturated above optimum moisture, to lime treat or dehydrate the
subgrade with Class ―C‖ fly ash or portland cement in advance of cement stabilization. Lime treatment shall be
performed in accordance with Item 301.2. Lime Treatment as amended by the City. After the lime treated subgrade
has cured the required time, or in the case of addition of Class ―C‖ fly ash or portland cement, the subgrade has
dehydrated sufficiently, the subgrade shall be scarified to the bottom of the specified cement subgrade stabilization
and the subgrade shall be stabilized with cement as herein required except that if Lime treatment has been
performed, the rate of cement may be reduced by 2%. Unless otherwise provided for in the contract, the cost for the
Lime treatment or treatment with fly ash or portland cement prior to cement stabilization shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.
If the cement stabilized subgrade is found not to be in compliance with these specifications or should the treated
subgrade lose the required stability, compaction, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted,
the cement stabilized subgrade shall be removed and replaced, unless otherwise directed by the OWNER. The

COD.301-7
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

CONTRACTOR shall bear the cost of any additional work or testing required by the OWNER to provide the subgrade
in compliance with these specifications. If required, removal and replacement will be at the CONTRACTOR‘S
expense.
The cement stabilization shall be performed to the depth specified on the plan at the specified percent of cement to
dry weight of soil. Unless specified in the CONTRACT, the suggested application rate for Type I Portland Cement for
treatment to a depth of six (6) inches is outlined below:
Table 301.3.5.(a).COD: Cement Stabilization Of Subgrade Soils

Depth of
Soil Plasticity Application Cement Required
Treatment
Index (P.I.) (percent) (pounds/sq yard)
(inches)

15 or less 6 8 52

25 or less but
8 8 63
greater than 15

45 or less but
10 8 72
greater than 25

To be determined To be determined
Greater than 45 8
by OWNER by OWNER

Approval of final mixing operations shall be based on gradation tests with at least 60 percent on a dry weight basis of
the modified soil passing the No. 4 sieve at a moisture content near optimum and 100 percent passing the 1-inch
sieve.
The cement stabilized soil shall be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry density defined by the
Standard Proctor Test (ASTM D-588), at a moisture content within -2% to +2% of optimum moisture.
Sand shall be specifically prohibited beneath pavement areas during final grading (after stabilization), since these
more porous soils can allow water inflow, resulting in heave and strength loss of subgrade soils. Only cement
stabilized soil shall be used for fine grading. After fine grading each area in preparation for paving, the subgrade
surface shall be lightly moistened, as needed, and recompacted to obtain a tight non-yielding subgrade. Fine grading
and recompaction shall be completed within 6 hours of the application of the cement or cement slurry.
The finished subgrade shall be continuously moist cured beginning immediately after completion of the cement
stabilization of the subgrade until the next course is placed. Instead of continuous moist curing, the CONTRACTOR
has the option of immediately wetting the finished cement stabilized subgrade by the use of pressure water
distributors so that the cement stabilized subgrade surface is thoroughly and uniformly moistened, but without free
water standing on the surface. Immediately after wetting the cement stabilized subgrade surface, the
CONTRACTOR shall apply two-tenths (0.2) gallon per square yard asphalt SS-1 emulsion as a curing cover as
provided for in Item 301.3.3.5 Portland Cement Treatment of the Standard Specifications.
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain this curing cover, so that all of the cement-stabilized subgrade shall be covered
effectively with SS-1 emulsion until the pavement is placed on the subgrade.
After final grading, the depth of the stabilized subgrade shall be measured and verified by the OWNER to verify that
the specified depth of stabilization has been achieved below the final pavement subgrade elevation.
Cement stabilization of subgrade soils shall be paid for as provided in Item 301.3.4 Measurement and Payment,
using Item 508. Soil Cement Stabilization Subgrade, paid for per square yard, complete in place, and Item 509.
Portland Cement - Type I, per ton, complete in place. No separate compensation shall be provided for preliminary
treatment using lime stabilization, fly ash, or portland cement required to prepare the soil to meet gradations prior to
the beginning of cement stabilization of subgrade soils.

COD 301-8
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Page 301-9. Add the following:)
301.3.5.1.COD: EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION: Cement Treated Base (CTB) may be constructed with any
combination of machines or equipment that will produce the results meeting these specifications.

(Page 301-9. Add the following:)

301.3.5.2.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
Preparation: Before other construction operations are begun, the area to be paved shall be graded and shaped as
required to receive the Cement Treated Base (CTB) in conformance with the grades, lines, thicknesses and typical
cross-section shown on the plans. Unsuitable subgrade soil or material shall be removed and replaced with
acceptable soil. Subgrade shall be prepared and compacted in accordance with Item 301.1.1.3.4.COD PROOF
ROLLING and Item 301.1.1.3.1.COD SUBGRADE PREPARATION of the Public Works amendments to the
Standard Specifications. The density testing and CONTRACTOR notification requirements of Item 303.5.1
Subgrade, of the Addendum to the Standard Specifications shall apply. Forms shall be placed and removed in
accordance with Item 303.5.2 Placing and Removing Forms, of the Standard Specifications.
(1) Central Mixing Plant: The aggregate, cement and water shall be mixed in a pug mill as approved by the
OWNER. The plant shall be equipped with feeding and metering devices that will add the aggregate,
cement, and water into the mixer in the specified quantities to produce a mixture that will meet or exceed the
mix design criteria as stated above. The aggregate and cement shall be mixed sufficiently to prevent
cement balls from forming when the mix water is added. The mixing time shall be that which is required to
secure an intimate, uniform mixture of aggregate, cement, and water.
The percentage of moisture in the aggregate, at the time of cement application, shall be the amount that
assures a uniform and intimate mixture of aggregate and cement during mixing operations. It shall not
exceed the specified moisture content required for adequate compaction.
Free access to the plant shall be provided to the OWNER, the OWNER‘s inspector and the OWNER‘s
designated Commercial Testing Laboratory for construction quality control. The mixture shall be hauled to
the paving area in trucks having beds cleaned of deleterious material.
The mixture shall be placed on a moistened subgrade in a uniform layer by an approved spreader that will
deposit the required quantity per linear foot, without segregation, to produce a uniformly compacted base
conforming to the grade and cross-section. Not more than 30 minutes shall elapse between placement of
CTB in adjacent lanes at any location except at longitudinal and transverse construction joints.
Compaction shall start as soon as possible after spreading and the elapsed time between the addition of
water to the CTB mixture and the start of compaction shall not exceed 60 minutes.
The provisions of (2) Weather Conditions and (3) Time of the Addendum and the Standard Specifications
shall control the placement of CTB.
(2) Compaction: At the start of compaction, the percentage of moisture in the mixture and in unpulverized
aggregate lumps shall not be below or more than two percentage points above the specified optimum
moisture content, and shall be less than that quantity which will cause the Cement Treated Base mixture to
become unstable during compaction and finishing. The specified optimum moisture content and density
shall be determined in the field by a Moisture-Density Test, AASHTO T 134 or ASTM D 558, on
representative samples of Cement Treated Base mixture obtained from the area being processed at a time
of about midway through the initial compaction operation. Prior to compaction, the mixture shall be in a
loose condition for its full depth. The loose mixture shall then be compacted uniformly to the specified
density. During compaction operations, initial shaping may be required to obtain uniform compaction and
required grade and cross-section.
(3) Finishing: When initial compaction is nearing completion, the surface of the Cement Treated Base shall be
shaped to the required lines, grades, and cross-section. The moisture content of the surface material shall
be maintained at not less than its specified optimum moisture content during finishing operations.
The surface shall be lightly scarified to remove any compaction planes, scales, or smooth surfaces left by
equipment. Final compaction shall then be continued until uniform and adequate density is obtained.
The CTB shall be uniformly compacted to a minimum of 96% of maximum density.
Compaction and finishing shall be done in such a manner as to produce, in not longer than two hours, a
smooth, dense surface free of compaction planes, cracks, ridges, or loose material.
(4) Curing: After the CTB has been finished as specified herein, it shall be protected against drying for seven
days by the application of bituminous prime coat. The finished CTB shall be kept continuously moist until
the bituminous curing material is placed. The curing material shall be applied as soon as possible, not later
than 24 hours after the completion of finishing operations.

COD.301-9
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
At the time the bituminous prime coat is applied, the Cement Treated Base surface shall be dense, shall be
free of all loose and extraneous material, and shall contain sufficient moisture to prevent excessive
penetration of the bituminous material. The bituminous prime coat specified shall be uniformly applied to the
surface of the completed Cement Treated Base at the rate of approximately 0.2 gallons per square yard with
approved heating and distributing equipment. The exact rate and temperature of application for complete
coverage without excessive runoff shall be approved by the OWNER.
Should it be necessary for construction equipment or other traffic to use the bituminous covered surface
before the bituminous prime coat has cured sufficiently to prevent ―pickup‖, sufficient granular cover shall be
applied before such use. The curing material shall be maintained by the CONTRACTOR during the seven
day protection period so that all of the Cement Treated Base will be covered effectively during this period.
Finished portions of Cement Treated Base that are traveled on by equipment used in the construction shall
be protected in such a manner so as to prevent equipment from marring or damaging completed work.
(5) Construction Joints: At the end of each day‘s construction, a transverse construction joint shall be formed
by cutting back into the completed work to form a full depth vertical face.
Cement Treated Base for large, wide areas shall be built in a series of parallel lanes of convenient length
and width meeting the approval of the OWNER. Longitudinal joints shall be formed at the edge of each
day‘s construction by cutting back into the completed work to form a full depth vertical face free of loose or
shattered material.
(6) Traffic: Completed portions of Cement Treated Base may be opened immediately to local traffic and to
construction equipment provided the curing material or surface is not impaired as specified in the section on
curing of this specification. The completed portions may be opened to all traffic after the seven-day curing
period, provided the Cement Treated Base has hardened sufficiently to prevent marring or distorting of the
surface by equipment or traffic.
(7) Maintenance: The CONTRACTOR shall be required to maintain the Cement Treated Base in good
condition until the overlying pavement structure has been placed over the CTB or all work has been
completed and accepted. Maintenance shall include immediate repairs of any defects that may occur. This
work shall be done by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense and repeated as often as may be necessary
to keep the CTB intact and in good condition. Faulty work shall be corrected immediately upon notification
by the OWNER.
Any low areas shall be remedied by removing and replacing the CTB material for the full depth of treatment
rather than by adding a thin layer of Cement Treated Base to the completed work.
No separate compensation shall be provided for maintenance of the CTB work in good condition but such
work shall be considered incidental to the contract pay items provided and to pay item provided for Cement
Treated Base.

(Page 301-12. Replace Item 301.5. Flexible Subbase or base (Crushed Stone / Concrete) with the following:)
301.5.COD: FLEXIBLE SUBBASE OR BASE (CRUSHED STONE/CONCRETE): This item shall consist of a
foundation course for a surface course or for other subbase or base courses; shall be constructed as herein specified
in one or more courses in conformity with the typical section shown on the plans and to the lines and grades as
established by the OWNER.
301.5.1.COD: MATERIAL:
301.5.1.1.COD: GENERAL: This material shall consist of durable particles of crushed limestone or crushed
concrete and shall be free of thin, laminated, or elongated pieces, or an excess of shale, dirt, organic matter or other
materials that would be harmful to the production of a homogenous base coarse.
301.5.1.2.COD: GRADATION: The materials when tested by A.S.T.M. test methods for the test described below
shall meet the following requirements:
Table 301.5.1.2.(a).COD: Gradation

Sieve Specification
Tolerance
Retained on 1-3/4 0%

Retained on 7/8 10-35%

Retained on 3/8 30-50%

Retained on No. 4 45-65%

Retained on No. 40 70-85%

COD 301-10
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

301.5.1.3.COD: MOISTURE: The moisture content of this material at delivery shall not be greater than 5% by
weight as determined by A.S.T.M. methods.
301.5.1.4.COD: TESTS:
(1) Triaxial Class 1: minimum compressive strength, psi: 45 at 0 psi lateral pressure and 175 at 15-psi lateral
pressure and 175 at 15-psi lateral pressure.
(2) Liquid limits shall not exceed thirty-five (35).
(3) Plasticity index shall not exceed ten (10) and shall not be less than four (4).
(4) Wet Ball Mill shall not exceed forty (40).
(5) Maximum increase in passing No. 40 sieve shall not exceed 20%.
Tests shall be made in accordance with A.S.T.M. latest methods and Texas State Highway Department testings.
301.5.1.5.COD: FOREIGN MATTER: The flexible base delivered shall be free of all foreign material or debris (i.e.
reinforcement steel, dirt, plastic, trash).
301.5.1.6.COD: REJECTION: Aggregate that fails to meet the requirements of these specifications may be rejected
by the OWNER. Such rejection shall incur no cost to the OWNER. Aggregate sources from which materials are
delivered with properties not meeting these specifications may be rejected as further supply sources to the project by
the OWNER.

COD.301-11
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD 301-12
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 302.COD: ASPHALT PAVEMENT

(Page 302-1. Replace Table 302.2.2.(a) Course Aggregate Quality Requirements, with the following: (In the Los Angeles Abrasion
Test Method, the ―TEX-410-A‖ method was changed to ―TEX-410-F‖ method.))
Table 302.2.2.2.(a).COD: Coarse Aggregate Quality Requirements1

Characteristic Test Method Value

Deleterious Tex-217-F, Part I, Determining Deleterious Material in Coarse

1.5% Max
Material Aggregates (Bituminous Mixtures)

Tex-217-F, Part II, Decantation Test for Coarse Aggregate

Decantation 1.5% Max
(Bituminous Mixtures)

Los Angeles Tex-410-F, Abrasion of Coarse Aggregate Using the Los Angeles
40% Max
Abrasion Machine (ASTM C131)

Magnesium Sulfate 30% Max. (lower

Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or
Soundness Loss, 5 value may be
Magnesium Sulfate
Cycle shown on plans)

Coarse Aggregate
Angularity Two Tex-460-A, Part I, Determining Crushed Face Count 90% Min.
Crushed Faces

Flat Elongated ASTM D4791 Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and
20% Max. @ 3:1
Particles Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate

1. Sampled during delivery to the plant from the stockpile, unless otherwise shown on the plans.

(Page 302-2. Replace Table 302.2.3.(a) Fine Aggregate Quality Requirements, with the following: (In the Los Angeles Abrasion Test
Method, the ―TEX-410-A‖ method was changed to ―TEX-410-F‖ method.))
1
Table 302.2.3.(a).COD: Fine Aggregate Quality Requirements

Characteristic Test Method Value

Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 6% Maximum

Sand Equivalent
Tex-203-F, Sand Equivalent Test 45% Maximum
Value

1. Sampled during delivery to the plant from the stockpile, unless otherwise shown on the plans.

(Page 302-2. Replace Table 302.2.4.1.(a) Mineral Filler Gradation, with the following: (In the Los Angeles Abrasion Test Method,
the ―TEX-410-A‖ method was changed to ―TEX-410-F‖ method.))
Table 302.2.4.1.(a).COD: Mineral Filler Gradation

Sieve Size Retained on Sieve By Weight

3/8‖ Sieve 0%

No. 10 Sieve 0-30%

No. 200 Sieve 85-100%

COD.302-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 302-15. Replace Item 302.7.4 Construction Methods, with the following: (The second paragraph has been replaced.))
302.7.4.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Asphalt materials shall be handled in accordance with Item 302.5.
Storage, Heating and Application Temperature of Bituminous Materials.
The asphaltic mixture, when placed with a spreading and finishing machine, or the tack coat shall not be placed when
the air temperature is below 50 F and is falling, but it may be placed when the air temperature is above 40  F and is
rising. The asphaltic mixture, when placed with a motor grader, shall not be placed when the air temperature is below
60 F and is falling, but may be placed when the air temperature is above 50  F and is rising. The air temperature
shall be taken in the shade away from artificial heat. Mat thickness of 2 inches and less shall not be placed when the
temperature of the surface on which the mat is to be placed is below 50  F.
When, in the opinion of the OWNER, the base is thoroughly dry and is satisfactory to receive the prime coat, the
surface shall be cleaned by sweeping or other approved methods. The asphaltic material shall be applied to the
cleaned base at the approximate rate of 0.15- to 0.25-gallons-per-square-yard (0.75- to 1.25-L-per-m2) of surface
area. The application shall be made with an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor so constructed and
operated as to distribute the material evenly and smoothly in the quantity specified or directed. The CONTRACTOR
shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of the asphaltic material in all of the heating
equipment and in the distribution, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the
junction of two distributor loads.
The OWNER shall select the temperature of application within the limits recommended in Item 302.5. Storage,
Heating and Application Temperature of Bituminous Materials, based on the temperature-viscosity relationship
that shall permit application of the asphalt. The CONTRACTOR shall apply the asphalt at a temperature within 15°F
(3°C) of the temperature selected.
No traffic, hauling or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat until
authorized by the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until the work is accepted by the
OWNER.

(Page 302-16. Replace Table 302.8.2.3.(b) Aggregate Tests, with the following: (The Sieve Analysis concerning ASTM Designation
C136 has been changed to Tex-200-F.))
Table 302.8.2.3.(b).COD: Aggregate Tests

Property Test

Preparation of Soil
Tex-101-E Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing
Constants

Liquid Limit ASTM D4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils

Plastic Limit ASTM D4318 (same as above)

Plasticity Index ASTM D4318 (same as above)

Sieve Analysis Tex-200-F - Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates.

Sieve Analysis
Reference Item 302.2.4.1. Gradation (with Addendum Items).

Tex-116-E Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible Base
Wet Ball Mill
Material

Sand Equivalent ASTM D2419 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate

COD 302-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 302-17. Replace Item 302.8.3. Construction Methods, with the following: (The sixth paragraph has been replaced and the
table has been modified.))
302.8.3.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Asphalt materials shall be handled in accordance with Item 302.5.
Storage, Heating and Application Temperature of Bituminous Materials.
Mixing plants may be either the weight-batching type plant, the continuous mixing type plant, or the drum mixing type
plant as described in Item 302.9.5. Mixing Plants, except that requirements for Type ―B‖ and ―D‖ mixtures of fine
graded surface course are deleted.
Equipment for storage, weighing and heating of materials shall be as described in Item 302.9.4. Equipment.
The OWNER shall designate the asphalt content to be used in the mixture after design tests have been made with
the aggregates to be used in the project. When tests as determined by the OWNER are made, samples of the
mixture shall not vary from the asphalt content designated by the OWNER by more than 0.5-percent dry weight
(based on total mixture). The asphaltic material will form typically 4- to 9-percent of the mixture by weight.
The mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregates and asphaltic material.
The asphaltic mixture may be sampled from the plant, truck, or paving machine. When tested in accordance with the
latest methods outlined in TxDOT Test Methods Tex-206-F, Tex-207-F, Tex-208-F and Tex-227-F, the asphaltic
mixture shall have the following laboratory density and stability:
Table 302.8.3.(a).COD: Stability of Asphalt Base Course

Property Value

Minimum: 95%
Density (%) Maximum: 97%
Optimum: 96%

Stability (%) Hveem Stabilometer Not less than 35%, except when otherwise shown on the plans

(Page 302-18. Replace Item 302.9.3. Paving Mixture, with the following: (The last sentence has been removed, a new sentence and
a new paragraph have been added, and a new table has been added.))
302.9.3.COD: PAVING MIXTURE: The paving mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of coarse aggregate, fine
aggregate, mineral filler, when required, and asphaltic material, accurately proportioned by weight. The grading of
each constituent shall be such as to produce, when properly proportioned, a mixture conforming to the following
limitations for grading the type specified. The exact proportions of each constituent producing the total aggregate
within these limits shall be as directed by the OWNER, and when tested by standard laboratory methods, the mixture
shall meet the requirements listed in Tables 302.9.3.(a) through (f). The OWNER shall specify or approve a mixture
within the specified limits for all types of mixtures, which shall be suitable for the work in which the asphaltic
pavement shall be used. The Paving Mixture table (below) lists the tolerance of the Paving Mixtures retained by
weight or volume. The asphaltic material shall form from 4.0 to 7.0 percent of the mixture by weight or from eight to
16 percent of the mixture by volume.
The aggregate portion of the paving mixture products shall not vary from the design gradation by more than the
tolerances that follow. The material passing the No. 200 sieve is further restricted to conform to the limitations for the
master grading for the type specified. The asphaltic material portion of the paving mixture shall not vary from the
design amount by more than the allowed tolerance and is restricted to conform to the master limits.
Table 302.9.3.1.(a).COD: Paving Mixture

Tolerance Percent by Weight

or Volume as Applicable

Retained on 1-¼‖ to No. 10

Plus or Minus 5%
Sieve

Retained on No. 40 to No. 200

Plus or Minus 3%
Sieve

Asphalt, Weight Plus or Minus 0.5%

Asphalt, Volume Plus or Minus 1.2%

COD.302-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 302-18. Replace Table 302.9.3.(a) Dense Graded Hot Mix Master Grading, with the following: ( Sieve Sizes No. 4 and No.
200 have been changed.))
1
Table 302.9.3.(a).COD: Dense Graded Hot Mix Master Grading

TYPE OF MIXTURE

A B C D F CMHB – C CMHB – F
SIEVE
Coarse Fine Coarse Fine Fine Coarse Fine
SIZE
Base Base Surface Surface Mixture Surface Surface

PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT

1 ½‖ 100

1 ¼‖ 95 - 100

1‖ 100

7/8‖ 20 – 50 95 – 100 100 98 – 100

5/8‖ 75 - 95 95 – 100 95 – 100

½‖ 50 - 70 100 98 – 100

3/8‖ 60 - 80 70 - 85 85 - 100 100 50 – 70 85 – 100

¼‖ 95 – 100
2
No. 4 30 – 50 40 - 50 43 - 63 50 - 70 30 – 45 40 – 60

No. 10 20 – 34 27 - 40 30 - 40 32 - 42 32 – 42 15 – 20 15 – 25

No. 40 5 – 20 10 – 25 10 - 25 11 - 26 9 - 24 6 – 20 6 – 20

No. 80 2 – 12 3 - 13 3 - 13 4 - 14 3 – 13 6 – 18 6 – 18
3 3 3 3 3
No. 200 1–6 1–6 1–6 1–6 1–6 5–8 5–8

VMA
11 12 12 14 15 14 15
% minimum

1. These mixtures shall be designed using a Texas Gyratory Compactor (TGC) and in accordance with test Method
Tex-204-F Design of Bituminous Mixtures. Design must be researched and based on intended use.
2. This value has been changed from NCTCOG, Version 4.0.
3. For Sieve No. 200, these values will be 2 – 8 when test method Tex-200-F, Part II (Washed sieve analysis) is
used.
Tolerances: The gradation of the aggregate and the asphalt cement content of the produced mixture shall not vary
from the job-mix formula by more than the tolerances allowed herein. When within applied tolerances, the gradation
of the produced mixture may fall outside the master grading limits for any of the sieve sizes from the largest sieve
size on which aggregate may be retained down through the no. 80 sieve. Only the quantity of aggregate retained on
the no. 200 sieve is further restricted to conform to the master grading limitations on table ii.

COD 302-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 302-20. Replace Item 302.9.3.1. Extraction Test, with the following:)
302.9.3.1.COD: EXTRACTION TEST: Extraction tests for bitumen content shall be made for each 500 tons
produced or fraction thereof. Extraction tests shall conform to TxDOT Test Method Tex-210-F. Samples of the
asphaltic mixture may be taken from the plant, trucks or paving machine.
Table 302.9.3.(f).COD: Asphalt Pavement Mixture Stability

Property Value

Density (%) Minimum: 95%

Maximum: 97%
Optimum: 96%

Stability (%) Hveem Stabilometer Unless otherwise shown on the plans, not less than 40 applied
on arterials with truck traffic, and not less than 35 for residential
applications

(Page 302-22. Replace Item 302.9.4.9. Rollers, with the following: (A new sentence has been added at the end of the paragraph.))
302.9.4.9.COD: ROLLERS: Rollers shall meet the governing specifications for Item 301.1.2. Rolling of
Embankment, Subgrade, or Flexible Base (with Addendum Items). The use of vibratory roller on overlay
thickness less than 1.5 inches will not be permitted.

(Page 302-25. Replace Item 302.9.6.7. Rollers, with the following: (The first paragraph has been deleted and new wording has been
added.))
302.9.6.7.COD: COMPACTION:
(1) Compaction Meets Requirements of Plans: The pavement shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly
with the necessary rollers to obtain the density, stability, and cross section of the finished paving mixture
meeting the requirements of the plans and specifications and the approval of the OWNER.
(2) Three Wheel, Tandem, or Vibratory Rollers: When rolling with the three wheel, tandem, or vibratory
rollers, rolling shall start longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center of the pavement,
overlapping on successive trips by at least half the width of the rear wheel unless otherwise directed by the
OWNER. The use of vibratory roller on overlay thicknesses less than 1-1/2 inches will not be permitted.
Alternate trips of the roller shall be slightly different in length. On super-elevated curves, rolling shall begin
at the low side and progress toward the high side unless otherwise directed by the OWNER. When rolling
with vibratory steel-wheel rollers, the manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed unless directed
otherwise by the OWNER. Rolling shall be continued until no further density can be obtained and all roller
marks are eliminated. The motion of the roller shall be slow enough at all times to avoid displacement of the
mixture. If any displacement occurs, it shall be corrected at once by the use of rakes and with fresh mixture
where required. The roller shall not be allowed to stand on pavement that has not been fully compacted. To
prevent adhesion of the surface mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be kept thoroughly moistened with
water, but an excess of water will not be permitted. All rollers must be in good mechanical condition.
Necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent the dripping of gasoline, oil, grease or other foreign matter
on the pavement, either when the rollers are in operation or when standing.
(3) In-Place Compaction Control: In-Place compaction control is required for all mixtures.
(A) Asphaltic concrete should be placed and compacted to contain not more than 9 percent nor less than 5
percent air voids unless otherwise indicated. The percent air voids will be calculated using the
maximum theoretical specific gravity of the mixture determined according to TX DOT Test Method Tex-
227-F. Roadway specimen, which shall be either cores or sawed-sections of asphalt pavement, will be
tested according to TX DOT Test Method Tex-207-F. The same specimen shall be used for
determining both the maximum theoretical density and field density. Specimens used for field density
determinations shall be carefully crumbled, using heat if necessary, and the maximum theoretical
density determined as hereinbefore specified. If heating is necessary, the specimen shall be heated to
the lowest temperature required for proper preparation of the sample. The use of nuclear field
determinations shall not be accepted as the basis for acceptance with respect to density, however, an
approved nuclear gauge may be used to establish a rolling pattern.

COD.302-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(B) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible that the compaction of the asphaltic concrete in place will
attain between five and 9 percent air voids. The CONTRACTOR'S responsibility for the required
compaction includes the selection of rolling equipment and the selection of rolling patterns to achieve
the required compaction within the guidelines provided herein. The above selections of equipment and
procedures must provide the required qualities of profile, smooth riding surface, and consistent
workmanship in appearance.
(C) If the percent air voids in the compacted pavement is outside the prescribed limits, acceptance and
payment will be based upon the schedule outlined in Item 303.23.COD: Chemical Admixtures, and
Item 702.3: Mix Design and Mixing Light Weight Concrete For Structures of these specifications
and addenda thereto.
(D) Regardless of the method of compaction, all rolling shall be completed before the mixture temperature
drops below 175 degrees F.
(4) Hand Tamping: The edges of the pavement along curbs, headers and similar structures, and all places not
accessible to the roller, or in such position that will not allow thorough compaction with the rollers, shall be
thoroughly compacted with lightly-oiled hand tamps.
(5) Trench Type Roller: Rolling with the trench type roller will be required on widening areas in trenches and
other limited areas where satisfactory compaction cannot be ―obtained with rollers specified or approached.
With approval by the OWNER, the vibratory steel wheel roller may be substituted for the 3-wheel roller and tandem
roller. Each course, after final compaction, shall have a relative density of not less than 92-percent. The relative
density will be determined using Tex-207-F Determining Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures and Tex-227-F
Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures.

COD 302-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 303.COD: PORTLAND CEMENT PAVEMENT

(Page 303-1. Replace Item 301.1. Description, with the following. (Paragraph (4) has been added.))
303.1.COD: DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of finished pavement constructed of Portland cement concrete
on the prepared subgrade or other base course, in conformity with the plans, as herein specified and as
supplemented and/or amended by special provisions and to the lines and grades as established by the OWNER.
Concrete shall be considered of satisfactory quality, provided it is:
(1) Made of materials acceptable to the job and meeting the requirements of Item 303.2. Portland Cement
Concrete Materials (with Addendum Items), and special provisions and amendments thereto;
(2) In the proportions approved by the OWNER; and
(3) Mixed, placed, finished, and cured in accordance with the requirements of these specifications and any
special provisions.
(4) All concrete pavement constructed on public thoroughfares shall conform to the provisions and requirements
of these specifications.
(5) No concrete shall be placed where the temperature of the mix exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit or where the
time from being batched to placed exceeds the times shown in Table 303.5.5(a) Concrete Placement of the
NCTCOG.
(6) All concrete utilized for street, alley, drive approach and sidewalk pavement shall be batch mixed unless
another method is specifically approved by the OWNER.

(Page 303-2. Replace Table 303.2.1.1.3.(a) Aggregate Tests, with the following: (Items C117 and Item D3042 have been added.
Additionally, a new paragraph has been added at the end of this Item.))
Table 303.2.1.1.3.(a).COD: Aggregate Tests

ASTM
Standard Specification or Standard Test Method (Title)
Designation

C29 Bulk Density (―Unit Weight‖) and Voids in Aggregate

C33 Concrete Aggregate

C40 Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete

C88 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate

C117 Materials Finer than 75-μm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing

C123 Lightweight Particles in Aggregate

C125 Terminology Relating to Concrete and Concrete Aggregates

C127 Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity) and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate

C128 Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity) and Absorption of Fine Aggregate

Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los
C131
Angeles Machine

C136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates

C142 Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates

C330 Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete

COD.303-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
Table 303.2.1.1.3.(a).COD: Aggregate Tests (Continued)

ASTM
Standard Specification or Standard Test Method (Title)
Designation

Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los
C535
Angeles Machine

C641 Staining Materials in Lightweight Concrete Aggregates

D8 Terminology Relating to Materials for Roads and Pavements

D75 Sampling Aggregate

D422 Particle-Size Analysis of Soils

D4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils

D2217 Wet Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants

D3042 Insoluble Residue in Carbonate Aggregates

Fine aggregate shall be tested for insoluble residue in accordance with ASTM Designation D-3042. The total percent
of insoluble residue expressed as a percentage of the total original aggregate sample weight shall not be less than
28.

(Page 303-3. Replace Table 303.2.1.2.2.(a) Grading Requirements for Fine Aggregates, with the following: (The limits for No. 30
Sieve have been changed and the No. 200 Sieve requirements have been removed.))
Table 303.2.1.2.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Fine Aggregates

Percent Passing
Sieve
by Weight

Passing 3/8‖ sieve (9.5 mm) 100%

Passing No. 4 Sieve (4.75 mm) 95 to 100%

Passing No. 8 Sieve (2.36 mm) 80 to 100%

Passing No. 16 Sieve (1.18 mm) 50 to 85%

Passing No. 30 Sieve (600 μm) 25 to 60%

Passing No. 50 Sieve (300 μm) 10 to 30%

Passing No. 100 Sieve (150 μm) 0 to 10%

Passing No. 200 Sieve (75 μm) 0 to 3%

(Page 303-3. Add the following:)

303.2.1.2.5.COD: ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: The difference between the percent passing any two
consecutive sieve sizes shall not exceed 45%. The fine aggregates shall have a fineness modulus between 2.30 and
3.10. In addition, the fineness modulus of the fine aggregates used in actual concrete production shall not vary more
than 0.2 from the average value used in proportioning the mix.
The fineness modulus of fine aggregates shall be determined by adding the sum of the accumulated percentages by
weight retained on the following sieves and dividing by 100: nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50, and 100. When the fineness
modulus of the fine aggregate varies by more than 0.2 from the fineness modulus being used in the current design,
the batch shall be redesigned before placing concrete.

COD 303-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 303-4. Replace Table 303.2.1.3.2.(a) Grading Requirements for Coarse Aggregates, with the following: (Several Items have
changed.))
Table 303.2.1.3.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Coarse Aggregates
Amounts Finer than Each Laboratory Sieve (Square Opening), Mass Percent

Nominal Size
Grade. (Sieve with Square 90 63 37.5 19.0 12.5 9.5 2.36 1.18 0.30
100 75 50 25.0 4.75
Openings) mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
mm mm mm mm mm
(3.5 (2.5 (1.5 (3/4 (1/2 (3/8 (No. (No. (No.
(4 in.) (3 in.) (2 in.) (1 in.) (No.4)
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) 8) 16) 50)

90 to 37.5 mm 90 to 25 to 0 to
1 100 0 to 5
(3.5 to 1.5 in.) 100 60 15

63 to 37.5 mm 90 to 35 to 0 to
2 100 0 to 5
(2.5 to 1.5 in.) 100 70 15

50 to 25 mm 90 to 35 to 0 to
3 100 0 to 5
(2 to 1 in.) 100 70 15

50 to 4.75 mm 95 to 35 to 10 to
357 100 0 to 5
(2 in to No. 4) 100 70 30

37.5 to 19 mm 90 to 20 to 0 to
4 100 0 to 5
(2 in. to No. 4) 100 55 15

37.5 to 4.75 mm 95 to 35 to 10 to
467 100 0 to 5
(1.5 in. to No. 4) 100 70 30

25.0 to 9.5 mm 20 to 0 to
5 100 0 to 5 0 to 5
(1 to 0.5 mm) 55 10

25 to 9.5 mm 90 to 40 to 10 to 0 to
56 100 0 to 5
(1 to 3/8 in) 100 85 40 15

25.0 to 4.75 mm 95 to 25 to 1 to
57 100 0 to 5
(1 to No. 4) 100 50 10

19.0 to 9.5 mm 90 to 20 to 0 to
6 100 0 to 5
(3/4 to 3/8 in.) 100 55 15

19 to 4.75 mm 90 to 20 to 0 to
67 100 0 to 5
(3/4 in to No. 4) 100 55 10

12.5 to 4.75 mm 90 to 40 to 0 to
7 100 0 to 5
(0.5 in to No. 4) 100 70 15

9.5 to 2.36 mm 85 to 10 to 0 to
8 100 0 to 5
(3/8 in. to No. 8) 100 30 10

9.5 to 1.18 mm 90 to 20 to 5 to 0 to
89 100 0 to 5
(3/8 in to No. 16) 100 55 30 10

4.75 to 1.18 mm 85 to 10 to 0 to
91 100 0 to 5
(No.4 to No. 16) 100 40 10

1. Although size 9 aggregate is defined in ASTM C125 Standard Terminology Relating to Concrete and Concrete
Aggregates as a fine aggregate, it is included as a course aggregate when it is combined with a size 8 material to
create a size 89, which is a course aggregate as defined by ASTM C125.

(Page 3203-4. Replace Item 303.2.2.1. Delivery, With the following: (New information has been added to the end of this Item.))
303.2.2.1.COD: DELIVERY: Portland Cement delivered in bags shall be legibly marked on the bag with brand and
name of the manufacturer, shall be in good condition at the time of delivery, and shall contain 94-pounds (43kg) net.
Bags of cement varying more than 5-percent from the specified weight may be rejected, and if the average net weight
in any shipment, as determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random, is less than 94-pounds (43kg), the entire
shipment may be rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used.
Cement delivered in bulk may be used, provided the manner and method of handling is approved by the OWNER.
When delivered in bulk, the brand name of the manufacturer contained in the shipping information accompanying the
shipment shall be furnished to the OWNER prior to the use of the cement. Bulk cement shall be weighed on
approved scales.
Cement from different manufacturers, although tested and approved, shall not be mixed, except as approved by the
OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR, when required, shall furnish to the OWNER, with each shipment of cement, a statement as the
specific surface of the cement expressed in square-centimeters-per-gram.

COD.303-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

DELIVERY TICKETS:
For transit mix operations, the manufacturer of the concrete shall, before unloading, furnish to the purchaser with
each batch of concrete at the site a delivery ticket on which is printed, stamped, or written, the following information to
determine that the concrete was proportioned in accordance with the approved mix design:
(1) Name of concrete SUPPLIER;
(2) Serial number of ticket;
(3) Date;
(4) Truck number;
(5) Name of purchaser;
(6) Specific designation of job (name and location);
(7) Specific class, design identification and designation of the concrete in conformance with that employed in
job specifications;
(8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards (or cubic meters);
(9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates;
(10) Water added by receiver of concrete and his initials;
(11) Weight of cement;
(12) Weight of fly ash;
(13) Type and amount of admixtures;
(14) Information necessary to calculate the total mixing water added by the producer (total mixing water includes
free water on the aggregates, water and ice batched at the plant, and water added by the truck operator
from the mixer tank);
(15) Maximum size of aggregate; and
(16) Weights of fine and course aggregate.
An example of an acceptable delivery ticket and batch weight printout is provided on Exhibit 303.2.2.1.COD(a):
Typical Concrete Batch Delivery Ticket, attached.

303.2.2.1.(a).COD: Typical Concrete Batch Delivery Ticket

For on-site concrete plant operations, the CONTRACTOR shall supply to the OWNER a batch ticket with the
following information and for each continuous paving operation, provide receipts and invoices to substantiate the

COD 303-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
amounts of cement and fly ash used in the placement.
(1) At the beginning of each day's placement, a list of the actual batch weights to be used shall be given to the
OWNER.
(2) When any changes are made, a new list of weights shall be given to the OWNER.

(Page 303-6. Replace Item 303.2.4.. Admixtures, with the following:)

303.2.4.COD: MINERAL ADMIXTURES: Fly ash may be used in all classes of concrete for paving to replace a
portion of the minimum Portland Cement as specified in Item 303.3.4.2.COD Classes of Pavement Concrete. With
approval of the OWNER, fly ash may be used in all classes of structural concrete specified in Item 303.3.4. Quality
of Concrete (with Addendum Items), Unless otherwise approved by the OWNER, the maximum cement reduction
shall not exceed 20 percent by weight of cement, and fly ash replacement shall be 1.25 pounds, per 1.0 pound of
Portland Cement reduction.
Example: Class Machine Finish 4000 PSI paving concrete replacement mix would require a minimum of 451 pounds
of Portland Cement, plus 113 x 1.25 = 141 pounds of fly ash. The maximum water-cement ratio is 0.49, thus the
maximum total water permitted per cubic yard is; 592 pounds of cementitious material times 0.49 = 290.0 pounds or
34.8 gallons.
The water-cement ratio of the concrete mix shall be based on total cementitious (cement plus fly ash) materials.
Proposed concrete mix designs with materials certification data and laboratory or field trial mix test results on the
properties of the fresh and hardened concrete shall be submitted to the OWNER for approval. Such data shall be
resubmitted for approval when there is a change in materials, or when requested by the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR, when required by the OWNER, shall furnish laboratory analysis to verify that a fly ash source
meets ASTM requirements for C-618 and that ―Loss on Ignition‖ (NCTCOG) requirements shall be a maximum of 3
(three) percent.
Alternate brands and classes of fly ash shall not be substituted in approved concrete mix designs. Equipment and
methods for adding fly ash to mixes must be inspected and approved by the OWNER in advance. Transit mix
concrete delivered to the job will have a ticket showing the weight of the fly ash and cement for each load. Transit
mix concrete deliveries may be rejected unless a complete ticket is presented. For on-site concrete mixing
operations, upon completion of the project and before final payment is made, a letter will be required from the
SUPPLIER certifying the amount of fly ash and cement which was included in the concrete furnished on the project.

(Page 303-9. Replace Item 303.2.13.1.1. Membrane-Forming Compounds, with the following: (Several new sections have been
added to the end of this Section.))
303.2.13.1.1.COD: MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS: The membrane-curing compound shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete, Type 2, white pigmented
compound, unless otherwise specified or indicated. It shall be of such nature that it shall not produce permanent
discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete. The compound shall produce a firm,
continuous uniform moisture-impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of
damp concrete. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the specified rate of coverage, dry to touch in
one(1)-hour and dry through in not more than 4-hours under normal conditions suitable for concrete operations. It
shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciably sagging. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel, or
crack during the required curing period. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear
from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. The compound shall be delivered to the job site in the
manufacturer’s original containers only, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer’s name, the trade name
of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. When tested in
accordance with ASTM C156 Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials, the liquid membrane-forming compound
shall restrict the loss of water present in the test specimen at the time of application of the curing compound to not
2
more than 0.55-grams-per-square-centimeter (0.01-oz.-per-in ) of surface.
Cold Pour Silicon Joint Sealant (Alternate Self-Leveling, Ultra-Low Modulus Silicon Joint Sealant)
(1) Description. The joint sealant shall be Dow Corning 890 SL silicone joint sealant or an approved equal.
(2) Properties. The silicone joint sealant shall exhibit the following properties:

COD.303-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table 303.2.13.1.(a).COD: Membrane-Forming Compounds

As Supplied Property Test Method

Color Dark Gray

Flow, Sag, or Slump Self-leveling

Extrusion Rate, grams per minute 275-550 Mil-S-8802

Percent Solids 96%

Specific Gravity 1.26 – 1.34

Skin-over-time, at 25ºC (77ºF), minutes (maximum) 60 Mil-S-8802 (Mod.)

Cure Time, at 25ºC (77ºF), Days 14

Full Adhesion, days 14-21

As Cured – after 21 days at 25ºC (77ºF), and 50 percent Relative Humidity

Elongation, percent minimum 1400

Joint Modulus, at 50 percent elongation, psi(Kpa) max 7 (48) ASTM D1412

Joint Modulus, at 100 percent elongation, psi(Kpa) max 8 (55) ASTM D1412

Joint Modulus, at 150 percent elongation, psi(Kpa) max 9 (62) ASTM D1412

ASTM D3583
Adhesion to Concrete, Minimum percent Elongation +600
(Sec. 14 Mod.)

ASTM C719
Joint Movement Capacity, +100/-50 percent, 10 Cycles No Failure
(Latest Revision)

Sealant shall exhibit no cracking, hardening, or loss of adhesion after 5000 hours of artificial weathering.
When tested in accordance with Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials, ASTM Designation C 156, the liquid
membrane-forming compound shall restrict the loss of water present in the test specimen at the time of application of
the curing compound to not more than 0.3 grams per square centimeter of surface.

(Page 303-10. Replace Item 303.2.14.1.2. Ready-Mixed Cold-Applied, with the following:)
303.2.14.1.2.COD: COLD POUR JOINT SEALANT:
(1) Description: The sealant shall be a single component polymer modified asphalt emulsion meeting the
material specification detailed herein below:
The emulsified asphalt shall be an anionic or cationic type asphalt emulsion and shall be modified with
polymer, and must be smooth and homogenous with no evidence of polymer separation during storage for
at least six months. The distillation* or evaporation** residue of the modified emulsion shall contain a
minimum of 10 percent polymer by weight.
Testing shall be performed in accordance with Texas Department of Transportation, Materials and Tests
Division, Test Method TEX 525C.
*The standard distillation procedure shall be modified as follows:
The temperature on the lower thermometer shall be brought slowly to 350ºF ± 10ºF and maintained at this
point for 20 minutes, with complete and total distillation in 60 minutes ± 5 minutes from the first application of
heat.

COD 303-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
**Some polymer modified asphalt emulsion sealants do not lend themselves well to the distillation
procedure. The residue of these materials may be obtained by the following evaporation procedure:
Weigh 200g of the sealant into a flat bottom pan having a diameter of 5 inches ± 1 inch and a height of 3.5
inches ± 0.5 inch. Evaporate on a hot plate with constant stirring until the material is water free. The
temperature shall be controlled to not exceed 350ºF.
(2) Properties: In addition, the emulsion sealant shall comply with the following requirements:
Table 303.2.14.1.2.(a).COD: Cold Pour Joint Sealant Requirements

Property Test Method Required Result

Minimum Maximum

1 ASTM D2196 Rheological Properties of Non-

Viscosity , Brookfield, at 6000 10,000
Newtonian Materials by Rotational (Brookfield type)
77ºF Centipoises Centipoises
Viscometer; Method A

Storage Stability Test,

AASHTO T59 -- 1 – Percent
One-Day

Cationic Type Positive

Particle Charge Test --
Anionic Type Negative

Sieve Test Percent retained on No. 200 Sieve -- 0.10 - Percent

Distillation or
Residue 65 - Percent --
Evaporation

Tests on Residue from Distillation or Evaporation

Residue See Note 2. 60 – Percent --

Penetration test on
35 75
Residue, 77ºF, 100g, 5 AASHTO T49
(0.1 – mm) (0.1 – mm)
seconds - 60 mm

Softening Point, R&B AASHTO T53 140 --

Ductility test on
Residue, 39.2ºF, AASHTO T51 100 - cm --
5 cm/Min

1. OWNER May require Viscosity Profile in Lieu of single-spindle viscosity test, in which case the apparent viscosity
shall be 10,000.
2. Residue may be obtained by the following evaporation procedure: Mass 200g of sealant into a 1000-ml beaker or a
1-quart can and place in a heating mantle designed for a 1000-ml beaker. During the evaporation the sealant should
be stirred frequently to prevent foam-over or local overheating. The temperature shall be maintained between 260°F
and 300°F (125°C and 150°C) for 3- to 5-minutes after the material is water free. Pour required specimen.

(3) Tests: In addition, the emulsion sealant shall comply with the following test requirements:
Preparation: Preparation for Adhesion, Cohesion, Self-Healing and Freeze Tests: The material shall be
poured into standard concrete mortar blocks with a closed polyethylene backer rod set at a depth of 3/8"
below surface of blocks. The blocks shall have a spacing of 1/4" apart. The sealant shall be poured level
with the surface of the concrete blocks. Tests to be performed on samples after fourteen day cure time (or
until liquid component has evaporated). Tests run at 77ºF. ± 2ºF. Five cycles with the same sample.
Extension and Bonding Test: There shall be no cracking of the material or failure in bond between the
material and the mortar test blocks during or at the end of five cycles. The sealant must display the
following properties:

COD.303-7
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table 303.2.14.1.2.(b).COD: Adhesion, Cohesion, and Resilience

Test Parameter Results

Adhesion – at 77ºF With Extension of 300% No Failure

Cohesion - at 77ºF With Extension of 300% No Failure

Resilience (60 minutes) 60% Recovery

Self-Healing Return sample in apparatus to initial position

and repeat test after 20 min. Rest. Repeat
for five cycles.

Self-Leveling: Sealant shall be self-leveling.

Adhesion or Cohesion: There shall be no failure in adhesion or cohesion when tested to 300% extension
with recovery of 60% at the end of 60 min.
Freeze Test: The sealant must display the following properties: Freeze sample in blocks to zeroºF for four
hours. Pull blocks at 1/8"/hour at 0ºF with extension of 50%. Repeat three cycles.

(Page 303-11. Replace Item 303.3.3. Concrete Mix Design and Control, with the following: (There are two new paragraphs in this
item and there are several new forms to aid in the design of concrete))
303.3.3.COD: MIX DESIGNS: At least 10 days prior to the start of concreting operations, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit to the OWNER a design of the proposed concrete mix, together with samples of all materials to be
incorporated into the mix and a full description of the source of supply of each material component. The proposed
batch designs must be submitted to the OWNER on the approved form shown later in this section.
The design of the concrete mix shall produce a quality concrete complying with these specifications and meet the
requirements of the Latest ACI 318, Chapter 5, Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing except as amended by
these provisions. The concrete mix design shall include the following information:
(1) Design Requirements and Design Summary;
(2) Material source;
(3) Dry weight of cement/cu. yd. and type;
(4) Dry weight of fly ash/cu. yd. and type, if used;
(5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cu. yd.;
(6) Design water/cu. yd.;
(7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets;
(8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318;
(9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates and date of tests;
(10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate;
(11) Specific Gravity and Absorption Values of fine and coarse aggregates; and
(12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates.
On the next page is a copy of the required Concrete Mix Design Form, which must be used for all batch design
submittals.
On the page following the Concrete Mix Design Form, is a copy of an acceptable batch design for information
purposes only, which gives the required information. Concrete shall not be placed on projects until an approved
batch design is on file with the Construction Services Division. The concrete batch designs shall be submitted to the
OWNER for review and approval. Upon approval, the approved batch design shall be submitted to the Project
Manager of the Construction Services Division for filing and authorization to proceed.
All material samples submitted to the OWNER shall be sufficiently large to permit laboratory batching for the
construction of test specimens to check the adequacy of the design. When the design mix has been approved by the
OWNER, there shall be no change or deviation from the proportions thereof or sources of supply except as
hereinafter provided. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been approved by the
OWNER in writing to the CONTRACTOR.

COD 303-8
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Concrete Mix Design Form

Design No: _________________
Date: ______________________

Client: ________________________
Project: ________________________
Required: ________________________
Design: ________________________
Summary: ________________________

Calculated Unit Weight (pcf): _____________________

Measured Unit Weight (pcf): _____________________
Measured Slump (inches): _____________________
Measured Air Content (percent): _____________________

Materials:

Batch Portions: (One Cubic Yard)

Weight
Materials Absolute Volume
(lbs)

Totals 27 cubic feet

CONFIRMATION TESTS
7 - Day 28 - Day
Compressive Strength (PSI) __________ __________
__________ __________
__________ __________
__________ __________

COD.303-9
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Summary Results of
Sieve Analysis

Design No: ____________________

Date: _________________________
Fine Aggregates:

Sieve Size Percent Passing

3/8‖ 100

No. 4 95 – 100

No. 8 80 – 100

No. 16 50 – 85

No. 30 25 – 60

No. 50 10 – 30

No. 100 0 – 10

% Passing No. 200 Max 3.0

by Decantation

Fineness Module 2.3 to 3.1

Insoluble Residue Min. 28

Specific Gravity (SSD)

Absorption
NOTES:
(1) The difference between the percent passing any two consecutive sieve sizes shall not exceed 45.0%

Coarse Aggregate

Sieve Size Percent Grade ______

Passing Specifications

Specific Gravity (SSD)

Absorption

LA. Abrasion, %loss

Indicate the source of the aggregate: ______________________________________________________________

COD 303-10
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(FILLED OUT EXAMPLE)
Concrete Mix Design Form
Design No: ______6__________
Date: _______07/22/2011______

Client: XYZ ____________________

Project: C.A. Street _______________
Required: Machine Finish. 4,000 psi at 28 day; Max 4 inch slump, Air 5.0% ±1.5%
Design: 7 day: 4447; 28-day: 5340
Summary: Cement 6 sacks / cubic yard w/20% Fly Ash Replacement
C.A. 61 Percent Coarse Aggregate
F.A. 39 Percent Fine Aggregate
Water 32 gals; water / cement ration: 0.45
Additive: AEA – Pave Air 1.0 FL. OZ./Sack Cement

Calculated Unit Weight (pcf): 144.0 ________________

Measured Unit Weight (pcf): 144.2 ________________
Measured Slump (inches): 3” ___________________
Measured Air Content (percent): 53.0% ________________
Materials:
Fly Ash: Gifford Hill Caisson, Texas
Cement: Type I, North Texas Cement Midlothian, Texas
C.A: Gifford Hill Bridgeport, Texas
F.A. Manufactured Sand, Gifford Hill (Perch Hill) Chico, Texas
Natural Sand, Gifford Hill Thackerville, Oklahoma
Additives: AEA – Pave Air Master Builders (ASTM C-260)
Water Reducer: NONE (ASTM C-494)

Batch Portions: (One Cubic Yard)

Weight
Materials Absolute Volume
(lbs)

Cement 450 – (6 Sacks) 2.29

Fly Ash 141 0.82

C.A. 1861 SSD (61%) 11.14

Natural F.A. 933 SSD (39%) 5.70

Manufactured F.A. 236 1.42

Water 267 (32 gal) 4.28

A.E.A. 6 oz. (5%) 1.35

Totals 27 cubic feet

CONFIRMATION TESTS
7 - Day 28 - Day
Compressive Strength (PSI) 4430______ 5300 ______
4470______ 5360 ______
4440______ 5360 ______

COD.303-11
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(FILLED OUT EXAMPLE)

Summary Results of
Sieve Analysis

Design No: _________6___________

Date: ________7/22/2011__________
Fine Aggregates:

Percent Passing
Combined
Sieve Size Gifford Hill Gifford Hill Specifications
Gradation
Manufactured Natural
Perch Hill Thackerville

3/8‖ 100 100 100 100

No. 4 99.4 98.6 98.8 95 – 100
No. 8 84.9 90.3 89.2 80 – 100
No. 16 54.9 80.0 75.0 50 – 85
No. 30 33.8 55.0 50.8 25 – 60
No. 50 19.1 17.8 18.1 10 – 30
No. 100 8.8 2.1 3.4 0 – 10
% Passing No. 200
3.6 0.4 1.0 Max 3.0
by Decantation

Fineness Modulus 2.647 2.3 to 3.1

Insoluble Residue 38.0 Min. 28
Specific Gravity
2.68 2.62
(SSD)

Absorption 1.5 0.8

Coarse Aggregate

Percent Grade ______

Sieve Size
Passing Specifications

2‖ 100 100

1 ½‖ 99.4 95 – 100

¾‖ 45.6 40 – 70

3/8‖ 18.4 10 – 30

No. 4 1.8 0–5

% Passing No. 200

0.6 Max. 1.0
by Decantation

Specific Gravity (SSD) 2.68

Absorption 0.8 Max 45

LA. Abrasion, %loss 29.0

Indicate the source of the aggregate: Farmington Ranch, DeSoto, TX _____________________________________

COD 303-12
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(Page 303-11. Add the following Items:)
303.3.3.1.COD: STANDARD MIX DESIGN FOR PLANT / READY MIX 4500 PSI CONCRETE:
303.3.3.1.1.COD: PROJECT DESIGN SPECIFICATION:
1. Minimum compressive strength: 4500 psi @ 28 days
2. Minimum sacks of cement required: 6.5 sacks or 611 lbs./ cu. yd. of concrete
3. Fly ash may be used in all classes of concrete for paving to replace a portion of the minimum Portland
Cement.
4. The maximum amount of fly ash allowed is 20% by weight of cement (i.e.) 20% of cement reduction.
Addendum specification requires 1.25 lbs. of Class C fly ash for each lb. of Portland Cement substituted.
Natural pozzolans or fly ash (ASTM Designation C-618), may be utilized in accordance with Item 303.2.4.
provided that the ―loss on ignition‖ of the fly ash shall not exceed 3%.
5. Maximum slump allowed: 3-5 inches
6. Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.45 lbs. water per /lbs. Cement.
7. Air Entraining is required (Range 3.5% to 8.5%)
8. Percent (%) air content required.
a. 5% for grade No. 2 coarse aggregate
b. 6% for grade No. 3 coarse aggregate
c. 7% for grade No. 4 coarse aggregate
9. Concrete as placed shall contain the proper amount of air required herein with tolerance of plus or minus
1.5%. See Item 303.3.4.3: Performance Classes (note 4) for additional information.
10. Strength data shall be submitted with the design to indicate that the minimum compressive strength is in
accordance with ACI -318 part 3, Chapter 5. This can be data from trial batches or field experience.
Required average compressive strength when data is not available shall be in accordance with ACI-318,
Part 3, Chapter 5, Table 5.3.2.2.
303.3.3.1.2.COD: MATERIAL SOURCES IDENTIFIED: Material sources (suppliers, pit location, etc...) shall be
identified.
303.3.3.1.3.COD: CEMENT REQUIREMENTS: Mix design shall contain the minimum number of sacks of cement
required.
1. The design shall comply with ASTM C-150 (Notarized Manufacturer‘s certification is required). Cement shall
be either Type I or Type III of a standard brand of Portland Concrete which shall conform to the
requirements of the current standard for Portland Cement, ASTM Designation C - 150 or Type IP conforming
to the requirement of the current Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cement, ASTM Designation
C-595.
2. If Type IP is used, it shall comply with the requirement of the ASTM Designation C – 595. No fly ash is
permitted when Type IP cement is used.
303.3.3.1.4.COD: FLY ASH SUBSTITUTION: The amount of fly ash substituted for Portland Cement shall not
exceed 20% by weight of cement.Substitution is based on a rate of 1.25 lbs. of fly ash for one lb. of Portland Cement.
1. Fly ash or Natural Pozzolans shall comply with ASTM Designation C-618.
2. The loss on ignition shall not exceed 3%.
303.3.3.1.5.COD: AGGREGATE WEIGHTS: Design shall show Saturated Surface Dry (SSD) weight of aggregates.
303.3.3.1.6.COD: THE SLUMP:
1. The slump shown on the design shall be within the allowable range (3-5) inches, unless allowed in another
specification.
2. The water cement ratio is calculated by dividing the lbs. of water prescribed per cubic yard by the total
amount of cementitious material prescribed. The total amount of cementitious material is the sum of the
weights of Portland Cement and fly ash in lbs. per cubic yard prescribed. The water cement ratio shall not
be more than 0.58.
3. Design shall show water per cubic yard.
303.3.3.1.7.COD: PERCENT AIR CONTENT:
1. Design shall show percent (%) of air content as defined by ASTM C 231: Standard Test Method for Air
Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure.

COD.303-13
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
2. Air entraining admixture shall comply with ASTM C 260: Standard Specification for Air-Entraining
Admixtures for Concrete.
3. Water reducing admixture shall comply with ASTM C-494: Standard Specification for Chemical
Admixtures for Concrete, Types A or F.
4. If water reducing/set retarding admixture is used during hot weather, it shall comply with ASTM C-494:
Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, Types D or G.
303.3.3.1.8.COD: CURRENT STRENGTH TESTS: Design shall show current strength tests (Tests shall have been
performed less than one (1) year from the submittal date).
303.3.3.1.9.COD: AGGREGATE GRADATION
1. FINE AGGREGATE GRADATION shall comply with the current City of Dallas Addendum to NCTCOG, Item
303.2.1.2.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Fine Aggregate, and as modified by Item
303.2.1.2.5.COD: Additional Requirements, or by special provision in the contract as required.. Fine
aggregate shall be tested for insoluble residue in accordance with ASTM Designation D-3042. The total
insoluble residue expressed as a percent (%) of the total original aggregate sample weight shall not be less
than 28%.

Table 303.3.3.1.9.(a).COD: Fine Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 100%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95 to 100%

No. 8 (2.36 mm) 80 to 100%

No. 16 (1.18 mm) 50 to 85%

No. 30 (600 µm) 25 to 60%

No. 50 (300 µm) 10 to 30%

No. 100 (150 µm) 0 to 10%

2. COARSE AGGREGATE GRADATION shall comply with the current City of Dallas Addendum to NCTCOG,
Item 303.2.1.3.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Course Aggregate, as modified by special
provision in the contract as required.
I. GRADE NUMBER 1 ~ Maximum Normal Size: 2 ½ inches (63 mm)
Table 303.3.3.1.9.(b).COD: Grade Number 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

3 inch (75 mm) 100%

2 ½ inch (63 mm) 95 to 100%

2 inch (50 mm) 80 to 100%

1 ½ inch (37.5 mm) 50 to 85%

¾ inch (19 mm) 20 to 40%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 to 5%

NOTE: Grade No. 1 coarse aggregate shall not be used for pavement concrete. It may be used in
foundations only (except cased drilled shafts).

COD 303-14
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
II. GRADE NUMBER 2 ~ Maximum Normal Size: 1 ½ inches (37.5 mm)

Table 303.3.3.1.9.(c).COD: Grade Number 2 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

2 inches (50 mm) 100%

1 ½ inches (37.5 mm) 95 – 100%

¾ inches (19 mm) 40 – 70%

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 10 – 30 %

NO. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 – 5%

III. GRADE NUMBER 3 ~ Maximum Nominal size 1 inch (25 mm)

Table 303.3.3.1.9.(d).COD: Grade Number 3 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

2 inches (50 mm) 100%

1 ½ inches (37.5 mm) 95 – 100%

¾ inches (19 mm) 40 – 70%

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 10 – 30 %

NO. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 – 5%

IV. GRADE NUMBER 4 ~ Maximum Nominal Size 3/8 inch (9.5 mm)

Table 303.3.1.9.(e).COD: Grade Number 4 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

½ inch (12.5 mm) 100%

3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 85 – 100%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 10 - 30%

No. 8 (2.36 mm) 0 - 10%

No. 12 (1.18 mm) 0 – 5%

3. Gradation Tests submitted for the coarse and fine aggregates shall be performed within 30 days or less.

303.3.3.1.10.COD: FINENESS MODULUS: Design shall show fineness modulus of fine aggregate. The fine
aggregates shall have a fineness modulus between 2.30 and 3.10. In addition, the fineness modulus of fine
aggregate used in actual concrete production shall not vary more than 0.2 from the average value used in
proportioning the mix.

COD.303-15
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
303.3.3.1.11.COD: SPECIFIC GRAVITY AND ABSORPTION: Design shall show specific gravity (typicaly 2.65±)
and absorption (typicaly less than 2%) values for fine and course aggregates.
303.3.3.1.12.COD: L.A. ABRASION TEST: Design shall show L.A. (Los Angeles) Abrasion of coarse aggregate
(maximum: 45 percent loss). The L.A. Abrasion Tests are defined in the following locations: ASTM C 131:
Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles
Machine, and ASTM C 535: Resistance to Degradation of Large Size Coarse Aggregates by Abrasion and
Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
303.3.3.1.13.COD: CERTIFICATIONS: All manufacturer’s certifications (ASTM C-150, C-618, C-260, C-494 Types
A or F, C-494 Types D or G) shall be notarized.

(Page 303-11. Add the following Items:)

303.3.3.2.COD: STANDARD MIX DESIGN FOR PLANT / READY MIX 4000 PSI CONCRETE:
303.3.3.2.1.COD: PROJECT DESIGN SPECIFICATION:
1. Minimum compressive strength: 4000 psi @ 28 days
2. Minimum sacks of cement required: 6 sacks or 564 lbs./ cu. yd. of concrete
3. Fly ash may be used in all classes of concrete for paving to replace a portion of the minimum Portland
Cement.
4. The maximum amount of fly ash allowed is 20% by weight of cement (i.e.) 20% of cement reduction.
Addendum specification requires 1.25 lbs. of Class C fly ash for each lb. of Portland Cement substituted.
Natural pozzolans or fly ash (ASTM Designation C-618), may be utilized in accordance with Item 303.2.4.
provided that the ―loss on ignition‖ of the fly ash shall not exceed 3%.
5. Maximum slump allowed: 2 to 4 inches
6. Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.49 lbs. water per /lbs. Cement.
7. Air Entraining is required (Range 3.5% to 8.5%)
8. Percent (%) air content required.
a. 5% for grade No. 2 coarse aggregate
b. 6% for grade No. 3 coarse aggregate
c. 7% for grade No. 4 coarse aggregate
9. Concrete as placed shall contain the proper amount of air required herein with a tolerance of plus or minus
1.5%. See Item 303.3.4.3: Performance Classes (note 4) for additional information.
10. Strength data shall be submitted with the design to indicate that the minimum compressive strength is in
accordance with ACI -318 part 3, Chapter 5. This can be data from trial batches or field experience.
Required average compressive strength when data is not available shall be in accordance with ACI-318,
Part 3, Chapter 5, Table 5.3.2.2.
303.3.3.2.2.COD: MATERIAL SOURCES IDENTIFIED: Material sources (suppliers, pit location, etc...) shall be
identified.
303.3.3.2.3.COD: CEMENT REQUIREMENTS: Mix design shall contain the minimum number of sacks of cement
required.
1. The design shall comply with ASTM C-150 (Notarized Manufacturer‘s certification is required). Cement shall
be either Type I or Type III of a standard brand of Portland Concrete which shall conform to the
requirements of the current standard for Portland Cement, ASTM Designation C - 150 or Type IP conforming
to the requirement of the current Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cement, ASTM Designation
C-595.
2. If Type IP is used, it shall comply with the requirement of the ASTM Designation C – 595. No fly ash is
permitted when Type IP cement is used.
303.3.3.2.4.COD: FLY ASH SUBSTITUTION: The amount of fly ash substituted for Portland Cement shall not
exceed 20% by weight of cement.Substitution is based on a rate of 1.25 lbs. of fly ash for one lb. of Portland Cement.
1. Fly ash or Natural Pozzolans shall comply with ASTM Designation C-618.
2. The loss on ignition shall not exceed 3%.

COD 303-16
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
303.3.3.2.5.COD: AGGREGATE WEIGHTS: Design shall show Saturated Surface Dry (SSD) weight of aggregates.
303.3.3.2.6.COD: THE SLUMP:
1. The slump shown on the design shall be within the allowable range (3-5) inches unless allowed in another
specification.
2. The water cement ratio is calculated by dividing the lbs. of water prescribed per cubic yard by the total
amount of cementitious material prescribed. The total amount of cementitious material is the sum of the
weights of Portland Cement and fly ash in lbs. per cubic yard prescribed. The water cement ratio shall not
be more than 0.58.
3. Design shall show water per cubic yard.
303.3.3.2.7.COD: PERCENT AIR CONTENT:
1. Design shall show percent (%) of air content as defined by ASTM C 231: Standard Test Method for Air
Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure.
2. Air entraining admixture shall comply with ASTM C 260: Standard Specification for Air-Entraining
Admixtures for Concrete.
3. Water reducing admixture shall comply with ASTM C-494: Standard Specification for Chemical
Admixtures for Concrete, Types A or F.
4. If water reducing/set retarding admixture is used during hot weather, it shall comply with ASTM C-494:
Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, Types D or G.
303.3.3.2.8.COD: CURRENT STRENGTH TESTS: Design shall show current strength tests (Tests shall have been
performed less than one (1) year from the submittal date).
303.3.3.2.9.COD: AGGREGATE GRADATION
1. FINE AGGREGATE GRADATION shall comply with the current City of Dallas Addendum to NCTCOG, Item
303.2.1.2.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Fine Aggregate, and as modified by Item
303.2.1.2.5.COD: Additional Requirements, or by special provision in the contract as required. Fine
aggregate shall be tested for insoluble residue in accordance with ASTM Designation D-3042. The total
insoluble residue expressed as a percent (%) of the total original aggregate sample weight shall not be less
than 28%.

Table 303.3.3.2.9.(a).COD: Fine Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 100%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95 to 100%

No. 8 (2.36 mm) 80 to 100%

No. 16 (1.18 mm) 50 to 85%

No. 30 (600 µm) 25 to 60%

No. 50 (300 µm) 10 to 30%

No. 100 (150 µm) 0 to 10%

2. COARSE AGGREGATE GRADATION shall comply with the current City of Dallas Addendum to NCTCOG,
Item 303.2.1.3.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Course Aggregate, as modified by special
provision in the contract as required.

COD.303-17
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

I. GRADE NUMBER 1 ~ Maximum Normal Size: 2 ½ inches (63 mm)

Table 303.3.3.2.9.(b).COD: Grade Number 1 Course Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

3 inch (75 mm) 100%

2 ½ inch (63 mm) 95 to 100%

2 inch (50 mm) 80 to 100%

1 ½ inch (37.5 mm) 50 to 85%

¾ inch (19 mm) 20 to 40%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 to 5%

NOTE: Grade No. 1 coarse aggregate shall not be used for pavement concrete. It may be used in
foundations only (except cased drilled shafts).

II. GRADE NUMBER 2 ~ Maximum Normal Size: 1 ½ inches (37.5 mm)

Table 303.3.3.2.9.(c).COD: Grade Number 2 Course Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

2 inches (50 mm) 100%

1 ½ inches (37.5 mm) 95 – 100%

¾ inches (19 mm) 40 – 70%

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 10 – 30 %

NO. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 – 5%

III. GRADE NUMBER 3 ~ Maximum Nominal size 1 inch (25 mm)

Table 303.3.3.2.9.(d).COD: Grade Number 3 Course Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

2 inches (50 mm) 100%

1 ½ inches (37.5 mm) 95 – 100%

¾ inches (19 mm) 40 – 70%

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 10 – 30 %

NO. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 – 5%

COD 303-18
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

IV. GRADE NUMBER 4 ~ Maximum Nominal Size 3/8 inch (9.5 mm)

Table 303.3.3.2.9.(e).COD: Grade Number 4 Course Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

½ inch (12.5 mm) 100%

3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 85 – 100%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 10 - 30%

No. 8 (2.36 mm) 0 - 10%

No. 12 (1.18 mm) 0 – 5%

3. Gradation Tests submitted for the coarse and fine aggregates shall be performed within 30 days or less.

303.3.3.2.10.COD: FINENESS MODULUS: Design shall show fineness modulus of fine aggregate. The fine
aggregates shall have a fineness modulus between 2.30 and 3.10. In addition, the fineness modulus of fine
aggregate used in actual concrete production shall not vary more than 0.2 from the average value used in
proportioning the mix.
303.3.3.2.11.COD: SPECIFIC GRAVITY AND ABSORPTION: Design shall show specific gravity (typicaly 2.65±)
and absorption (typicaly less than 2%) values for fine and course aggregates.
303.3.3.2.12.COD: L.A. ABRASION TEST: Design shall show L.A. (Los Angeles) Abrasion of coarse aggregate
(maximum: 45 percent loss). The L.A. Abrasion Tests are defined in the following locations: ASTM C 131:
Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles
Machine, and ASTM C 535: Resistance to Degradation of Large Size Coarse Aggregates by Abrasion and
Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
303.3.3.2.13.COD: CERTIFICATIONS: All manufacturer’s certifications (ASTM C-150, C-618, C-260, C-494 Types
A or F, C-494 Types D or G) shall be notarized.

(Page 303-11. Add the following Items:)

303.3.3.3.1.COD: STANDARD MIX DESIGN FOR PLANT / READY MIX 3000 PSI CONCRETE:
303.3.3.3.1.1.COD: PROJECT DESIGN SPECIFICATION:
1. Minimum compressive strength: 3000 psi @ 28 days
2. Minimum sacks of cement required: 5 sacks or 470 lbs./ cu. yd. of concrete
3. Fly ash may be used in all classes of concrete for paving to replace a portion of the minimum Portland
Cement.
4. The maximum amount of fly ash allowed is 20% by weight of cement (i.e.) 20% of cement reduction.
Addendum specification requires 1.25 lbs. of Class C fly ash for each lb. of Portland Cement substituted.
Natural pozzolans or fly ash (ASTM Designation C-618), may be utilized in accordance with Item 303.2.4.
provided that the ―loss on ignition‖ of the fly ash shall not exceed 3%.
5. Maximum slump allowed: 3-5 inches
6. Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.58 lbs. water per /lbs. Cement.
7. Air Entraining is required (Range 3.5% to 8.5%)
8. Percent (%) air content required.
a. 5% for grade No. 2 coarse aggregate
b. 6% for grade No. 3 coarse aggregate
c. 7% for grade No. 4 coarse aggregate

COD.303-19
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
9. Concrete as placed shall contain the proper amount of air required herein with a tolerance of plus or minus
1.5%. See Item 303.3.4.3: Performance Classes (note 4), for additional information.
10. Strength data shall be submitted with the design to indicate that the minimum compressive strength is in
accordance with ACI -318 part 3, Chapter 5. This can be data from trial batches or field experience.
Required average compressive strength when data is not available shall be in accordance with ACI-318,
Part 3, Chapter 5, Table 5.3.2.2.
303.3.3.3.2.COD: MATERIAL SOURCES IDENTIFIED: Material sources (suppliers, pit location, etc...) shall be
identified.
303.3.3.3.3.COD: CEMENT REQUIREMENTS: Mix design shall contain the minimum number of sacks of cement
required.
1. The design shall comply with ASTM C-150 (Notarized Manufacturer‘s certification is required). Cement shall
be either Type I or Type III of a standard brand of Portland Concrete which shall conform to the
requirements of the current standard for Portland Cement, ASTM Designation C - 150 or Type IP conforming
to the requirement of the current Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cement, ASTM Designation
C-595.
2. If Type IP is used, it shall comply with the requirement of the ASTM Designation C – 595. No fly ash is
permitted when Type IP cement is used.
303.3.3.3.4.COD: FLY ASH SUBSTITUTION: The amount of fly ash substituted for Portland Cement shall not
exceed 20% by weight of cement.Substitution is based on a rate of 1.25 lbs. of fly ash for one lb. of Portland Cement.
1. Fly ash or Natural Pozzolans shall comply with ASTM Designation C-618.
2. The loss on ignition shall not exceed 3%.
303.3.3.3.5.COD: AGGREGATE WEIGHTS: Design shall show Saturated Surface Dry (SSD) weight of aggregates.
303.3.3.3.6.COD: THE SLUMP:
1. The slump shown on the design shall be within the allowable range (3-5) inches unless allowed in another
specification.
2. The water cement ratio is calculated by dividing the lbs. of water prescribed per cubic yard by the total
amount of cementitious material prescribed. The total amount of cementitious material is the sum of the
weights of Portland Cement and fly ash in lbs. per cubic yard prescribed. The water cement ratio shall not
be more than 0.58.
3. Design shall show water per cubic yard.
303.3.3.3.7.COD: PERCENT AIR CONTENT:
1. Design shall show percent (%) of air content as defined by ASTM C 231: Standard Test Method for Air
Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method.
2. Air entraining admixture shall comply with ASTM C 260: Standard Specification for Air-Entraining
Admixtures for Concrete.
3. Water reducing admixture shall comply with ASTM C-494: Standard Specification for Chemical
Admixtures for Concrete, Types A or F.
4. If water reducing/set retarding admixture is used during hot weather, it shall comply with ASTM C-494:
Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, Types D or G.
303.3.3.3.8.COD: CURRENT STRENGTH TESTS: Design shall show current strength tests (Tests shall have been
performed less than one (1) year from the submittal date).
303.3.3.3.9.COD: AGGREGATE GRADATION
1. FINE AGGREGATE GRADATION shall comply with the current City of Dallas Addendum to NCTCOG, Item
303.2.1.2.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Fine Aggregate, and as modified by Item
303.2.1.2.5.COD: Additional Requirements, or by special provision in the contract as required.. Fine
aggregate shall be tested for insoluble residue in accordance with ASTM Designation D-3042. The total
insoluble residue expressed as a percent (%) of the total original aggregate sample weight shall not be less
than 28%.

COD 303-20
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Table 303.3.3.3.9.(a).COD: Fine Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 100%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95 to 100%

No. 8 (2.36 mm) 80 to 100%

No. 16 (1.18 mm) 50 to 85%

No. 30 (600 µm) 25 to 60%

No. 50 (300 µm) 10 to 30%

No. 100 (150 µm) 0 to 10%

2. COARSE AGGREGATE GRADATION shall comply with the current City of Dallas Addendum to NCTCOG,
Item 303.2.1.3.2.(a).COD: Grading Requirements for Course Aggregate, as modified by special
provision in the contract as required.

I. GRADE NUMBER 1 ~ Maximum Normal Size: 2 ½ inches (63 mm)

Table 303.3.3.3.9.(b).COD: Grade Number 1 Course Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

3 inch (75 mm) 100%

2 ½ inch (63 mm) 95 to 100%

2 inch (50 mm) 80 to 100%

1 ½ inch (37.5 mm) 50 to 85%

¾ inch (19 mm) 20 to 40%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 to 5%

NOTE: Grade No. 1 coarse aggregate shall not be used for pavement concrete. It may be used in
foundations only (except cased drilled shafts).

COD.303-21
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
II. GRADE NUMBER 2 ~ Maximum Normal Size: 1 ½ inches (37.5 mm)

Table 303.3.3.3.9.(c).COD: Grade Number 2 Course Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

2 inches (50 mm) 100%

1 ½ inches (37.5 mm) 95 – 100%

¾ inches (19 mm) 40 – 70%

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 10 – 30 %

NO. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 – 5%

III. GRADE NUMBER 3 ~ Maximum Nominal size 1 inch (25 mm)

Table 303.3.3.3.9.(d).COD: Grade Number 3 Course Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

2 inches (50 mm) 100%

1 ½ inches (37.5 mm) 95 – 100%

¾ inches (19 mm) 40 – 70%

3/8 inches (9.5 mm) 10 – 30 %

NO. 4 (4.75 mm) 0 – 5%

IV. GRADE NUMBER 4 ~ Maximum Nominal Size 3/8 inch (9.5 mm)

Table 303.3.3.3.9.(e).COD: Grade Number 4 Course Aggregate Gradation Analysis

Sieve Percent (%) Passing

½ inch (12.5 mm) 100%

3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 85 – 100%

No. 4 (4.75 mm) 10 - 30%

No. 8 (2.36 mm) 0 - 10%

No. 12 (1.18 mm) 0 – 5%

3. GRADATION TESTS SUBMITTED for the coarse and fine aggregates shall be performed within 30 days or
less.
303.3.3.3.10.COD: FINENESS MODULUS: Design shall show fineness modulus of fine aggregate. The fine
aggregates shall have a fineness modulus between 2.30 and 3.10. In addition, the fineness modulus of fine
aggregate used in actual concrete production shall not vary more than 0.2 from the average value used in
proportioning the mix.

COD 303-22
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
303.3.3.3.11.COD: SPECIFIC GRAVITY AND ABSORPTION: Design shall show specific gravity (typicaly 2.65±)
and absorption (typicaly less than 2%) values for fine and course aggregates.
303.3.3.3.12.COD: L.A. ABRASION TEST: Design shall show L.A. (Los Angeles) Abrasion of coarse aggregate
(maximum: 45 percent loss). The L.A. Abrasion Tests are defined in the following locations: ASTM C 131:
Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles
Machine, and ASTM C 535: Resistance to Degradation of Large Size Coarse Aggregates by Abrasion and
Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.

303.3.3.3.13.COD: CERTIFICATIONS TO BE NOTARIZED: All manufacturer’s certifications (ASTM C-150, C-618,

C-260, C-494 Types A or F, C-494 Types D or G) shall be notarized.

(Page 303-12. Replace Item 303.3.4.2. Standard Classes, with the following:)
303.3.4.2.COD: STANDARD CLASSES OF PAVEMENT CONCRETE: Unless otherwise shown on the plans or
detailed specifications, the Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete shown in Table 303.3.4.2.(a).COD: Standard
Classes of Pavement Concrete shall be used.
Streets, alleys, drive approaches, sidewalks, and inlets shall be constructed in accordance with these specifications
using the classes of concrete, machine or hand finished, whichever is appropriate. Mass pour medians, noses, and
islands shall use hand-finished concrete.
The testing does not in any way change the penalties imposed on the CONTRACTOR for deficient strength outlined
elsewhere in these specifications.
Table 303.3.4.2.(a).COD: Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete

Minimum Cement
Minimum Maximum
Content Per Range
Compressive Water /
Class of Concrete Cubic Yard. Slump
Strength Cement
(Inches)
28-day, PSI Ratio
Pounds Sacks

Machine Finish 564 6.0 4,000 0.49 ½‖ to 4‖

Hand Finish 611 6.5 4,500 0.45 3‖ to 5‖

Sidewalks and 4 inch thick

470 5.0 3,000 0.58 3‖ to 5‖
median pavement

Miscellaneous Concrete As Directed by OWNER or as shown on the plans

NOTES:
(1) Fly ash may be used to replace a portion of the minimum cement in accordance with 303.2.4.
(2) Grade No. 1 Coarse aggregate shall not be used for pavement concrete.
(3) The maximum water/cement ratio, in pounds per pound, will be computed based on total cementitious
material.
(4) Entrained air will be required. The concrete will be designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 2 Coarse
Aggregate is used, 6 percent when Grade 3 Coarse Aggregate is used, and 7 percent for Grade 4 unless
otherwise specified by the OWNER. Concrete as placed shall contain the proper amount of air as required
herein with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percent. Entrained air shall conform to Item 303.2.3. Chemical
Admixtures.

(Page 303-14. Add the following:)

303.3.6.COD: CEMENT USED ON PUBLIC PROJECTS – SUSTAINABLE AIR QUALITY:
(A) Pursuant to Section 271.907 of the Texas Local Government Code, as amended, the OWNER will give a bid
preference to the Bid of a CONTRACTOR who certifies in the Bid that, in the purchase of concrete or other
products using Portland cement in construction of the Project, the CONTRACTOR will utilize Portland
Cement from manufacturers who:
(1) are incompliance with all applicable state and federal environmental standards relating to the emission

COD.303-23
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
of NOx, including all applicable TCEQ and EPA rules and regulations; and
(2) operate kilns with emissions that exceed the standards for NOx emissions set out in 30 Tex. Admin.
Code § 117.3110(a)(1)-(4) (as provided presently and as may be amended in the future) by the
following percentage amounts:
(a) for each long wet kiln, 10 percent lower than the standard for long wet kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas as set out in 30 Tex Admin Code § 117.3110(B);
(b) for each long dry kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for long dry kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code § 117.3110(a)(2);
(c) for each preheater kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for preheater kilns located in Ellis
County, Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code § 117.3110(a)(3); and
(d) for each preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln, 35 percent lower than the standard for preheater-
precalciner and precalciner kilns located in Ellis County, Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code
§ 117.3110(a)(4). [Reference: City Council Resolution No. 11-0657, passed by the Dallas City
Council on March 9, 2011.]
(B) The preference shall apply only to the extent that the CONTRACTOR‘S Bid, as certified, is not greater than
105 percent of the lowest responsible Bid of a CONTRACTOR who does not or cannot certify that it will
utilize Portland cement from a cement kiln meeting the above-mentioned emission standards. The OWNER
reserves the right to pursue any remedies it has under the CONTRACT Documents in the event the
CONTRACTOR falsely certifies to the requirements stated above, including but not limited to termination of
the CONTRACT, adverse evaluation at final completion of the CONTRACT, or debarment from participation
in future construction contracts the OWNER may advertise or award. The OWNER also reserves the right to
reject any load or item of Portland cement, concrete, or other product containing Portland cement delivered
in the event it is discovered that the Portland cement used in the load or item was not manufactured as
certified.
(C) When a bidding preference has been granted as provided herein and any load or item of Portland cement,
concrete, or other product which contains Portland cement is delivered to the Project site for use, the
CONTRACTOR shall obtain and present to the OWNER a sworn-to certification, using a certification form
approved by the OWNER, from the Portland cement or concrete manufacturer that the load or item delivered
contains no Portland cement other than Portland cement meeting the requirements as specified in
Paragraph (A). The CONTRACTOR shall also obtain a manifest for each Portland cement or concrete load
showing the quantity of Portland cement or concrete delivered and the location of the manufacture of the
Portland cement, along with the name of a designated representative of the Portland cement manufacturer
for purposes of contact by the OWNER if necessary. On a monthly basis or other frequency desired by the
OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish for inspection by the OWNER of a copy of the delivery manifests
obtained. The CONTRACTOR shall certify in writing that the manifests are true and correct to the best of the
CONTRACTOR‘S knowledge. Notwithstanding the manufacturer's certification, the CONTRACTOR will be
held responsible in the event the OWNER discovers that the cement used was not manufactured in
accordance with the requirements of Paragraph (A).
(D) The OWNER reserves the right to pursue any remedies it has under the CONTRACT Documents in the
event the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with this materials specification, including but not limited to
termination of the CONTRACT, adverse evaluation at final completion of the CONTRACT, or debarment
from participation in future construction contracts the OWNER may advertise or award. The OWNER also
reserves the right to reject any load or item of Portland cement, concrete, or other product containing
Portland cement delivered in the event it is discovered that the Portland cement used in the load or item was
not manufactured as certified.
(E) Copies of the required forms are found on the following pages.

COD 303-24
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

CEMENT PREFERENCE CERTIFICATION

I, ________________________, the _________________ [state title of officer of company] of

_____________________________________ [legal name of bidder company], do hereby certify that my bid for
concrete products utilizes Portland cement produced by vendors who:

(1) are in compliance with all applicable state and federal environmental standards relating to the emission of
NOx, including all applicable TCEQ and EPA rules and regulations; and
(2) operate kilns with emissions that exceed the standards for NOx emissions set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code §
117.3110(a)(1)-(4) (as provided presently and as may be amended in the future) by the following percentage
amounts:
(a) for each long wet kiln, 10 percent lower than the standard for long wet kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code § 117.310(a)(1)(B) [As of 3-9-11, wet kiln NOx emissions
can NOT exceed 3.6 lbs per ton of clinker produced.];
(b) for each long dry kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for long dry kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas, as set out in 30 Texas. Admin. Code § 117.3110(a)(2) [As of 3-9-11, dry kiln NOx emissions
can NOT exceed 4.1 lbs per ton of clinker produced.];
(c) for each preheater kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for preheater kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code § 117.3110(a)(3) [As of 3-9-11, preheater kiln NOx
emissions can NOT exceed 3.0 lbs per ton of clinker produced.]; and
(d) for each preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln, 35 percent lower than the standard for preheater-
precalciner and precalciner kilns located in Ellis County, Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code §
117.3110(a)(4) [As of 3-9-11, preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln NOx emissions can NOT
exceed 1.8 lbs per ton of clinker produced.]

BIDDER:

_______________________________________

_______________________________________
Print Name and Title

SUBSCRIBED and SWORN TO before me this ____ day of __________, 20___.

_______________________________________
[Seal] Notary Public, State of Texas
My commission expires: ___________________

Form 25: Cement Preference Certification

COD.303-25
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

CONCRETE / CEMENT DELIVERY CERTIFICATION

I, ________________________, the _________________ [state title of officer of company] of

______________________________________ [legal name of Portland cement or concrete manufacturer], do hereby
certify that the concrete/cement products delivered between _______________________ and
_________________________ to the City of Dallas project known as __________________________utilizes
Portland cement produced by vendors who:
(1) are in compliance with all applicable state and federal environmental standards relating to the emission of
NOx, including all applicable TCEQ and EPA rules and regulations; and
(2) operate kilns with emissions that exceed the standards for NOx emissions set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code §
117.3110(a)(1)-(4) (as provided presently and as may be amended in the future) by the following percentage
amounts:
(a) for each long wet kiln, 10 percent lower than the standard for long wet kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code §117.310(a)(1)(B) [As of 3-9-11, wet kiln NOx emissions
can NOT exceed 3.6 lbs per ton of clinker produced.];
(b) for each long dry kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for long dry kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas, as set out in 30 Texas. Admin. Code §117.3110(a)(2) [As of 3-9-11, dry kiln NOx emissions
can NOT exceed 4.1 lbs per ton of clinker produced.];
(c) for each preheater kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for preheater kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Cod §117.3110(a)(3) [As of 3-9-11, preheater kiln NOx
emissions can NOT exceed 3.0 lbs per ton of clinker produced.]; and
(d) for each preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln, 35 percent lower than the standard for preheater-
precalciner and precalciner kilns located in Ellis County, Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code
§117.3110(a)(4) [As of 3-9-11, preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln emissions can NOT
exceed 1.8 lbs per ton of clinker produced.].

CONCRETE/CEMENT MANUFACTURER:

_____________________________________________

_____________________________________________
Print Name and Title

SUBSCRIBED and SWORN TO before me this ____ day of __________, 20___.

_____________________________________________
[Seal] Notary Public, State of Texas
My commission expires: ________________

Form 26: Concrete / Cement Delivery Certification

COD 303-26
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 303-15. Replace Item 303.4.1. General, with the following:)

303.4.1.COD: GENERAL: All equipment necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project and shall
be field checked by a trial run by the CONTRACTOR and observed by the OWNER before its use in the actual
construction operations on which the equipment is to be used. The resulting product must comply with the project
specifications.
The CONTRACTOR shall have on site the following standard finishing tools when paving streets and slabs wider
than ten feet: the ten foot wide ―Straight Edge‖, the ten foot wide ―Sentem‖, and other miscellaneous standard
equipment used in the placing and finishing of concrete pavements

(Page 303-15. Replace Item 303.4.5. Mechanical Vibratory Equipment, with the following: (The first paragraph has been
replaced.))
303.4.5.COD: MECHANICAL VIBRATORY EQUIPMENT: All concrete placed as Machine Finish class concrete
shall be consolidated by approved mechanical vibrators attached to the machine, operated ahead of the transverse
finishing screen, and designed to vibrate the concrete internally. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, vibrators of
the surface-pan type may also be used for full-depth placement provided that internal vibrators fixed to the machine
are also used for vibrating the concrete internally. Vibratory members shall extend across the pavement practically
to, but shall not come in contact with, the side forms. Mechanically-operated vibrators shall be mounted in such
manner as not to interfere with the transverse or longitudinal joints.
The internal-type vibrators shall be spaced at not more than 24-in. (61cm) and shall be equipped with synchronized
vibratory units. Separate Vibratory units shall be spaced at sufficiently close intervals to provide uniform vibration and
consolidation to the entire width of the pavement. The frequency in air of the internal spud-type Vibratory units shall
be not less than 8,000-cycles-per-minute and not less than 5,000-cycles-per-minute for tube types. The method of
operation shall be as directed by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall have a satisfactory tachometer available for
checking the vibratory elements.
The pavement vibrators shall not be used to level or spread the concrete but shall be used only for purposes of
consolidation. The vibrators shall not be operated where the surface of the concrete, as spread, is below the
elevation of the finished surface of the pavement, except for the first lift of concrete where the double strike-off
method of placement is employed. The vibrators shall not be operated for more than 15-seconds while the machine
upon which they are installed is still.
The pan-type vibrator units shall apply the vibrating impulses directly to the surface of the concrete. The operating
frequency shall not be less than 3,500-cycles- nor more than 4,200-cycles-per-minute in air. The CONTRACTOR
shall have a satisfactory tachometer available for checking the speed of the vibratory elements.
Approved hand manipulated mechanical vibrators shall be furnished in the number required for provision of proper
consolidation of the concrete along the forms, at joints and in areas not covered by mechanically controlled vibrators.
These vibrators shall be sufficiently rigid to insure control of the operating position of the vibrating head.
Complete and satisfactory consolidation of the concrete pavement is a most important requirement of this
specification. Cores taken as required by Item 303.8. Pavement Testing and Evaluation (with addendum Items)
shall be carefully examined for voids, honeycombing or other evidence of incomplete consolidation. If such evidence
is present, changes in the consolidation procedures and/or equipment shall be made to insure satisfactory
consolidation.

(Page 303-15. Replace Item 303.4.6. Vibrating Screed, with the following: (Two new sentences have been added.))
303.4.6.COD: VIBRATING SCREED: The vibrating screen may be used for Hand Finish class concrete placement
for pavement. The mechanically vibrated screed shall be provided with a template adjusted to the crown of the
concrete section. The template shall be power vibrated, adjustable in height and mounted to ride on the forms. The
mechanical vibration of one of the screeds on the transverse finishing machine specified in Item 303.4.7.COD
Transverse Finishing Machine, shall be acceptable. Approved hand manipulated mechanical vibrators shall be
used with the vibrating screen in the number required for internal vibration and proper consolidation of the pavement.

(Page 303-15. Replace Item 303.4.7. Transverse Finishing Machines, with the following: (The first paragraph has been replaced.))
303.4.7.COD: TRANSVERSE FINISHING MACHINE: The transverse finishing machine may be used for Machine
Finish class concrete placement for pavement provided that internal vibrators fixed to the machine are also used for
vibrating the concrete internally. The requirements for fixed internal vibrators given in part Item 303.4.5.COD
Mechanical Vibratory Equipment, shall apply. The transverse finishing machine shall be provided with two screeds
accurately adjusted to the crown of the pavement, shall be power driven, and mounted in a substantial frame
equipped to ride on the forms. The machine shall be so designed and operated as to strike off and consolidate the

COD.303-27
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
concrete internally with internal-type vibrators as required in part Item 303.4.5.COD Mechanical Vibratory
Equipment.
Finishing machines shall be maintained in a tight and good operating condition, accurately adjusted to the required
crown or profile and free from deflection, wobble, or vibration tending to affect the surface finish. Machines failing to
meet these requirements shall be rejected by the OWNER, and the CONTRACTOR shall provide approved
equipment.

(Page 303-17. Replace Item 303.5.4.3. Construction Joints, with the following:)
303.5.4.3.COD: CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Contraction, or sawed dummy joints, shall be installed at the locations
and at the intervals shown on the plans and standard construction details after placement of the curing membrane.
The joints shall be constructed by sawing to a 1/4th inch (6mm) width and to the depth indicated on the plans and in
accordance with Item 402.3. Sawing. Joints shall be sawed into the completed pavement surface as soon after
initial concrete set as possible and after the sealing operation to control cracking; but with enough elapsed time to
prevent aggregate from being dislodged and to prevent any damage by blade action to the slab surface and to the
concrete immediately adjacent to the joint. If sawing causes a crack to occur in the placement surface, sawing shall
be discontinued at that location and sawing of the remaining dummy joints shall continue. Any portion of the curing
membrane that has been disturbed by sawing operations shall be restored by spraying the areas with additional
curing compound. The following sawing schedule table shall be used in relation to the average of the concrete and
air temperature at the time of placement:

REQUIRED CONCRETE DUMMY JOINT

SAW SCHEDULE

Average of Concrete Permitted Elapsed Time

and Air Temperature After Placement Prior
(ºF) To Sawing (Hrs.)

40 to 49 10 + 1

50 to 59 8+1

60 to 69 7+1

70 to 79 6+1

80 to 89 5+1

90 or Greater 4+1

The sawed groove shall be thoroughly cleaned for the full depth and width of the joint and filled with Ready-mixed
cold-applied joint sealer as specified in Item 303.5.4.7.COD Joint Sealing, as amended. The type of equipment and
method for performing this work shall be as provided for in Item 303.5.4.7.COD Joint Sealing, as amended

(Page 303-18. Replace the entire Item 303.5.4.7. Joint Sealing, with the following: (The original information for this item has been
kept; however, the Item has been significantly expanded.))
303.5.4.7.COD: JOINT SEALING: Routine pavement joints shall be filled to a depth of 1½-in. (3.8cm). Materials
shall generally be handled and applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations, with additional
requirements as stated herein.
303.5.4.7.1.COD: HOT POURED POLYMER: The sealing filler shall be melted in an approved oil-batch kettle
with continuous mechanical agitation. The kettle shall be equipped with temperature indicators. The
OWNER shall determine the optimum temperature for proper pouring fluidity, and the CONTRACTOR shall
maintain the material within close range of optimum temperature. At no time shall the temperature exceed
450°F (232°C). Joint sealing compound shall not be poured at atmospheric temperatures below 32°F (0°C).
303.5.4.7.2.COD: READY-MIXED COLD-APPLIED: Permeation of joints shall principally be achieved without
the task of squeegeeing. However, squeegeeing is recommended to assist permeation and to allow sealant
to become rapidly tack-free. Sealant shall "set" in a fixed position within 40-minutes after application, to
where traffic may be restored to the pavement without the effects of "tracking." "Tracking" shall be averted
without the use of topping materials such as sand.

COD 303-28
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
303.5.4.7.3.COD: MISCELLANEOUS JOINT SEALING PROCEDURES: (Joints which are not expansion
joints.) All remaining joints that are not expansion joints shall be sealed in accordance with the following
requirements:
(A) DESCRIPTION: This item shall govern the cleaning, preparation and sealing of all types of joints other
than expansion joints in Portland cement concrete pavements as set forth in the plans, as required by
the construction sequencing, and as directed by the OWNER.
(B) MATERIALS: All materials used in the construction of joints and joint sealing shall conform to the
applicable sections of Division 2. Joint sealants shall be a single component polymer modified asphalt
emulsion conforming to the requirements of Item 303.2.14.1.2.COD Ready Mixed Cold Applied Joint
Sealant, as amended.
(C) MATERIAL STORAGE AND DISPOSAL: Cold pour sealant and other materials that become a part of
the final product shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR. In addition, all incidental materials, fuel
solvents and other items shall also be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall
locate and furnish a storage area and shall be responsible for the proper storage of sealing material.
Sealing materials shall be delivered to the job sites in clean, sealed, original containers bearing the
manufacturer‘s name, material type, lot number, and special handling instructions that apply. At the
conclusion of work, all materials, containers, equipment, and incidentals shall be removed by the
CONTRACTOR. The lawful disposal of barrels and other containers shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR. Disposal shall take place in a timely manner and in accordance with the latest
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
requirements.
(D) EQUIPMENT: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish in good working condition all equipment, tools, and
machinery necessary to satisfactorily complete the work and shall maintained all such equipment, tools,
and machinery in good condition during the course of the work without excessive delays for repairs and
replacements. Equipment used for cold pour sealing shall meet the following minimum requirements:
(1) Cleaning Equipment: Equipment utilized for cleaning joints shall be capable of delivering
compressed air of sufficient volume and force to remove all loose debris from joints to the depth
shown on the plans. At least one (1) hand-held pressurized wand per crew shall be provided by
the CONTRACTOR for the sole purpose of joint cleaning. The air compressor shall be capable of
delivering at least 100 CFM at 100 psi at the compressor and shall be equipped with an oil and
moisture trap to remove contamination from the compressed air. Proper operating pressure for this
equipment will be determined by the OWNER. When sealing joints older than one day, the joints
shall be routed with a concrete routing saw, in good working condition, capable of routing and
cleaning the sides of the joints for the full depth of the joints. CONTRACTOR shall provide dust
control methods to assure that dust and debris are captured and adhere to the TCEQ air-borne
contamination requirements.
(2) Cold Pour Sealing Equipment for Joints: Equipment utilized for cold pour sealing shall consist
of:
a. Not less than two (2) pressure-fed hand-held wands per crew and;
b. A barrel pump or pressurizing system to provide a continuous and uninterrupted flow of sealant
through the hoses to the wands.
The CONTRACTOR shall also provide any special equipment required to install backer rod for
joint sealing. Sealing equipment shall meet the approval of the OWNER.
(E) CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
(1) Presence of Manufacturer’s Representative Required.
Manufacturer‘s representative shall be present at the beginning of the sealing operations to meet
with the contractor, and OWNER to establish correct procedures. Contact manufacturer‘s
representative 48 hours prior to installation of joint sealant at the phone number provided in the
Standard Construction Details, File 251D-1, sheet 1003.
(2) Application:
a. Sealant must be able to be applied to fresh damp concrete and withstand immersion in water
after curing.
b. Sealant may be applied immediately following the contraction joint sawing operation. After
sawing, joints shall be blown clean with high-pressure air, backer rod installed and sealed
immediately.
c. Water shall be diverted while sealant is applied and curing.
d. At least 24-hour cure time is required after application before sealed joints can be exposed to

COD.303-29
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
traffic.
e. If the CONTRACTOR elects to seal the joints more than four hours after the contraction joint
sawing operation, the following procedure must be followed:
The walls of all joints shall be cleaned so that the surfaces of the joints do not have foreign
material preventing the sealant from adhering to the walls. This shall be done by back sawing
and high-pressure air. All joints shall be routed with a concrete routing saw for the full depth of
the joint. After the back sawing operation is completed, the street shall be immediately swept
clean of all mud, aggregate, and debris. The joints shall then be immediately cleaned
thoroughly with high-pressure air (100 CFM with at least 100 psi pressure), the backer rod
installed and the joints sealed. Joints not sealed within 8 hours of cleaning shall be re-cleaned
using the above method and sealed. The method to be used must first be approved by the
OWNER.
(1) Contraction Joints: Sealant shall be applied on top of an extruded closed-cell
polyethylene foam backer rod that shall be inserted into the joint with the top of the backer
rod no more than 3/8" below the pavement surface. The backer rod shall be at least 1/8"
larger in diameter than the width of the joint to provide positive blockage. The backer rod
shall be placed in the joint at a depth not to exceed, the width by more than 1 to 1-1/2 to
create a uniform reservoir for the sealant. The backer rod shall be placed immediately
after air blasting and before placing the sealant.
The backer rod shall be installed with a properly sized backer rod tool to prevent
damaging the rod and to insure rod is placed at the proper depth. The nozzle of the
application wand shall be inserted into the joint and sealant shall be applied so that air will
not be trapped over the backer rod. Sealant shall be applied to the full 1/4" width of the
sawed joints to a depth of at least 1/4" thick but not more than 3/8" thick after curing. The
sealant shall fill the joint to the surface of the pavement. Care shall be taken to prevent
overfilling the joint. After curing, the sealant shall be within 1/8" to 1/4" of the surface in
the center of the joint.
(2) Construction Joints: Construction joints shall consist of a butt joint with a reservoir for
the sealant to a width of 3/8" and a depth of T/4 created by sawing or hand tooling. The
backer rod shall be set to a depth of 1/2" below the surface of the pavement. The
reservoir shall be filled with sealant level to the surface of the pavement.
(3) Resealing Old Joints: The joints are to be routed full depth with a concrete routing saw
and cleaned with compressed air. Backer rod will be inserted and sealant applied per
paragraph (1) above.
(3) Precautions:
a. Avoid applying sealant when rain or other sources of water are expected to come into contact
with the freshly applied sealant. Normally, the sealant will be protected from damage after a 2-
hour cure period.
b. The sealant shall not be applied in temperatures below freezing unless the joints are
preheated to prevent freezing of the sealant until sufficient cure time has elapsed.
c. Sealant shall be stored at a temperature not less than 40°F, nor more than 120ºF.
(4) Clean up:
a. The equipment and tools can be cleaned by flushing with mineral spirits or diesel oil to remove
any built-up sealant. Flush out all cleaning materials before next sealing operation. This is
normally done by placing the wand in a bucket and running sealant until the material is not
contaminated.
b. Spills, drips, or puddles shall be removed as directed by the OWNER. Removal can be
assisted by blotting spills as they occur.
(A) Description: This item shall govern the cleaning, preparation and sealing of all types of joints in Portland
cement concrete pavements as set forth in the plans, as required by the construction sequencing, and as
directed by the OWNER.
(B) Materials: All materials used in the construction of joints and joint sealing shall conform to the applicable
sections of Division 2. Redwood filler material shall be used in the construction of expansion joints. Joint
sealants shall be a single component polymer modified asphalt emulsion conforming to the requirements of
303.2.14.1.2. ―Ready Mixed Cold Applied‖ Joint Sealant as amended
(C) Material Storage and Disposal: Cold pour sealant and other materials that become a part of the final
product shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR. In addition, all incidental materials, fuel solvents and
other items shall also be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall locate and furnish a
COD 303-30
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
storage area and shall be responsible for the proper storage of sealing material. Sealing materials shall be
delivered to the job sites in clean, sealed, original containers bearing the manufacturer‘s name, material
type, lot number, and special handling instructions that apply. At the conclusion of work, all materials,
containers, equipment, and incidentals shall be removed by the CONTRACTOR. The lawful disposal of
barrels and other containers shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Disposal shall take place in a
timely manner and in accordance with the latest Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or Texas
Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) requirement.

(Page 303-18. Add the following Item:)

303.5.4.7.4.COD: EXPANSION JOINT AND ALTERNATE JOINT SEALING PROCEDURES: The following joint
sealing procedure using Item 303.5.4.7.3.COD Miscellaneous Joint Sealing Procedures (with Addendum
Items), shall be used for the sealing of all expansion joints in concrete pavement when joint sealing is specified in the
plans and specifications. This joint sealant and procedure may also be used as an alternate to Item 303.5.4.7.3.COD
Miscellaneous Joint Sealing Procedures (with Addendum Items), for sealing all other joints in concrete
pavements. All other provisions of Item 303.5.4. Joints (with Addendum Items), not specifically changed shall
apply.
(A) DESCRIPTION: The item shall govern the cleaning, preparation and sealing of all types of joints of Portland
cement and concrete pavements as set forth in the plans, as required by the construction sequence and as
directed by the OWNER.
(B) MATERIALS STORAGE AND DISPOSAL: The sealant for joint sealing shall be Cold Pour Silicone Joint
Sealant as specified in Item 303.5.4.7.3.COD Miscellaneous Joint Sealing Procedures (with Addendum
Items), and other materials that become part of the final product shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
In addition, all incidental materials, fuel solvents and other items shall also be provided by the
CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall locate and furnish a storage area and shall be responsible for
the proper storage of sealing material. Sealing materials shall be delivered to the job sites in clean, sealed
original containers bearing the manufacturer‘s name, material type, lot number, and special handling
instructions that apply. At the conclusion of work, all materials, containers, equipment, and incidentals shall
be removed by the CONTRACTOR.
The lawful disposal of barrels and other containers shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
Disposal shall take place in a timely manner and in accordance with the latest Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) or Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) requirements. Redwood filler shall
be required in all expansion joints as provided in the Standard Construction Details, file 251D-1, as
amended.
(C) EQUIPMENT: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish in good working condition, all equipment, tools, and
machinery necessary to satisfactorily clean the joints and complete the work and shall maintain all such
equipment, tools and machinery in good condition during the course of the work without excessive delays for
repairs and replacement. Equipment used for applying the silicone joint sealant shall meet the following
requirements:
The CONTRACTOR shall also provide any special equipment required to install backer rod for joint sealing.
The sealing equipment shall meet the approval of the OWNER. Other materials that become part of the
product shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
(1) Cleaning Equipment: Air compressor will be used to provide air to the sand blasting equipment as
well as the final blowing of the joint. The air compressor shall be capable of delivering 100 CFM or
more, at 100 psi. Additionally, the air compressor shall be equipped with an oil and moisture trap to
remove all contaminants from the compressed air prior to entering the sandblaster or blow out tube. If
the concrete slurry has been allowed to dry in the joints, a saw shall be run down the length of the joints
to break up and remove the dried slurry prior to the sand blasting and final blowing operation.
CONTRACTOR shall provide dust control methods to assure that dust and debris are captured and
adhere to the TCEQ air-borne contamination requirements.
(2) Cold Pour Sealing Equipment: Cold pour equipment utilized for applying the silicone joint sealant,
shall consist of an air-powered pump specifically designed for the purpose of dispensing single-
component, moisture cured sealants. The pump shall be capable of delivering sufficient quantities of
material to provide speedy and accurate sealing of the joints. The pump manufacturer shall be
recommended by the sealant SUPPLIER. Sealing equipment shall meet the approval of the OWNER.
(D) CONSTRUCTION METHODS.
(1) Application: The sealant shall be applied to dry and clean joints. Unless otherwise agreed to by the
manufacturer, a minimum of seven (7) days curing of the concrete shall occur before the joint sealant is
installed.
(2) Water Cooled Saws: If water-cooled saws are used for jointing the concrete, the resulting slurry shall

COD.303-31
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
be washed out of the joint within ten minutes of the sawing operation. If dry saws are used, the residue
shall be blown out of the joint with high-pressure air within two hours of sawing. The joints should be
allowed to thoroughly dry. Immediately prior to the sealing operation, the joints shall be sand blasted.
The sand blast wand shall be equipped with a guide to position the nozzle within two inches of the
concrete surface and direct the blast stream into the joint. The joint shall be sand blasted twice, each
pass at approximately a 45 angle along each face of the joint. After sand blasting, the joints shall be
blown clean with filtered (oil and moisture-free) air. Immediately prior to installing the backer rod, the
CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER for inspection and approval of the joints. If contamination is
present, the joints shall be re-cleaned. Following approval by the OWNER, the backer rod shall be
installed to the depth recommended by the manufacturer and the silicone sealant applied per the
manufacturer‘s recommendations. Installation of the backer rod shall require removal of redwood filler
to a depth of at least 1 1/4 inches for 1/2 inch wide standard paving expansion joints. The top or the
backer rod shall be placed 1/2 inch below the surface of the concrete. A 1/4 inch thick layer of sealant
shall be applied on top of the backer rod and a 1/4 inch recess shall be provided from the surface of the
concrete at the joint to the top of the sealant material. Backer rod shall be closed cell polyethylene,
compatible with cold applied sealants and shall be at least 1/8 inch larger in diameter than the width of
the joint. The minimum temperature for applying sealant is 40oF. The pavement may be opened to
traffic immediately after the sealing operation is completed.
CONTRACTOR shall provide dust control methods to assure that dust and debris are captured and
adhere to the TCEQ air-borne contamination requirements. Containment and extraction methods for
controlling the run-off from sawing operations must be submitted by the CONTRACTOR, to the
OWNER, for approval prior to any concrete saw cutting is scheduled.

(Page 303-19. Replace Item 303.5.5.2. Weather Conditions, with the following:)
303.5.5.2.COD: WEATHER CONDITIONS: All concrete shall be placed, finished, and cured in conformance with
the intent of the Standard Specifications as amended by the OWNER. Fresh concrete shall be protected from freeze/
thaw damage for at least three calendar days after the placement.
Except by specific written authorization of the OWNER, no concrete shall be placed during detrimental weather
conditions or when weather conditions indicate that detrimental weather conditions may exist within 24 hours of the
placement. Detrimental weather conditions shall be considered to exist when any one of the following weather
conditions occur:
(A) The air temperature is less than 40 Fahrenheit (4C);
(B) During rainfall or other precipitation sufficient to potentially cause damage to the work or the concrete
surface;
(c) The conditions of wind, humidity, ambient temperature, and concrete temperature create a condition
whereby surface moisture evaporation may exceed 0.2 lb. per square foot per hour as discussed in Item
303.5.7. Curing (with Addendum Items), of these amended Standard Specifications.
The air temperature shall be taken in the shade away from artificial heat.
To secure written authorization to place concrete during potential detrimental weather conditions the CONTRACTOR
shall submit his request in writing to the OWNER in advance of the placement of concrete pavement together with the
CONTRACTOR‘S proposed materials, devices and methods that will be used to protect the concrete placement
during the detrimental weather conditions. For detrimental weather condition (c) above, the proposal must be in
compliance with Item 303.5.7. Curing (with Addendum Items), of these amended Standard Specifications.
For detrimental weather condition (A) above, the proposal must insure that the fresh concrete after mixing is
protected during transport, placement, finishing and early curing in such a way as to maintain the temperature of the
air surrounding the fresh concrete at not less than 50 Fahrenheit (10C) for a period of at least five calendar days
after the placement of the concrete pour. The proposed materials and devices must be on site before the
authorization from the OWNER will be given. An additional four cylinders of concrete test specimens shall be made
with each set of cylinders made during the placement. These additional test specimens shall be kept on the site
exposed to the same conditions as the concrete placement. Equipment and material loads will not be allowed on the
placement until compressive test breaks of these specimens indicate that the concrete has reached sufficient
strength to bear the loads.
No additional compensation will be provided to the CONTRACTOR for the costs necessary to comply with these
requirements for placing concrete in detrimental weather conditions, but all such costs shall be considered incidental
to the pay items provided.
It is to be distinctly understood that the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete
placed under any weather conditions. No concrete shall be placed on a frozen subgrade.

COD 303-32
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(Page 303-19. Replace Item 303.5.6. Finishing, with the following: (New information has been added at the beginning of this Item.))
303.5.6.COD: FINISHING:
Finishing of Concrete Pavement And Pavement Leaveouts: Machine and hand finish classes of concrete shall be
consolidated with approved mechanical vibrators designed to vibrate and consolidate the concrete internally.
Concrete base and pavement in the following instances will be required to be finished mechanically with approved
power-driven machines: streets wider than 27 feet, divided streets, and major thoroughfares.
Care shall be taken to provide adequate vibration and consolidation of hand finish concrete placements. Hand
manipulated mechanical vibrators shall be used in sufficient number required for uniform internal vibration and proper
consolidation of the pavement. Over-vibration shall be avoided.
The ten foot wide ―Straight Edge‖ shall be used immediately behind the paving machine or template to help strike off
the rough areas. The ten foot wide ―Sentem‖ shall then be used behind the ―Straight Edge‖ to complete the
smoothing and sealing of the pavement surface. A five-foot wide ―Bull Float‖ may be used for finishing the surface of
sidewalks and driveway approaches and other special areas, when approved by the OWNER, to help smooth and
seal the pavement surface. If the ―Bull Float‖ is approved by the OWNER for use in finishing of transition areas of the
street paving, the ten foot wide ―Straight Edge‖ shall be used behind the ―Bull Float‖ to check and complete the
sealing and smoothing of the pavement surface. The ―Bull Float‖ shall not be used in place of the ten foot wide
―Sentem‖ in the main pavement finishing operation.

(Page 303-19. Replace Item 303.5.6.1. Machine, with the following: (A new sentence has been added to the end of this Item.))
303.5.6.1.COD: MACHINE: When the concrete has been deposited, it shall be approximately leveled and then
struck off to such elevation that, when mechanically screeded and tamped, the concrete shall be thoroughly
compacted and finished to the required line, grade and section with all surface voids filled. Where bar mats or wire
mesh reinforcing is specified, method shall be in accordance with Item 303.5.3. Placing Reinforcing Steel, Tie, and
Dowel Bars. Machine finishing of concrete base and pavement shall include the use of power-driven finishing
machines with internal vibrators fixed to the machine on a spacing not to exceed 24 inches.

(Page 303-19. Replace Item 303.5.6.2. Hand, with the following: (The first paragraph has been replaced and new paragraphs have
been added to the end of this Item.))
303.5.6.2.COD: HAND FINISHING: Hand finishing will be permitted on the transition from a crowned section to a
super-elevated section without crown on curves. Hand finishing will also be permitted on pavement widening, on
sections where the pavement width is not uniform, at intersections, where required monolithic widths are greater than
that of available finishing machines, on streets less than 200 feet in length, alley paving, and elsewhere where
mechanical finishing is not specified or required by these specifications.
When the hand method of striking off and consolidating is permitted, the concrete, as soon as placed, shall be
approximately leveled and then struck off and screeded to such elevation above grade that, when consolidated and
finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the grade elevation shown on the plans. The entire surface shall
then be tamped and the concrete consolidated so as to insure maximum compaction and a minimum of voids. For
the strike off and consolidation, both a strike template and tamping template shall be provided on the work. In
operation the strike template shall be moved forward with a combined longitudinal and transverse motion and so
manipulated that neither end of the template is raised from the forms during the striking-off process. A slight excess
of material shall be kept in front of the cutting edge at all times.
The straightedge and joint finishing shall be as hereinabove prescribed.
At the option of the CONTRACTOR or when directed by the OWNER, an approved vibrating screen may be used in
place of the strike-off template and tamping template specified in the Standard Specifications for hand finished base
or pavement. The vibrating screen shall not be used in place of the finishing machine on work specified to receive a
mechanical finish. The screen shall be operated over each area as many times and at such intervals as directed and
as required to produce a compacted slab free of surface voids with the surface screened to the required section.
Hand finish shall not be a separate pay item in this contract, but the costs associated with hand finish shall be
considered incidental to the pay items provided.

(Page 303-19. Replace Item 303.5.7. Curing, with the following:)

303.5.7.COD: CURING: The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the entire
curing period. Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed shall be considered as sufficient cause for
immediate suspension of paving operations. The curing method as herein specified does not preclude the use of any
of the other commonly used methods of curing, and the OWNER may approve them if so requested by the
CONTRACTOR. If any selected method of curing does not afford the desired results, the OWNER shall have the
right to order that another method of curing be instituted. Immediately after the finishing of the surface, the pavement

COD.303-33
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
shall be covered with a continuous, uniform membrane forming water-impermeable coating. The membrane-forming
compound shall be of the type specified in Item 303.2.12.1.1. Membrane Forming Compounds, After removal of
the side forms, the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating before earth is banked against them. The solution
shall be applied, under pressure with a spray nozzle, in such a manner as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and
completely with a uniform film.
The rate of application shall be such as to insure complete coverage and shall not exceed 150 square feet per gallon
of curing compound. When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous and flexible membrane, free from cracks or
pinholes; and shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the curing period. If for any reason the seal is broken
during the curing period, it shall be immediately repaired with additional sealing solution.
When tested in accordance with ASTM Designation C 156, the membrane forming curing compound shall provide a
film that shall have retained within the test specimen the following percentages of the moisture present in the
specimen when the curing compound was applied:
Retained Moisture
Table 303.5.7.(a).COD: Water Retention by Curing Materials

Time Minimum Retained Moisture

After 24 Hours 97%

After 3 days 95%

After 7 days 91%

303.5.7.1.COD: PLASTIC SHRINKAGE CRACKING: When conditions of wind, humidity, ambient temperature and
concrete temperature create a condition whereby surface moisture evaporation may exceed 0.2 lb. per square foot
per hour as determined from the chart shown on Figure 1, a monomolecular film may be applied to the concrete or an
approved polyethylene film shall be applied immediately behind the first screening. Rate of application shall be in
accordance with manufacturer‘s recommendations. Paving operations may also be discontinued, at the option of the
CONTRACTOR, until the evaporation rate is reduced below 0.2 pound per square foot per hour. The polyethylene or
monomolecular film is not a replacement for the membrane forming curing compound and their use may be
discontinued once the evaporation rate has decreased to less than 0.2 lb. per square foot per hour. Application of the
membrane-forming compound will be applied as specified under (I) Curing, first paragraph.
When called for in the contract documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper storage,
maintenance, and any required curing of concrete test samples made by the OWNER

COD 303-34
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

To Use this Chart:

1. Enter with air
temperature and move Up
to relativity;
2. Move Right to concrete
temperature;
3. Move Down to wind
velocity; and 3
4
4. Move Left to read the
Rate of Evaporation.

Figure 303.5.7.1.(a).COD: Rate of Evaporation of Concrete

COD.303-35
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 303-11. Replace Item 303.3.3. Concrete Mix Design and Control, with the following: (There are two new paragraphs in this
item and there are several new forms to aid in the design of concrete))
303.3.3.COD: MIX DESIGNS: At least 10 days prior to the start of concreting operations, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit to the OWNER a design of the proposed concrete mix, together with samples of all materials to be
incorporated into the mix and a full description of the source of supply of each material component. The proposed
batch designs must be submitted to the OWNER on the approved form shown later in this section.
The design of the concrete mix shall produce a quality concrete complying with these specifications and meet the
requirements of the Latest ACI 318, Chapter 5, Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing except as amended by
these provisions. The concrete mix design shall include the following information:
(1) Design Requirements and Design Summary;
(2) Material source;
(3) Dry weight of cement/cu. yd. and type;
(4) Dry weight of fly ash/cu. yd. and type, if used;
(5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cu. yd.;
(6) Design water/cu. yd.;
(7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets;
(8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318;
(9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates and date of tests;
(10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate;
(11) Specific Gravity and Absorption Values of fine and coarse aggregates; and
(12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates.
On the next page is a copy of the required Concrete Mix Design Form, which must be used for all batch design
submittals.
On the page following the Concrete Mix Design Form, is a copy of an acceptable batch design for information
purposes only, which gives the required information. Concrete shall not be placed on projects until an approved
batch design is on file with the Construction Services Division. The concrete batch designs shall be submitted to the
OWNER for review and approval. Upon approval, the approved batch design shall be submitted to the Project
Manager of the Construction Services Division for filing and authorization to proceed.
All material samples submitted to the OWNER shall be sufficiently large to permit laboratory batching for the
construction of test specimens to check the adequacy of the design. When the design mix has been approved by the
OWNER, there shall be no change or deviation from the proportions thereof or sources of supply except as
hereinafter provided. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been approved by the
OWNER in writing to the CONTRACTOR.

COD 303-36
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Concrete Mix Design Form

Design No: _________________
Date: ______________________

Client: ________________________
Project: ________________________
Required: ________________________
Design: ________________________
Summary: ________________________

Calculated Unit Weight (pcf): _____________________

Measured Unit Weight (pcf): _____________________
Measured Slump (inches): _____________________
Measured Air Content (percent): _____________________

Materials:

Batch Portions: (One Cubic Yard)

Weight
Materials Absolute Volume
(lbs)

Totals 27 cubic feet

CONFIRMATION TESTS
7 - Day 28 - Day
Compressive Strength (PSI) __________ __________
__________ __________
__________ __________
__________ __________

COD.303-37
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Summary Results of
Sieve Analysis

Design No: ____________________

Date: _________________________
Fine Aggregates:

Sieve Size Percent Passing

3/8‖ 100

No. 4 95 – 100

No. 8 80 – 100

No. 16 50 – 85

No. 30 25 – 60

No. 50 10 – 30

No. 100 0 – 10

% Passing No. 200 Max 3.0

by Decantation
Fineness Module 2.3 to 3.1

Insoluble Residue Min. 28

Specific Gravity (SSD)

Absorption
NOTES:
(1) The difference between the percent passing any two consecutive sieve sizes shall not exceed 45.0%

Coarse Aggregate

Sieve Size Percent Grade ______

Passing Specifications

Specific Gravity (SSD)

Absorption

LA. Abrasion, %loss

COD 303-38
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(FILLED OUT EXAMPLE)
Concrete Mix Design Form
Design No: ______6__________
Date: _______07/22/2011______

Client: XYZ ____________________

Project: C.A. Street _______________
Required: Machine Finish. 4,000 psi at 28 day; Max 4 inch slump, Air 5.0% ±1.5%
Design: 7 day: 4447; 28-day: 5340
Summary: Cement 6 sacks / cubic yard w/20% Fly Ash Replacement
C.A. 61 Percent Coarse Aggregate
F.A. 39 Percent Fine Aggregate
Water 32 gals; water / cement ration: 0.45
Additive: AEA – Pave Air 1.0 FL. OZ./Sack Cement

Calculated Unit Weight (pcf): 144.0 ________________

Measured Unit Weight (pcf): 144.2 ________________
Measured Slump (inches): 3” ___________________
Measured Air Content (percent): 53.0% ________________
Materials:
Fly Ash: Gifford Hill Caisson, Texas
Cement: Type I, North Texas Cement Midlothian, Texas
C.A: Gifford Hill Bridgeport, Texas
F.A. Manufactured Sand, Gifford Hill (Perch Hill) Chico, Texas
Natural Sand, Gifford Hill Thackerville, Oklahoma
Additives: AEA – Pave Air Master Builders (ASTM C-260)
Water Reducer: NONE (ASTM C-494)

Batch Portions: (One Cubic Yard)

Weight
Materials Absolute Volume
(lbs)

Cement 450 – (6 Sacks) 2.29

Fly Ash 141 0.82

C.A. 1861 SSD (61%) 11.14

Natural F.A. 933 SSD (39%) 5.70

Manufactured F.A. 236 1.42

Water 267 (32 gal) 4.28

A.E.A. 6 oz. (5%) 1.35

Totals 27 cubic feet

CONFIRMATION TESTS
7 - Day 28 - Day
Compressive Strength (PSI) 4430______ 5300 ______
4470______ 5360 ______
4440______ 5360 ______

COD.303-39
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(FILLED OUT EXAMPLE)

Summary Results of
Sieve Analysis

Design No: _________6___________

Date: ________7/22/2011__________
Fine Aggregates:

Percent Passing
Combined
Sieve Size Gifford Hill Gifford Hill Specifications
Gradation
Manufactured Natural
Perch Hill Thackerville

3/8‖ 100 100 100 100

No. 4 99.4 98.6 98.8 95 – 100
No. 8 84.9 90.3 89.2 80 – 100
No. 16 54.9 80.0 75.0 50 – 85
No. 30 33.8 55.0 50.8 25 – 60
No. 50 19.1 17.8 18.1 10 – 30
No. 100 8.8 2.1 3.4 0 – 10
% Passing No. 200
3.6 0.4 1.0 Max 3.0
by Decantation

Fineness Modulus 2.647 2.3 to 3.1

Insoluble Residue 38.0 Min. 28
Specific Gravity
2.68 2.62
(SSD)

Absorption 1.5 0.8

Coarse Aggregate

Percent Grade ______

Sieve Size
Passing Specifications

2‖ 100 100

1 ½‖ 99.4 95 – 100

¾‖ 45.6 40 – 70

3/8‖ 18.4 10 – 30

No. 4 1.8 0–5

% Passing No. 200 0.6 Max. 1.0

by Decantation
Specific Gravity (SSD) 2.68

Absorption 0.8 Max 45

LA. Abrasion, %loss 29.0

COD 303-40
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 303-21. Add the following Item:)

303.7.1.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Pavement leave-outs, as defined in Item 303.7. Pavement
Leaveouts, of the Standard Specifications and provided in the proposal and contract as a separate pay item, will be
measured for payment per each for every section of pavement left out and requiring a separate placing operation,
regardless of the size. Restoration of leave-outs shall be made as directed by the OWNER using a Class Hand
Finish Concrete Mix. Payment will be paid for at the contract unit price per each, which shall be considered full
compensation for any added material cost or inconvenience to the CONTRACTOR caused by this disturbance in the
sequence of pouring operations.

(Page 303-21. Replace Item 303.8.3.1. For Standard Classes of Concrete, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added at
the end of this Item.))
303.8.3.1.COD: STANDARD CLASSES OF CONCRETE TEST CYLINDERS: During the progress of the work, the
CONTRACTOR shall cast test cylinders, in accordance with ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing
Concrete Test Specimens in the Field, to maintain a check on the compressive strengths of the concrete being
placed.
In accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C172 Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete, four test
cylinders shall be taken from a representative portion of the concrete being placed for every 150-cubic yards of
concrete pavement placed, but in no case shall less than 2 sets of cylinders be taken from any one day’s placement.
After the cylinders have been cast, they shall remain on the job site and then transported, moist cured, and tested by
the OWNER in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
In each set, one of the cylinders shall be tested at 7-days, two cylinders shall be tested at 28-days, and one cylinder
shall be held or tested at 56-days, if necessary.
If the 28-day test results indicate deficient strength, the CONTRACTOR may, at its option and expense, core the
pavement in question and have the cores tested by an approved laboratory, in accordance with ASTM C42 Standard
Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete and ACI 318 protocol, except
the average of all cores must meet 100% of the minimum specified strength, with no individual core resulting in less
than 90% of design strength, to override the results of the cylinder tests.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper storage, maintenance, and any required curing of concrete
test samples made by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain curing facilities for the purpose
of curing concrete test specimens on site in accordance with ASTM C31. The cost of all materials used in test
specimens and the cost of storing, maintaining and of providing and maintaining curing facilities will not be paid for as
a separate contract pay item, and the costs thereof shall be considered incidental to the contract pay items provided.
Cylinders and/or cores must meet minimum specified strength. Pavement not meeting the minimum specified
strength shall be subject to the money penalties or removal and replacement at the CONTRACTOR’S expense as
shown in Table 303.8.3.1.(a) Standard Class Concrete Deficiency Penalties.
Table 303.8.3.1.(a).COD: Standard Class Concrete Deficiency Penalties

Percent Deficient Percent of Contract Price Allowed

Greater Than 0% -- Not More Than 5% 95 – percent

Greater Than 5% -- Not More Than 10% 90 – percent

Greater Than 10% -- Not More Than 15% 80 – percent

Greater Than 15% 60 – percent or removed and replaced at the entire

cost and expense of CONTRACTOR as directed by
OWNER.

The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to CONTRACTOR; such penalty deducted is to defray
the cost of extra maintenance.
These requirements are in addition to the requirements of Item 303.9.COD Measurement and Payment.
The strength requirements for structures and other concrete work are not altered by this special provision.
No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement of strength exceeding that
required by plans and/or specifications.

COD.303-41
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

The CONTRACTOR, if directed by the OWNER, shall provide and maintain curing facilities for the purpose of curing
concrete test specimens. Provisions shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between
70 degrees Fahrenheit (21 C) and 90 degrees Fahrenheit (32 C). The cost of all materials used in test specimens
and the cost of storing, maintaining and of providing and maintaining curing facilities will not be paid for as a separate
contract pay item, and the costs thereof shall be considered incidental to the contract pay items provided.

(Page 303-23. Replace Item 303.9. Measurement and Payment, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added to the end of
this Item.))
303.9.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT:
303.9.1.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT –
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND DALLAS PARK AND RECREATION: This item concerns projects
awarded and administrated by the City of Dallas Department of Public Works and Dallas Park and Recreation.
2
Portland cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the square-yard (yd ) of completed and accepted
2
pavement. Measurement for reinforced concrete pavement shall be by the square-yard (yd ) measured in its final
position.
The work performed and material furnished as prescribed by this item and measured as provided in this item shall be
2
paid for at the unit price bid per square-yard (yd ) for concrete pavement or the adjusted unit price for pavement of
deficient thickness as provided under Pavement Thickness Test and Pavement Strength Test, which price shall be
full compensation for shaping and fine grading the roadbed, including furnishing and applying all water required; for
furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete ingredients, including all freight and
royalty involved; for mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete; for furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel;
for furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and contraction joints, including all steel
dowels, dowel caps and load transmission units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the
steel bar, load transmission units, and joint filler material in the proper position; for coating steel bars where required
by the plans; for all manipulations, labor, equipment, appliances, tools, traffic provisions and incidentals necessary to
complete the work.
303.9.2.COD:MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT – DALLAS
WATER UTILITIES: This item concerns projects awarded and administrated by the Dallas Water Utilities. Portland
3
cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the cubic-yard (yd ) of completed and accepted pavement.
3
Measurement for reinforced concrete pavement shall be by the cubic-yard (yd ) measured in its final position.
The work performed and material furnished as prescribed by this item and measured as provided in this item shall be
3
paid for at the unit price bid per cubic-yard (yd ) for concrete pavement or the adjusted unit price for pavement of
deficient thickness as provided under Pavement Thickness Test and Pavement Strength Test, which price shall be
full compensation for shaping and fine grading the roadbed, including furnishing and applying all water required; for
furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete ingredients, including all freight and
royalty involved; for mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete; for furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel;
for furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and contraction joints, including all steel
dowels, dowel caps and load transmission units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the
steel bar, load transmission units, and joint filler material in the proper position; for coating steel bars where required
by the plans; for all manipulations, labor, equipment, appliances, tools, traffic provisions and incidentals necessary to
complete the work.

COD 303-42
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 305.COD: MISCELLANEOUS ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION

(Page 305-3. Replace Item 305.2.2.2. Reinforcement, with the following:)
305.2.2.2.COD: REINFORCEMENT. Driveway approaches and walk reinforcing shall be No. 3 bars on 24-in. (60cm)
centers or No. 4 on 30-in. (76cm) centers. Sidewalk reinforcing (except in driveway approach) may be No. 3 bars on
24-in. (60cm) centers or No. 10, 6-in. x 6-in. (15cm x 15cm). Reinforcement is required in all driveways and walks.

(Page 305. Add the following:)

305.2.3.9.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS: STREET SURFACE MILLING AND RESURFACING:
The existing surface shall be milled to the depths and dimensions as directed by the OWNER It is not the intention to
mill the original concrete base of the street, but concrete patches or other obstructions protruding above the original
base into the surface specified for removal, will be milled to conform to the desired section. Variations in depth of
milling operations shall not exceed 2-inches below the finished surface prior to resurfacing.
Normal milling operations shall be conducted to the edge of manholes, valves and other appurtenances encountered.
If the milling machine cannot accomplish this, then milling with hand tools or by other methods shall be employed. No
separate compensation will be paid for any milling adjacent to appurtenances that is done with hand tools or by other
methods.
The milling machine shall self-load the milled material onto an adjacent hauling unit. Water or other approved liquid
shall be sprayed on the material being milled to eliminate dust during milling operations. Brooming and/or sweeping
to remove any loose material not removed by the machine shall be conducted immediately behind the machine in an
approved manner to the satisfaction of the OWNER. All milled surfaces shall be cleaned, inspected, measured, and
approved before the application of the tack coat or asphaltic concrete mixture.
Normal operations will require complete cleanup before the CONTRACTOR is allowed to leave the job. The
CONTRACTOR will not be permitted to mill any street more than a week in advance of the scheduled resurfacing.
Patches will be placed around all exposed surface protrusions the same day they are exposed.
Failure to observe these constraints may result in shutting down the work until proper adjustments in operations are
made.
This item will be bid on the basis that all milled material will be hauled and disposed of in a legal manner of the
CONTRACTOR‘S choice.
Surface milling will be measured for payment in square yards of surface milled regardless of the number of passes
required. The contract unit price shall be the total compensation for milling the surface, removal and disposal of the
milled material, cleaning the milled area, and for all labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work
in accordance with this Provision, the Specifications and the attached Details.
The unit price for Surface Milling will not be subject to renegotiation due to overrun or under run of contract quantities.
Asphalt pavement for the entire width of the street or as directed by the City shall be placed over the milled surface
with a minimum compacted thickness of two (2) inches and in accordance with Item 302.9 Hot-Mix Asphalt
Pavement (with Addendum Items), of these Specifications. Hot-mix asphalt shall be placed with a lay-down
machine: a drag box will not be authorized. Asphalt pavement will be paid under appropriate bid item numbers.

COD.305-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD 303-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

DIVISION 400 ROADWAY MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION

t
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 404.COD: SURFACE TREATMENT

(Page 404-1. Replace Item 404.3.1. Laboratory Evaluation, with the following:)
404.3.1.COD: LABORATORY EVALUATION:
404.3.1.1.COD: GENERAL: Before work commences, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a signed original of a mix
design covering the properties and proportioning of the specific materials to be used on the project. This design must
have been performed by a qualified laboratory. Previous lab reports covering the exact materials to be used may be
accepted provided they were made during the calendar year. This initial mix design will be done at the
CONTRACTOR'S expense. Upon receipt of the original mix design, an independent qualified laboratory selected by
the OWNER will perform tests using the same materials as used in the initial mix design for verification of the results.
This testing will be done at the OWNER'S expense. No work will begin until all materials and/or mix design
proportions have met the specifications as required in this item. Once the materials are approved, no substitution will
be permitted unless first tested and approved by the methods stated above.
404.3.1.2.COD: ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS: The following specifications and test methods form a part of this
specification.
AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials
ISSA - International Slurry Seal Association

Table 404.3.1.2.(a).COD: Test Methods For Aggregate And Mineral Filler

AASHTO T2 ASTM D 75 Sampling Aggregates

AASHTO T27 ASTM C 135 Sieve Analysis of Aggregates

AASHTO T11 ASTM C 117 Materials Finer than No. 200 in Mineral Aggregate

AASHTO T176 ASTM D 2419 Sand Equivalent Valve of Soils and Fine Aggregate

AASHTO T84 ASTM C 128 Specific Gravity and Absorption of Fine Aggregate

AASHTO T19 ASTM C 29 Unit Weight of Aggregate

AASHTO T104 ASTM C 88 Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium

Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate

AASHTO T96 ASTM C 131 Resistance to Degradation of small size

Aggregate by use of the Los Angeles machine.

ASTM D 1073 Specification for Fine Aggregate for

Bituminous Paving Mixtures

ASTM D 242 Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures

AASHTO T37 ASTM D 546 Sieve Analysis of Mineral Filler

COD.404-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table 404.3.1.2.(b).COD: Test Methods For Emulsified Asphalt

AASHTO T40 ASTM D 140 Sampling Bituminous Materials

AASHTO T140 ASTM D 977 Specification for Emulsified Asphalt

AASHTO T208 ASTM D 2397 Specification for Cationic Emulsified Asphalt

AASHTO T59 ASTM D 244 Testing Emulsified Asphalt

AASHTO T59 ASTM D 88 Testing Method for Saybolt Furol Viscosity

AASHTO T44 ASTM D 113 Test Method for Ductility of Bituminous Materials

AASHTO T44 ASTM D 2042 Test Method of Solubility of Asphalt Materials in

Trichloroethylene

AASHTO T49 ASTM D 5 Test Method for Penetration of Bituminous

Materials

ASTM D 2398 Test Method for Softening Point of Bitumen in

Ethylene Glycol (Ring and Ball)

Table 404.3.1.2.(c).COD: Test Methods For Slurry Seal

ASTM D 3910 Design, Testing and Construction of Slurry Seal

ASTM D 2172 for Bituminous Paving Mixture

ISSA T 101 Guide for Sampling Slurry Mix for Extraction Test

ISSA T 106 Measurement of Slurry Seal Consistency

ISSA T 111 Outline Guide Design Procedure for Slurry Seal

ISSA T 113 Trial Mix Procedure for Slurry Seal

ISSAT 114 Wet Stripping Test for Cured Slurry Seal Mixes

ISSA T 115 Determination of Slurry Seal Compatibility

(Page 404-4. Replace Item 404.3.3.1. Calibration through Item 404.3.3.2. Verification, with the following: (The last paragraph has
been added.))
404.3.3.1.COD: CALIBRATION: Each piece of equipment to be used shall be calibrated in the presence of the
OWNER prior to construction. Previous calibration documentation covering the exact materials to be used may be
accepted provided they were made during the calendar year. No machine will be allowed to work on the project until
the calibration has been completed and/or accepted.
404.3.3.2. COD: VERIFICATION: Test strips shall be laid (location to be determined by the OWNER) before
construction begins. The OWNER will observe the test strip for verification or rejection according to the specifications.
Upon failure of any test, additional test strips will be laid at no cost to the OWNER. The square-yards (m2) of the first
test strip will be measured and paid for at the contract unit price.
A field test shall be made to check consistency of the surface treatment. If a line made through the surface treatment
fills up, the mixture is too wet, which the CONTRACTOR shall correct. If the line stays, the slurry has a proper
consistency.

COD.404-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(Keeping proper consistency is a major concern. A wet mix will cause an asphalt rich surface. Consistency can be
checked in the field by making a line through the slurry immediately behind the spreader box. If the line stays, the
slurry is at a proper consistency level. If the line fills up, the mix is too wet).

(Page 404-4. Add the following Section)

404.3.3.5.COD: AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT: Suitable crack and surface cleaning equipment, barricading equipment,
hand tools and any support equipment will be provided by the CONTRACTOR as necessary to perform the work.

(Page 404-4. Replace Item 404.3.4. Preparation, with the following:)

404.3.4.COD: SURFACE PREPARATION:
404.3.4.1.COD: GENERAL: Immediately prior to applying the slurry seal, the surface of the pavement shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, vegetation, soil and other objectionable material. Any breakdowns, base
failures, or other surface defects beyond the scope of the CONTRACTOR'S preparation duties should be properly
repaired before application of the slurry seal begins. Manholes, valve boxes, raised pavement markers and other
designated objects will be covered by the CONTRACTOR to insure their integrity. After completion of slurry
placement, the CONTRACTOR shall remove said covers so the objects protected will remain full functional. Any
objects damaged by the CONTRACTOR shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to the City.
404.3.4.2.COD: TACK COAT: If required, the CONTRACTOR shall apply a tack coat or a second coverage of slurry
seal on brick, concrete, or other highly absorbent or polished surfaces. If a tack coat is required, a 1-part emulsion,
3-part water tack coat of the same asphalt emulsion type and grade as specified for the slurry is required.
Rate of application: 0.05 to 0.10 gallons to square yard. All debris and unused material shall be removed.

(Page 404-5, Add the following Section:)

404.3.7.COD: LIMITATIONS:
404.3.7.1.COD: WEATHER: All slurry seal will be applied between March 1 and October 1. If all work is complete
on a project, other than the application of the slurry seal, between October 1 and March 1, the OWNER shall have the
option of deleting the slurry seal from the CONTRACT at no additional cost to the OWNER, or suspending time
charges until the slurry can be applied between March 1 and October 1.
The slurry shall be applied only if the air and ground temperature is at least 60 degrees F. and rising.
404.3.7.2.COD: NO SLURRY SHALL BE APPLIED WHEN:
(1) In the period following precipitation with water remaining on the surface to be coated.
(2) In foggy conditions.
(3) If there is a threat of rain before the slurry can fully cure.
(4) If there is danger that the finished product will freeze before 24 hours.
(5) If weather conditions prolong opening to traffic beyond the times specified by the OWNER.
(6) The slurry seal will be placed on the location and within the time limit as specified by the OWNER.
404.3.7.3.COD: PURPOSE OF SLURRY SEAL APPLICATION:
(1) Type of Slurry by Aggregate Grade and Uses:
(a) TYPE II: This blend is desirable for filling surface voids, correcting moderate surface defects, and
providing a sealing and wearing surface. An example would be on pavements with medium textured
surfaces, which would require this size aggregate to fill in the cracks and provide a minimum wearing
surface.
Rate of application: 10 to 15 pounds per square yard
(b) TYPE III. This blend is used to give maximum skid resistance and an improved wearing surface. An
example would be on pavements, which have highly textured surfaces, require this size aggregate to fill
in the voids, and provides an improved wearing surface.
Rate of application: 15 or more pounds per square yard.

COD.404-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
404.3.7.4.COD: CONDITION AND TYPE SURFACE TO BE TREATED: Any base failures, severe surface defects,
or similar conditions, which are present, should be properly repaired to insure correct application and performance of
the slurry. Slurry normally adheres to asphalt surfaces more readily than concrete, especially worn, or polished
areas. Heavy traffic areas, especially those on concrete surfaces, required greater care in selection of type
coarseness of slurry, allowing the slurry to fully cure before opening to traffic, and the placing of either a tack coat or
a second coat of slurry for greater adhesion and wear purposes.
404.3.7.5.COD: NOTIFICATION: It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S duty to notify all homeowners and business
affected by the construction a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the surfacing. Should the work not occur on the
specified day, new notification will be distributed as required. Suitable no parking signs will be properly posted on
streets where parked vehicles would interfere with the surfacing 24 hours prior to starting work.
404.3.7.6.COD: TRAFFIC CONTROL: It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to provide adequate traffic
control measures, such as barricades, cones, advance warning signs, flagmen, etc., to protect the uncured slurry
surface from all types of traffic and provide traffic safety in the construction area. These measures shall be in
accordance with the Section 6 "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), latest edition‖ and the
latest edition of the ―City of Dallas‘ Traffic Barricade Manual". In cases of conflict, the City of Dallas‘ Traffic Barricade
Manual will govern. Opening the traffic does not constitute acceptance of the work. Any damage to the uncured
slurry will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and will be repaired as directed by the OWNER. Approved
temporary lane markings will be provided by the CONTRACTOR for placement as directed by the OWNER.

(Page 404-5. Add the following:)

404.3.7.7.COD: SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT:
Slurry seal surface treatment will be applied on all asphalt-surfaced streets disturbed or as directed by the OWNER.
The OWNER shall have the option to delay or delete slurry sealing if the weather will not allow application within the
allotted contract time. If the application is delayed, the CONTRACTOR will have ten (10) working days following
notice to proceed with slurry sealing to resume and complete work before liquidated damages shall resume.

COD.404-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

DIVISION 500 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANCES

October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 501 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT MATERIALS

(Page 501-1. Replace Item 501.1. General, with the following: (The last sentence has been replaced.))
501.1.COD: GENERAL:
All pipe and fittings shall be new.
The OWNER shall at all times have free access to the manufacturer’s plant while production in progress, and may at
any time refuse to accept pipe made when the plant is failing to follow the stipulations of the specifications in regard
to workmanship, or failing in provisions to insure a uniform product coming within the permissible variations of the
specifications. The OWNER may reject pipe if adequate means and methods are not provided so as to insure the
manufacture of a product of uniform high quality.
Pipe shall be color coded according to the American Public Works Association Uniform Color Code (i.e. blue for
water, green for wastewater or storm drain lines, violet for reclaimed water, etc.) or labeled with labeling tape
identifying its specific use. Where feasible, permanent identification of the piping service shall be provided by co-
extruding color stripes into the pipe outside surface. The striping shall be of the same material except for the color.
For co-extruded markings, IPS sized pipe shall have four equally spaced, longitudinal color stripes and DIPS sized
pipe shall have three equally spaced pairs of longitudinal color stripes. The color or marking shall be visible on top of
buried pipe when pipe is excavated.
Pipe shall be acceptable by the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. or Factory Mutual Research when specifically
requested and shall be acceptable by the State Fire Insurance Commission for use in water distribution systems
when used for fire protection without penalty. Potable water pipe shall also bear the seal of approval (or ―NSF‖ mark)
of the National Sanitation Foundation Testing Laboratory for potable water pipe.
This shall include, but is not limited to, the latest Dallas Water Utilities Standard Drawings.

(Page 501-1. Add Item 501.4.1. NSF 61 Compliance, with the following: (A new Item has been added to the bottom of Section
501.4.1.COD))
501.4.1.1.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All pipes must have received verifiable Certification of Compliance with the
NSF 61 Standard. Pipe intended for use in wastewater lines are exempt from this requirement.

(Page 501-4. Replace Item 501.5.4.1. Rubber Gaskets, with the following: The last paragraph has been deleted.)
501.5.4.1.COD: RUBBER GASKETS: All rubber-type gaskets shall be of the round O-ring design. The rubber
gasket shall be required to meet and be tested in accordance with ASTM C443 (C443M) Joints for Circular Concrete
Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets.

(Page 501-9. Replace Items 501.7. Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings through Item 501.7.6. Markings, with the following: (In
Item 501.7.2. Joints, the second paragraph (beginning Bolts and nuts …) has been replaced with new wording in Item 501.7.4.
Fittings, the fifth paragraph (beginning Bolts and nuts…) has been replaced with new wording; Item 501.7.7.COD: Design
Requirements, and Item 501.7.8.COD: NSF Certification, have been added.))
501.7.COD: DUCTILE-IRON PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS:
501.7.1.COD: GENERAL: Ductile-iron pressure pipe 4-in. through 64-in. shall conform to the American National
Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast for Water or Other Liquids, AWWA C151. Polyethylene encasement
for ductile iron pipe systems shall conform to Item 502.8. Polyethylene Wrap for Metal Pipe and Fittings.
Ductile iron wall thickness in the Central Business District, Executive airport, and Love Field shall be a minimum of
Class 54 unless specified otherwise in the special provisions or in plans to be a thicker class pipe. For large
diameters and or deep cover, a special design shall be provided.
The ductile iron shall conform in all respects to the specifications set forth in ASTM Standard A 377, Standard Index
of Specifications for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe. The specific grade of ductile iron used shall be Grade 60-42-10, with
a Minimum Tensile Strength of 60,000 psi, a Minimum Yield Strength of 42,000 psi, and a Minimum Elongation in 2"
of 10%.
Ductile iron wall thickness for all pipes 3" through 12" in diameter shall be a minimum of Class 52 unless specified
otherwise in the special provisions or in the plans. For larger diameters and deep cover, a special design shall be
provided.

COD.501-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Polyethylene encasement for ductile iron pipe systems shall conform to Item 502.8. Polyethylene Wrap for Metal
Pipe and Fittings.
501.7.2.COD: JOINTS: All ductile-iron pressure pipes shall be furnished with one of the types of joints indicated in
Table 501.7.2.(a)COD Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe Joint Types and as described in the proposal or bid request.
Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints shall comply with all provisions of AWWA C111, Section 11-8.5. Bolts and nuts
for flanged ends shall be either ASTM A316 stainless steel bolts and nuts or ASTM A325 Type 3 bolts with ASTM
A563 Grade C3 nuts.
All threaded flanges shall be ductile iron.

Table 501.7.2.(a).COD: Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe Joint Types

Type Joint AWWA Standard

Push-on AWWA C111 Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings

Mechanical Joint AWWA C111 (same as above)

Flanged Ends AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In.-48 In. (76 mm-1,219 mm),
for Water, or
AWWA C115 Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded
Flanges

Grooved Ends AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints

501.7.3.COD: COATING AND LINING: All ductile-iron pipes shall be bituminous coated outside and cement mortar
lined inside with seal coat in accordance with AWWA C104 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings
for Water. Cement mortar lined ductile iron pipe can be used for water and certain wastewater applications, such as
non acid-producing gravity wastewater lines and wastewater force mains that unquestionably flow full. Contact pipe
manufacture for linings suitable in other applications
501.7.4.COD: FITTINGS: Fittings shall be of ductile-iron and shall conform to AWWA C110 ANSI Standard for
Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-in. Through 48-in. (76mm through 1,219mm) for Water.
Welded-on outlets may be used in lieu of the tees shown on the plans. Outlet pipe shall be special thickness class 53.
All weldments must be 55% nickel iron and each outlet pipe shall be air tested to 15-psi (103-kPa) to insure weld
integrity. The outlet branches must be made from ductile iron pipe.
All fittings shall be rated for a minimum of 250-psi (2069-kPa) working pressure unless otherwise specified.
Special fittings using end condition combinations of bells, spigots, mechanical, integrally restrained, or push-on joints,
flanges, or special internally locked joints shall be dimensioned in accordance with AWWA C110 or C153.
Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints shall comply with all provisions of AWWA C111, Section 11-8.5. Bolts and nuts
for flanged ends shall be either ASTM A316 stainless steel bolts and nuts or ASTM A325 Type 3 bolts with ASTM
A563 Grade C3 nuts.
The OWNER shall determine whether fittings shall be bituminous coated outside and cement-mortar lined inside with
seal coat in accordance with AWWA C104 Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for
Water or whether the interior and exterior surfaces shall be protected consistent with AWWA C116 Standard for
Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings
for Water Supply Service.
501.7.4.1.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All pipes must have received verifiable Certification of Compliance with the
NSF 61 Standard. Pipe intended for use in wastewater lines are exempt from this requirement
501.7.5.COD: TESTS: All ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be tested in accordance with the applicable provisions of
the specifications relating thereto.
501.7.6.COD: MARKINGS: Class, weight, and casting period shall be shown on each pipe.

COD.501-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

501.7.7.COD: DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: The ductile iron shall conform in all respects to the specifications set forth
in ASTM Standard A377, Standard Index of Specifications for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe. The specific grade of
ductile iron used shall be Grade 60-42-10, with a Minimum Tensile Strength of 60,000 psi, a Minimum Yield Strength
of 42,000 psi, and a Minimum Elongation in 2" of 10%. Ductile iron wall thickness for all pipes 3" through 12" in
diameter shall be a minimum of Class 52 unless specified otherwise in the special provisions or in the plans. For
larger diameters and deep cover, a special design shall be provided.
Pipe shall be specified by either Thickness Class or Pressure Class, in accordance with AWWA Standard C150 and
AWWA Standard C 151 and shall be so designated in the plans and contract documents.
501.7.8.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All pipes must have received verifiable Certification of Compliance with the
NSF 61 Standard. Pipe intended for use in wastewater lines are exempt from this requirement

(Page 501-10. Replace Item 501.9.3. Pipe and Fittings Requirements, with the following: (Item 501.9.3.1.COD: NSF 61
Compliance, has been added.)
501.9.3.COD: PIPE AND FITTINGS REQUIREMENTS: Fabricated pipe and fittings shall be made of steel plate
conforming to ASTM A283, Grade D, or ASTM A139, Grade B, C, or D in accordance with AWWA C200.
Mill-type pipe and fittings shall be Grade B conforming to AWWA C200. Nominal pipe diameter shall be as specified
in the plans.
Nominal diameters for steel pipe sizes under 24-in. (61cm) are outside diameters and for sizes 24-in. (61cm) and
over are inside diameters per AWWA M11 Steel Pipe—A Guide for Design and Installation.
The pipe wall thickness shall be as specified in the plans. Pipe sections shall be furnished in not less than 20 ft. (6.1
m) lengths except for specials and closures sections as may be required.
501.9.3.1.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All pipes must have received verifiable Certification of Compliance with the
NSF 61 Standard. Pipe intended for use in wastewater lines are exempt from this requirement

(Page 501-11. Add the following:)

501.10.3.COD: LEAD FREE: Any pipe, fittings, solder, or flux, which is used in the installation or repair of any public
water system, must be lead-free. For purposes of this section, "lead-free" means solders and flux containing not
more than 0.2 percent lead and pipes and pipefittings containing not more than 8.0 percent lead.

(Page 501-16. Replace Item 501.13.5. Grout Holes, with the following: (The ―One-half of the total number of top plates …‖ has
been changed to ―One-third of the total number of top plates …‖))
501.13.5.COD: GROUT HOLES: One-third of the total number of the top plates shall be equipped with 2-in. (50mm)
diameter grout holes to facilitate grouting above and around the tunnel liner conduit. All grout holes shall be equipped
with screw type galvanized plugs for final watertight closure of the grout holes.

(Page 501-17. Replace Item 501-14.5. Fittings, with the following: (The Sentence beginning ―Bolts and nuts for mechanical …‖ has
been replaced with new wording. In addition, Item 501.14.6.COD: NSF 61 Compliance, has been added. ))
501.14.5.COD: FITTINGS: Fittings for PVC water pipe shall conform to one of the standards Table
501.14.5.(a)COD PVC Water Pipe Fittings unless otherwise specified. Fittings joints shall be push-on, integrally
restrained, or mechanical. Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints shall comply with all provisions of AWWA C111,
Section 11-8.5. Bolts and nuts for flanged ends shall be either ASTM A316 stainless steel bolts and nuts or ASTM
A325 Type 3 bolts with ASTM A563 Grade C3 nuts.

COD.501-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

Table 501.14.5.(a).COD: PVC Water Pipe Fittings Standards

Standard Topic

AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (76 mm Through 1,219
mm) for Water
(ANSI A21.10)

AWWA C907 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water—4 In. Through 8 In. (100 mm
Through 200 mm)

AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 In. Through 12
In. (100 mm Through 300 mm) for Water Distribution

AWWA C905 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 In. Through 48
In. (350 mm Through 1,200 mm), for Water Transmission and Distribution

Note: Compact Fittings are specifically not allowed and this Standard has been removed from this table.
501.14.6.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All pipes must have received verifiable Certification of Compliance with the
NSF 61 Standard. Pipe intended for use in wastewater lines are exempt from this requirement

(Page 501-18. Replace Item 501.18.3. Pipe Classification: (Added ASTM F679 designation to the bottom of this table.))
501.18.3.COD: PIPE CLASSIFICATION: Pipe as indicated on the plans shall conform to one of the standards in
Table 501.18.3.COD PVC Profile Gravity Pipe Standards.
Table 501.18.3.(a).COD: PVC Profile Gravity Pipe Standards

Standard Topic Notes

ASTM Type PS-46 PVC Plastic Gravity Flow Sewer Pipe Pipe conforming to ASTM F789
F789 and Fittings, size 4 in. to 18 in. shall be joint compatible to ASTM
D3034 pipe joint dimensions

ASTM PVC Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fitting Based on --

F794 Controlled Inside Diameter, sizes 4 in. through 48 in.

ASTM PVC Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior and --

F949 Fittings, sizes 4 in. through 36 in. (46 psi pipe
stiffness) or sizes 8 in. through 15 in. (115 psi pipe
stiffness)

ASTM PVC Closed Profile Gravity Pipe and Fittings Based --

F1803 on Controlled Inside Diameter, sizes 18 in. through 60
in.

ASTM PVC Large Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and --

F679 Fittings", sizes 18-inch through 48-inch.

(Page 501-19. Add the following:)

501.21.6.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All pipes must have received verifiable Certification of Compliance with the
NSF 61 Standard. Pipe intended for use in wastewater lines are exempt from this requirement

COD.501-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 501-21. Add the following:)

501.25.COD: PVC PIPE MATERIALS ON HAND: The City of Dallas Water Utilities Department, Capital
Improvement CONTRACTS, Managed by the Pipeline Program Section will allow PVC Water and Wastewater Pipe
to be submitted on a case by case basis if the following conditions are met:
(1) All PVC Pipe, paid as Materials on Hand, must be kept by the CONTRACTOR in a secured location.
CONTRACTOR will be responsible for the security of the Pipe.
(2) All quantities of PVC Pipe stored outside must be covered with a reflective device to prevent long-term
exposure to ―ultra violet rays‖.
(3) All City of Dallas approved storage facilities must be accessible to a representative of the City Of Dallas on a
monthly basis to count and verify the quantities of Material on Hand.
(4) All materials submitted for Materials on Hand must be labeled by CONTRACT Number for identification
purposes and separated from other CONTRACT pipe.
All requests to include Materials on Hand, shall be initiated by the CONTRACTOR in writing for approval by the
OWNER prior to submittal of Material on Hand invoices. For more information concerning ―Material on Hand‖
invoices, see Item 106.4.COD: Off-Site Storage.

COD.501-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.501-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 502.COD: APPURTENANCES

(Page 502-2. Delete Items 502.1.2. Grade Adjustment Risers through Item 502.1.2.4.(A) Rubber Adjustment Riser Tests, and
replace with the following:)
502.1.2.COD: WASTEWATER MANHOLE GRADE ADJUSTMENTS RISERS:
The built-up section to adjust wastewater manholes to grade must be accomplished using precast concrete grade
rings and non-shrink grout only. Brick and shrinkable grout are not permitted for this adjustment.

(Page 502-4. Add the following:)

502.1.4.8.COD: WASTEWATER MANHOLE FRAME SEALS: All newly constructed Wastewater Manholes shall
include an Internal Frame Seal as specified in the Technical Specifications. All costs for furnishing and installing the
seal and extensions shall be included in the applicable Unit Price bid for Wastewater Manholes.

(Page 502-4. Add the following:)

502.1.4.9.COD: INTERIOR COATINGS FOR MANHOLES: All proposed Wastewater Manholes require Internal
Corrosion Protection as stipulated in the Technical Specifications.
Existing manholes designated for lining as shown on the drawings and specified herein shall be coated with a
corrosion protection epoxy lining stipulated in the Technical Specifications. Payment for epoxy lining is covered under
appropriate bid item numbers. Only epoxy coatings or other materials as shown on the latest version of the
Wastewater Approved Materials list will be acceptable.

(Page 502-5. Replace Item 502.1.6. Measurement and Payment of Manholes, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added
to the end of this item.))
502.1.6.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF MANHOLES: Measurement and payment for manholes shall
be on a per-each basis and shall cover all costs for the structure complete in place as designed. Included shall be all
excavation, castings, reinforcing steel, concrete, backfill, and other materials, and all appurtenances for a complete
and functional unit.
Payment for grade adjustment for existing manholes shall be measured and paid per each manhole.
The payment for extra depth in excess of the basic manhole depth shall be made under a separate item of bid as
defined herein. If a separate bid item is not established in the contract, there shall not be any payment for extra
depth, and the manhole shall be paid for as per each regardless of the depth. Unless specified otherwise, only one
bid item shall provide payment for extra depth of manhole structures in excess of the basic depth for all types of
manholes under consideration. Such extra depth shall be allocated on the total depth of all manholes, excluding
shallow manholes, specified for the project. Payment for extra depth of the various types of manholes shall be at a
unit price bid per linear foot (m) of additional depth, measured to the nearest 1/10 ft. (3 cm) over the basic depth
stipulated for the type manholes under bid. A standard manhole is 6-ft. (1.8m) deep measured form the top of the
manhole cover to the flow line of the invert. A shallow manhole is less than 6-ft. (1.8m) deep as measured above.
The contract price shall be the total compensation for the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and
incidentals necessary to complete the work, including earth excavation, disposal of surplus materials and backfill, all
in accordance with the plans and these specifications.
Flowable fill shall be used as backfill material around new manholes located within existing or new pavement. This
item shall be considered inclusive in the cost of the manhole construction as per NCTCOG specification Item 502.1.
Manholes (with Addendum Items). The 28-day compressive strength requirement is covered under the Department
of Public Works‘ Pavement Cut and Repair Standards Manual, latest edition.

(Page 502-5. Add the following:)

502.1.7.COD: MANHOLE BACKFILL: Flowable fill shall be used as backfill material around new manholes located
within existing or new pavement. This item shall be considered inclusive in the cost of the manhole construction. The
28-day compressive strength requirement is covered under the Department of Public Works‘ Pavement Cut and
Repair Standards Manual, latest edition.

COD.502-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 502-7. Replace Item 502.3.1. Materials with the following: (Several things have been added and changed.)
502.3.COD: FIRE HYDRANTS:
502.3.1.COD: MATERIALS: Fire hydrants which are to be installed as shown on the plans or to be furnished for
general installation shall be dry-barrel traffic model that conform to AWWA C502 Standard for Dry-Barrel Fire
Hydrants, except for changes and/or additions specified as follows or as shown on the plans or in the contract
specifications.
(1) All hydrant components covered by NSF-61 must comply with NSF-61 requirements.
(2) Supplementary Details Specified. The type of shut-off may be either of the following:
(a) Compression Type: Compression type with the flow.
(b) Compression Type: Compression type against the flow.
(c) Type of Shut-off: The valve action shall provide positive shut-off at minimum closing torque. Wedge
action closing gates shall not be permitted, and the scissor type main valves shall not be permitted
unless approved by the OWNER.
(d) Inlet Connection: Unless otherwise approved, the inlet connection shall be 6-inch (15.24 cm) standard
mechanical joint hub complete with all joint accessories. Glands shall be full-dimensioned as defined in
Table 11.1 of the AWWA C111. Bolts and nuts shall comply with all provisions of AWWA C111 Section
11-8.5. The inlet valve opening shall be 5 ¼ inches (13.34 cm) unless otherwise specified.
(e) Outlet Connection: All hydrants shall be equipped with:
(1) Two hose nozzles 2 ½ inches (6.35 cm) nominal I.D. National Standard Fire-Hose Coupling Screw
Threads.
(2) One pumper nozzle 4 inches (10.16 cm) nominal I.D. City of Dallas Standard Threads as shown
per File No. 684A-9.
(f) Bury length: Unless otherwise approved, hydrants shall be furnished for a 5-foot bury length.
(g) Nozzle Cap Gaskets: Nozzle Cap Gaskets shall be furnished on all nozzle caps and shall be long life,
black rubber meeting ASTM D-2000, Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive
Applications, or equal.
(h) Operating and Nozzle Cap Nuts: Unless otherwise specified in the special provisions or in the plans,
the operating and nozzle cap nuts shall be tapered pentagon nuts with faces not less than 1-in. (2.5cm)
high. The operating and nozzle cap nuts shall be 1 1/4 inch (3.18 cm) point to flat at the base and 1 1/8
inch ( 2.86 cm) point to flat at the top.
(i) Drain valve and outlet: hydrants shall be equipped with a minimum of two drainholes and provided
with an automatic and positively operating noncorrodible drain or dip valve so as to drain the hydrant
completely when the main valve is shut.
(j) Direction to Open: Direction to open is to be specified in the contract specifications. Number of turns
to open shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C502.
(k) Paint: The outside of the hydrant above the finished ground line shall be thoroughly cleaned and
thereafter painted in the shop with two coats of primer. Two coats of primer are required. The second
coat shall be a red tint, low sheen, alkyd vehicle type, non-enamel metal primer. The primer shall be
compatible with a final coat of Jones Blair #931 aluminum paint. The painted surface shall extend to the
ground line.
(l) Standpipe: Breakable parts of standpipe shall be located at the base of the head assembly. These
parts shall be of the breakable flange type, or integral flange with sawed bolts or breakable nuts.
Breakable flanges screwed to the standpipe will not be accepted. Flanges shall be designed so that an
end wrench can be used on the nuts and bolts. Two-piece standpipes are not permitted. The complete
hydrant shall be of such design that when the hydrant barrel is broken through traffic collision or
otherwise, it may be replaced without disturbing the base of the hydrant.
(m) Stem: Provision shall be made in the design of the stem to disconnect the stem from the hydrant parts
above the standpipe break point in the event of a traffic accident. Design of the coupling shall be such
that when the coupling is broken, no parts shall come loose and fall into the hydrant barrel, and the
break shall not occur through the pins or bolts holding the coupling to the stem.
(n) Automatic Travel Stop: Provision shall be made for an automatic travel stop, to prevent the hydrant
from being over-opened. The travel stop shall be in the form of a stop-nut or a positive stop against the
base of the hydrant shoe.

COD 502-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(o) Breakable or Sleeve Type Coupling: If breakable or sleeve type couplings are used, they shall have
sufficient torsional strength such that the torsional failure of the stem will occur at some point other than
at the coupling. Design of the coupling shall be such that when the coupling is broken no parts will
come loose and fall into the hydrant barrel and the break will not occur through the pins or bolts holding
the coupling to the stem.
(p) Blocking Requirements: The foot of the hydrant shall be designed with flat surfaces for placement of
temporary thrust blocking and weight support. The area provided for temporary thrust blocking shall be
opposite the centerline of the inlet waterway.
(q) Main Valve Seats: Main valve seats shall be of such design that incorrect positioning is impossible and
that the threads will be adequately guided into position. Arrangements shall also be made to hold the
main valve gasket in place during assembly. The main valve is to be made of bronze and threaded into
a bronze bushing in the hydrant base.

(Page 502-7. Replace Item 502.3.1.2. Breakable Type Hydrants through 502.3.1.3 Main Valve Seats, with the following :)
502.3.1.2.COD: BREAKABLE TYPE HYDRANTS: Breakable or Sleeve Type Couplings. The barrel of the hydrant
between the base and the nozzle section must be made in two parts connected by a swivel flange or breakable
flange, which shall permit facing of the nozzles in any desired direction in increments of 45° or less. The complete
hydrant shall be of such design that when the hydrant barrel is broken through traffic collision or otherwise, it may be
replaced without disturbing the base of the hydrant.
The materials used for gaskets between the upper and lower barrels and the base and nozzle section shall be
compounded to conform to ASTM D2000 or an equal material that shall have OWNER approval prior to substitution
unless otherwise specified in the plans.
Provision shall be made in the design of the stem to disconnect the stem from the hydrant parts above the standpipe
break point in the event of traffic accidents. Design of the coupling shall be such that when the coupling is broken, no
parts shall come loose and fall into the hydrant barrel, and the break shall not occur through the pins or bolts holding
the coupling to the stem.
502.3.1.3.COD: MAIN VALVE SEATS: Main valve seats shall be of such design that incorrect positioning is
impossible and that the threads will be adequately guided into position. Arrangements shall also be made to hold the
main valve gasket in place during assembly. The main valve is to be made of bronze and threaded into a bronze
bushing in the hydrant base.

(Page 502-7. Replace Item 502.3.1.4. Nozzle Cap Chains, with the following:)
502.3.1.4.COD: NOZZLE CAP CHAINS: Nozzle cap chains or cables are not allowed.

(Page 502-8. Replace Item 502.3.1.5. Flanges, with the following: (A new paragraph at the end has been added))
502.3.1.5.COD: FLANGES: All flanges other than barrel flanges shall be equipped with mechanical joints. Gland
bolts shall be high-strength, low-alloy, corrosion-resistant steel conforming to ASTM A325 Structural Bolts, Steel,
Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, Type 3.
Any flanges other than break flanges shall conform to AWWA C110 and have a minimum thickness of 1.00±0.12 inch
(2.54cm). Bolt hole edge distance shall be sufficient to provide full support for the bolt head and nut.

(Page 502-8. Replace Item 502.3.1.6. Operating Stems, with the following: (The last paragraph has been replaced.)
502.3.1.6.COD: OPERATING STEMS: The spindle of the operating stem and the stem nuts for hydrants having the
operating threads located in the barrel or waterway shall be manganese bronze, Everdur or other high-quality
noncorrodible metal. Barrel bolts and nuts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60 000 PSI Tensile Strength.
Operating stems whose threads are not located in the barrel or waterway may be made of high-grade bronze or steel,
and stem nuts shall be bronze. Steel stems shall have a bronze, stainless steel, or other non-corrodible metal sleeve
where passing through O-rings. Operating threads must be sealed against contact with the water at all times
regardless of open or closed position of the main valve.

COD.502-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 502-8. Replace Item 502.3.1.7. O-Rings, with the following:))

502.3.1.7.COD: O-RINGS: O-rings shall be furnished in lieu of stem packing. They shall be the double O-ring type.

(Page 502-8. Replace Item 502.3.1.8. Provisions for Extension, with the following:)
502.3.1.8.COD: PROVISIONS FOR EXTENSION: All hydrants shall be capable of being extended to accommodate
future grade changes without excavation. Hydrants shall have breakable type stem couplings installed at the ground
line flange. Extension of this type hydrant shall be made by adding at the ground line flange a new coupling and stem
section equal to the length of the extension. Stem extensions made by adding new section of stem to the threaded
section of the stem at the top of the hydrant will not be accepted. Only one extension may be used. This extension
may be no more than 18 inches long.

(Page 502-8. Replace Item 502.3.1.11. Upper Stem Thread Lubrication, with the following: (The first sentence has been kept but
the remainder of the paragraph has been deleted. A new sentence has been added at the end.))
502.3.1.11.COD: UPPERSTEM THREAD LUBRICATION: Upper stem thread lubrication may be accomplished with
oil or grease. When oil is used, it shall be in conjunction with a functional oil reservoir and an oil filter port. Means for
field check of oil lubrication level shall be provided. When grease is used, means for field lubrication without
disassembly shall be provided.

(Page 502-8. Replace Item 502.3.12. Tests and Affidavit of Compliance, with the following:)
502.3.1.12.COD: TESTS AND AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE: An affidavit of compliance shall be furnished to the
OWNER stating that the hydrant complies in every way with the certified assembly drawings on file with the Dallas
Water Utilities and with all other requirements of this specification.

(Page 502-8. Replace Item 502.3.1.14. Rejection, with the following:)

502.3.1.14.COD: REJECTION: Hydrostatic test shall be complied with as required in AWWA C-502. Fire hydrants
may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification.

(Page 502-8. Add the following:)

502.3.1.15.COD: PROTECTION OF STEM THREADS: Hydrants closing against the flow or with the flow must have
any stem threads protected against contact with the water. This protection can be in the form of cap nuts or lower
valve washers. Cap nuts shall be locked in place to prevent loosening by normal operation of the fire hydrant.
If cap nuts are provided, they can be made of either bronze or ductile iron. If ductile iron cap nuts are used, a gasket
must be provided to prevent seepage of water from contacting stem threads.

(Page 502-8. Replace Item 502.3.2. Installation and 503.3.3 Measurement and Payment, with the following: (There are several new
paragraphs added to this section, the first paragraph has been modified to include City of Dallas Standards, and most of the
(original) last paragraph has been deleted.))
502.3.2.COD: INSTALLATION: Fire hydrants shall be installed as shown in DWU Standard Drawing 224, in the
Standard Drawings for Water and Wastewater Construction, latest edition, or as directed by the OWNER.
Set fire hydrant on the lot line extended when possible. The horizontal center of the hydrant shall be placed not less
than 2.5-feet (0.8m) and not more than 7.5-feet (2.3m) from the nearest curb, no closer than 18-inches (0.5m) to
existing or proposed sidewalks. For additional information, see the latest DWU Standards for Water and Wastewater
Construction, sheet 224, and located at least 1-foot (0.3m) outside of the area between the Points of Curvature of the
corner turning radii at intersections unless otherwise indicated on the plans.
The hydrant shall be set truly vertical and be securely braced and blocked on well-compacted or undisturbed soil
3
surrounded by a minimum of 7-CF (0.2-m )) clean gravel or stone to permit free draining of the hydrant, with the large
pumper nozzle facing the nearest curb Fire hydrants shall be braced and blocked on a Class A or Class PA (as
specified by the OWNER) concrete slab not less than 4-in. (10cm) thick and not less than 3-ft. by 3-ft. (0.9m x 0.9m)
square buried to a depth between 6- and 12-inches (15cm – 30cm) below finished grade. A splash pad that extends
to the sidewalk, or to curb in the absence of a sidewalk, shall be installed if directed by the OWNER. Hydrant shall be
set perpendicular with the pumper nozzle facing the nearest curb, and to a depth, such that the center of the nozzle is
between 18- and 28-inches (46cm – 71cm) from the top of finished grade.
Any adjustment needed after installation shall be made by the CONTRACTOR without extra compensation.

COD 502-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

502.3.3.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Fire hydrants shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each,
complete in place, as provided in the proposal and contract. The contract price shall be the total compensation for the
furnishing of all labor, material, tools, equipment, hydrant extensions, and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
The hydrant lead shall be paid for at the unit price bid for installing pipe. The gate valve and box installed in leads
shall be paid for at the unit price bid for installing gate valves and boxes, or as specified by OWNER.
Fire hydrant extensions shall be paid for at the unit price bid per foot if a separate pay item is established in the
contract.
Blocking shall be included in payment for fire hydrants.

(Page 502-8. Add the following Item.)

502.3.17.COD: HYDRANT APPROVAL: CONTRACTOR furnished fire hydrants must be approved by the OWNER.
For a list of fire hydrants by trade name or for a non-binding review of materials not shown on the list, contact:
Materials Engineer
Distribution Division
4120 Scottsdale Drive
Dallas, TX 75227
Telephone: (214) 670-8796

(Page 502-10. Replace Item 502.5.1.3.Design Features of Stops and Cocks, with the following :)
502.5.1.3.COD: DESIGN FEATURES OF STOPS AND COCKS: Seating surfaces of the ground key type shall be
tapered and shall be accurately fitted together by turning the key and reaming the body. Seating surfaces shall be
lapped together using suitable abrasives to insure accurate fit. The large end to the tapered surface of the key shall
be reduced in diameter for a distance that shall bring the largest end of the seating surface of the key into the largest
diameter of the seating surface of the body, and the taper seat in the body shall be relieved on the small end, so that
the small end of the key may extend through to prevent wearing of a shoulder and to facilitate proper seating of the
key. The stem end of the key, key nut and washer shall be so designed that if the key nut is tightened to failure point,
the stem of the key shall not fracture. The nut and the stem shall withstand a torque on the nut of at least three-times
the necessary effort to seat the key without failure in any manner.
502.5.1.3.1.COD: BALL STOP: The ball stop shall have a full-size round-way opening with straight-through flow,
Teflon coated bronze ball with a minimum of 0.5-mil (0.0005-in.) (0.01mm) thickness coating. The stop must be so
constructed that it may be disassembled and the ball removed without special tools. The valve must have a positive
stop to prevent damage to brass ball over opening.
502.5.1.3.2.COD: PLUG TYPE STOP: Plug type stop shall have full size round way opening with straight-through
flow. Seating surfaces shall be brass (or Teflon coated brass) to rubber O-rings, providing positive pressure seal
without mechanical means. The stop must be so constructed that the plug may be removed without special tools.
Rubber O-rings should conform to requirements of ASTM D2000 Classification System for Rubber Products in
Automotive Applications and test method shall conform to ASTM D1414 for Test Methods for Rubber O-Rings.
502.5.1.3.3.COD: INLET AND OUTLET THREADS: Inlet and outlet threads, of the types specified, shall conform to
the applicable tables of AWWA Standard C300 Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type, and inlet
threads shall be protected in shipment by a plastic coating or other equally satisfactory means. If used, coupling nuts
shall have a bearing skirt machined to fit the outside diameter of the pipe for a length at least equal to the outside of
the pipe.
502.5.1.3.4.COD: CORPORATION STOPS: Corporation stops shall be so designed as to rotate about the axis of
the flow passageway within a circle of rotation small enough to properly clear the inside of any standard tapping
machine of appropriate size.
502.5.1.3.5.COD: CURB STOP OUTLETS: The outlet side of ¾-in. (1.9cm) and 1-in. (2.5cm) brass curb stops shall
be female iron pipe with flared copper pipe, compression, or female iron pipe thread on the inlet, as specified. The
outlet side of 1-in. (2.5cm) , 1½-in. (3.8cm) and 2-in. (5.1cm) brass curb stops shall be female iron pipe with
compression, solder, or female iron pipe thread on the inlet, as specified.
502.5.1.3.6.COD: CORPORATION STOP OUTLETS: The outlet side of ¾-in. (1.9cm) and 1-in. (2.5cm) corporation
stops shall be flared copper pipe or compression with male AWWA ―tapered‖ thread or male iron pipe thread on inlet
side, as specified. The outlet side of 1½-in. (3.8cm) and 2-in. (5.1cm) corporation stops shall be compression or
solder with male AWWA ―tapered‖ thread or male iron pipe thread on inlet side, as specified.

COD.502-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 502-11. Replace Items 502.5.2. All Other Fittings, and Item 502.5.3. Measurement and Payment, with the following:)
502.5.2.COD: ALL OTHER FITTINGS: All other fittings shall conform to respective provisions of Item 501.
Underground Conduit Materials (with Addendum Items), listed according to conduit type. In water pipe, Ductile
Iron shall consist of tees, bends, reducers, sleeves, plugs, blind flanges, etc. (note: Crosses are not allowed within
the Dallas Water Utilities System.) Fittings for reinforced concrete pressure pipe, steel cylinder type, shall consist of
special crosses, tees, bends, reducers, dished plugs, closure sections, flanged outlets, blind flanges, bored flanges,
etc. All water pipe fittings shall be restrained type, anchored, or have retainer glands. Fire hydrant tees shall be bell-
bell-flange fittings. The use of Ductile Iron Compact fittings is prohibited.
502.5.3.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for fittings shall be made only if a separate bid item is
established in the CONTRACT. If a separate bid item is not established, the fittings shall be included in the price of
the pipe bid item.
Ductile Iron Fittings shall be measured for payment per ton if a separate bid item is established in the CONTRACT.
Special fittings for reinforced concrete pressure pipe, steel cylinder type, shall be measured for payment per each,
grouped as to size and kind. Fittings that are an integral part of a special item, such as a bored flange in an air valve
installation, shall not be measured for payment per each, but shall be included in the contract unit price for that
special item. The use of Ductile Iron Compact fittings is prohibited.

(Page 502-11. Replace Item 502.6 VALVES through Item 502.6.18 Tests and Inspection, with the following:)
ITEM 502.6.COD: VALVES:
502.6.1.COD: DOUBLE-DISC, METAL-SEATED GATE VALVES FOR ORDINARY WATERWORKS SERVICE:
502.6.1.1.COD: GENERAL DESCRIPTION: This specification covers Double-Disc, Metal-Seated Gate Valves in
sizes 3" through 48" which shall conform to the features and material specifications of the latest revision of the
AWWA C500 Standard ―Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service‖, as amended by this specification or as
shown on the City of Dallas approved plans and contract documents. All materials must comply with National
Standards Foundation (NSF) Standard 61 (NSF 61) – Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. Tests
and design data may be designated in the plans and contract specifications.
(1) Body and Working Pressure: All gate valves shall be iron body, bi-directional, double disc, parallel seat,
nonrising stem, internal wedging type. Valves 3" through 12" in diameter shall have a minimum design
working water pressure of no less than 200 psig. Valves 16" and larger in diameter shall have a minimum
design working water pressure of no less than 150 psig. Valve design shall provide minimum torque
designs effectively reducing friction and drag through thrust collar design and tracks for gates.
(2) Vertical Installation: All valves from 3‖ through 16" in diameter shall be designed for vertical installation
with no gearing and no bypass valve
(3) Horizontal Installation: All valves over 16" in diameter shall be designed specifically for horizontal
installation. Each manufacturer shall provide design and test data as requested by the City of Dallas to
allow evaluation of the appropriateness of horizontal installation of their double-disc, metal-seated gate valve
prior to that valve receiving approval and being accepted by the City of Dallas. All evaluation will be
conducted by the Dallas Water Utilities Department Distribution Division‘s Material Engineer located at 4120
Scottsdale Drive, Dallas, Texas 75227.
(4) Tapping Valves: If tapping valves are specified, the tapping valves provided shall allow ½‖ undersized
cutters. All tapping valves through 12" in diameter shall be designed with an alignment lip in accordance with
MSS SP-60. Tapping valves 16" and larger in diameter shall have an alignment lip as requested by the City.
(5) Operating Nut: The valve operating nut shall be painted black and shall open in a counter-clockwise
direction. Each valve shall be coated in accordance with Section 2.2.8 of the AWWA C500 Standard. A
bituminous coating complying with Federal Specification TT-C-494b shall be used for the exterior coating.
All surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the printed recommendations of the manufacturer of the
coating, which is to be applied.
(6) Waterway: The waterway shall be full-port.
(7) Furnished Complete: All double-disc, metal-seated gate valves shall be furnished complete as specified,
including accessories, shipping and handling costs.
(8) End Configuration: The gate valve shall be furnished with the type of end configuration specified. The
valve shall be available with Class 125 ANSI drilled flanges, mechanical joint and push-on ends per AWWA
C111, or any combinations thereof.
(9) Gate Valves larger than 48”: Gate valves larger than 48" shall be a special consideration. The OWNER, at
their option, may hydrostatically test all gate valves larger than 48-in. (122cm) for a reasonable period after

COD 502-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

receipt of a specified test pressure, or specify hydrostatic testing be performed for a time specified after
receipt of a specified test pressure in the plans and contract specifications.
(10) CONTRACTOR Furnished Valves: All CONTRACTOR-furnished double-disc, metal-seated gate valves
must be approved by the Dallas Water Utilities Department (COD). For a list of double-disc, metal-seated
gate valves by trade name or for a non-binding review of materials not shown on the list by trade name,
contact:
Materials Engineer
Distribution Division
4120 Scottsdale Drive
Dallas, TX 75227
Telephone: (214) 670-8796
(11) Detailed Drawings: Complete approved drawings, details, and specifications shall be filed with the Dallas
Water Utilities Department Distribution Division prior to acceptance and approval of any valve. The drawings
shall show a complete materials list, which includes the description and applicable ASTM reference for each
part.
(12) Experience: The manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the production and
sales of double-disc, metal-seated gate valves. A qualified list of customers, including the name of the
organization, address, the name of a representative, and telephone number shall be submitted with the bid
and available upon request.
(13) NSF 61 Compliance and National Standards: All Materials must comply with National Standards
Foundation (NSF) Standard 61 (NSF 61) – Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects.
Additionally, all ANSI, ASTM, and AWWA Standards referred to herein shall be as last revised. In the case
of conflict, this Specification shall govern.
502.6.1.2.COD: BODY AND BONNET: The valve body and bonnet shall be made of either gray iron per ASTM
A126, Class B, or ductile iron per ASTM A536. The body and bonnet shall each be full-dimensioned, with a minimum
thickness as shown in Table 2 of the AWWA C500 Standard. No thin-wall or ―compact‖ design valves shall be
acceptable. Castings shall be clean and sound with no structural defects. The following information, at a minimum,
shall be cast in raised letters into the body or bonnet: Manufacturers‘ name or symbol, year cast, size, and rated
working pressure.
502.6.1.2.1.COD: BOLTING MATERIALS:
(1) All bonnet , stuffing box, and bypass valve nuts and bolts shall be factory-installed Type 316 stainless steel.
Bolt heads shall be hexagonal, with dimensions conforming to ANSI B18.2.1. Nuts shall be hexagonal, with
dimensions conforming to ANSI B18.2.2.
All stainless steel bolts manufactured by dropforging or welding shall be fully passivated by the Type VI
passivation treatment as defined in Federal Specification QQ-P-35C (also known as the Nitric 2 treatment as
defined by ASTM A967-96). The manufacturer shall have a Water Immersion Test as defined in Federal
Specification QQ-P-35C and in ASTM A967-96 performed on a sample of the passivated bolts, and a
Certificate of Analysis shall be provided to the OWNER.
(2) Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints shall comply with all provisions of AWWA C111, Section 11-8.5. Bolts
and nuts for flanged ends shall be either ASTM A316 stainless steel bolts and nuts or ASTM A325 Type 3
bolts with ASTM A563 Grade C3 nuts.
All stainless steel bolts manufactured by dropforging or welding shall be fully passivated by the Type VI
passivation treatment as defined in Federal Specification QQ-P-35C (also known as the Nitric 2 treatment as
defined by ASTM A967-96). The manufacturer shall have a Water Immersion Test as defined in Federal
Specification QQ-P-35C and in ASTM A967-96 performed on a sample of the passivated bolts, and a
Certificate of Analysis shall be provided to the OWNER.
502.6.1.2.2.COD: GASKETS:
(1) All valves with mechanical joint ends shall be provided with full-dimensioned SBR mechanical joint gaskets
in complete compliance with the cross-sectional drawing and dimensioning data contained in Figure 11.2
and Table 11.2 of the AWWA Standard C111, latest edition. No ―special design‖ gaskets shall be
acceptable.
(2) All flanged faces shall be provided with 1/8" thick rubber ring gaskets, either of the flat design or of the
―Flange-Tyte‖ ribbed design patented by U.S. Pipe. All ring gaskets up through 48" shall be dimensioned in
accordance with Table A.1 of Appendix A of the AWWA Standard C110, latest edition.

COD.502-7
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

502.6.1.2.3.COD: GLANDS: All valves with mechanical joint ends shall be provided with MJ glands that shall be in
full compliance with all of the requirements of the AWWA C111 Standard, except that all glands shall be standard full-
dimensioned glands in accordance with Figure 11.1 and Table 11.1, regardless of whether gray iron or ductile iron is
used. Gland designs ―incorporating reduced wall section thicknesses‖ shall not be acceptable.
502.6.1.3.COD: ENDS: Valves shall have flanged, push-on, or mechanical-joint ends, or any combination of these
as may be specified.
Mechanical-joint ends shall conform to AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11) American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket
Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. Push-on joint ends shall conform to AWWA C111
(ANSI A21.11). Flanged ends shall conform to AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10) American National Standard for Gray-
Iron and Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 In. through 48 In. for Water and Other Liquids, Class 125-lb. (862-kPa). Bolts and
nuts for mechanical joints shall be of a high-strength, low-alloy corrosion-resistant steel conforming to ASTM A325
(A325M) High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints (Type 3). All mechanical-joint glands shall be ductile iron.
502.6.1.4.COD: GATES AND RINGS:
Gates 3‖ and smaller shall be solid bronze. 4‖ Gates shall be either cast iron with bronze gate rings or solid bronze.
All gates above 4‖ shall be cast iron with bronze gate rings.
502.6.1.5.COD: WEDGING DEVICE:
Wedging devices shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C500, except as follows:
(1) Valves 4" and smaller shall have solid bronze wedges.
(2) Valves above 4" may have solid bronze or cast iron bronze mounted wedges.
The bronze mounting shall be built as an integral unit mounted over or supported on a cast iron base and shall be of
sufficient dimension to be structurally sound and adequate for the forces that will be imposed upon it when the valve
is operated within the valve design parameters as set forth in the AWWA Standard C500. Thin plates or shapes
doweled or screwed into cast iron surfaces in such a manner that the screws or dowels are designed to carry the
shear stresses that will develop between the cast iron base and the bronze mounting as set forth in the AWWA
Standard C500 will not be accepted.
(3) Wedging surfaces on valves up to 16" shall be bronze to cast iron.
(4) Wedging surfaces on valves 16" and larger shall be bronze to bronze.
(5) Other moving surfaces integral to the wedging action shall be bronze to iron.
502.6.1.6.COD: ROLLERS, TRACKS, AND SCRAPERS FOR HORIZONTAL VALVES:
Rollers, tracks, and scrapers shall be in accordance with the AWWA C500 Standard.
502.6.1.7.COD: VALVE STEMS AND NUTS:
(1) Stem: The stem shall be made of either:
(2) Bronze: Bronze in accordance with Section 3.11.6 of the AWWA C500 Standard.
(3) Stainless Steel. Stainless steel, as long as the provisions of Section 502.6.1.23.1.COD,of this
Specification, Test to Failure, shall be met
(4) Diameter and Number of Turns: The minimum diameter and number of turns to open shall be as specified
in the AWWA C500 Standard.
(5) Bronze Stem Collars: Stem collars of bronze stems shall be integral with the stem, formed of the main
stem material itself either through machining of the stem or through an ―upset‖ heat/compression process.
(6) Stainless Steel Stem Collars: Stem collars of stainless steel stems shall be as designed by the
manufacturer. Details of these stem collars, complete with dimensioned drawings, shall be made available
to the City of Dallas upon request.
(7) Stem Seal: The stem shall be sealed in accordance with the AWWA C500 Standard.
(8) Stem Nut: The stem nut shall be inset in the gate, either integrally cast or swaged in place or retained by a
T-Nut configuration. Stem nuts shall be manufactured of a bronze alloy compatible with the stem.
(9) Stem Length: The stem shall be of such length that the threads of the stem nut are entirely engaged when
the valve is in the fully closed position.
(10) Stem Nut Thread Length: The threaded length of the stem nut shall be not less than 1.25 times the
outside diameter of the stem.

COD 502-8
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

502.6.1.8.COD: STUFFING BOXES:

Stuffing boxes shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standards C500 with the following exceptions: All valves
2-in. (5cm) through 16-in. (41cm) shall be equipped with double O-rings, provided arrangement is made for
replacement under pressure of the upper O-ring when the valve is fully open. All geared valves shall be equipped
with double O-rings in the main stuffing box. All horizontal valves shall have attached stuffing boxes as per the above
AWWA Standards. Stuffing box bolts and nuts shall be 316 stainless steel.
502.6.1.9.COD: FOLLOWER GLANDS AND GLAND BOLTS AND NUTS:
Glands, gland bolts, and nuts shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standards C500 with the following
exceptions: Gland flanges or followers that are a separate part may be cast iron or bronze. Glands for valves over 12-
in. (31cm) in diameter shall be solid bronze or cast-iron bronze bushed. Gland bolts and nuts shall be either bronze or
Type 316 stainless steel. For either choice both bolts and nuts shall be of the same material
All valves with mechanical joint ends shall be provided with MJ glands which shall be in full compliance with all of the
requirements of the AWWA C111 Standard, except that all glands shall be standard full-dimensioned glands in
accordance with Figure 11.1 and Table 11.1, regardless of whether gray iron or ductile iron is used. Gland designs
―incorporating reduced wall section thicknesses‖ shall not be acceptable.
502.6.1.10.COD: HAND WHEELS AND OPERATING NUTS:
All valves 2-in. (5cm) in diameter and above shall be nut operated unless otherwise ordered. All operating nuts shall
be ductile iron or cast iron. Handwheels shall be furnished only when called for on plans or in the contract
specifications. All valves shall open by turning counterclockwise.
502.6.1.11.COD: GEARING:
Gearing shall be in accordance with AWWA C500. Spur or bevel gearing as called for on the plans or as applicable
shall be provided on all valves larger than 16-in. (41cm) in diameter and larger.
502.6.1.12.COD: GEAR CASES.
Gear cases shall be furnished on all geared valves. All geared valves shall be equipped with extended type gear
cases, with cast iron side plates. Stuffing boxes shall be located on top of the bonnet and shall be outside the gear
case. Gear cases shall be lubricated and enclosed with oil seal or O-ring at all shaft openings to prevent the entrance
of water, which may be in the manhole. Valves equipped with ball or roller type thrust bearings inside the grease case
shall have all shaft openings sealed with double O-rings. Gear cases shall be cast iron.
502.6.1.13.COD: BY-PASS VALVES:
By-pass valves shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C500 with the following exceptions: All valves larger than
16" in diameter shall be designed for horizontal installation, complete with a bypass valve, rollers, tracks, and
scrapers. Properties, construction and design requirements herein specified are applicable to by-pass valves, except
stems on by-pass valves over 4-in. (10cm) shall have the same physical qualities as for 30-in. (76cm) and larger.
All valves 3" through 16" in diameter shall be designed for vertical installation with no by-pass valves.
502.6.1.14.COD: CAST IRON:
All gray cast iron shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A126 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe
Fittings , Class B or ductile iron shall conform to ASTM A536 Ductile Iron Castings.
502.6.1.15.COD: HORIZONTAL VALVES: All valves over 16-in. (41cm) in diameter shall be designated for
horizontal installation in a horizontal pipeline unless shown otherwise on the plans. All other valves shall be vertical.
502.6.1.16.COD: VALVES FOR INSTALLATION IN VERTICAL PIPELINE: Valves 14-in. (36cm) and larger AWWA
C500 valves ordered for installation in vertical pipeline shall be equipped with disc face tracks and wedge springs to
prevent pre-wedging. Valves 4 in. (10.2 cm) through 12 in. (30.5 cm) shall be double disc, square-bottom valves.
502.6.1.17.COD: TAPPING VALVES:
Tapping valves shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C500, and the other requirements of this section with the
following exceptions: Tapping valves shall have oversize seat rings to permit entry of standard tapping machine
cutters. In the open position, valve gates shall be clear of the ports so that the cutter shall pass through without
making contact with the gates. Valves shall have an inlet flange conforming to AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10) Class
125, with a machined projection to mate with tapping sleeve outlet flange recess to assure correct alignment. This
alignment ring shall comply with MSS Standard SP-60 Connecting Flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and
Tapping Valves. Valves shall have standard mechanical joint outlet and shall fit any standard tapping machine.

COD.502-9
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

502.6.1.18.COD: TESTS AND INSPECTION:

The manufacturer shall provide the City of Dallas Distribution Division with approved certified test results or a
statement regarding compliance with the following tests in accordance with AWWA C500, Section 5.1.
(1) Hydrostatic Test: Each valve shall be subjected to hydrostatic testing in accordance to Section 5.1.2 of the
AWWA C500 Standard.
(2) Torque Test: The manufacturer shall over-torque and valve off one prototype of each size in both the open
and closed position to demonstrate no distortion of the valve stem or damage to the resilient seat. The
applied torque shall be 250 ft-lbs for valves 4" and smaller, 350 ft-lbs for 6" through 12" valves, and 400 ft-
lbs for 16" and larger valves.
(3) Metallurgical Testing:
(a) Independent Testing: Subsequent to meeting all of the other requirements of this specification but
prior to acceptance of the valve, the valve manufacturer may be required to furnish metallurgical
analyses conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory for verification of material compliance
with all applicable ASTM designations.
(b) Data Required: The specific analyses required shall be determined by the City of Dallas on a case-by-
case basis.
502.6.1.19.COD: VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS:
502.6.1.19.1.COD: DOCUMENTATION:
Prior to any manufacturer‘s Double-Disc, Metal-Seated Gate Valves being approved for use by the City of Dallas, the
valve manufacturer shall deliver to the Dallas Water Utilities Department Distribution Division Material Engineer at
4120 Scottsdale Drive, Dallas, Texas 75227 a formal statement which either:
(1) Verifies and affirms the compliance of that manufacturer‘s Double-Disc, Metal-Seated Gate Valves with all
the provisions of this Specification; OR
(2) Specifically identifies each section of this Specification which is not met by that manufacturer‘s Double-Disc,
Metal-Seated Gate Valves, and gives sufficient detailed information regarding the nature of each non-
compliance to allow the City of Dallas to determine if the non-compliance is minor and can be waived, or if it
is major and shall be considered a cause for rejection.
502.6.1.20.COD: PACKAGING:
All valves provided shall be protected during transit and storage to prevent damage to any flanges or to the coatings
of the valve. For valves with one or more mechanical joint ends, all MJ nuts, bolts, glands, and gaskets shall be
carefully sealed in protective ―gland packs‖ and shipped with the valves. For valves with one or more flanged ends,
the main flange nuts, bolts, and gaskets, shall be packaged separately, and shipped with the valves.
502.6.1.21.COD: WRENCH NUTS:
(1) Wrench Nuts: Wrench nuts shall be made of either gray iron per ASTM A126, Class B, or ductile iron per
ASTM A536.
(2) The Nut: The nut shall be 2" square at the base, 1 15/16" square at the top, and 1 3/4" high.
(3) Direction of Opening: An arrow indicating the direction of opening and the word ―OPEN‖ shall be cast in
the nut (or on the body adjacent to the nut).
(4) Nut Secured to Valve: The nut shall be mechanically secured to the valve by means of a hexagonal
stainless steel or bronze bolts for easy removal. A pressed pin/roll pin that requires knocking out is not
acceptable.
502.6.1.22.COD: DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
All valves shall be designed so that the following conditions are met:
(1) Input Torque: Valves 3" and 4" in diameter shall be capable of withstanding an input torque of at least 250
ft-lbs with no permanent damage or deformation; valves 6" through 12" in diameter shall be capable of
withstanding an input torque of at least 350 ft-lbs with no permanent damage or deformation; and valves 16"
and larger" in diameter shall be capable of withstanding an input torque of at least 400 ft-lbs with no
permanent damage or deformation.
(2) Test To Failure: All parts, including the body and bonnet, shall be so proportioned that, if excessive torque
is applied to the stem in the closing direction with the valve gate seated and subjected to the working water
pressure, initial failure shall not occur in the valve body, valve bonnet, stuffing bonnet or seal plate. The
intent of this requirement is to insure that the valve will maintain its external integrity if it is forced to failure in
the closed position.

COD 502-10
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(3) Body/Bonnet Design: All valves shall be designed such that the valve bonnet and the valve body have
drilled, cored, or cast holes completely through the flanged mating faces that will allow the bonnet to be
secured to the body with pass-through bolts and nuts. No valve that has drilled and tapped recesses in the
valve body to receive the bonnet bolts is acceptable.
(4) Stem Replacement: All double-disc, metal-seated gate valves shall be designed so that the stem can be
replaced with the valve installed in the line, without removing the valve bonnet.
502.6.1.23.COD: TAPPING SLEEVES:
Tapping Sleeves shall conform to the Manufacturer‘s Standardization Society standard SP-111 and the following:
502.6.1.23.1.COD: TAPPING SLEEVES, BODY:
(1) Iron tapping sleeves shall be full bodied and full dimensioned. The material for the iron tapping sleeve
bodies shall be gray iron or ductile iron in accordance with AWWA Standard C110.
(2) Carbon steel tapping sleeves shall be ASTM A36, A283 or A285 carbon steel, with a minimum thickness of
3/8". Lugs shall be the triangular type design.
(3) Stainless steel tapping sleeves shall be 18-8 type 304 stainless steel. The thickness of the front, outlet
panels shall be 12-gauge minimum and the thickness of the back panels shall be 14-gauge minimum. Lugs
shall be the triangular type design.
(4) The sleeves shall be in two sections to be bolted together and dimensioned to secure proper fit on the type
and class of pipe on which it is used. Sleeves shall be provided with a 3/4" N.P.T. test opening so that
pressure tests can be made prior to tapping. The opening shall be provided with a 3/4" bronze plug.
502.6.1.24.COD: FLANGES: The branch outlet of the sleeve shall be flanged to conform to AWWA Standard C207
Class D, ANSI Class 150 and shall be in accordance with MSS-SP-60 Standards.
502.6.1.25.COD: GASKET:
(1) All gaskets shall conform to ASTM Standard 2000.
(2) The gaskets for the carbon steel tapping sleeves shall be affixed around the recess of the tap opening in
such a manner as to preclude rolling or binding during installation.
(3) The gaskets for stainless steel tapping sleeves shall be the full circumferential, 360-degree type.
502.6.1.26.COD: BOLTS AND NUTS:
(1) Iron tapping sleeves shall have a minimum number and size of bolts as follows or an approved alternate:
Flange Size Number of Bolts Size
4" 8 ¾"
6" 8 7/8"
8" 8 7/8"
10" 12 1"
12" 12 1"
16" 16 1 1/8"
20" 20 1 ¼"
24" 20 1 3/8"
The bolts and nuts for iron tapping sleeves shall conform to AWWA Standard C111.
(2) Carbon steel tapping sleeves shall have a minimum number and size of bolts as follows or an approved
alternate:
Flange Size Number of Bolts Size
4" 6 ¾"
6" 6 ¾"
8" 8 ¾"
10" 10 ¾‖
12" 10 ¾‖
The bolts and nuts for carbon steel tapping sleeves shall conform to AWWA Standard C111. Type 316
stainless steel bolts and nuts may also be provided. If stainless steel bolts and nuts are provided, the nuts
shall be coated to prevent galling.

COD.502-11
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(3) Stainless steel tapping sleeves shall have a minimum number and size of bolts as follows or an approved
alternate:
Flange Size Number of Bolts Size
4" 6 5/8"
6" 8 5/8"
8" 10 5/8"
10" 16 5/8"
12" 16 5/8‖
The bolts and nuts for stainless steel tapping sleeves shall have UNC rolled threads and be made of type
304 or 316 stainless steel. The nuts shall be coated to prevent galling.
502.6.1.27.COD: FINISH: All iron sleeves shall be coated and lined per AWWA Standard C110.
All carbon steel sleeves shall be fusion-bonded epoxy coated per AWWA Standard C213 to a minimum thickness of
12 mils thickness on both the exterior and the interior surfaces. The finished epoxy coat shall be free of laminations
and blisters, shall not peel and shall remain pliable and resistant to impact.
All stainless steel sleeves shall have all welds fully passivated to restore the corrosion resistance of the stainless
steel.
502.6.1.28.COD: PRESSURE RATING: The working pressure rating shall be a minimum of 150 psi.
502.6.1.29.COD: RESTRICTIONS: Carbon steel sleeves shall be restricted to use on pipe sizes 12" and larger.
Carbon steel sleeves shall not be used for taps greater than 75 percent of the pipe diameter. The use of these
sleeves for ―size-on-size‖ taps is prohibited.
502.6.1.30.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All sleeves must have received a verifiable Certification of Compliance
with the NSF 61 Standard.

502.6.2.COD: RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES FOR ORDINARY WATERWORKS SERVICE:

502.6.2.1.COD GENERAL DESCRIPTION: This specification covers all Resilient-Seated Gate Valves 3-in. (7.6cm)
through 12-in (30.5 cm), which shall conform to AWWA Standards C509 for Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water-
Supply Service, except for changes or specified alternatives as detailed in this specification or as shown on the plans
and contract documents. Tests and design data may be as designated on the plans and contract specifications.
(Note: AWWA Standard C515 for Reduced Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service has
specifically been removed from this specification. Reduced wall Valves and Fittings, of any type, are not approved for
use in the City of Dallas.).
(1) All Resilient-Seated Gate valves shall be bi-directional, non-rising stem with a minimum rated working
pressure of 200 psig. Tapping valves that allow ½‖ undersize cutters shall be provided, if specified. All
tapping valves shall be designed with an alignment lip per MSS SP-60. The valve operating nut shall be
painted black and open in a counter-clockwise direction. The water way shall be full port. No recesses,
insets, etc. shall be allowed in the bottom of the waterway, which would allow build-up, or collection of
residue and debris.
(2) All Resilient Seated gate valves shall be iron body, resilient seated, nonrising bronze stem and bronze stem
nut. Valves must have the resilient seat bonded and vulcanized to the wedge and employ the best
workmanship and finish. Valve design shall provide minimum torque designs effectively reducing friction and
drag through thrust collar design and guide tracks for the gate.
(3) Each manufacturer shall provide design and test data as requested by the City of Dallas to allow evaluation
of the appropriateness of resilient wedge gate valve prior to that valve receiving approval and being
accepted by the City of Dallas. All evaluation will be conducted by the Dallas Water Utilities Department
Distribution Division‘s Material Engineer located at 4120 Scottsdale Drive, Dallas, Texas 75227.
(4) All Resilient-Seated Gate Valves shall be furnished complete as specified including accessories, shipping,
and handling costs. The gate valve shall be furnished with the type of end configuration specified. The
valve shall be available with Class 125 ANSI drilled flanges, mechanical joint and push-on ends per AWWA
C111, PVC, or any combinations thereof.
(5) All Materials must comply with National Standards Foundation (NSF) Standard 61 (NSF 61) – Drinking
Water System Components – Health Effects.

COD 502-12
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

502.6.2.1.1.COD: CONTRACTOR FURNISHED VALVES: All CONTRACTOR-furnished Resilient-Wedge gate

valves must be approved by the Dallas Water Utilities Department (COD). For a list of Resilient-Wedge gate valves
by trade name or for a non-binding review of materials not shown on the list by trade name, contact:
Materials Engineer
Distribution Division
4120 Scottsdale Drive
Dallas, TX 75227
Telephone: (214) 670-8796
502.6.2.1.2.COD: DETAILED DRAWINGS: Complete approved drawings, details, and specifications shall be filed
with the Dallas Water Utilities Department Distribution Division prior to acceptance and approval of any valve. The
drawings shall show a complete materials list, which includes the description and applicable ASTM reference for each
part.
502.6.2.1.3.COD: EXPERIENCE: The manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the
production and sales of Resilient-Seated Gate Valves. A qualified list of customers, including the name of the
organization, address, the name of a representative, and telephone number shall be available upon request.
502.6.2.1.4.COD: NATIONAL STANDARDS: All ANSI, ASTM, and AWWA Standards referred to herein shall be as
last revised. In the case of conflict, this Specification shall govern.
502.6.2.2.COD: BODY AND BONNET: The valve body and bonnet shall be made of either gray iron per ASTM
A126, Class B, or ductile iron per ASTM A536. The body and bonnet shall each be full-dimensioned, with a minimum
thickness as shown in Table 2 of the AWWA C509 Standard. No thin-wall or ―compact‖ design valves shall be
acceptable. Castings shall be clean and sound with no structural defects. There shall be no plugging, welding, or
repairing of defects. The following information, at a minimum, shall be cast in raised letters into the body or bonnet:
Manufacturers‘ name or symbol, year cast, size, and rated working pressure.
502.6.2.3.COD: ENDS: Ends shall conform to Item 502.6.1.3.COD Ends.
502.6.2.4.COD: GATE: Gate shall be encapsulated with an elastomer that meets all requirements of AWWA C515
or C509. The bonding of the rubber to the gate shall meet the requirements of ASTM D429, Test Method A or Method
B. Gates 3-in. (7.6cm) and smaller shall be rubber encapsulated bronze.
502.6.2.5.COD: VALVE STEMS AND NUTS: Stem and nuts shall be in accordance with AWWA Standards C515 or
C509 except as follows: Stem nuts shall be of a nongalling, high-grade brass or bronze and shall have threads of
sufficient length to develop the full strength of the stem. Stems as received shall meet the minimum strengths as
specified. Upset stems on valves larger than 16-in. (41cm) shall not be permitted under these specifications.
502.6.2.6.COD: STUFFING BOXES: Stuffing boxes shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standards C515 or
C509 with the following exceptions: Arrangement is made for replacement under pressure of the upper O-ring when
the valve is fully open. All geared valves shall be equipped with double o-rings in the main stuffing box. All horizontal
valves shall have attached stuffing boxes as per the above AWWA Standards.
502.6.2.7.COD: FOLLOWER GLANDS AND GLAND BOLTS AND NUTS: Glands, gland bolts, and nuts shall
conform to the requirements of AWWA Standards C515 or C509 with the following exceptions: Gland flanges or
followers, if used, that are a separate part may be cast iron or bronze. Glands for valves over 12-in. (30cm) in
diameter shall be solid bronze or cast-iron bronze bushed. Gland bolts and nuts shall be either bronze or Type 302
stainless steel. For either choice, both bolts and nuts shall be of the same material.
502.6.2.7.1.COD: BOLTING MATERIALS:
(1) All bonnet and seal plate bolts and nuts shall be factory installed 18-8, type 304 stainless steel. Bolt heads
shall be hexagonal, with dimensions conforming to ANSI B18.2.1. Nuts shall be hexagonal, with dimensions
conforming to ANSI B18.2.2.
(2) Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints shall comply with all provisions of AWWA C111, Section 11-8.5. Bolts
and nuts for flanged ends shall be either ASTM A316 stainless steel bolts and nuts, or ASTM A325 Type 3
bolts with ASTM A563 Grade C3 nuts.
502.6.2.8.COD: HAND WHEELS AND OPERATING NUTS: Hand wheels and operating nuts shall conform to Item
502.6.1.10.COD Hand Wheels and Operating Nuts.
502.6.2.9.COD: GEARING: Gearing shall be in accordance with AWWA Standards C515 or C509. Spur or bevel
gearing as called for on the plans or as applicable shall be provided on all valves 18-in. (46cm) in diameter and
larger.
502.6.2.10.COD: GEAR CASES: Gear cases shall be furnished on all geared valves. Gear cases shall be
lubricated and enclosed with oil seal or O-ring at all shaft openings to prevent the entrance of water, which may be in
the manhole. Valves equipped with ball or roller type thrust bearings inside the grease case shall have all shaft
openings sealed with double O-rings. Gear cases shall be gray iron or ductile iron.

COD.502-13
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

502.6.2.11.COD: BY-PASS VALVES: By-pass valves are not required on resilient seated gate valves.
502.6.2.12.COD: CAST IRON: All gray cast iron shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A126 Gray Iron
Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings , Class B or ductile iron shall conform to ASTM A536 Ductile Iron
Castings .
502.6.2.13.COD: HORIZONTAL VALVES: Valves for horizontal installation shall be equipped with wedge guide
caps or inserts to guide and support the wedge during travel. All valves over 16-in. (41cm) in diameter shall be
designated for horizontal installation in a horizontal pipeline unless shown otherwise on the plans. All other valves
shall be vertical.
502.6.2.14.COD: VALVES FOR INSTALLATION IN VERTICAL PIPELINE: All resilient seated gate valves shall be
suitable for horizontal mounting in a vertical pipeline without special modifications.
502.6.2.15.COD: TAPPING VALVES: Tapping valves shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standards C515
or C509 and the other requirements of this section with the following exceptions: Tapping valves shall have a port
opening to permit entry of standard tapping machine cutters. In the open position, valve gates shall be clear of the
ports so that the cutter shall pass through without making contact with the gate. Valves shall have an inlet flange
conforming to AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10) Class 125, with a machined projection to mate with tapping sleeve outlet
flange to assure correct alignment. This alignment ring shall comply with MSS Standard SP-60 Connecting Flange
Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves. Valves shall have standard mechanical joint outlet and shall fit
any standard tapping machine.
502.6.2.16.COD: TESTS AND INSPECTION: All valves shall be tested by the manufacturer in accordance with
AWWA Standards C515 or C509. Any leaking at the test pressure through any casting shall cause the said casting to
be rejected. No plugging or patching to stop any leakage shall be allowed.
When requested at any time, notarized certificates of material and test compliance for these valves shall be provided.
Such reports furnished shall be identified by purchase order or contract. The material shall also be identified as to
location within the valve and specification or composition.
502.6.2.16.1.COD: PROOF OF DESIGN TESTS: The manufacturer shall provide the City of Dallas Distribution
Division with approved certified test results or a statement regarding compliance with the following tests in
accordance with AWWA C509, Section 5.1.
(1) Hydrostatic Test: The manufacturer shall pressure test one valve of each class to 400 psi (in each
direction) with the gate in the closed position and 0 psi on the opposite side. The valve shall show no sign of
leakage during or upon completion of the test. No part of the valve or gate shall be permanently deformed
by the test.
(2) Torque Test: The manufacturer shall over-torque and valve off one prototype of each size in both the open
and closed position to demonstrate no distortion of the valve stem or damage to the resilient seat. The
applied torque shall be 250 ft-lbs for valves 4" and smaller, 350 ft-lbs for 6" through 12" valves.
(3) Metallurgical Testing: Subsequent to meeting all of the other requirements of this specification but prior to
acceptance of the valve, the valve manufacturer may be required to furnish metallurgical analyses
conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory for verification of material compliance with all
applicable ASTM designations.
(4) Leakage Testing: The manufacturer shall select two valves to be opened and closed for 500 cycles with a
200-psi differential pressure across the gate. The valve shall be drip-tight upon completion of the test.
(5) Pressure Test: One valve of each size shall be tested by the manufacturer to 500 psi with the gate in the
open position. There shall be no rupture or cracking of the valve body, bonnet, or seal plate. Leakage at
pressure containing joints shall be acceptable.
(6) Data Required: The specific analyses required shall be determined by the City of Dallas on a case-by-case
basis.
502.6.2.16.2.COD: VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS:
Documentation: Prior to any manufacturer‘s Resilient Wedge Gate Valve being approved for use by the City of
Dallas, the valve manufacturer shall deliver a formal statement to:
Materials Engineer
Distribution Division
4120 Scottsdale Drive
Dallas, TX 75227
Telephone: (214) 670-8796

COD 502-14
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

Which either:
(1) Verifies and affirms the compliance of that manufacturer‘s Resilient-Seated Gate Valves with all the
provisions of this Specification; OR
(2) Specifically identifies each section of this Specification which is not met by that manufacturer‘s Resilient-
Seated Gate Valves, and gives sufficient detailed information regarding the nature of each non-compliance
to allow the City of Dallas to determine if the non-compliance is minor and can be waived, or if it is major and
shall be considered a cause for rejection.
502.6.2.17.COD: VALVE STEM:
The stem shall be made of the low-zinc bronze alloy, CDA 99500 (maximum 2% zinc). The minimum diameter and
number of turns to open shall be as specified in AWWA C509. Stem collars shall be integral with the stem. The stem
shall be sealed with O-rings above and below the stem collar; a minimum of two such seals shall be required. The
stem nut shall be inset in the gate, either integrally cast of swaged in place or retained by a T-Nut configuration. The
stem nut shall be made of low-zinc bronze (maximum 7% Zinc) such as CDA 83600, CDA 99400, and CDA 99500.
The stem shall be of such length that the threads of the stem nut are entirely engaged when the valve is in the closed
position. The threaded length of the stem nut shall be not less than 1.25 times the outside diameter of the stem.
502.6.2.18.COD: PACKING: Prior to shipping, all nuts, bolts, and glands shall be assembled on the valve. The
gasket shall be shipped inside the valve, sealed to protect the rubber gasket material from contamination and
damage.
502.6.2.19.COD: WRENCH NUTS: Wrench nuts shall be made of either cast iron per ASTM A126, Class B, or
ductile iron per ASTM A536. The nut shall be 2‖ square at the base, 1-15/16‖ square at the top, and 1-3/4‖ high. An
arrow indicating the direction of opening and the word ―OPEN‖ shall be cast in the nut (or on the body adjacent to the
nut). The nut shall be mechanically secured to the valve by means of a hexagonal bolt for easy removal. A pin that
requires knocking out is not acceptable.
502.6.2.20.COD: COATINGS:
(1) Interior Coating:
(a) Surface Preparation: All interior ferrous surfaces of the valve exposed to water and subject to
corrosion shall be sandblasted in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Specifications No.
SSPC-SP5 for White Metal Blast Cleaning. Shot blasting methods shall not be used. Before
sandblasting, all projections and objectionable irregularities shall be carefully removed, all sharp edges
and corners shall be ground smooth, and all oil and grease shall be removed by the use of an effective
solvent. After sandblasting all debris of the sandblasting process shall be removed from the surfaces to
be coated. The Interior coating shall immediately follow the sandblasting and shall be one of the
following epoxy coating systems.
(b) Liquid catalyst – cure epoxies containing no solvents, requiring no solvents, and requiring no heat
curing:
(1) Specialties Engineering Corporation, Specoat SEC-EPT, brushable.
(2) SOC-CO Plastic Coating Company, Kesite 740, brushable.
(3) Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, Scotchkote 302.
(4) Mueller Company, H.P.
(c) Powder, fusion bounded epoxies, thermosetting.
(1) Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, Scotchkote 134, Fluid Bed application.
(2) Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, Scotchkote 203, Fluid Bed application.
(d) Coating Thickness: The coating shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer‘s printed
instructions and shall have a dry-film thickness of not less than 9mm or more than 20mm. The coating
shall be applied to all stationary interior ferrous surfaces including all interior openings in the valve body.
Coating shall not be applied to the gasket surfaces of the end flanges. After the coating is completely
cured, the coated surface shall be tested for porosity, holidays, and pinholes, using a holiday detector
set at 1800 volts. All holidays or irregularities shall be repaired and the coating tested again.
(e) Surface Preparation – Exterior: The exterior ferrous surfaces of each valve shall be coated as
detailed in Article III of these specifications, except that the surfaces shall be sandblasted to SSPC-SP6
(Commercial Grade) requirements prior to coating.
(f) There is no requirement for Certification of Compliance with the NSF 61 Standard for exterior coatings.

COD.502-15
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

502.6.2.21.COD DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: All valves shall be designed so that the following conditions are met:
(1) Input Torque. Valves 3‖ and 4‖ in diameter shall be capable of withstanding an input torque of at least 250
ft-lbs with no permanent damage or deformation; valves 6‖ through 12‖ in diameter shall be capable of
withstanding an input torque of at least 350 ft-lbs with no permanent damage or deformation.
(2) Test to Failure. All parts, including the body and bonnet, shall be so proportioned that, if excessive torque is
applied to the stem in the closing direction with the valve gate seated and subjected to the working water
pressure, initial failure shall not occur in the valve body, valve bonnet, stuffing bonnet or seal plate. The
intent of this requirement is to insure that the valve will maintain its external integrity if it is forced to failure in
the closed position.
(3) Body/Bonnet Design. All valves shall be designed such that the valve bonnet and the valve body have
drilled, cored, or cast holes completely through the flanged mating faces, which will allow the bonnet to be
secured to the body with pass-through bolts and nuts. No valve, which has drilled and tapped recesses in
the valve body to receive the bonnet bolts is acceptable.
(4) Seal Plate Design. All valves with seal plates on top of the valve bonnet shall be designed such that the
seal plate is secured to the bonnet with pass-through bolts and nuts. No valve, which has drilled and tapped
recesses in the valve bonnet to receive the seal plate bolts is acceptable. The seal plate and seal plate
bolts shall be designed so that there is 0.50 inches and 1.00 inches of clearance between the bottom of the
operating not and the top end of the seal plate bolts.
(5) Stem Replacement. All double-disc, metal-seated gate valves shall be designed so that the stem can be
replaced with the valve installed in the line, without removing the valve bonnet.
502.6.2.22.COD: WEDGE: The wedge shall be made from either ductile iron per ASTM A536 or gray iron per ASTM
A126, Class B, with guide bars or channels for controlled movement, and may have an integrally cast bronze stem
nut. The wedge shall be ruggedly constructed for resistance to deflection.
502.6.2.23.COD: ENCAPSULATION: The wedge and wedge guide bars or channels shall be fully encapsulated by
a resilient rubber material bonded to the metal. The wedge stem hole, if not also encapsulated, shall be epoxy
coated.
(1) The method used to prove the rubber-to-metal bond shall be in accordance with the requirement of ASTM
D429, Method B. The peel strength shall not be less than 75 pounds per inch.
(2) The wedge guide encapsulation may consist of a harder grade of ebonite rubber or contain thermoplastic
guide inserts.
502.6.3.COD: AIR VALVES:
502.6.3.1.COD: GENERAL: Unless otherwise indicated in the plans or contract specifications, air valves shall meet
the requirements of AWWA C512 Air Release, Air/Vacuum and Combination Air Valves for Water Works Service with
exceptions specified herein. Only wastewater air valves shall be used for wastewater applications.
502.6.3.2.COD: DESCRIPTION: Air valves shall be of two types as follows:
(1) An air valve called for on the plans shall mean an air and vacuum valve of the ball type designed to permit
the escape of air from a pipeline when the line is being filled and to permit air to enter the pipeline when the
line is being emptied.
(2) A combination air valve called for on the plans shall mean a combination air and vacuum and air release
valve designed to fulfill the functions of air and vacuum valve and designed to permit the escape of air
accumulated in the line at the high point when the line is under pressure while in operation. Air valves 3-in.
(7.6cm) and smaller shall be self-contained in one unit. Air valves larger than 3-in. (7.6cm) may be a
combination of two valves.
502.6.3.3.COD: MATERIAL: The valves shall be stainless steel or iron body, stainless steel, brass or bronze
fulcrum levers and links, stainless steel ball floats and pins, steel flange bolts and nuts, Buna-N synthetic rubber
seats or equal against bronze or stainless steel, and brass for other parts.
502.6.3.4.COD: INLETS AND OUTLETS: Inlets shall be threaded for 2-in. (5cm) and smaller and flanged for 3-in.
(7.6cm) and larger. Outlets shall be threaded through 4-in. (10cm).
502.6.3.5.COD: OPERATING PRESSURE AND TESTING: The valves shall be designed to operate under an
operating pressure of 150-psi (1034-kPa) and shall be tested to 1½ times that pressure.
502.6.3.6.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All air valves must have received verifiable Certification of Compliance with
the NSF 61 Standard

COD 502-16
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
.
502.6.4.COD: BRASS WHEEL VALVES:
502.6.4.1.COD: GENERAL: Valves furnished under this specification shall be wedge disc, non-rising stem gate
valves with screwed ends. They shall be equipped with bronze hand wheels and nuts and shall have bronze packing
gland followers. They shall be of all brass and/or bronze construction.
502.6.4.2.COD: PRESSURE RATING: Valves shall be rated for 125-psi (862-kPa) saturated steam working
pressure and 200-psi (1,380-kPa) for liquids and gases up to 150°F (65.6°C).
502.6.4.3.COD: TESTS: Each valve furnished under these specifications shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of
250-psi (1,724-kPa) with the valve open. Under this test, the valve shall not show any indication of leakage at the
packing or anywhere on the body. Each valve shall also be tested at hydrostatic pressure of 250-psi (1,724-kPa)
applied to one end only with the valve closed. There shall be no indication of leakage by the gate or through the
packing under this test.
502.6.4.4.COD: DIRECTION TO OPEN: Valve shall open by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
502.6.4.5.COD: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS:
The materials used in the manufacture of these valves shall equal or exceed the specifications shown in Table
502.6.4.5.(a) Brass Wheel Valve Materials.
Table 502.6.4.5.(a). COD: Brass Wheel Valve Materials

Part Material Designation/Specification

Packing Teflon impregnated asbestos or

approved equal

Body Bronze ASTM B62 Standard Specification for

Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings

Bonnet Bronze ASTM B62

Gates Bronze ASTM B62

Handwheel Bronze ASTM B62

Handwheel Bronze ASTM B62

Nut

Gland & Brass ASTM B16/B16M Standard Specification for Free-

Packing Nut Cutting Brass Rod, Bar and Shapes for Use in
Screw Machines

Stem Bronze ASTM B62, 50,000=psi (344,700-kPa) minimum

tensile strength.

502.6.4.6.COD: STEM: Stem shall be completely free of visible flaw, and matching shall be smooth and free of
defect. A back-seating surface shall be provided on the wedge or on the lifting nut to seat tightly against the bonnet
when the valve is open to seal the packing gland against line pressure so that the valve may be repacked against line
pressure.
502.6.4.7.COD: SCREWED ENDS: Valve ends shall be threaded internally with American National Taper pipe
threads. Thread shall be clean, smooth, true to form, and concentric with the axis of the valve. Variations in alignment
of thread shall not exceed 1/16-in.-per-foot (0.5-cm-per-m). Thread shall be chamfered approximately to the major
diameter of the thread at the face of the valve at an angle approximately 45° with the axis of the thread for the
purpose of easy entrance in making a joint and for protection of the thread.
502.6.4.8.COD: VALVE BODY: The body of the valve shall offer sufficient support to the gate while it is moving to
keep the gate wedge in place and to align accurately the gate on the body seat. The waterway opening shall be equal
to or greater than the nominal pipe size.
502.6.4.9.COD: GATE: The gate shall be of wedge design and may be furnished either solid or two-piece. Two-
piece or ―split‖ disc gates shall be equipped with lifting nut. Gate faces shall be accurately machined and fitted into
the valve body in such a manner that the center of the gate circle is very slightly above the center of the seat circle
when the valve is tightly closed.

COD.502-17
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

502.6.4.10.COD: WORKMANSHIP: All valve parts shall be true to form, free from injurious defects and shall be
seated and finished in a competent manner. Casting shall be free from blowholes, porosity, hard spots, excessive
shrinkage, cracks, or other injurious defects. They shall be smooth and well cleaned both inside and outside, and all
fins and similar roughness shall be removed. Castings shall not be repaired, plugged, brazed, or burned in.
502.6.4.11.COD: PACKAGING: Valve shall be closed for shipment and wrapped or packaged in accordance with
best commercial practice as necessary for mechanical protection and ease in handling.

502.6.5.COD: RUBBER SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES:

502.6.5.1.COD: GENERAL DESCRIPTION: This specification covers Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves in sizes 10"
through 120‖, which shall conform to the features and material specifications of the latest revision of the AWWA C504
Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves Standard, as amended by this specification or shown on the City of Dallas plans and
contract documents.
(1) These valves shall be suitable for fresh water having a pH greater than six and a temperature less than
125°F.
(2) All valves shall be designed for a maximum steady-state fluid working pressure of 150 psig and a maximum
steady-state differential pressure of 150 psig.
(3) All valves shall be Class ―B‖ valves designed for a maximum velocity of no less than 16 feet per second.
(4) All valves shall be of the short-body full-flanged face design, with Class 125 ANSI drilled flanges.
(5) The valve operating nut shall be painted black and shall open in a counter-clockwise direction.
(6) All butterfly valves shall be furnished complete as specified including accessories, shipping, and handling
costs.
(7) Type of body shall be short body, flanged.
(8) Body material shall be cast iron or ductile iron.
(9) Class shall be as specified on the plans or contract specifications.
(10) Shafts shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
(11) Flange holes shall be drilled full size.
(12) Valve seats shall be natural rubber or Buna-N and polished stainless steel, Type 316, 90° seating angle
only, with a 360° uninterrupted seating surface.
(13) Shaft seals shall be standard split-V packing or double O-ring seal cartridges.
(14) Discs shall be ductile iron, cast iron, or fabricated steel.
(15) Operating nuts shall be ductile iron.
(16) NATIONAL STANDARDS FOUNDATIONS (NSF) STANDARD 61 COMPLIANCE. All valves must have
received a verifiable Certification of Compliance with the NSF 61 Standard.
(17) National Standards. All ANSI, ASTM, and AWWA Standards referred to herein shall be as last revised. In
the case of conflict, this Specification shall govern.
502.6.5.2.COD: QUALITY ASSURANCE: The following shall be furnished to the OWNER. Incomplete data shall be
cause for rejection of bid.
(1) Each manufacturer who provides butterfly valves under this specification shall have an approved Quality
Assurance Program for controlled manufacturing in effect at the manufacturer‘s facility throughout the
manufacturing cycle. This Quality Assurance Program shall conform to a nationally recognized standard for
quality assurance programs and shall apply to all phases of manufacturing from procurement of materials
through shipping of the completed product.
(2) All materials used for bodies, discs, seats (resilient and metal), and shafts shall be certified by the material
SUPPLIER. Certification shall consist of the results of chemical and mechanical property tests, which
conform to a detailed Quality Assurance Manual. The Manual shall be available for review and the
manufacturing facility available for a quality audit at the convenience of the OWNER. A Quality Assurance
Manual shall be included in the required submittals.

COD 502-18
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(3) CONTRACTOR-Furnished Valves. All CONTRACTOR-furnished butterfly valves must be approved by the
Dallas Water Utilities Department (DWU). For review of valves and materials contact:
Materials Engineer
Distribution Division
4120 Scottsdale Drive
Dallas, TX 75227
Telephone: (214) 670-8796

502.6.5.2.1.COD: DETAILED DRAWINGS:

Complete approved drawings, details, and specifications shall be filed with the Dallas Water Utilities Department
Distribution Division prior to acceptance and approval of any valve. The drawings shall contain dimensional data on
all components of the valve and shall show a complete materials list, which includes the description and applicable
ASTM reference for each part. The Drawings shall include, but not limited to, the following:
(1) Weights and drawings in accordance with AWWA C504.
(2) Guaranteed delivery time after receipt of purchase order.
(3) Number of turns of handwheel required to close valve.
(4) The required actuator torque (To) in foot-pounds for each butterfly valve based on the specified operating
conditions of pressure and flows.
(5) Seating-unseating torque (To) in foot-pounds required for each butterfly valve.
(6) Rated torque capability of each butterfly valve actuator.
(7) Experience: evidence of at least five years satisfactory experience building butterfly valves to AWWA
Standards.
(8) Torque tests in accordance with rubber seated butterfly valves AWWA C504.
(9) Proof of design tests in accordance with AWWA C504.
502.6.5.2.2.COD: EXPERIENCE: The manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the
production and sales of AWWA C504 Rubber Seated butterfly Valves. A qualified list of customers, including the
name of the organization, address, the name of a representative, and telephone number shall be available upon
request
502.6.5.2.3.COD: MATERIALS:
(1) Body: The valve body shall be made of either gray iron per ASTM A48 Class 40 or ASTM A126 Class B, or
ductile iron per ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12, or Grade 70-50-05.
(2) Disc: Valve discs for valves 10" through 66" in diameter shall be manufactured of ASTM A536 Grade 65-
45-12 ductile iron. Valve discs for valves 72" through 120" in diameter shall either be manufactured of
ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron or may be of ASTM A516 Grade 60 fabricated steel.
(3) Valve Seat: The resilient valve seats shall be of Buna-N synthetic rubber. The mating seat surface, integral
with the valve body or contained on the disc edge, shall be 18-8, Type 304 stainless steel. Sprayed or
plated mating seat surfaces are not acceptable.
(4) Valve Shaft: Valve shafts shall be manufactured of 18-8, type 304 stainless steel.
(5) Shaft Bushings. Shaft bushing material shall be as recommended by the manufacturer provided that
bushing material is disclosed to the OWNER and approved by the OWNER prior to the manufacturer of any
valves for provision under this specification. (See Section V.F. of this Specification.)
(6) Bolting Materials:
(a) All valves from 10" through 48" in diameter shall be provided with ASTM A325 Type 3 Weathering Steel
heavy hex main flange bolts dimensioned in accordance with ANSI Standard B.18.2.1. All nuts for the
ASTM A325 Type 3 flange bolts shall be ASTM A563, Grade C3 Weathering Steel heavy hex nuts
dimensioned in accordance with ANSI Standard B.18.2.2. As an alternative, the main flange bolts and
nuts may be of Type 316 stainless steel, dimensioned in accordance with ANSI Standards B.18.2.1.
and B.18.2.2.
(b) All valves from 54" through 120" in size ordered with flanged end configurations shall be provided with
Type 316 stainless steel heavy hex flange bolts. Bolt heads shall be hexagonal, with dimensions
conforming to ANSI B18.2.1. All nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel heavy hex, with dimensions
conforming to ANSI B18.2.2.

COD.502-19
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(c) All stainless steel bolts manufactured by drop-forging or welding shall be fully passivated by the Type VI
passivation treatment as defined by Federal Specification QQ-P-35C (also known as the Nitric 2
treatment as defined by ASTM A967-96) or by the Type VII passivation treatment as defined by Federal
Specification QQ-P-35C (also known as the Nitric 3 treatment as defined by ASTM A967-96). A Water
Immersion Test as defined in Federal Specification QQ-P-35C and in ASTM A967-96 shall be
performed on a sample of the passivated bolts, and a Certificate of Analysis provided.
(7) Gaskets: All valves with flanged ends shall be provided with " thick rubber ring gaskets of the "Flange-
Tyte" ribbed design patented by U.S. Pipe, or an approved equal. All ring gaskets shall be dimensioned in
accordance with Table A.1 of Appendix A of the AWWA Standard C110, latest edition.
(8) Wrench (Operating) Nut:
(a) The wrench nut shall be made of either gray iron per ASTM A126, Class B, or ductile iron per ASTM
A536.
(b) The nut shall be 2" square at the base, 1 15/16" square at the top, and 1 3/4" high.
(c) An arrow indicating the direction of opening and the word ―OPEN‖ shall be cast in the nut (or on the
body adjacent to the nut).
(d) The nut shall be mechanically secured to the valve by means of hexagonal stainless steel or bronze bolt
for easy removal. A pressed pin/roll pin that requires knocking out is not acceptable.
502.6.5.2.4.COD: COATINGS:
502.6.5.2.4.1.COD: INTERIOR COATINGS:
(1) Surface Preparation: All interior ferrous surfaces of the valve exposed to water and subject to corrosion
shall be prepared in accordance with the printed recommendations of the manufacturer of the coating, which
is to be applied.
(2) Coating System Compliance: The interior coating system shall comply with the AWWA C550 Standard,
shall immediately follow the surface preparation, and shall be a coating system, which has received
Certification of Compliance with the NSF 61 Standard for this particular application.
(3) Coating Thickness: The coating shall be applied in accordance with the coating manufacturer‘s printed
instructions. The finished dry thickness of this coating in mils shall be within the range recommended by the
manufacturer. The coating shall be applied to all stationary interior ferrous surfaces including all interior
openings in the valve body. The coating shall not be applied to the gasket surfaces of the end flanges.
(4) Coating Integrity: After the coating is completely cured, the coated surface shall be tested for porosity
holidays and pinholes in accordance with Section 5.1 of the AWWA C550 Standard. All holidays or
irregularities shall be repaired in accordance with the coating manufacturer‘s printed instructions and the
coating again tested. This process shall be repeated until the coating passes the holiday test.
(5) Coating Documentation: Upon request, the valve manufacturer shall furnish to the City of Dallas specific
data on:
(a) The coating system used, including the name of the manufacturer of the coating system and the specific
coating system designation.
(b) A copy of the coating manufacturer‘s printed surface preparation and application instructions.
(c) Verification of Certification of Compliance with the NSF 61 Standard for this application of this coating.
(d) Verification that all valves supplied have in fact passed the Coating Integrity Test required by Section III
D of this specification.
(e) A copy of the coating manufacturer‘s printed instructions for the valve manufacturer‘s repair of holidays
and pinholes, which are detected in the coating.
(f) A copy of the coating manufacturer‘s printed instructions for field repair of damage to the coating.
502.6.5.2.4.2.COD: EXTERIOR COATINGS:
(1) Surface Preparation. All exterior surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the printed
recommendations of the manufacturer of the coating, which is to be applied.
(2) Coating System. The exterior ferrous surfaces of each valve shall be coated in accordance with the AWWA
C 504 Standard, as detailed below:
(a) Two different exterior coating systems will be required, depending upon where the valve is to be
installed:

COD 502-20
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(1) Unless otherwise specified, the exterior of the butterfly valve shall, at a minimum, be shop coated
with a suitable metal primer to a dry film thickness of not less than three (3) mils. Flange faces
shall be protected from atmospheric corrosion. If the manufacturer wishes, the exterior of the
butterfly valve may be coated with the valve manufacturer‘s standard exterior paint/epoxy coating
system in lieu of just a primer coat.
(2) For butterfly valves which are ordered direct by the City of Dallas and destined for direct-burial
applications, a two-coat asphaltic emulsion exterior coating in accordance with Section 4.2.2.1 of
the AWWA C 504 Standard shall be called for in the valve order. The asphaltic emulsion shall
conform to Federal Specification TT-C-494b.
(b) There is no requirement for Certification of Compliance with the NSF 61 Standard for any exterior
coatings.

502.6.5.2.5.COD: DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:

All valves shall be designed so that the following conditions are met:
502.6.5.2.6.COD: FLANGES: The dimensions and drilling of end flanges shall conform to ASME/ANSI B16.1, Class
125, with full-sized boltholes through the flanges.
502.6.5.2.7.COD: BODY: Regardless of whether gray iron or ductile iron is used for the body, the body shall be full-
dimensioned, with a minimum body shell thickness as shown in Table 2 of the AWWA C504 Standard. No thin-wall
or ―compact‖ design valves shall be acceptable. Castings shall be clean and sound with no structural defects. The
following information, at a minimum, shall be cast in raised letters into the body: Manufacturers‘ name or symbol, year
assembled, size, rated working pressure, and direction of flow.
502.6.5.2.8.COD: DISC: Butterfly valve discs for valves 30" in diameter and larger shall be of the ―off-set‖ design in
order to provide a full 360-degree seating surface, uninterrupted by the shaft holes. Discs for valves of all sizes shall
be designed so that there are no external ribs transverse to the flow direction.
502.6.5.2.9.COD: VALVE SEAT:
(1) For all sizes of valves.
(a) The resilient Buna-N seat shall be incorporated in the valve disc edge or in the valve body.
(b) Resilient seats shall be mechanically retained by means of stainless steel clamps, stainless steel rings,
and 18-8 stainless steel bolts.
(c) Resilient seats shall be capable of mechanical adjustment in each direction without the use of special
tools.
(d) Resilient seats must also be capable of replacement in the field without chipping, grinding, or burning
out the old seat . No seat retention designs, which utilize bonded seats or epoxy injection for a wedging
action against the resilient seat, or which require any ―setting‖ or ―curing‖ time shall be acceptable.
(2) For valves 30" and larger, replacement of the mechanically retained resilient seat shall be possible without
removing the valve from the system.
502.6.5.2.10.COD: VALVE SHAFT:
Valve shafts for valves 30" and larger shall be of the two-piece type extending into the valve disc hubs for a distance
of at least one and one-half-shaft diameters. Valves smaller than 30" in diameter may have solid one-piece shafts.
In all cases and for all sizes of valves, the minimum valve shaft diameter shall be as specified in the AWWA C504
Standard, latest edition; or as specified below:
Valve Size Minimum Shaft Diameter
78" 9.25"
84" 10.00"
90" 10.75"
96" 11.50"
102" 12.00"
108" 12.75"
114" 13.50"
120" 14.25"

COD.502-21
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

502.6.5.2.11.COD: SHAFT BUSHINGS:

Valve shaft bushings shall be designed by the manufacturer to insure that they provide effective, long-lasting bearing
surfaces for the support of the valve shaft without binding, dragging, or damaging the shaft under continuous full
pressure differential loading conditions. Shaft bushings shall be contained in the integral hubs of the valve body and
shall be of a one-piece ―self-lubricated sleeve‖ design constructed of bronze-backed P.T.F.E. material, or an
approved equal. No alternate valve shaft bushing design will be accepted by the City of Dallas until detailed
drawings, materials data, and performance test results on the alternate bushing have been provided to, analyzed by,
and accepted by the City of Dallas.
502.6.5.2.12.COD: SHAFT THRUST BEARING:
Butterfly valves 30" in diameter and larger shall be furnished with a factory-set two-way thrust bearing on the valve
shaft which shall be capable of being adjusted in the field without re-drilling, without re-pinning, and without the use of
special tools.
502.6.5.2.13.COD: SHAFT SEALS:
(1) On valves of all sizes, where the valve shaft projects through the body of the valve for the actuator
connection, a shaft seal shall be provided. This seal may be of either design stated below:
(a) The seal may be of the type utilizing a stuffing box and pull down packing gland so that the packing can
be adjusted or completely replaced without disturbing any part of the valve or actuator assembly except
the packing gland follower. Packing shall be of the non-asbestos self-adjusting split-V or square type.
(b) The seal may be of the self-adjusting Chevron design.
(2) Where the valve shaft engages the thrust bearing, the valve shall be equipped with a thrust stub shaft cover
or stub shaft end cover utilizing either an O-Ring seal or an asbestos-free gasket to prevent leakage. The
use of packing and/or thread seal washers to prevent leakage is not acceptable.
502.6.5.2.14.COD: SHAFT TORQUE CAPABILITY: Valves up through 72" in diameter shall be capable of
withstanding the shaft torques tabulated under Class 150B in Table 4 of the AWWA C504 Standard, at a minimum,
without deformation or damage. The shafts of valves larger than 72" in diameter shall meet the material and
dimensional specifications called out in this specification.
502.6.5.3. ENDS: Valves shall have flanged ends. Flanged ends shall conform to AWWA C110 (ANSI A 21.10),
Class 250-lb. (112.5-kg).

502.6.5.4.COD: VALVE ACTUATORS:

502.6.5.4.1.COD: MANUAL ACTUATORS:
Manual valve actuators shall be Limitorque, or an approved equal. All manual actuators shall be equipped with a
wrench-operating nut as specified in Item 502.6.5.2.3.COD(8): MATERIALS.
(1) Location: All actuators shall be located at the right end of a horizontal shaft with the input shaft vertical and
upward looking in the direction of flow, unless otherwise noted.
(2) Closure: The valve shall close by turning the input shaft clockwise. All handwheels shall turn clockwise to
close the valve. All operators shall be equipped with a disc position indicator with each valve. The indicator
shall be highly visible, clearly showing the legends ―Open‖ and ―Closed‖ at the ends of a 90° arc, with a
pointer to show the disc position (Closed — 0° and Open —90°). The arc shall be graduated in degrees.
(3) Type: All manual actuators shall be totally enclosed worm gear type and traveling-nut type. All manual worm
gear type actuators shall be Limitorque, Type HBC or approved equal.
(4) Sizing: Each valve actuator shall be sized for the maximum valve torque requirements based on the
operating pressures and flow rates as specified.
502.6.5.4.1.1.COD: DESIGN: Valve actuators shall conform to the AWWA C504 Standard and shall be designed to
hold the valve in any intermediate position between full open and full closed without creeping or fluttering. Valve
actuators shall be of the worm gear design.
502.6.5.4.1.2.COD: TEST RESULTS: Valve actuator manufacturers shall provide results of tests performed on
actuators, in accordance with Sections 3.8.3 and 3.8.5.5 of the AWWA C504 Standard. Valve manufacturers shall
submit maximum torque requirements at operating and design conditions.

COD 502-22
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
502.6.5.4.1.3.COD: POSITION INDICATOR: Valve actuators shall be equipped with a closed and open indicator.
The indicator shall be raised, clearly showing the legends ―Open‖ and ―Closed‖ at the end of a 90 degree arc with a
pointer to show the disc position (Closed at 0 degrees and Open at 90 degrees) and the arc graduated in increments
of ten degrees.
502.6.5.4.1.4.COD: DIRECTION OF OPERATION: Clockwise direction shall close the valve and counter-clockwise
direction shall open the valve. The valve actuator shall be located on the side of the valve, suitable for vault service
or above ground service.
502.6.5.4.2.COD: ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATORS:
Electric valve actuators, where required, shall be Limitorque or an approved equal and shall have a NEMA 4
enclosure, position indicator, 360 second timing for opening and for closing, torque switches in series, manual
override hand wheel, four 4-train geared limit switches (16 total), reversing starter, and three (3) button two (2) light
push button control station.
(1) All electric actuators shall be designed for multiple-voltage operation with 208/220/480 Volt, 3 Phase, 60
Hertz power.
(2) All electric actuators shall be sized for operation with 208 Volt power.
(3) Electric Actuators shall not be sealed for submerged operation.
(4) COD Each order for valves with electric actuators, which utilize a modulating position controller (time-pulsed
operation), shall be accompanied by everything that is necessary to change the factory default settings
beyond the ranges allowed by DIP switch settings, including but not limited to one set of all necessary serial
cables, serial interface adapters, Modsim manuals, and Modsim software.
(5) Each order for valves with electric actuators which utilize a modulating position controller (time-pulsed
operation) shall be accompanied by everything that is necessary for trouble-shooting or correcting any
problems which may occur in the computerized actuator, including but not limited to one set of all diagnostic
tools available from the actuator manufacturer designed for this application, such as the Limitorque UEC3
Universal Diagnostic Tool (UDT).
(6) Each electric actuator shall conform to AWWA C504 and shall be of sufficient size to open and close the
valve against maximum differential pressure and maximum required torque conditions when voltage at
motor terminals is 90-percent of nominal voltage and shall have totally enclosed worm gear reducer with
spur gear attached. Limit switches shall be of the four traingear with switches adjustable to operate at any
point in the opening or closing cycle of the valve.
(7) Limit switches and torque switches shall be located in a special compartment that is an integral part of the
actuator and shall be readily accessible. Each limit switch shall have two normal closed contacts. Limit
switch gearing shall be in step at all times whether in power or manual operation. Limit switch gearing shall
be stainless steel or high-grade bronze. Two torque switches shall be furnished, one for opening direction
and one for closing direction. The torque switches shall be connected in series so that they will operate
regardless of the phasing of the power.
(8) Torque and thrust loads in both closing and opening directions shall be limited by torque switches. Each
torque switch shall be provided with a micrometer adjustment and reference-setting indicator. The
adjustment shall permit a variation of approximately 40-percent in torque setting. Switches shall have a
rating of not less than 6-amperes at 120-volts-a.c. and 2.2-amperes at 115-d.c. The torque switches shall be
in series with the opening and closing coils of the starter.
(9) The torque switches shall be factory adjusted by the manufacture for this application.
(10) A handwheel for manual operation shall be provided. Motor shall not rotate when handwheel is in use. A
fused motor shall not interfere with manual operation. For valve control, furnish for each valve a reversing
starter in watertight enclosure that is integral with the actuator housing. Furnish a push-button station
NEMA-4 with red and green indicating lights separate from the valve actuator. Space heaters shall be
provided to protect the motor, reversing starter and limit switch compartments from moisture condensation.
Valve control wiring diagrams shall be furnished with submittal data.
(11) Valve actuators shall conform to latest revision of AWWA C504 and shall be designed to hold the valve in
any intermediate position between fully opened and fully closed without creeping and fluttering
502.6.5.4.3.COD: OTHER ACTUATORS: Other types of actuators shall conform to AWWA C504.
502.6.5.4.4.COD: SUBMERGED ACTUATOR:
Unless otherwise specified, all manual actuators must be capable of being submerged in groundwater and operated
without causing damage.
(1) Location: All actuators shall be located at the right end of a horizontal shaft with the input shaft vertical and
upward looking in the direction of flow, unless otherwise noted.

COD.502-23
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(2) Closure: The valve shall close by turning the input shaft clockwise. All handwheels shall turn clockwise to
close the valve. All operators shall be equipped with a disc position indicator with each valve. The indicator
shall be highly visible, clearly showing the legends ―Open‖ and ―Closed‖ at the ends of a 90° arc, with a
pointer to show the disc position (Closed — 0° and Open —90°). The arc shall be graduated in degrees.
(3) Type: All manual actuators shall be totally enclosed worm gear type and traveling-nut type. All manual worm
gear type actuators shall be Limitorque, Type HBC or approved equal.
(4) Sizing: Each valve actuator shall be sized for the maximum valve torque requirements based on the
operating pressures and flow rates as specified.

502.6.5.4.5.COD: PACKAGING:
(1) Nuts and Bolts: The main flange bolts and nuts shall be packaged separately and shipped with the valve
when it is delivered.
(2) Gaskets: All flange gaskets shall be shipped inside the valve, sealed to protect the rubber gasket material
from contamination and damage.
(3) Valves:
(a) All valves provided shall be protected during transit and storage to prevent damage to the valves. The
manufacturer shall ship each valve with full-face flange protectors of 3/4" exterior grade plywood or
pressboard securely fastened over the flange faces to protect them during shipment. Valves larger than
36" shall be bolted or otherwise fastened to skids to preclude damage in subsequent handling. Small
valves may be fully packaged at the manufacturer‘s option to prevent damage.
(b) Valves shall only be lifted by utilizing clevis devices through the valve flange, or by forklift for those
valves that are on pallets. In no case shall any valves be lifted by the actuator or by the valve shaft.
(c) Shipment and Storage Requirements. Electric motor actuated valves shall be shipped to bonded,
covered warehouse storage to be designated by the OWNER. Valves shall be stored indoors and shall
have space heaters energized. Full-face flange protectors of waterproof plywood shall be at least one-
inch (2.5cm) thick. (From Ver 4.0)
502.6.5.4.6.COD: ACCESSORIES:
(1) Bolts and Nuts. A full compliment of main flange heavy hex bolts and nuts as specified in Section II.F.(1)
and (2) of this Specification shall be provided with each flange valve.
(2) Gaskets. All valves with flanged ends shall be provided with a full compliment of ribbed ring gaskets as
specified in Section II.G. of this Specification.
502.6.5.4.7.COD: PRODUCTION TESTS:
The manufacturer shall provide the City of Dallas Distribution Division with approved certified test results or a
statement regarding compliance with the following tests in accordance with AWWA C504, Section 5.2.
502.6.5.4.8.COD: PERFORMANCE TESTS: Each valve with the actuator mounted directly on the valve shall be
shop operated by the valve manufacturer three times from the fully closed to the fully opened position and the reverse
under a no-flow condition, to demonstrate that the complete assembly is workable.
502.6.5.4.9.COD: LEAKAGE TESTS: Each valve shall be shop tested for leaks with the valve in the closed position
by the valve manufacturer. The test shall be conducted with the disc in a horizontal plane. With the disc in the
closed position, air pressure at 150 psig shall be supplied to the lower face of the disc for the full test duration of no
less than five (5) minutes. The upper surface of the valve disc shall be visible and shall be covered with a pool of
water at 0-psig pressure. There shall be no indication of leakage past the valve disc (visible in the form of bubbles in
the water pool on top of the disc) during the test period. All valves shall be leak-tight in both directions.
502.6.5.4.10.COD: HYDROSTATIC TESTS: The manufacturer shall subject all valve bodies to an internal
hydrostatic pressure equivalent to two times the rated pressure of the valve. During the hydrostatic test, there shall
be no leakage through the metal, the end joints, or the shaft seal, nor shall any part of the valve be permanently
deformed. The time duration of this hydrostatic test shall be sufficient to allow visual examination for leakage and
shall be at least 3 minutes for valves 10 inch through 20 inch, and 10 minutes for valves 24 inch and larger.
502.6.5.11.COD: METALLURGICAL TESTING:
(1) Independent Testing: Subsequent to meeting all of the other requirements of this specification but prior to
acceptance of the valve, the valve manufacturer may be required to furnish metallurgical analyses
conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory for verification of material compliance with all
applicable ASTM designations.

COD 502-24
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(2) Data Required: The specific analyses required shall be determined by the City of Dallas on a case-by-case
basis.
502.6.5.4.12.COD: VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS:
(1) Documentation:. Prior to any manufacturer‘s butterfly valve being approved for use by the City of Dallas,
the valve manufacturer shall deliver to the Dallas Water Utilities Department Distribution Division Material
Engineer at 4120 Scottsdale Drive, Dallas, Texas 75227 a formal statement which either:
(a) Compliance: Verifies and affirms the compliance of that manufacturer‘s butterfly valve with all the
provisions of this Specification; OR
(b) Non-Compliance: Specifically identifies each section of this Specification which is not met by that
manufacturer‘s butterfly valve, and gives sufficient detailed information regarding the nature of each
non-compliance to allow the City of Dallas to determine if the non-compliance is minor and can be
waived, or if it is major and shall be considered a cause for rejection.
502.6.6.COD: LINE VALVE INSTALLATION:
At locations shown on the plans, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install valves of the type and size indicated. Valve
vaults shall be furnished as provided in the special contract documents and constructed in accordance with Item
702.4.8.8. Vaults and applicable Dallas Water Utility Standard Drawings for Water and Wastewater Construction.
All valve stacks will be of cast iron pipe (grey or ductile iron) and of one continuous piece to the finished grade. On
advance of paving contracts, the valve stack may be extended to the final paving grade with one cast iron pipe
extension. The two valve stack pipes must be aligned so that the valve can be operated properly. The extension
must be connected to the existing valve stack with a bell and rubber gasket.
502.6.6.1.COD: GATE VALVES: Valves shall be carefully handled and lowered into position in such a manner as to
prevent damage to any part of the valve. The valve shall be placed in the proper position and held securely until all
connections have been made. Where valves are to be placed in a concrete structure, the floor shall be completed
before installing the valve. The valve shall be securely blocked so that its weight is carried by the floor rather than
being supported by connected piping. Dallas Water Utility Standard Drawings for Water and Wastewater
Construction.
502.6.6.2.COD: AIR RELEASE VALVES: The term ―air release valve‖ as used in this section shall apply to the
installation of both air release valve and combination air and vacuum release valves. Vaults shall be furnished as an
integral part of either air release valve or combination air and vacuum release valve installation.
Air valves shall be installed in the manner shown in Dallas Water Utility Standard Drawings for Water and
Wastewater Construction and on the appurtenance sheet unless otherwise indicated on the plans. The proper valve
and fitting sizes shall be installed on mains in accordance with the schedule in Table 502.6.6.2.(a) Air Release Valve
Sizing unless otherwise specified.
Table 502.6.6.2.(a) Air Release Valve Sizing

I.D. OF MAIN Size of Valve and Fitting

Centimeter Centimeter
Inches Inches
equivalent equivalent

16 and smaller 41 and smaller 1 2.5

18 through 36 46 through 91 2 5.1

42 and larger 107 and larger 3 7.6

Matching taps shall be provided for and made in accordance with Item 502.10. Connections to Conduit for Service
(with Addendum Items). Fittings required for mounting air valves shall be as specified in Item 502.5. Fittings (with
Addendum Items). All fittings shall be tight, leak free and plumbed true to the required position.
502.6.7.COD: REJECTION: Any valve may be rejected for failure to meet its respective requirements of this
specification or referenced specifications.
502.6.8.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Where valves are furnished by the OWNER, the valves shall be
measured for payment for handling, placing, installing, jointing, testing, and all incidentals per each, grouped by size.
Where the valves are to be furnished by the CONTRACTOR, the valves shall be measured for payment for
furnishing, hauling, handling, placing, installing, jointing, testing, and all incidentals per each, grouped by size. The

COD.502-25
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
price bid for valves shall include vault, roadway box, cover, extension pipe and pad supports since separate pay
items shall not be set up for these items. Manholes for valve gearboxes shall be paid for at the contract unit price per
each, grouped by sizes, complete in place, if provided in the proposal and contract. The contract unit price shall be
the total compensation for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install valves complete in
place in strict accordance with drawings, specifications, and/or instructions of the OWNER.

(Page 502-20. Replace Item 502.10.1. Definitions, with the following: (A new sentence has been added to the end of this item.))
502.10.1.COD: DEFINITIONS: ―Service‖ shall be defined as a service line to an individual customer. ―Bullheads‖
shall be defined as an individual service line with branches at the end to serve two or more customers.
Bullheads and services 1" and smaller in diameter and up to fifty (50) feet in length shall be installed with one
continuous piece of copper tubing with no splices, coupling, etc.

(Page 502-20. Add the following:)

502.10.1.1.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All service clamps must have received verifiable Certification of
Compliance with the NSF 61 Standard.

(Page 502-22. Replace Item 502.10.3.1.1.Taps, with the following: (A new final sentence has been added.))
502.10.3.1.1.COD: TAPS: Taps for transmission of water or air from the main into system service accessories can
be either of two types as follows:
(1) Standard internal pipe threaded holes in wall of water mains. These taps may be either manufactured into
the pipe or installed in the field.
(2) Tap installations that are made by clamping a service saddle equipped with a sealed threaded port on the
periphery of the main and then drilling through the pipe wall to complete each service port. Taps may be
made either on an uncharged system or into a main under pressure. Single strap clamps will not be
permitted on any type pipe.

(Page 502-22. Replace Item 502.10.3.1.2. Tap Assemblies, with the following: (A new sentence has been added at the end of the
first paragraph and a new sentence has been added at the end of the fourth paragraph.))
502.10.3.1.2.COD: TAP ASSEMBLIES: The tap assembly shall consist of a corporation stop and an iron to copper
connection attached to a hard copper (Type K) tubing terminating approximately 1-ft. (30cm) below ground surface
with a brass gate valve as shown and detailed on the plans to serve as additional air release. Only soft copper (Type
K) tubing will be allowed and a curb stop will be required in lieu of a brass gate valve.
When tap assemblies are an integral part of an air valve installation, measurement, and payment shall be in
accordance with Item 502.6. Valves (with Addendum Items).
Tap assemblies may be required by the project plans and specifications adjacent to gate valve installations. Tap
assemblies so required shall be installed in the water main on either side of the valve. Payment for the tap
assemblies shall be included in the unit price bid for furnishing and installing the gate valve complete in place.
When taps are required for flushing, chlorination, and/or testing, the CONTRACTOR shall locate the taps in
accordance with Dallas Water Utilities Standard Drawing 207 or other detail drawings, plans or in locations directed
by the OWNER. Unless otherwise specified in the CONTRACT, no separate payment shall be made for taps required
for testing, flushing, and/or chlorination.
Upon completion of the testing and purification, the CONTRACTOR shall return to the job site, remove the blow-off
down to the corporation stop, backfill leaving the corporation stop in place, and replace all pavement. The
CONTRACTOR’S removal of the blow-off shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work, including excavation, backfill, and disposal of surplus materials without additional
compensation.

COD 502-26
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 502-22. Replace Item 502.10.3.1.4. Tapping Ductile Iron Pipe, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added at the
end of this section.))
502.10.3.1.4.COD: TAPPING DUCTILE IRON PIPE: Service taps, unless otherwise specified, shall be made in cast
iron pipe by direct tapping of the pipe wall (without use of tap saddles) for tap sizes relative to pipe diameters as
shown in Table 502.10.3.1.4.(a) Tapping Ductile Iron Pipe.
Table 502.10.3.1.4.(a).COD: Tapping Ductile Iron Pipe

Tap Diameter Pipe Diameter

¾-in. and 1-in. 4-in. through less than 12-in.

1½-in. and 2-in. 12-in. and larger

When direct tapping of cast iron pipe cannot be made within the limits as provided above, taps shall be made as set
forth in this specification, utilizing service saddles.
The respective Tap and Pipe Diameters given in this subsection are valid only for grey or ductile iron pipe with a wall
thickness equal to Class 52 pipe, or thicker. If pipe with a wall thickness less than that of Class 52 pipe is
encountered, direct taps will only be permitted in the 3/4" and 1" sizes. Larger diameter taps shall require the use of
a tapping saddle.

(Page 502-22. Replace Item 502.10.3.1.5. Tapping Concrete Pipe, with the following: (A new sentence has been added to the end
of this section.))
502.10.3.1.5.COD: TAPPING CONCRETE PIPE: Tap location shall be provided to the pipe manufacturer, when
available, and taps shall be made by the manufacturer during the fabrication phase of the pipe when locations are so
furnished. Taps fabricated during manufacture with a diameter less than or equal to 2-in. (5cm) shall be provided with
brass or bronze insert bushings. Taps greater than 2-in. (5cm) shall be provided as flanged outlets with flange to
thread insulator adapter kits. When taps are required to be made in the field, the taps shall be made in accordance
with the pipe manufacturer’s recommended procedures and to the satisfaction of the OWNER. Flanged outlets will be
required for taps greater than 2 inches.

(Page 502-22. Replace Item 502.10.3.1.7. Tapping PVC Pipe, with the following:)
502.10.3.1.7.COD: TAPPING OF PVC PIPE: All taps shall be made utilizing bronze service clamps.

(Page 502-23. Replace Item 502.10.3.2.1. Procedures for Transferring Service, with the following;)
502.10.3.2.1.COD: PROCEDURES FOR TRANSFERRING SERVICE:
502.10.3.2.1.1.COD: IN ADVANCE OF PAVING:
(1) A Public Relations letter will be furnished to each customer by the City prior to construction explaining the
work to be done.
(2) A new meter box will be located at the proposed ultimate grade and location. If a sidewalk is proposed, the
meterbox will be set so that it will ultimately be in the center of the proposed sidewalk. If the top of the new
meter box's ultimate elevation is higher than the existing ground, the new meter box will be set flush with the
top of the existing ground. This meter box will be raised by others during the paving operations. If the top of
the new meter box ultimate elevation is lower than the existing ground, the new meter box will be set at the
ultimate elevation. The meter box lid, however, will not be installed in this meter box. Additional meter
boxes will be stacked on top of the new meter box until the top box is higher than the existing ground
elevation. The top meter box will have a meter box lid and the meter will be placed in the bottom meter box.
(3) A new water service will be run from the new main to the new meter box. A new service line will be run from
the new meter box to the property line and immediately adjacent to the existing house line. The service line
will be turned up at this point and extended at least one foot above the existing ground. A C. F. curb stop
will be installed on the end of the service line. This new service line will be connected to the existing house
line when the water service is transferred. All new water service lines will be installed to clear all existing
and proposed utilities and paving.
(4) The new water service will be temporarily connected to the service line for flushing operations.
(5) All new services will be flushed according to Item 506.7. Purging and Disinfection of Water Conduits
(with Addendum Items), The main will then be hydrostatically tested and chlorinated. After a good sample

COD.502-27
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
is received, the Inspection Division will release the main to the Distribution Division to place in service. The
Distribution Division will inform the Inspection Division when the new services are ready to be transferred.
The CONTRACTOR is then instructed by the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR may begin transferring the
service.
(6) The OWNER must be present at all times during the transfer of the services.
(7) Each customer is informed about the transfer by the OWNER. The customer will be given a tag explaining
the work to be done and the City emergency phone number.
(8) Services will be transferred, in order, on one side of the block at a time.
(9) It is very important that the CONTRACTOR does not allow any contaminated water or material to enter the
system.
(10) The water serving the house through the existing water service will be stopped by closing a corp or curb
stop on the existing water service. The existing house line and new service line will then be cut at the
property line and connected. Galvanized house lines will not be threaded for connection, but will be cut and
connected with a coupling.
(11) The existing meter will be removed and installed in the new meter box. In every case, all meter gaskets and
bolts will be replaced. The new water service and service line will be placed so that when the meter is
installed, the lines will not be in tension.
(12) If a meter stops or appears to be damaged, the Meter Division (214) 651-1441 shall be informed by the
OWNER. The Meter Division will bring a new meter to the job site for the CONTRACTOR to install. The
CONTRACTOR will be permitted to install a jumper section to provide service if there is a delay in obtaining
the new meter.
When the new meter is received, the jumper will be removed and the new meter installed by the
CONTRACTOR. There shall be no additional cost to the OWNER for this work.
(13) Customer is at home during transfer: The CONTRACTOR will inform the customer that the service is being
transferred. Before turning on the water at the meter, an outside faucet or cold-water bathtub faucet shall be
opened so air and sediment can be released from the plumbing. The water is to be turned on slowly and all
connections inspected for leaks. The CONTRACTOR shall repair all leaks. The CONTRACTOR is to check
with each customer to insure proper water service after the transfer.
(14) Customer is not at home during transfer: If an outside faucet is available, it will be opened so air and
sediment can be released from the plumbing. If an outside faucet is not available, the transfer will still be
made. After the water is turned on and it runs for more than 10 gallons for a 3/4" or 1" service and more
than 30 gallons for 1 ½" or 2" service, the water will be cut off and a tag of explanation left on the customer's
door. The tag will give a City telephone number to call to have service restored after the customer returns
home.
(15) The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all damages. If the house line or plumbing is damaged or clogged,
the CONTRACTOR will make the necessary repairs, if possible. If the CONTRACTOR cannot make the
repairs,the CONTRACTOR will hire a plumber to do the work. The customer may, at the CONTRACTOR‘s
option, hire the owner‘s own plumber to do the work and the CONTRACTOR will be responsible to
reimburse the customer for this expense. The CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to leave the work site until
released by the OWNER. The OWNER will not permit the CONTRACTOR to leave the work site if a
customer is without water service. If a problem surfaces after the CONTRACTOR has left the job site, the
customer will be instructed to call the City of Dallas Action Center by dialing 311, within the City Limits of
the City of Dallas or (214) 670-5111 from any other location.
(16) When service is restored through the new main and services, the old meter box and the line from the old
meter box to the property line will be removed and become the property of the CONTRACTOR.
502.10.3.2.1.2.COD: AFTER PAVING:
(1) A Public Relations letter will be furnished each customer by the City prior to construction explaining the work
to be done.
(2) All new services will be flushed according to Item 506.7.Purging and Disinfection of Water Conduits
(with Addendum Items),. The main will then be hydrostatically tested and chlorinated. After a good
sample is received, the Inspection Division will release the main to the Distribution Division to place in
service. The Distribution Division will inform the Inspection Division when the new services are ready to be
transferred. The CONTRACTOR is then instructed by the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR may begin
transferring the services.
(3) The OWNER must be present at all times during the transfer of the services.
(4) Each customer is informed about the transfer by the OWNER. The customer will be given a tag explaining
the work to be done and the City emergency phone number.

COD 502-28
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
(5) Services will be transferred in order on one side of the block at a time.
(6) It is very important that the CONTRACTOR does not allow any contaminated water or material to enter the
system. The meter box will be removed and the area excavated a minimum of 12 inches below where the
meter will be set. All water from any source will be removed from the excavated area prior to disconnecting
any portion of the existing system. The excavation must be kept dry if possible. In cases where it is not
possible to keep the excavation dry, the water will never be allowed to reach a level any higher than six (6)
inches below the meter. A piece of copper tubing is attached to the new service for flushing purposes. The
service is to be flushed away from the excavation until good, clear water is evident.
IN ALL CASES, THE SERVICE WILL BE FLUSHED A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) MINUTE. Before any
reconnections are made, all fittings and openings will be clear and sanitary. A plug will be installed on the
house line after it is removed to prevent contaminated material or water from entering the system.
(7) The CONTRACTOR is to remove the existing meter box. The meter will be removed only if it needs to be
relocated to a new grade. The service is to be installed according to the ―COD Standard Details for Water
and Wastewater Construction‖, Latest Version. In every case, all meter gaskets and bolts will be replaced.
The meter and house service is to be adjusted to the proper grade as shown. Extreme care must be used
when working on the house line to insure that it is not damaged. The house line and new service will be
properly lined so that when the meter is reinstalled, the lines will not be in tension. Galvanized house lines
will not be threaded for connection, but will be cut and connected with a coupling.
(8) Customer is at home during transfer: Before turning on the water at the meter, an outside facet or cold-
water bathtub faucet is to be opened so air and sediment can be released from the plumbing. The water is
to be turned on slowly and all connections inspected for leaks. The CONTRACTOR will stop all leaks.
Check with each customer or turn on an outside faucet to insure proper water service after the transfer.
(9) Customer is not home during transfer: If an outside faucet is available, it will be opened so air and sediment
can be released from the plumbing. If an outside faucet is not available, the transfer will still be made. After
the water is turned on and it continues to run more than 10 gallons for a 3/4" and 1" service or more than 30
gallons for 1 ½" and 2" service, the water will be cut off and a tag of explanation left on the customer's door.
The tag will give a City telephone number to call to have service restored after the customer returns home.
(10) The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all damages. If the house line or plumbing is damaged or clogged,
the CONTRACTOR will make the necessary repairs, if possible. If the CONTRACTOR cannot make the
repairs,the CONTRACTOR will hire a plumber to do the work. The customer may, at his option, hire the
customer’s own plumber to do the work and the CONTRACTOR will be responsible to reimburse the
customer for this expense. The CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to leave the work site until released by
the OWNER. The OWNER will not permit the CONTRACTOR to leave the work site if a customer is without
water service. If a problem surfaces after the CONTRACTOR has left the job site, the customer will be
instructed to call the City emergency service at 670-5700.
(11) If a meter stops, the Meter Division (214) 651-1441 shall be informed by the OWNER. The Meter Division
will bring a new meter to the job site for the CONTRACTOR to install. The CONTRACTOR will be permitted
to install a jumper section to provide service if there is a delay in obtaining the new meter. When the new
meter is received, the jumper will be removed and the new meter installed by the CONTRACTOR. There
shall be no additional cost to the OWNER for this work.
(12) When service is restored, the meter box is to be set at the proper grade. All existing concrete or metallic
boxes deemed unsuitable by the OWNER are to be replaced with new approved corrugated meter boxes
approved for use by the City. The excavated material will be used to backfill under and around the meter
box. The material will be properly compacted to prevent settlement. Sand will only be used to grade the
meter box. Sod will be replaced around the box or if the meter box was set in a concrete walk or drive,
concrete will be used.

(Page 501-11. Add the following:)

502.10.3.3.COD: NSF 61 COMPLIANCE: All copper tubing must have received verifiable Certification of
Compliance with the NSF 61 Standard.

(Page 502-24. Replace Item 502.10.4.1. Service Connection, with the following: (A new sentence has been added at the end of this
item))
502.10.4.1.COD: SERVICE CONNECTION: Service pipe shall be of the same pipe material as the main wastewater
conduit unless otherwise specified on the plans or in the contract or approved by the OWNER. Connections shall be
made to prevent the occurrence of bi-metallic corrosion or any other corrosion that can result by joining incompatible
materials.
Wastewater service connections shall be defined as a service line connecting the customer’s wastewater system at

COD.502-29
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
the property line or utility easement to the main wastewater conduit and shall consist of the service combination tee
wye, the necessary Class B or Class PB (as specified by the OWNER) concrete cradle or crushed stone for the tee
wye, the service pipe necessary to extend the line from the main wastewater conduit to the customer’s property line
and a plug placed in the end of the service line.
Services for single-family residence shall normally be 4-inches (10cm) in diameter. Standard 4-inch (10cm) laterals
shall consist of a standard wye and bend and the necessary pipe and cleanout as shown on the plans or directed by
the OWNER. Larger laterals shall consist of a manhole and the necessary minimum 6-inch (15cm) pipe as shown on
the plans or directed by the OWNER. If the CONTRACTOR is required to connect or reconnect the service line to the
customer’s wastewater system, the connection shall be as shown on the plans. If the CONTRACTOR is not required
to connect to the customer’s wastewater system, the service line shall be plugged and sealed.
Extra depth service connections shall be installed when the wastewater main is at a depth greater than that
necessary to serve the abutting property. The service is identical to a standard connection except that pipe risers will
be installed at a maximum 45-degree angle into the trench walls to connect the combination tee wye and 45-degree
bend to the service pipe. Where possible, a minimum slope of ¼-in.-per-foot (equivalent to a 2% slope) will be
maintained. Where the wastewater main is located in the street and the abutting property slopes to the street, the
wastewater service shall normally have a minimum depth of 5-feet below the top of the curb at the point where it
passes beneath the curb. Where abutting property slopes away from the wastewater main, service connections shall
be placed at a depth adequate to serve the normally expected use of the property.
Where water and wastewater service connections cross, they shall be treated in accordance with TCEQ regulations.
All new laterals for vacant lots shall be placed at the Lot Corner with the lowest wastewater main line elevation, as
directed by the OWNER.

COD 502-30
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 503.COD: TRENCHLESS INSTALLATION

(Page 503-1. Replace Item 503.3.2. Materials, with the following:)

503.3.2.COD MATERIALS: The encasement and carrier pipe shall be of the type and strength as indicated on the
plans. All necessary materials shall conform to the applicable sections of these specifications or as specified by the
OWNER If none is specified on the plan, the CONTRACTOR shall submit an encasement design to the OWNER for
approval.

(Page 503-1. Replace Item 503.3.3.1. General, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added at the end of this item.))
503.3.3.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
503.3.3.1.COD: GENERAL: The CONTRACTOR may request to perform the work by jacking, boring, or tunneling in
lieu of open cut.
Where encasement or carrier pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under highways, streets
or other facilities by jacking, boring or tunneling methods, construction shall be made in a manner that shall not
interfere with the operation of the railroad, highway or other facility and shall not weaken or damage any embankment
or structure. The CONTRACTOR shall notify all railroad companies or TxDOT at least 48-hours prior to construction.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide insurance as required by the governing authority.
During construction operations, barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians shall be furnished and
maintained around the excavation, equipment, and materials as required in Item 107.19. Protection of Work and of
Persons and Property (with Addendum Items), until such time as the backfill has been completed and then shall
be removed from the site. All excavations shall be safely secured at all times to prevent unauthorized access to the
excavation site.
The CONTRACTOR shall take the proper precautions to avoid excavating earth or rock or shattering rock beyond the
limits of excavation needed to install the conduit. All damages caused by excavating or blasting, either to surface or
subsurface structures, shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR’S own cost and
expense. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all surplus materials at its own expense.
The drilling of pilot holes for the alignment of pipe prior to its installation by jacking, boring, or tunneling shall not be a
requirement but may be necessary to maintain grade.
In cases where grout is to be used to fill the void between the carrier pipe and encasement, or the carrier pipe and
rock/earth (if an encasement is not required), the CONTRACTOR may submit a request to use injected pea gravel in
lieu of grout. Requests will be reviewed by the OWNER on a case-by-case basis. If the request is not granted, the
refusal will not constitute the basis for a claim. If the request is granted, a submittal detailing the means and methods
of performing the work will be required for approval by the OWNER. The OWNER will have the option to require the
use of grout and reject the entire concept of using injected pea gravel if the submittal is not approved. If the submittal
is approved, it will not constitute a basis for an increase or a decrease to the cost of the CONTRACT. If the submittal
is approved, the City accepts no responsibility for the final construction results by using pea gravel in lieu of grout.

COD.503-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD 502-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 504.COD: OPEN CUT – BACKFILL

(Page 504-3. Replace Item 504.2.3.5. Modified Flowable Backfill, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added at the
end.))
504.2.3.5.COD: MODIFIED FLOWABLE BACKFILL: Modified flowable backfill in areas of possible future
excavation such as utility installations shall consist of a mixture of native soils or manufactured materials, cement
and/or fly ash, air-entraining material, and water which produces a material with unconfined compressive strength of
between 50-psi and 150-psi (4- to 11-kg/cm2) after 28-days. Modified flowable backfill in permanent areas such as
abandoned pipe closures, abutments and embankments shall contain similar materials and shall have an unconfined
compressive strength of greater than 150-psi (11-kg/cm2) after 28 days. Any materials used shall be primarily
granular, with a plasticity index <12 and with 100% passing a ¾-in. sieve. The flowable mixture shall be mixed in a
pug mill, concrete mixer, or transit mixer and shall have a minimum slump of 5-in (13cm). The flowable mixture must
be allowed to set prior to the placement of any overlying material.
The CONTRACTOR shall backfill around and a minimum of 12" above the top of pipe with Modified Flowable Backfill.
The CONTRACTOR shall restore all disturbed areas to pre-construction condition (or better). All restoration
including, but not limited to, fence replacement, grass sodding, shrub and flower replacement shall be incidental to
appropriate Bid Item Numbers.

(Page 504-4. Add the following:)

504.2.3.6.COD: OPEN CUT WASTEWATER LATERAL AND WATER SERVICES: All open cut Wastewater
Laterals and Water Services shall be backfilled with flowable backfill per Department of Public Works‘ Pavement Cut
and Repair Standards Manual from the embedment zone to a level consistent with the paving sub-grade and the
backfill will be placed up to the water meter cans and wastewater clean-outs, when the Wastewater Laterals or the
Water Services are placed under existing or proposed areas to be paved. Wastewater Laterals and Water Services
placed in crushed rock alleys are exempt from this requirement. This requirement shall be considered inclusive to the
Bid Items and shall not be considered for extra payment.

(Page 504-5. Replace Item 504.4.2.1. Water for Construction, with the following:)
504.4.2.1.COD: WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION: All water for construction of water or sanitary sewer mains shall
be furnished by the OWNER free from the nearest convenient City of Dallas main. If water from the OWNER is
unavailable, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for purchasing water from a local SUPPLIER or another city.

(Page 504-5. Replace Item 504.4.3. Sequence, with the following: (A New paragraph has been added at the end of this section.))
504.4.3.COD: SEQUENCE: The sequence of operations to be followed shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR for
approval by the OWNER. The sequence shall meet the job requirements for completion time, avoid interference with
plant operations, and conform to plan and specification requirements. The construction of all storm drain and
wastewater collection systems shall begin at the outlet or lower end, unless otherwise directed by the OWNER.
Tributary lines for storm drain and wastewater collection systems shall not be started until the main line has been built
to their junction points.
A construction schedule shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR and submitted to the OWNER prior to construction
or within ten days of the notice to proceed, whichever occurs first. The CONTRACTOR shall call the appropriate
Construction Superintendent, a minimum of 10 working days in advance of construction to request an Inspector.

(Page 504-5. Replace Item 504.4.4. Layout, with the following: (A new sentence has been added at the end of this section.))
504.4.4.COD: LAYOUT: The CONTRACTOR shall construct the work in the locations and to the grades and
elevations shown on the plans from base lines and benchmarks as established by the OWNER. Cut sheets prepared
by anyone other than the OWNER must be approved by the OWNER's inspection division before any work will be
allowed using that data.

COD.504-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 504-6. Replace Item 504.5.1.1. Terms, with the following:)

504.5.1.1.COD: TERMS:
D — inside diameter of the pipe.
OD — outside diameter of the pipe.
BC — outside diameter of the pipe.
Bd — Trench width.
Stone cuttings are rock trench excavated material. The maximum allowable dimension of the stone to be used for
embedment is 1-in. (2.5cm). Rock cuttings may only be used as Class D+ embedment for water conduits.
Densities shall be shown as a percent of the maximum dry density at not less than 2% below optimum moisture of
samples of the material as determined by the ASTM D698 Maximum Density Optimum Moisture Test.

(Page 504-6. Delete Item 504.5.1.3. Trench Dimensions, and replace with Latest DWU Standard Drawings For Water and
Wastewater Construction, sheet 113 through 119.))
504.5.1.3.COD: TRENCH DIMENSIONS: Refer to latest DWU Standard Drawings for Water and Wastewater
Construction, sheet 112 through 119 for information concerning allowable trench width.

(Page 504-9. Replace Item 504.5.3.2. Compaction, with the following: (New paragraphs have been added to the end of this section))
504.5.3.2.COD: COMPACTION: Compaction of all backfill material shall be performed in a manner that shall not
crack, crush, and/or cause the installed pipe to be moved from the established grade and/or alignment, as shown on
the plans. Satisfactory density shall be obtained at various depths on all backfill material as indicated from random
selected test points prior to the required exfiltration or pressure tests that are to be performed on lines being
constructed. The required moisture content shall be at not less than 2% below nor more than 4% above the optimum
moisture of the material or as specified by the OWNER. In-place density/moisture content shall be tested and verified
as specified by the OWNER, or at an average frequency of once per 100-linear-feet (30m) per 1-foot (0.3m) of
compacted depth.
(1) Densities shall be taken at the amount of three (3) per one hundred (100) feet of open cut trench excavation,
equally spaced. The density tests are to be conducted by the OWNER‘S approved Soil Density Lab. The
depths of the samples and the approximate locations are to be coordinated and approved by the OWNER.
(2) All densities shall meet the requirements set forth in the Pavement Cut and Repair Standards Manual,
amended, issued by the Department of Public Works.

(Page 504-9. Replace Item 504.5.3.2.1. Densities - Areas Subjected to or Influenced by Vehicular Traffic and Item 504.5.3.2.2.
Densities - Areas Not Subjected to or Influenced by Vehicular Traffic, with the following: (The ends of the paragraphs have been
replaced with new sentences.))
504.5.3.2.1.COD: DENSITIES - AREAS SUBJECTED TO OR INFLUENCED BY VEHICULAR TRAFFIC: The
trench backfill shall be mechanically compacted to the top of the subgrade in 6-in. (15cm) loose lifts to at least 95-
percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698 Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics
3 3
of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft (600 kN-m/m )). In lieu of mechanically tamped material, the
CONTRACTOR may, at no expense to the OWNER, furnish and place sand. At the time of placement, the sand
should have moisture content between 5 and 8%. The density requirements are to be met for this sand backfill
regardless of the method to be used for compaction.
504.5.3.2.2.COD: DENSITIES — AREAS NOT SUBJECTED TO OR INFLUENCED BY VEHICULAR TRAFFIC:
The trench backfill shall be placed in layers not more than 10-in. (25cm) loose depth and shall be compacted by
mechanical means, subject to the restrictions outlined in Item 504.5.3.2.5.COD. Compaction Methods, to at least
90-percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. In lieu of mechanically tamped material, the
CONTRACTOR may, at no expense to the OWNER, furnish and place sand. At the time of placement, the sand
should have moisture content between 5 and 8%. The density requirements are to be met for this sand backfill
regardless of the method to be used for compaction.

COD 504-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

(Page 504-10. Replace Item 504.5.3.2.5. Compaction Methods, with the following: (The last paragraph has been added.))
504.5.3.2.5.COD: COMPACTION METHODS: The method of compaction shall be left to the discretion of the
CONTRACTOR with the following exception, unless otherwise specified, provided the degree of compaction is
obtained and provided that the pipe is not damaged in the process. If any potential damage to the pipe due to a
method of compaction exists, in the opinion of the OWNER, that method of compaction shall not be allowed.
Compaction of any backfill material by flooding or jetting shall not be permitted.
Hand-operated mechanical tampers may be used with approval of the OWNER for compacting backfill.
Vibratory rollers will not be permitted unless approved by the OWNER

(Page 504-10. Replace Item 504.5.3.3.Rejection, with the following: (A new sentence has been added to the end of this item.))
504.5.3.3.COD: REJECTION: If the results of tests made by the OWNER'S designated testing laboratory indicate
the backfill does not meet the specified density and/or moisture requirements throughout its depth, the OWNER shall
require its removal and replacement to meet the requirements. Re-testing will be performed by the OWNER'S
designated testing laboratory at the OWNER'S expense. All removal and replacement of backfill material will be at no
cost to the OWNER

(Page 504-10. Add the following:)

504.6.8.COD: FOUR F FLOWABLE BACKFILL: Four F Flowable Backfill shall consist of an appropriate amount of
cement (with other additives as necessary) mixed with mortar sand to flow and fill all voids in the excavation. This fill
shall develop a compressive strength of 1120 pounds per square foot (7.8 psi) one hour after placement, and a 28-
day compressive strength with the range of 25 to 100 psi. The material must be such that it can be capped in one
and one-half to two hours.

(Page 504-10. Add the following:)

504.7.2.1.1.COD: NO EXTRA ALLOWANCES: No extra allowance shall be made for backfill materials used around
manholes, vault boxes, or other structural components. Trench backfill computations shall be carried through such
structures. No allowance for waste shall be made.

(Page 504-11. Add the following:)

504.7.3. COD: SURPLUS EXCAVATION: The CONTRACTOR shall submit a list of those disposal sites where
surplus excavation and other materials removed, as part of the construction, are disposed of along with copies of
permits or licenses for each facility. If the sites are not permitted or licensed then the CONTRACTOR must furnish a
copy of a signed permission agreement with the Property OWNER(s). Conditions and restrictions, if any, shall be
clearly stated. Compliance with these conditions and restrictions will be required, and a release from the Property
OWNER(s) must be obtained upon completion of the project.
Surplus excavation and other materials must not be deposited in areas designated as Flood Plain or along natural
drainage ways. Materials deposited will be removed at the CONTRACTOR'S expense and the area restored to its
natural condition.
Failure to comply promptly with the requirements of this provision will result in denial of the OWNER's final approval
and acceptance

COD.504-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD 504-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 505.COD: OPEN CUT – GENERAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION

(Page 505-1. Replace Item 505.1.3. Street Cut Permit, with the following:)
505.1.3.COD: STREET CUT PERMIT: A Street Cut Permit is required to be in the CONTRACTOR'S possession on
the job site prior to making a cut in City Right of Way. The permit will be obtained and furnished by the OWNER.

(Page 505-1. Replace Item 505.1.6. Laying Underground Conduit, with the following: (The last three paragraphs have been added))
505.1.6.COD: LAYING UNDERGROUND CONDUIT: Prior to being lowered into the trench, each pipe shall be
carefully inspected; those not meeting specifications shall be rejected and either destroyed or removed from the job.
All lumps or excrescences on the ends of conduit shall be removed before it is lowered into the trench. No pipe shall
be laid except in the presence of the OWNER, unless otherwise specified. The OWNER may order the removal of
and the re-laying of any pipe that was not observed as it was placed. The pipe and specials shall be so laid in the
trench that after the project is completed the interior surface shall conform accurately to the grade and alignment
indicated on the plans. Bell holes shall be excavated and all pipes shall be carefully adjusted to fit snugly in cradling
or bedding so that the entire length bears on cradling or bedding material with no wedging or blocking to hold up the
bell. All water pipes shall be laid dry, regardless of the type of joint used.
Pipes shall be laid with the bell or groove end upgrade unless otherwise approved by the OWNER and, in any event,
shall be laid with the bell or collar away from the last section placed. Pipe must be swabbed clean before placement
in the ditch.
Before laying the pipe, the interior of the joints shall be carefully bored smooth and clean and the annular space shall
be kept free from dirt, stones, or water. Pipe shall be installed and joints made up in complete conformance with the
instructions and recommendations regarding proper installation and assembly furnished by the manufacturer. Proper
facilities shall be provided for hoisting and lowering the section of the pipe into the trench without disturbing the
prepared foundation and the sides of the trench. All pipes shall be so laid that the contact in the joint between two
lengths of pipe shall be uniform throughout the circumference of the joint. Where curves in the alignment are
indicated on the drawings, standard pipe (short sections of pipe or bevels) shall be used with the outside edge of the
joint pulled away from the seat to make a smooth curve.
When work is suspended on the line for any reason, the end of the line shall be properly closed with an effective
watertight seal or plug manufactured for this purpose.

(Page 505-3. Add the following:)

505.3.COD: DAMAGED PIPE: Pipe that is damaged during installation will be repaired only by a method approved
by the OWNER. If, in the opinion of the OWNER, a satisfactory repair cannot be made by the method(s) suggested
by the CONTRACTOR or pipe manufacturer, the damaged pipe shall be removed and replaced with sound pipe that
meets the specifications of the CONTRACT. Repairs or replacement will be at no cost to the OWNER including costs
associated with removing and replacing non-damaged pipe for the purpose of removing damaged pipe.

COD.505-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.505-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 506.COD: OPEN CUT – WATER CONDUIT INSTALLATION

(Page 506-2. Replace Item 506.5 Hydrostatic Test, with the following: (There are several additions to the first paragraph of this
section.))
506.5.COD: HYDROSTATIC TEST:
Before being accepted, all ductile iron and plastic pipelines constructed shall be tested with a hydraulic test pressure
of not less than 175-psi (1206.58-KPa), maintained over a period of not less than 2-hours unless otherwise specified
by the OWNER, except that polyethylene pipe shall be tested as described below in Item 506.5.1. Hydrostatic
Testing Polyethylene Pipe, unless otherwise specified by the OWNER. Alternately, a 2-hour test may be conducted
on PVC in accordance with AWWA C605 Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and
Fittings for Water and a 2-hour test may be conducted on ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C600 Installation of
Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. Concrete pressure pipe shall be tested with a hydraulic test
pressure of 120-percent of the design pressure. Steel pressure pipe shall be tested with a hydraulic test pressure not
to exceed 150-percent and not less than 120-percent of the design working pressure. The rate of leakage of all pipe
tested shall not exceed 11.65-gallons-per-inch of nominal diameter of pipe per mile (0.01-cu.-m.-per-cm. of nominal
diameter per km.) over a 24-hour period. Water lines of materials in combination shall be tested for the type of pipe
(material) with the least stringent hydraulic test pressure maintained over a period of not less than 4-hours.
Acceptable test values are provided in Table 506.5.(a).COD. Allowable Leakage for 4-Hours at Test Pressure of
150-psi.
All newly laid pipe, or any valve section thereof, shall be subjected to the test with the gauge located at the lowest
point in the system to be tested. If the line cannot be tested at its lowest point, a correction factor of minus 0.43 lb./
vert. ft. (0.64 kg/ vert. m) shall be made.
Table 506.5.(a).COD. Allowable Leakage for 4-Hours at Test Pressure of 150-psi (Gallons)
Length Pipe Diameter (Inches)
(Ft.) 6‖ 8‖ 10‖ 12‖ 14‖ 16‖ 18‖ 20‖ 24‖ 30‖ 36‖ 42‖ 48‖ 54‖ 60‖ 66‖
5 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12

10 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.22 0.24

15 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.17 0.20 0.23 0.26 0.30 0.33 0.36

20 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.31 0.35 0.40 0.44 0.49

25 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.18 0.22 0.28 0.33 0.39 0.44 0.50 0.55 0.61

50 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.29 0.33 0.37 0.44 0.55 0.66 0.77 0.88 0.99 1.10 1.21

75 0.17 0.22 0.28 0.33 0.39 0.44 0.50 0.55 0.66 0.83 0.99 1.16 1.32 1.49 1.66 1.82

100 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.44 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.74 0.88 1.10 1.32 1.54 1.77 1.99 2.21 2.43

200 0.44 0.59 0.74 0.88 1.03 1.18 1.32 1.47 1.77 2.21 2.65 3.09 3.53 3.97 4.41 4.85

300 0.66 0.88 1.10 1.32 1.54 1.77 1.99 2.21 2.65 3.31 3.97 4.63 5.30 5.96 6.62 7.28

400 0.88 1.18 1.47 1.77 2.06 2.35 2.65 2.94 3.53 4.41 5.30 6.18 7.06 7.94 8.83 9.71

500 1.10 1.47 1.84 2.21 2.57 2.94 3.31 3.68 4.41 5.52 6.62 7.72 8.83 9.93 11.03 12.14

600 1.32 1.77 2.21 2.65 3.09 3.53 3.97 4.41 5.30 6.62 7.94 9.27 10.59 11.92 13.24 14.56

700 1.54 2.06 2.57 3.09 3.60 4.12 4.63 5.15 6.18 7.72 9.27 10.81 12.36 13.90 15.45 16.99

800 1.77 2.35 2.94 3.53 4.12 4.71 5.30 5.88 7.06 8.83 10.59 12.36 14.12 15.89 17.65 19.42

900 1.99 2.65 3.31 3.97 4.63 5.30 5.96 6.62 7.94 9.93 11.92 13.90 15.89 17.87 19.86 21.85

1000 2.21 2.94 3.68 4.41 5.15 5.88 6.62 7.36 8.83 11.03 13.24 15.45 17.65 19.86 22.07 24.27

Valve 0.19 0.25 0.31 0.37 0.44 0.50 0.56 0.62 0.75 0.94 1.12 1.31 1.50 1.68 1.87 2.06

COD.506-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

4  (S  D P )
ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE (GAL.) FOR 4 HOURS =
133,200
Valve Leakage Allowable = 0.0078 Gal./Hour/In. of nominal valve
S = Length of Pipe, Ft.
size

D = Diameter of Pipe, In. Test — Ductile Iron, Plastic, and at 150 psi

P = 150 psi — Concrete 120% of Design Pressure

Height Correction = 0.43

— Steel 120% Min. to 150% Max. Design Working Pressure
psi/Ft.

If the tests indicate a leakage in excess of the above rate, then the CONTRACTOR shall be required to find and
repair the leak. Even if the test requirements are met, all apparent leaks shall be stopped. Allowance for valve
leakage to the atmosphere may be determined as no more than 0.0078-gal./hr./in. (0.012-L/hr./cm.) of nominal valve
size. The OWNER cannot guarantee that an old existing system valve shall hold the required pressure. The
CONTRACTOR has the option of plugging the new conduit prior to tying onto the existing system and testing against
the old valve. If the old valve does not hold against the test pressure, then the CONTRACTOR must cut and plug the
new conduit, hydrostatic test the new conduit, and then complete the tie-in. Internal test plugs may be used in larger
reinforced concrete conduits in lieu of plugging prior to making a tie-in.
The cost of testing and repairing the leaks, including all uncovering, repairing, backfilling and incidental work, shall be
at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.

(Page 506-3. Replace Item 506.6. Connections to Existing Water Conduits, with the following: (The second paragraph has been
replaced.))
506.6.COD: CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WATER CONDUITS:
Connection to an existing water conduit shall include not only branch connections but in-line connections for the
purpose of making required pipe adjustments as well. Any connection or series of connections required to be
performed on an existing water conduit shall meet with the OWNER’S specific approval as to the seasonal period
when the work can be performed, the length of time required for the work to be completed, the work procedures
proposed, and/or any other facet that could affect quality or quantity of water supply to the affected area. The work
shall be performed with stringent built-in safeguards (such as adequate back-up equipment, labor and materials
available) to insure that time schedules are met without failure and subsequent setback. Every effort shall be made to
accomplish as much of the work as possible before actual tie-in is made into the existing conduit. This is especially
applicable where vertical and horizontal concrete thrust blocks are a necessity to impose proper restraint of the pipe
when the conduit is returned to full service. See DWU Standard Drawings for Water and Wastewater Construction,
sheets 229 to 235 for horizontal thrust blocks.
CONTRACTOR shall contact City of Dallas Inspections, a minimum of 48 hours in advance of a required valve
shutdown.
Where indicated on the plans and/or herein specified, the CONTRACTOR shall connect the new conduit to existing
conduits. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services required for the locating and
uncovering of the existing line; the making of cuts in the existing line; the removal, relocation, and/or lowering of
existing lines as required (See DWU Standard Drawings for Water and Wastewater Construction, sheet 225);
dewatering of the trench; connecting of the existing lines to the new conduit; and all appurtenant work required for
complete connection. Appurtenant work shall follow the requirements stated herein and as specified in Item 502.
Appurtenances (with Addendum Items). Relocated conduits or lines shall be laid so that all valves shall be set
vertically. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to plug and block lines, crosses, tees or other fittings installed in the
new conduit to permit hydrostatic testing and chlorination prior to making connections. Such plugs and blocking shall
be adequate to withstand an applicable test pressure.
Where cut-ins are made immediately adjacent to valves under pressure, the CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary
precautions to brace such valves with temporary blocking. Bracing shall be of ample size and properly placed to
prevent movement or blowing-off of any pipe, valves, or fittings due to water pressure on the conduit.
Connections to existing water conduits shall be made at the locations shown, as specified, and/or as directed by the
OWNER. All such connections shall be made in a most expeditious and workmanlike manner to cause the least
inconvenience to water customers and to traffic. The detailed schedule of operations for making each connection
shall be approved by the OWNER before any work thereupon is commenced.

COD 506-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

In the case where blow-off connections or fire hydrants are not provided for flushing, the CONTRACTOR shall be
required to leave one end of the new conduit open for flushing and then plug and block the end for chlorination and
testing.
There shall be no separate pay items for taps and blow-offs for hydrostatic testing and disinfection purposes. Taps
and blow-offs for hydrostatic testing and disinfection purposes shall be installed by the CONTRACTOR, at locations
specified by the OWNER. This may include placing a blow-off on an existing conduit at the tie-in, or addition of a
blow-off(s) at an isolated existing valve, for facilitation of hydrostatic testing and/or chlorination. Compression type
curb stops are not permitted for blow-offs
Upon completion of the hydrostatic testing and disinfection, the CONTRACTOR shall return to the job site and
remove the blow-off down to the corporation stop. CONTRACTOR shall leave the corporation stop and backfill,
replacing all pavement. Removal of the blow-off shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work, including excavation, disposal of surplus materials, and backfill with no separate pay
item.

(Page 506-4. Add the following:)

506.6.1.COD: WATER MAIN TIE-IN DURING OFF HOURS: Tie-in connections affecting curtailment of quality or
quantity of water to an area, businesses, etc., must be performed during the weekend or off-hours. All work must be
coordinated through the OWNER or its representatives. Delay costs due to shut down and connection issues are
considered incidental work and shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Refer to Item 502.10. Connections to
Conduits for Service (with Addendum Items), and Item 506.6.COD Connections to Existing Water Conduits,
for other general requirements. Unless otherwise stated in the CONTRACT, this item is a No Separate Pay Item.

(Page 506-4. Add the following:)

506.6.2.COD: SHUTDOWN OF WATER MAINS 20‖ DIAMETER AND LARGER: Construction that requires the
shutdown of any water mains size 20‖ and larger shall only be done during the winter months between October 1 and
May 1, unless otherwise approved by the OWNER. The schedule of these shutdowns must be coordinated with City
of Dallas Distribution and City of Dallas Pumping Divisions and by the OWNER.

(Page 506-4. Replace Item 506.7. Purging And Disinfection Of Water Conduits through Item 506.7.5.4. Sampling, with the
following:)
506.7.COD: DISPOSAL OF HEAVILY CHLORINATED WATER MAIN FLUSHING WATER:
The CONTRACTOR will install blowoffs at locations and sizes as shown on the Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan (SWP3) or as directed by the OWNER.

506.7.1.COD: PRELIMINARY FLUSHING: Before being chlorinated, the main (s) shall be filled to eliminate air
pockets and shall be flushed to remove particulates. The flushing velocity in the main shall not be less than 2.5 ft/s
unless the OWNER determines that conditions do not permit the required flow to be discharged to waste. Flushing is
no substitute for preventive measures during construction.
Certain contaminates, such as caked deposits, resist flushing at any feasible velocity. In mains of 24 inch diameter
and larger, an acceptable alternative to flushing is to broom-sweep the main, carefully removing all sweepings prior to
chlorinating the main.

COD.506-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
Table 506.7.1.(a).COD: Required Flow and Openings to Flush Pipelines at 40 psi Pressure

Flow Number of
Pipe Size of Tap
Required 2 ½” Hydrant
Diameter
2.5 ft/Sec Outlets
(inches)
(gpm) Taps on Pipe
1 1½ 2

4‖ 100 1 - - 1

6‖ 200 - 1 - 1

8‖ 400 - 2 1 1

10‖ 600 - 3 2 1

12‖ 900 - - 2 2

506.7.2.COD: CHLORINATION: The OWNER shall chlorinate the main(s) in accordance with AWWA Standard
C651a-90, Disinfecting Water Mains, as modified by the Dallas Water Utilities at no cost to the CONTRACTOR. The
mains shall be chlorinated by one of two procedures; the Slug Method (usually used on large mains) or the
Continuous-Feed Method.
(1) Continuous-Feed Method. Chlorine shall be added near the source of an existing potable water main and
will continue until the entire main is filled with heavily chlorinated water. The chlorinated water shall remain
in the main(s) for a minimum of 24 hours.
(2) Slug Method. A high concentration of chlorine is added to one point in the system (called a slug) and slowly
moved through the system so that all parts of the system are exposed to the highly chlorinated water for a
period of not less than 3 hours.
506.7.3.COD: FLUSHING: After the applicable retention period, heavily chlorinated water should not remain in
prolonged contact with the pipe. In order to prevent damage to the pipe lining or corrosion damage to the pipe itself,
the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until the chlorine measurements show that the
concentration in the water leaving the main is no higher than 1 mg/L. If the continuous-feed method is used, the main
will be flushed a minimum of 24 hours.

(Page 506-5. Replace Item 506.7.3.2. Flushing Method, with the following:)
506.7.3.2.COD: FLUSHING METHOD: If the ―Flushing‖ method of purging is used, the CONTRACTOR shall be
required to prepare the conduit by installing blow-offs at locations and sized as directed by the OWNER. This method
shall also include the following:
(1) In general, this shall consist of furnishing all equipment, material and labor to install blow-offs of sizes shown
in Table 506.7.3.2.(a).COD: Flushing Method Blow-Off Requirements.
Table 506.7.3.2.(a).COD: Flushing Method Blow-Off Requirements

Size Conduit Size Blow-Off

2-in. thru 8-in. (5cm – 20cm) ¾-in. (1.9cm)

10-in. thru 12-in. (25cm – 30cm) 1½-in. (3.8cm)

16-in. (40cm) and greater 2-in. (5cm)

(2) After flushing is complete and satisfactory test results are received at the direction of the OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR shall secure the conduit, remove the blow-off down to the corporation stop, backfill, and
complete all appurtenant work to secure the system, or proceed with disinfection. The CONTRACTOR shall,
in the securing of the conduit, remove the blow-off down to the corporation stop.

COD 506-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
506.7.3.3.COD: DISPOSAL OF FLUSHING WATER: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to dispose of the
water used to flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main. The CONTRACTOR may use one of four methods to
dispose of the heavily chlorinated water. The method must be approved by the OWNER.
NOTE: The CONTRACTOR is not permitted to operate valves in the system. If valve operations are required during
the flushing operation, this must be done by a representative of the OWNER.
(1) A reducing agent shall be applied to the water to be wasted to neutralize the chlorine residual to a maximum
of 1 mg/L. The water may then be discharged into the storm sewer or a waterway.
(2) The water may be discharged into an existing wastewater system provided the OWNER'S Wastewater
Collection Division has determined the existing system is capable of handling the additional flow at the
planned point of input. A device must be used at the discharge point into the wastewater system that
assures it is not possible to get backflow into the water system. As a minimum, there will be an 8-inch air
gap from the end of the discharge hose to the wastewater system. The CONTRACTOR is responsible to
furnish and install any hoses to connect to the blow-off, which are run to the wastewater system and proper
barricades, warning devices, and/or flagmen to protect the public.
(3) The water may be loaded into a tanker and transported to an existing wastewater system for discharge
provided the OWNER'S Wastewater Collection Division has determined the existing system is capable of
handling the additional flow at the planned point of input; or a reducing agent shall be applied to the water to
be wasted to neutralize the chlorine residual to a maximum of 1 mg/L either in the tanker or a point offsite
and the water discharged into the storm sewer or a waterway. Discharge into the wastewater system from a
tanker will be gravity flow only and not pumped.
(4) The water may be discharged into a catch basin provided the basin has a capacity to hold the entire
discharge and will not overflow during a rain event. The water may then be discharged into a waterway or
storm sewer from the catch basin once the chlorine residual is at or below mg/L by either evaporation
and/or dilution.
506.7.5.4.COD: SAMPLING: The CONTRACTOR shall remove the flushing hose(s) from the blowoff after flushing
is complete. The OWNER will obtain a sample(s) from the blowoff(s) for bacteriological analysis. If the sample is
acceptable, the system shall be placed in service by the OWNER. If the sample is not acceptable, the OWNER will
direct the system be rechlorinated, flushed, or drained and cleaned on the inside, or a combination of any of these
procedures. If the main is rechlorinated, the CONTRACTOR is responsible to dispose of the heavily chlorinated
water as outlined above. Disposal of heavily chlorinated water due to rechlorination is not grounds for additional
payment from the OWNER.
506.7.6.COD: INDEMNIFICATION: Notwithstanding any other provision in the CONTRACT documents,
CONTRACTOR by execution of this CONTRACT acknowledges its responsibility for compliance with this section.
CONTRACTOR covenants warrants and represents that it will receive, handle, process and dispose of chlorinated or
otherwise contaminated water in total compliance with all regulations promulgated by the United States
Environmental Protection Agency and the State of Texas. CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD CITY, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FULLY HARMLESS AGAINST ANY AND ALL ACTIONS,
ADMINISTRATIVE OR JUDICIAL, FOR CIVIL PENALTIES, FINES, AND ANY AND ALL SUITS FOR PERSONAL
INJURY (INCLUDING DEATH), PROPERTY DAMAGE OR OTHER HARM FOR WHICH RECOVERY OF
DAMAGES IS SOUGHT, SUFFERED BY ANY PERSON OR PERSONS, THAT MAY ARISE FROM OR BE
OCCASIONED BY CONTRACTOR'S INTENTIONAL, WILLFUL OR NEGLIGENT VIOLATION OF A FEDERAL,
STATE OR LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION, RULE OR ORDINANCE IN THE RECEIPT, HANDLING,
PROCESSING OR DISPOSAL OF CHLORINATED OR OTHERWISE CONTAMINATED WATER REGARDLESS OF
WHETHER CITY HAS BEEN NEGLIGENT OR AT FAULT IN THE TREATMENT OR HANDLING OF SUCH WATER
PRIOR TO TRANSMISSION TO THE DISPOSAL FACILITY OR NEGLIGENT OR AT FAULT IN ITS
ADMINISTRATION OF THIS CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY REIMBURSE CITY FOR ALL FINES,
PENALTIES, DAMAGE SETTLEMENTS, OR JUDGMENTS INCURRED OR PAID BY CITY AS A RESULT OF THE
CONTRACTOR'S INTENTIONAL, WILLFUL OR NEGLIGENT VIOLATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE. The provisions of
this indemnity are solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and not intended to create or grant any rights, contractual
or otherwise, to any other person or entity.

(Page 506-6. Add the following:)

506.8.1.COD: CUT AND PLUGS: Cut and plugs will only be paid when a contractor is required to excavate at a
separate location outside of the on-going pipeline installation. All other cut and plugs (those that require plugs only)
associated with the same excavation when connecting the new pipeline to an existing pipeline is considered
incidental work and is not a separate pay item. Actual cut & plugs shall be paid under appropriate bid item numbers.

COD.506-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD 506-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 507.COD: OPEN CUT – WASTEWATER CONDUIT INSTALLATION

(Page 507-2. Replace Item 507.5.1.1. Infiltration Test, with the following: (The last paragraph has been added)
507.5.1.1.COD: INFILTRATION TEST: The total seepage in infiltration of ground water, as determined by test, shall
in no case exceed 50-gallons-per-inch of nominal diameter of pipe per mile (0.05-cubic-meters-per-centimeter of
nominal diameter of pipe per kilometer) over a 24-hour period, and shall be the same regardless of piping material
used. The allowable leakage of each manhole, or other structure, shall be as specified on the plans. An infiltration
test or tests shall be made on all sections of the project where air testing could not be adequately performed or if
ordered by the OWNER and on each manhole individually before placing the system in service and before any
connections are made to other wastewater conduits. If the quantity of the effluent into the conduit or conduits is in
excess of the maximum quantity as hereinbefore specified, the joints shall be repaired or the wastewater conduit
relayed, if necessary, or other remedial construction shall be performed by and at the expense of the
CONTRACTOR, in order to reduce the quantity of ground water infiltration to an amount within limits as specified.
The test shall be made by utilizing ground water, if any, or flooding a section at a time. Observation from jetting is not
acceptable.
It is the intent of the OWNER that no allowance shall be made for seepage of ground water at the time the test is
performed (zero infiltration). The actual connection to the existing system will not be permitted without prior approval
of the OWNER. It is the intent of the OWNER to complete the construction of new wastewater mains and test the
system prior to any connection to the existing system. Exceptions may be made by the OWNER in the event an
existing main is to be connected to the new main upstream of the outfall of the new main. A stopper may be used
until a tie-in is approved by the OWNER.

COD.507-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.507-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 509.COD: CROSSINGS

(Page 509-1. Replace Item 509.4. Railroad Crossings, with the following:)
509.4.COD: RAILROAD CROSSINGS:
All railroad crossings shall conform to the respective railroad company’s requirements with the exception of the
following minimum requirements. The CONTRACTOR must obtain insurance and other requirements of the railroad
company prior to beginning any work within the railroad right-of-way. Copies of this information shall be furnished to
the OWNER at least 48 hours before beginning construction.
Railroad crossings for all sanitary sewer lines and for water lines 12 in. (30.5 cm) and under shall require an
encasement pipe at least 2 in. (5.1 cm) greater than the largest outside diameter of the carrier pipe. The diameter of
the encasement pipe for water lines over 12 in. (30.5 cm) shall be shown on the plans. Encasement pipe shall be
corrugated metal pipe, sectional liner plate, or reinforced concrete to suit conditions of the crossing. The encasement
pipe shall be on a minimum of 2.5 percent slope or follow the design guidelines of the controlling railroad.
Encasement for water lines over 12 in. (30.5 cm) shall be plugged with concrete at the lower end with a manhole for
entrance. Encasement pipes for water lines 12 in. (30.5 cm) and under shall be plugged at the upper end with
concrete and at the lower end with a clay core to prevent the entrance of excessive ground water but shall allow
water to leak out in case of a pressure leak in the carrier pipe. Where conditions are favorable, a drain shall lead out
of the encasement pipe to a free outfall. For all sewer lines, voids between the encasement and carrier pipe shall be
grouted per ASTM C 476.
The top of the encasement pipe shall be a minimum of 5.5. ft. (1.7 m) below the base of the rails and must be a
minimum of 3 ft. (0.9 m) below the flow line of any ditch in railroad right-of-way. The length of encasement pipe shall
extend each side from the centerline of the outside track, measured at right angles, a minimum distance of 11 ft. (3.4
m) + 1.5 D + 5 ft. (1.5 m), where D is the depth of the bottom of the encasement below subgrade. The encasement
pipe shall be tightly joined to prevent leakage.
The encasement pipe may be installed by jacking, boring or tunneling. Regardless of the method used, the
encasement pipe shall be installed with even bearing throughout its length, and all voids between the encasement
pipe and the earth or rock shall be grouted per ASTM C 476. Timber supports shall not be permitted. Where the
railroad right-of-way carries a minor volume of traffic and permission is granted by the railroad, open cutting may be
used to install the encasement pipe to within 10 ft. (3.0 m) of the centerline of the outside rails.
The carrier pipe shall be of the kind and class shown on the plans with joints made up in place in the encasement
pipe or made up outside and pushed through the end if sufficient room is not available inside the encasement pipe.
For example: The A.T. & S.F. Railroad Company requires ASTM C 76 Class V, Wall ―B,‖ reinforced concrete pipe for
encasement pipes 48 in. (121.9 cm) and smaller and Class V, Wall ―C,‖ for encasement pipes over 48 in. (121.9).
Copies of this information shall be furnished to the OWNER 48 hours before the beginning the crossing

COD.509-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.509-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

DIVISION 600 CONDUIT AND APPURTENANCE REHABILITATION

October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 601.COD: PIPELINE REHABILITATION

(Page 601-2. Replace Item 601.4.2.COD: General Construction Requirements, with the following: (A new paragraph has been
added at the end of this Item.))
601.4.2.COD: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The CONTRACTOR shall certify it has a minimum
of two (2) complete working units. Spare key components shall be on the site before each lining.
The field superintendent shall be on the job full-time during any and all steps of the pipe installation.
The CONTRACTOR shall carry out its operations in strict accordance with all OSHA and manufacturer's safety
requirements. Particular attention is drawn to those safety requirements involving working with
hazardous/combustible material, scaffolding, and entering confined spaces.
In the event of a discrepancy, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the OWNER. No work shall be performed
in an area of discrepancy until it has been fully resolved by the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in operating condition all active pipes encountered during the pipeline
rehabilitation. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for continuity of service to each facility connected to the
section of pipe being reconstructed during execution of the work. The CONTRACTOR, when necessary, shall provide
for the flow around the section of pipe designated for rehabilitation. At no time shall wastewater be pumped into the
streets, alleys, waterways, or storm drain systems. Bypass shall be made by plugging the line at an existing upstream
manhole and pumping the flow into a downstream manhole or adjacent system. Pump and bypass lines shall be of
adequate capacity and size to handle the flow. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that no wastewater overflows from
the existing pipe into access pit(s). If wastewater does overflow, the CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable means to
contain the wastewater and return it to the existing pipe. If flow backup occurs and enters buildings, the
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for clean up, repair, property damage cost, and claims. CONTRACTOR shall be
liable for any damages incurred as a result of inadequate flow bypass measures.
It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to clear the existing pipeline of obstructions such as debris, a
protruding service connection, dropped joint, or collapsed pipe that will prevent rehabilitation. Any required work must
be approved in writing by the OWNER and done by the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER reserves the right to approve
or disapprove of any point repairs identified. If inspection reveals an obstruction that cannot be removed by
conventional pipe cleaning equipment, then the CONTRACTOR shall hydraulically reround the pipe or make a point
repair excavation to uncover and remove or repair the obstruction. Extreme care shall be used to prevent debris from
entering existing pipe prior to rehabilitation.
Pipe grades shall be maintained equal to the grade of the line being rehabilitated. The CONTRACTOR shall correct
all grade deficiencies to the satisfaction of the OWNER at no additional cost to the OWNER. In the event of damage
caused to materials, the CONTRACTOR shall make all repairs and replacement necessary to the approval of the
OWNER at no additional cost to the OWNER.
During the warranty period, defects that may affect the integrity or strength of the pipe, in the opinion of the OWNER,
shall be repaired or the pipe replaced at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
The CONTRACTOR shall make all required connections to existing pipes and manholes within 12-hours of pipe
rehabilitation completion and carry out such work in accordance with local standards and requirements and as
directed by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to confirm the active services prior to
reconnection.
601.4.2.1.COD: POINT REPAIRS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY: Point repairs may be required on private property.
Point repairs on private property shall be hand excavated using small equipment to cause as little damage as may be
necessary to accomplish the work. If fences must be removed to accomplish the work, the CONTRACTOR shall
install temporary fencing of like size and construction until permanent fence replacement is accomplished.

(Page 601-3. Add the following Item:)

601.4.4.COD: REHABILITATION ADJACENT TO NEW MANHOLES: The CONTRACTOR shall not construct new
manholes until Pipe Rehabilitation has been completed.

COD.601-1
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

DIVISION 700 STRUCTURES

October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 701.COD: GENERAL STRUCTURES

(Page 701-1. Add the following:)

701.2.1.COD: REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES:
Description: Removal of existing structures shall consist of the removal and satisfactory disposal of all existing
structures and pavements, on the surface or below the ground, which are to be abandoned or removed or which
interfere in any way with the new construction, which existing structures are designated for removal on the plans, in
these specifications or in the special provisions.
Existing structures shall be defined as buildings, foundations, bridges, culverts, headwalls, walls, linings, enclosures,
manholes, inlets, cleanouts, valve boxes, pipes, conduits, junction structures, access structures and other
miscellaneous structures or portions thereof of various material composition.
Removal of existing structures shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment to accomplish the
work to the limits and requirements of the plans, these specifications, and the special provisions.
Construction Methods:
(a) Removal of existing structures:
Materials or parts of the structures not designated for salvage or which are designated for salvage but
which, in the opinion of the OWNER, are not salvageable or which are designated as surplus shall become
the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be disposed of by him at his own cost and expense at sites
approved by the OWNER.
Existing structures which are to be abandoned shall be broken off or removed to a depth of not less than 1
foot below the foundation or subgrade of the new work, unless otherwise provided for in the plans and
specifications. Construction of bulkheads and structural plugs shall be done as directed by the OWNER and
the cost of such work shall be considered incidental to the contract pay items provided. All operations which
might endanger new work shall be completed prior to the construction of the new work. Pavement shall be
removed only between the lines indicated on the plans. Surface course and sub-base select materials shall
be as nearly as practicable removed separately from earth or other excavated materials, stored and utilized
as directed by the OWNER. The edges of all openings shall be trimmed smooth and to line, and the face
shall be perpendicular to the subgrade.
After removal of structures, all excavations not to be occupied by new work, and all holes created, shall be
backfilled in accordance with 504 of the Standard Specifications with approved materials thoroughly
compacted in place in lifts of no more than 8 inch thickness (before compaction) and to a density of at least
90 percent of the maximum density determined by ASTM D698 with moisture content within minus 2 to plus
4 of optimum, except that under paved areas, compaction shall be to a density of at least 95 percent.
Damages to adjacent property or structures shall be repaired in a timely fashion, as directed by the
OWNER, and shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR at his sole cost and expense, and to the satisfaction
of the OWNER. Any unsightly places created shall be cleaned up and the site of the work left in a neat,
clean and orderly condition.
b) Removal of Existing Pavement:
Existing concrete pavements, driveways, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, etc., to be removed shall be broken up
and disposed of. Care shall be exercised to leave a neat, uniform edge or joint at the excavation limits or
sections removed where only portions are to be removed. Removals shall be to the limits shown on the
plans, as directed by the OWNER. Materials designated for salvage shall be salvaged in accordance with
Item 701.2.2.COD: Removal And Salvage Of Existing Structures. Any additional removal required after
the initial removal has been made will be performed to the limits directed by the OWNER and be paid for in
the manner as prescribed under Item 104.2. Change or Modification of CONTRACT (with Addendum
Items), of the Standard Specifications.
Removal of asphalt and aggregate pavements shall be considered part of unclassified street excavation
work, unless otherwise specifically provided for in the plans and specifications.
Measurement and Payment: When the removal work is called for in the plans and specifications, with
separate pay items for such work included, measurement for payment shall be as required in this special
provision. Unless otherwise provided in the special provisions or proposals, no payment shall be made for
removal of structures and concrete pavements as such, but such work shall be considered as incidental
work and the cost thereof shall be included in the contract pay items provided in the proposal and contract.

COD.701-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

When provided for in the proposal and contract, payment for removal of existing structures performed under
this special provision shall be made at the unit price bid per each or per lump sum, as specified, for removal
of existing structures, which price shall be full compensation for all excavation and backfill; for all breaking
up and removal of concrete, steel and associated materials; for loading, hauling, unloading, storage, and
disposal of materials and structures, including any disposal fees; and for all materials, labor, tools and
incidentals necessary to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and this special
provision.
When provided for in the proposal and contract, payment for removal of concrete pavement or modular
block paver pavement, when not with concrete base, performed under this special provision shall be made
at the unit price bid per square yard of concrete or modular block paver pavement actually removed, to the
limits shown in the plans and specifications and as directed by the OWNER. Payment for removal of
composite block paver and concrete pavements shall be made per square yard of composite pavement
actually removed to the limits authorized. Removal of concrete pavement includes removal of variable
dimensioned, variable thickness, nonreinforced or reinforced concrete pavement, drives, slabs, integral
curbs, and aprons. Pay limits shall be to the back of integral curb removed. Removal of integral curbs shall
be considered incidental to removal of the pavement.
When provided for, payment for removal of nonreinforced or reinforced concrete sidewalk performed under
this special provision shall be made at the unit price bid per square foot of concrete sidewalk removed, to
the limits shown in the plans and specifications and as directed by the OWNER. Payment for removal of
concrete separate curb or curb with gutter shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of concrete curb
or curb with gutter actually removed, to the limits shown in the plans and specifications and as directed by
the OWNER.
The removal of structures, pavements, sidewalks, curbs, or curbs and gutter in excess of the limits shown in
the plans and specifications or in excess of what is directed by the OWNER shall be at the entire cost and
expense of the CONTRACTOR and such excess removal areas shall be replaced with adequate structure,
pavement and materials as determined and directed by the OWNER, at the CONTRACTOR'S entire cost
and expense.

(Page 701-1. Add the following:)

701.2.2.COD: REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OF EXISTING STRUCTURES:
Description: Removal and salvage of existing structures shall consist of the removal and salvage of all existing
structures and pavements, on the surface, or below the ground, which are to be removed and salvaged, and which
interfere in any way with the new construction and which are designated for removal and salvaging on the plans or in
these specifications or in the special provisions.
Existing structures shall be defined in Item 701.2.1.COD. Removal of Existing Structures, and Item 701.2.2.COD.
Removal and salvaging of existing structures, shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment to
accomplish the work to the limits and requirements of the plans and these specifications and of the special
provisions.
Construction Methods:
(a) Removal and salvage of existing structures:
All structures which are to be salvaged will be designated as such, and shall be removed by the
CONTRACTOR under the direction of the OWNER, in such a manner as to prevent their being broken or
unduly damaged. The provisions of Item 701.2.1.COD. Removal of Existing Structures, shall apply.
Materials or parts of structures which are designated to be salvaged, such as lumber, pipe, brick, modular
block pavers, concrete, gravel, castings, etc., shall be removed in a manner approved by the OWNER, and
stacked at the site of their removal as directed by the OWNER, and shall remain the property of the City.
The salvaged materials will be removed from the site by the City unless otherwise specified in the plans and
specifications.
Materials or parts of the structures not designated for salvage or which are designated for salvage but which
in the opinion of the OWNER are not salvageable or which are designated as surplus shall become the
property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be disposed of by him at his own cost and expense at sites
approved by the OWNER.
(b) Measurement and Payment:
If the removal and salvage work is called for in the plans and specifications, with separate bid items for such
work included, measurement for payment shall be as required in this special provision. Otherwise, no
payment shall be made for removal and salvage of structures and concrete pavements as such, but such

COD.701-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

work shall be considered as incidental work and the cost thereof shall be included in the contract pay items
provided in the bid proposal and contract.
If specifically provided for in the bid proposal and contract, payment for removal and salvage of existing
structures performed under this special provision shall be made at the unit price bid per each or per lump
sum, as specified, for removal and salvage of existing structures which price shall be full compensation for
all excavation and backfill; for all removal of concrete, steel and associated materials; for salvage and
storage of materials and structures; and for all materials, labor, tools and incidentals necessary to complete
the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and this special provision.
When provided for in the proposal and contract, payment for removal and salvage of modular block paver
pavement performed under this special provision shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard of
modular block paver pavement actually removed and salvaged, to the limits shown in the plans and
specifications and as directed by the OWNER. Payment for removal and salvage of composite block paver
and concrete pavements shall be made per square yard of composite pavement actually removed, to the
limits authorized.
Payment for removal and salvage of concrete separate curb or curb with gutter performed shall be made at
the unit price bid per linear foot of concrete curb or curb with gutter actually removed and salvaged, to the
limits shown in the plans and specifications and as directed by the OWNER.
The removal and salvage of structures, pavements, curbs, or curbs and gutter in excess of the limits shown
in the plans and specifications, or in excess of what is directed by the OWNER, shall be at the entire cost
and expense of the CONTRACTOR and such excess removal areas shall be replaced with adequate
structure, pavement and materials as determined and directed by the OWNER, at the CONTRACTOR'S
entire cost and expense.

(Page 701-1. Add the following:)

701.2.3.COD: ADJUSTMENT OF EXISTING STRUCTURES:
Description: Adjustment of existing structures shall consist of the adjustment of all existing structures and
pavements, on the surface, or below the ground, which are to be adjusted or rebuilt, and which interfere in any way
with the new construction and which are designated for adjustment on the plans or in these specifications or in the
special provisions.
Adjustment of existing structures shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment to accomplish the
work to the limits and requirements of the plans and these specifications and of the special provisions.
Construction Methods: Existing structures such as manholes, inlets, cleanouts, valve boxes, pipes, etc. which are
designated for adjustment in the plans or specifications shall be adjusted, altered or reset to the required elevation
and alignment shown in the plans and specifications, as directed by the OWNER. New materials and workmanship
necessary shall conform to the requirements of these specifications covering the particular work. Where manholes
are to be built up for 1 foot or less, the walls may be carried up vertically and one new manhole step shall be set in
the new wall; where the walls are to be built up for more than 1 foot, the existing walls shall first be removed down to
the bottom of the batter or draw-in section of the walls, or to such an elevation that the inside diameter of the manhole
is not less than 3-1/2 feet, the manhole shall then be rebuilt in conformity with the size and shape requirements for
new manholes. Salvaged materials in good condition may be used in rebuilding such structures with consent of the
OWNER, provided the materials are thoroughly cleaned before their use.
Measurement and Payment: If the adjustment of existing structures work is called for in the plans and
specifications, with separate bid items for such work included, measurement for payment shall be as required in this
item. Otherwise, no payment shall be made for adjustment of structures and concrete pavements as such, but such
work shall be considered as incidental work and the cost thereof shall be included in the contract pay items provided
in the bid proposal and contract.
If specifically provided for in the bid proposal and contract, payment for adjusting of existing structures performed
under this special provision shall be made at the unit price bid per each or per lump sum, as specified, for adjusting of
existing structures, which price shall be full compensation for all excavation and backfill; for all breaking up and
removal of concrete, steel and associated materials; and for all materials, labor, tools and incidentals necessary to
complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and this special provision.

COD.701-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.701-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 702.COD: CONCRETE STRUCTURES

(Page 702-2. Replace Item 702.2.3. Concrete ix Design and Control, with the following:)
702.2.3.COD: CONCRETE MIX DESIGN AND CONTROL: At least ten days prior to the start of concreting
operations, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER a design of the concrete mix the CONTRACTOR
proposes to use, together with samples of all materials to be incorporated into the mix and a full description of the
source of supply of each material component. The proposed batch designs must be submitted to the OWNER on the
approved form. The design of the concrete mix shall produce a concrete complying with these specifications and
meet the requirements of ACI 318 (1992), PART 3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS, CHAPTER 5, Concrete
Quality, except as amended by these provisions. The concrete mix design shall include the following information:
See Item 303.5.12.COD: Mix Designs in the latest City of Dallas Addendum for a copy of the required Concrete Mix
Design form which must be used for all batch design submittals.
All material samples submitted to the OWNER shall be sufficiently large to permit laboratory batching for the
construction of test specimens to check the adequacy of the design. When the design mix has been approved by the
OWNER, there shall be no change or deviation from the proportions thereof or sources of supply except as
hereinafter provided. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been approved by the
OWNER in writing to the CONTRACTOR.

(Page 702-3. Replace Item 702.2.4.1. Consistency, with the following:)

702.2.4.1.COD: CONSISTENCY: If the strength or consistency required for the class of concrete being produced is
not secured with the minimum cement specified or without exceeding the maximum water/ cement ratio, the
CONTRACTOR may use, or the OWNER may require, an approved cement dispersing agent (water reducer); or the
CONTRACTOR shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with different characteristics, or the
CONTRACTOR may use additional cement in order to produce the required results. The additional cement may be
permitted as a temporary measure, until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates
or cement-dispersing agent.
The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for the quality of the concrete produced. The OWNER reserves the right to
independently verify the quality of the concrete through inspection of the batch plant, testing of the various materials
used in the concrete and by casting and testing concrete cylinders or beams on the concrete actually incorporated in
the structure.

(Intentional Blank Space)

COD.702-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Page 702-4. Replace Item 702.2.4.2. Standard Classes, with the following:)
702.2.4.2.COD: STANDARD CLASSES: Standard classes of structural concrete shall meet the requirements in
Table 702.2.4.2.(a) Standard Classes of Structural Concrete.
Table 702.4.2.(a).COD: Standard Classes of Structural Concrete

Minimum Cement Contents

Strength
per Cubic Yard
Maximum Coarse Coarse
Aggregate Aggregate
Class of 28 Day 28 Day Water /
1 Maximum and
Concrete Minimum Minimum Cement
(Sacks / Size Amendments
(lbs./cy) Compressive Beam Ratio
5
cy) 4 (inches) Thereto
Strength Strength
(psi) (psi)

A 470 5.0 3000 500 0.58 1 ½‖ 2-3-4

B 376 4.0 2000 330 0.71 1 ½‖ 2-3-4

2
C 564 6.0 3600 600 0.53 1 ½‖ 1-2-3
1
D 282 3.0 1500 250 0.97 1 ½‖ 2-3-4

E 564 6.0 3000 500 0.62 1 ½‖ 2-3

F 611 6.5 4200 700 0.49 1 ½‖ 2-3

3 As Specified
H 611 6.5 N.A. 0.49 1‖ 3
on the Plans

M As Directed By The OWNER or As Shown On The Plans

1. Entrained Air will be required in all concrete exposed or partially exposed to the elements.
2. No. 1 coarse aggregate may be used in foundations only (except cased drilled shafts).
3. Prestressed Concrete
4. ASTM C 293 (Center Point).
5. The maximum water/cement ratio in pounds/pound will be computed based on total Cementitious Material

Entrained air will be required in all concrete exposed or partially exposed to the elements. The concrete will be
designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 1 or 2 Coarse Aggregate is used, 6 percent when Grade 3 Coarse
Aggregate is used and 7 percent for Grade 4, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Concrete as placed in the
structure shall contain the proper amount of air as required herein with a tolerance of plus or minus the 1.5
percentage points. Entrained air shall conform to the requirements of Item 303.2.3. Chemical Admixtures.
During the progress of the work, the OWNER shall cast a set of four test cylinders or two test beams, perform slump
and entrained air tests and will make temperature checks, as required to ensure compliance with the specifications.
As a minimum, these tests will be required for each 40 cubic yards, or portion thereof, placed each day. For small
placements, tests may be made for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several-day period.
The two test beams shall be tested at an age of 7-days for compliance with the specified strength. Two cylinders
shall be tested at 7-days and the remaining two cylinders shall be tested at an age of 28-days for specification
compliance.
Additional test specimens, beams or cylinders, representing tests for removal of forms and/or false work shall be
cured using the same methods and under the same conditions as the concrete represented.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper storage, maintenance, and any required curing of concrete
test samples made by OWNER
The CONTRACTOR, if directed by the OWNER, shall provide and maintain curing facilities for the purpose of curing
concrete test specimens. Provisions shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between
70 degrees Fahrenheit (21C) and 90 Fahrenheit (32C). The cost of all materials used in test specimens and the
cost of storing, maintaining and of providing and maintaining curing facilities will not be paid for as a separate
contract pay item, and the costs thereof shall be considered incidental to the contract pay items provided.

COD.702-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Additional cylinders or beams may be made by the OWNER as required by concrete placing conditions, or for
adequately determining the strength of the concrete where the early use of the structure is dependent upon the
concrete strength tests. No extra compensation will be paid to the CONTRACTOR for materials and labor involved in
fulfilling these requirements.
Concrete that shall meet the specified design strength requirements within 28-days after the placement, shall be
considered of acceptable strength. Job control shall be by seven-day compressive tests that are shown to provide
the required 28-day strength, based on results from trial batches. If the required seven-day strength is not secured
with the cement specified in Table -- CLASSES OF CONCRETE, changes in the batch design shall be made as
specified in 303.3.4. The test cylinders shall be tested at the age of 28 days in order to determine the compressive
strength. Should any set of test cylinders representing a given area or section of the structure fail to meet the
strength requirements, that area shall be considered to be composed of concrete having deficient compressive
strength.
For any area having a deficient compressive strength, the CONTRACTOR shall have the privilege of cutting cores for
a final compressive strength check, if, in the opinion of the OWNER, it is practicable or advisable to core the
particular area or section involved. The cores shall be cut and tested within thirty days after the concrete has
reached the age of 28 days, from locations designated by the OWNER. A minimum of two cores of approved
dimensions for each area in question shall be taken from locations designated by the OWNER for a compressive
strength value. A compressive strength value shall be the average of the strengths of all cores taken for that area.
For any designated area, a maximum of four cores will be permitted to be cut and tested for determining the
compressive strength value. The CONTRACTOR may cut additional cores for the purpose of defining the area of
deficient strength, if approved by the OWNER.
The cores shall be tested by standard laboratory methods, and the strengths determined thereby shall be conclusive.
In order to fulfill the requirements of this special provision, the strength of the cores shall not be less than the
specified compressive strength. The cost of cutting cores, testing, and making subsequent repairs to the structure
shall be at the entire expense of the CONTRACTOR.
If, in the opinion of the OWNER, it is not practicable or advisable to core the particular area or section of the structure
in question, the compressive strength value as determined by the test cylinders shall be conclusive.
For areas or sections of the structure having a deficient compressive strength, the OWNER will require that the
deficient area be removed and replaced with concrete conforming to the requirements of these specifications at the
entire cost and expense of the CONTRACTOR; or the OWNER may require that an adjustment of payment be made
in accordance with the requirements hereinafter specified. The OWNER will decide which course of action will be in
the best interest of the OWNER, and the OWNER‘S decision will be final.
The minimum compressive strength for concrete used in reinforced concrete load-carrying structures shall not be less
than that specified. Concrete having deficient strength as determined by the procedure described in this special
provision and 702.2.4.1 of the Standard Specifications will be removed and that portion of the structure rebuilt.
The area of concrete concerned in the adjustment or removal shall be the designated area represented by the
compressive strength values determined as herein above specified. The area to be measured for adjustment or
removal shall be determined in the manner directed by the OWNER.
The cost of removal and replacement of any structure or portion of a structure due to deficient concrete strength shall
be borne totally by the CONTRACTOR. For nonload-carrying structures, if the concrete compressive strength is less
than the minimum required strength, the amount of reasonable liquidated damages per cubic yard of concrete having
a deficient strength shall be in accordance with the following table:

Percent Deficient Amount of Liquidated

Damages

0-5% 5% of Concrete Unit Price/CY

Greater than 5% - Not more than 10% of Concrete Unit Price/CY

10%

Greater than 10% - Not more 20% of Concrete Unit Price/CY

than 15%

The amount of Liquidated Damages shall be deducted from payment due or to become due to the CONTRACTOR;
the purpose of the deduction is to defray the cost of extra maintenance, which cost is fixed because of the
impracticability and extreme difficulty of figuring the actual cost, and such amounts are agreed to be the damages the
OWNER would sustain and retain from any contract amounts due.
All concrete having a strength more than 15 percent deficient shall be removed and replaced with concrete meeting
the requirements of these specifications at the entire cost and expense of the CONTRACTOR.

COD.702-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 702-5. Replace Item 702.2.4.4. Slump with the following. (A new Table 702.2.4.4.(a) Structural Concrete Slump
Requirements, has been added.))
702.2.4.4.COD: SLUMP: Slump requirements for structural concrete shall be as specified in Table 702.2.4.4.(a)
Structural Concrete Slump Requirements. No concrete shall be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums
shown. Any concrete mix failing to meet the above consistency requirements, although meeting the slump
requirements, shall be considered unsatisfactory, and the mix shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory
conditions.
Table 702.2.4.4.(a).COD: Structural Concrete Slump Requirements

Average Slump Maximum Slump

Concrete Use
(inches) (inches)

Cased Drilled Shafts and Thin

4 5
Walled Sections (9 inches or less)

Slabs, Caps, Columns, Piers, Wall

3 4
Sections over 9 inches, etc.

Underwater or Seal Concrete 5 6

Riprap, Curb, Gutter, and Other

As Specified By OWNER
Miscellaneous Concrete

NOTE: No concrete shall be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. Any concrete mix failing to
meet the above consistency requirements, although meeting the slump requirements, shall be considered
unsatisfactory; and the mix shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory conditions.

(Page 702-9. Replace Item 702.4.8.1. General, with the following: (Anew sentence has been added to the end of the third paragraph
and Table 702.4.8.1.(a) Interval Between Mixing and Placing Concrete, has been corrected.))
702.4.8.1.COD: GENERAL: The CONTRACTOR shall give the OWNER sufficient advance notice before starting to
place concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms, the reinforcing steel placement, and
preparation for casting. No concrete shall be placed in any unit prior to the completion of the formwork, the
placement of the reinforcement and approval by the OWNER. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done in
daylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations.
The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50°F (10°C). The maximum
temperature of Class C, F, H, X, Y and Z or Class PC, PF, PH (as specified by the OWNER) cast-in-place concrete
used in bridge superstructures shall not be more than 85°F (29°C) at the time of placement. Concrete diaphragms,
parapets, concrete portions of railings, curbs and sidewalks, unless monolithically placed with the slab, may not be
subject to the preceding control if approved by the OWNER in writing. Other portions of structures, when so noted on
the plans, shall require the temperature control specified thereon.
A retarding admixture shall be used when the continuous placing method is used in the deck of continuous units. The
initial set of the concrete shall be retarded sufficiently to insure that the concrete remains plastic in not less than three
spans immediately preceding the one being placed. For simple spans, retardation shall be required only if necessary
to complete finishing operations or as required by Item 303. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement (with
Addendum Items). The retarding admixture shall be in accordance with the requirements of Item 702.1.3. Concrete
Additives and Modifiers. The use of an approved cement-retarding agent in the concrete shall permit the extension
of each of the above temperature-time maximums by 30 minutes, except that for non-agitated concrete, the maximum
time shall not exceed 30 minutes.
The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition
of water to the surface. When conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for finishing, the required water
shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only and shall be held to a minimum amount.
The maximum time interval between the addition of cement or mixing water to the batch and the placing of concrete
in the forms shall not exceed amounts shown in Table 702.4.8.1.(a).COD: Interval Between Mixing and Placing
Concrete.

COD.702-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011
Table 702.4.8.1.(a).COD: Interval Between Mixing and Placing Concrete

Air or Concrete
Temperature 1
Type Maximum Time
ºF ºC

Nonagitated Concrete

80 ºF or above (26.6 ºC) 15 minutes

35 ºF to 79 ºF (1.6 ºC to 26.1ºC) 30 minutes

Agitated Concrete

90 ºF or above (32.2ºC 45 minutes

75 ºF to 89ºF (23.9 ºC o 31.6 ºC) 60 minutes

35 ºF to 74ºF (1.6 ºC to 23.3 ºC) 90 minutes

1. The use of an approved cement-dispersing agent in the concrete shall permit the extension of each of the
temperature-time maximums by 30-minutes, except that for non-agitated concrete, the maximum time shall not
exceed 30-minutes.
The sequence of placing concrete shall be as provided on the plans or in the specifications. The placing shall be so
regulated that the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in the design of forms.
The method of handling, placing, and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation or the displacement of the
reinforcement and shall produce a compact mass of uniform texture. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than
3-ft. (0.9m) except in the case of thin walls such as culvert walls. The spattering of forms or reinforcement bars shall
be prevented if the concrete so spattered shall dry or harden before being incorporated into the mass.
Laitance or foreign matter of any kind shall not be permitted to accumulate inside the forms, and openings in forms
necessary for removal of same shall be provided.
Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall promptly be removed from the work.
Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. The coarse
aggregate shall be worked back from the face and concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without
displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point in the forms and running or working it along the forms shall
not be allowed.
After the concrete has taken initial set, the forms shall not be jarred or any strain placed on projecting reinforcement.
Chutes, troughs, conveyors, or pipes used in placing concrete shall be arranged and used so that the ingredients of
the concrete shall not be separated. When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle
boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the ends of such chutes shall terminate in
vertical downspouts. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left
in the forms. All chutes, troughs, conveyors, and pipes shall be kept clean and free from coatings of hardened
concrete by a thorough flushing with water before and after each placement. Water used for flushing shall be
discharged clear of the concrete.
Concrete shall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than 36-in. (0.9m) in thickness,
unless otherwise directed by OWNER.
Holes for anchor bolts in piers, abutments, bents, or pedestals may be drilled or may be formed by the insertion of
oiled wooden plugs or metal sleeves in the plastic concrete. The plugs or sleeves shall be withdrawn after the
concrete has set. Formed holes shall be of such diameter to permit horizontal adjustments of the bolts. The bolts
shall be set carefully in mortar in lieu of the above methods of placing. Anchor bolts may be set to exact location in
concrete when it is placed.
The placing of concrete for deck slabs shall be done from a mixing plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling
concrete batches over a completed slab shall not be permitted until the slab has aged at least four full curing days. If
carts are used, timber planking shall be required for the remainder of the curing period. Carts shall be equipped with
pneumatic tires. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs.

COD.702-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

(Page 702-14. Replace Item 702.4.9. Finishing Concrete, with the following: (A new sentence has been added at the end of this
Item))
702.4.9.COD: FINISHING CONCRETE: All upper horizontal surfaces not covered by forms shall be struck off to
grade and finished. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification shall not be permitted.
After concrete has been struck off as described above, the surface shall be floated with a suitable float. Bridge
sidewalks shall be given a wood float or broom finish or may be striped with a brush, as specified by the OWNER.
Unless otherwise specified, top of caps and piers shall be given a smooth finish with a steel trowel. Other surfaces
shall be wood float finished and striped with a fine brush leaving a fine-grained texture. No water or dry cement is to
be added to the surface of concrete for finishing.

(Page 702-14. Replace Item 702.4.10. Curing, with the following: (A new paragraph has been added.))
702.4.10.COD: CURING CONCRETE: Careful attention shall be given to the proper curing of all concrete.
CONTRACTOR shall inform OWNER fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing, shall provide proper
equipment and material in adequate amounts, and shall have approval of the proposed method, equipment, and
material prior to placing concrete.
Curing compound may not be used on construction joints or other surfaces that require further surface treatment.
Inadequate curing facilities or lack of attention to the proper curing of concrete shall be cause for OWNER to stop all
construction on the job until approved curing is provided.

COD.702-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

DIVISION 800 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS

October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 801.COD: BARRIERS, WARNING & DETOUR SIGNS, AND FENCES

(Page 801-2. Replace Item 801.4.3.1. General, with the following:(The last sentence has been changed))
801.4.3.COD: CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
801.4.3.1.COD: GENERAL: Chain link fence shall be constructed in accordance with the details on the plans and
ASTM F567 Standard Practice for Installation of Chain-Link Fence, and as specified herein, with new materials
unless specified otherwise. Chain Link Fence for Tennis Courts shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM F969
Standard Practice for Construction of Chain-Link Tennis Court Fence. Chain link fence for ballfeilds and other sports
facilities shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM F2000 Standard Guide for Fences for Ballfields and Other
Sports Facilities. All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner satisfactory to the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR shall locate the position of work according to the plans.

COD.801-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.801-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 802.COD: STEPS AND RETAINING WALLS

(Page 802-. Replace Item 802.4.3.2. Backfill, with the following: (A new sentence has been added to the end of the item and a new
paragraph has been added.))
802.4.3.2.COD: BACKFILL: No backfill shall be permitted to be placed, except in the presence of the OWNER.
Structural backfill shall not be placed until the structure footings or other portions of the structure or facility have been
inspected by the OWNER and approved for backfilling. As soon as practicable, all spaces excavated under this item
and not occupied by the permanent structure shall be backfilled, except that no backfill shall be placed against any
abutment or retaining wall until such structure has been in place at least 7-days. No backfill shall be placed adjacent
to box culverts until the top slab has been in place at least 4-days. When called for on the plans, special backfill
material, such as pit run gravel, shall be placed at the locations and in the manner called for on the plans. All other
backfill material shall be earth, free of any appreciable amount of stone or gravel particles more than 4-in. (10cm) in
the greatest dimension, large or frozen lumps, wood or other extraneous material, and shall be of such gradation as
to permit thorough compaction as required by the OWNER. Class C or Class PC concrete as specified by the
OWNER will be used in inaccessible locations when a mechanical device cannot compact to required densities and
as directed by the OWNER, i.e., under pipes, roads, washouts, paving, etc. Compaction testing will be performed by
the OWNER or its approved testing laboratory. If the compacted material does not meet the specified compaction, the
CONTRACTOR will be required to rework the material and pay the cost of retesting. Class C concrete will be used in
inaccessible locations when a mechanical device cannot compact to required densities and as directed by the
OWNER, i.e., under pipes, road, washouts, paving, etc.
802.4.3.2.1.COD: COMPACTION TESTING: Compaction testing will be performed by the OWNER or his approved
testing laboratory. If the compacted material does not meet the specified compaction, the CONTRACTOR will be
required to rework the material and pay the cost of retesting.

COD.802-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.802-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 803.COD: SLOPE AND CHANNEL PROTECTION

(Page 803-7. Replace Item 803.3.4. Measurement and Payment, with the following: (The first sentence was replaced))
803.3.4.COD: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Riprap shall be measured for payment either in square yards
2 3
(yd ) of the specified minimum thickness, or in cubic yards (yd ) where changes are ordered or approved by the
OWNER or by ton of material in place. Measurement of riprap will be based on specified trench width plus 2 feet. In
the event of excessive excavation, the CONTRACTOR will be required to rip rap the entire excavation plus 1 foot on
both sides with no additional compensation. Riprap shall be paid for at the contract unit price complete in place, as
provided in the proposal and contract. The contract unit price shall be the total compensation for preparing the
subgrade, including excavation; for furnishing and placing all materials; for furnishing, placing, shaping, and tamping
backfill; for proper disposal of all surplus materials; and for all labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to
complete the work, all in accordance with the plans and these specifications.

COD.803-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.803-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 804.COD: PAINTING AND OTHER PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS;

PAVEMENT MARKINGS

(Page 804-2. Replace Item 804.2.3.1. Descaling, Cleaning, and Preparation of Surface, with the following: (Only the first paragraph
has been retained.)
804.2.3.1.COD: DESCALING, CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF SURFACE: Throughout paint application,
including shop and field painting, no paint shall be applied over a surface that evidences a loose or scaly condition.
Every effort shall be made by means of the most effective and practical methods to remove all loose mill scale, rust,
dirt, oil and grease, as well as all other foreign surfaces, which would be deleterious to the procurement of the firm
paint coating. The original cleaning and preparation of the surface necessarily must be done at the fabricating plant
before application of the shop coat, but the same general requirements for painting over a clean, firm surface shall be
applicable to all coats.
Four methods of cleaning are provided herein. The first method shall be used unless otherwise specified.
(1) Power Wire Brushing: Clean all accessible areas by heavily brushing with power wire brushes. Avoid
getting any oil or grease on the steel from the brushing operation, and avoid "polishing" of tightly adhering
mill scale. Supplement with hand cleaning in accessible areas, welds and spatter, and for removing oil and
grease. Brush off all loose dust.
(2) Hand Cleaning: The removal of rust, scale, and dirt shall be done by the use of metal brushes, scrapers,
chisels, hammers or other effective means. Oil and grease shall be removed by the use of cleaning
naphtha, applied with clean rags in such manner that the oil substance is actually removed and not simply
diluted or spread out over a greater area. Bristle or wood fiber brushes shall be used for removing loose
dust.
(3) Sandblasting: All deposits of oil and grease shall be removed by solvent cleaning as above specified prior
to sandblasting. The sandblasting shall remove all loose mill scale and other substances down to the bare
metal. Special attention shall be given to cleaning of corners and re-entrant angles. Before painting, sand
adhering to steel corners and elsewhere shall be removed. Sandblast-cleaned surfaces shall be covered
completely with the initial coat of paint within 8-hours after cleaning, or shall be recleaned by sandblasting
immediately prior to painting.
(4) Flame Cleaning: Oil, grease, and similar matter shall be removed by solvent cleaning as above specified
prior to flame cleaning. The oxyacetylene flame (with an oxygen to acetylene ration of at least one) shall be
traversed over the surfaces of the steel in such a manner and at such speed that the surfaces are
dehydrated and dirt, rust, loose scale, scale in the form of blisters of scabs, and similar foreign matter are
freed by the rapid, intense heating by flame. The flames shall not be traversed so slowly that loose scale or
other foreign matter is fused to the surface of the steel.
804.2.3.1.1.COD: FAULTY SURFACE PREPARATION: The OWNER shall look for evidence of faulty surface
preparation preceding the shop coat by close inspection of the surface directly prior to application of first field coat,
likewise, between first and second field coats. This careful inspection directly in advance of paint application may
disclose not only loose, scaly conditions on the surface as a result of faulty preparation but also failure of the paint to
harden because of contamination and changes which might have taken place beneath the paint film as a result of
rusting and loosening of mill scale after paint has been applied.
(1) Therefore, whenever the OWNER has the slightest doubt as to the firm condition of the surface at any time
throughout the application of any coats, OWNER shall be expected to explore underneath the surface of any
paint coats already applied so as to uncover evidence of infirmity and to direct remedial measures. Any
effective methods for removal of rust, scale and dirt, such as through the use of sandblast, hand or rotating
metal brushes, scrapers, chisels, hammers or other effective means, shall be acceptable. Undesirable
contaminants, which are not allowed to be present on the surface directly prior to paint application and which
shall prevent proper hardening and adhesion of the paint film, are grease, oil, oily grime, and moisture.
Condensed moisture shall be avoided, and other grease-like contaminants shall be removed with solvents,
applied with clean rags in such a manner that the oily substance is actually removed and not simply diluted
or spread out over a greater area. Particular attention shall be given to the cleaning of fillets, riveted areas,
rivet-heads, bolt heads, nuts, washers, drilled or punched holes and welds where loose mill scale, rust, oil
and flux are likely to be present.
(2) Unless cleaning is to be done by sandblasting, all weld areas shall be flushed thoroughly with clean water
before painting so as to remove any alkaline residue. The flushed surface shall be allowed to thoroughly dry
before paint application.

COD.804-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.803-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

ITEM 805.COD: ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS AND CONDUIT

(Page 805-1. Replace Item 805.2.2. Drawings, with the following: (The last two sentences have been added.))
805.2.2.COD: DRAWINGS: Drawings are not intended to and do not show all materials such as junction boxes,
outlet boxes, conduit fittings and similar components. Even though such material components may not be specifically
mentioned in the specifications, shown on the drawings, or noted on shop drawings, if they are necessary to make a
complete installation, they shall be included in the materials required under these specifications. All supplied extra
material to make systems operational must be shown on record drawings. Copies of the updated record drawings
shall be submitted to the OWNER.

(Page 805-2. Replace Item 805.4. Conduit Construction Methods, with the following (The entire fifth paragraph has been deleted):)
805.4.COD: CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
Prior to the installation of conduit, the OWNER shall be notified so that a representative will be present to inspect the
installation of the conduit. Failure to contact the OWNER shall constitute grounds for rejecting conduit, which has
been installed without the presence of a representative of the OWNER.
All conduits shall be placed in accordance with lines and grade, details and dimensions as shown on the plans, or as
directed by the OWNER. All ends of pipe shall be reamed to remove burrs. All splicing of conduit shall be done by
using standard couplings manufactured for this purpose. All bare ends of conduit for future connections by others
shall be capped with standard conduit caps. The location of ends of all conduit for future electrical circuits in
structures shall be marked by a ―Y‖ at least 3-in. (76mm) high, cut into the face of curb, gutter or wall directly above
the conduit.
Conduit in medians or under pavements shall be placed at a minimum depth of 30-in. (76cm) from the top of curb as
shown on the plans. Installation under existing pavements shall be accomplished by boring. Conduit shall extend 6-in.
(15cm) behind back of curb unless otherwise called for on the plans. Where pull boxes or junction boxes are required
in medians, which are to be surfaced, they shall be installed by the CONTRACTOR at the location and grade as
shown on the plans or as directed by the OWNER.
Unless otherwise specified in the special provisions or on the plans, all pull-boxes shall be furnished by the
CONTRACTOR. All necessary fittings for proper installation of conduit in the pull-box shall be furnished and installed
by the CONTRACTOR. Where it is required that pull-boxes be installed, the conduit shall be fitted with sweeping 90°
fittings to enter the pull-box from the bottom. A nipple shall be attached to the fitting of sufficient length so that the
distance from the top of the pull-box to the end of the nipple shall be 8-in. (20cm.)
Conduit bends, except factory bends, shall have a radius of not less than seven (7) times the inside diameter of the
conduit. Where factory bends are not used, conduit shall be bent, without crimping or flattening, using a portable
hydraulic pipe bender. The radius of the pipe shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans; if not designated
on the plans, the longest radius practicable shall be used.
Conduit locations shown on the plans are for bidding purposes only and may be changed with permission of the
OWNER to avoid underground obstacles. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install conduit to an electrical service
point to be determined by the OWNER prior to the beginning of any construction.

COD.805-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)

COD.805-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

APPENDIX
Examples of Forms Used Throughout This Document
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards
(Blank)
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

105.4.COD: CONTROL OF WORK (Form)

CONSTRUCTION STAKING CUT SHEET

PROJECT: PARTY:

DATE:

FILE NO:

CONTRACT NO:

CONTRACTOR:

STATION CUT OFFSET LEFT RIGHT REMARKS

Typed and Delivered To:

Date:

COD.Appendix-1
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

CONSTRUCTION STAKING CUT SHEET – Filled in Example

PROJECT: 12‖ Water in Highland Rd. PARTY: Sanders & Party

From Dorrington Dr. to Jim DATE: June 18, 2011

Miller Rd. FILE NO: 411Q 1245, Sheet 126

CONTRACT NO: 86-211

CONTRACTOR: Lighting Construction Co.

STATION CUT OFFSET LEFT RIGHT REMARKS

9+50 6.43 Hub 10’ 1 – 12‖ x 8‖ Tee, 1 – 12‖ Valve & 1 – 8‖ Valve

10+00 8.12 ― ―

10+50 8.22 ― ―

11+00 8.82 ― ―

11+50 9.38 ― ―

12+00 9.45 ― ―

12+50 9.29 ― ―

13+00 9.47 ― ―

13+50 9.76 ― ―

13+57.30 9.69 ― ― P.T.

14+00 9.60 ― ―

14+50 9.33 ― ―

15+00 9.16 ― ― 1 – 12‖ x 8‖ F.H. Tee, 1 – 6‖ Valve & 1 – F.H.

15+50 8.95 ― ―

16+00 8.65 ― ―

16+30 7.52 ―x‖ Conc ― 1 – 12‖ x 8‖ Reducer

16+33.83 7.37 ― ― 1 – 8‖ x 8‖ Taping Sleeve / Conn. To ex. W.

Typed and Delivered To: Project Manager

Date: June 19, 2011

COD.Appendix-2
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

107.14.1.1.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate; Department of Public

Works
107.14.1.1.COD: SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE. The Contractor may use the following form for
projects contracted by and / or administered by the City of Dallas Public Works & Transportation Department.

COD.Appendix-3
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

107.14.1.2.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate; Dallas Water Utilities

Department
107.14.1.2.COD: SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE. The Contractor may use the following form for
projects contracted by and / or administered by the Dallas Water Utilities Department.

COD.Appendix-4
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

107.14.1.3.COD: Sales Tax Exemption Certificate; Dallas Park and

Recreation Department
107.14.1.3.COD: SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE. The Contractor may use the following form for
projects contracted by and / or administered by the Dallas Park and Recreation Department.

COD.Appendix-5
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

107.19.3.2.COD: Indemnification

AFFIDAVIT OF INDEMNIFICATION FOR TRENCH SAFETY

I certify (Name) (―CONTRACTOR‖) is a competent person as defined in the Federal Register,
Part II, 29 CFR 1926, Occupational Safety and Health Standards - Excavations; Final Rule, and it will perform
the duties and responsibilities of this position on City of Dallas CONTRACT (Number and Name)
.

INDEMNIFICATION FOR TRENCH SAFETY

CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD OWNER, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS AND
EMPLOYEES, AND THE CONSULTING ENGINEER COMPLETELY HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS,
LAWSUITS, JUDGMENTS, COSTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING ATTORNEY'S FEES, IF ANY) FOR ANY
PERSONAL INJURY (INCLUDING DEATH), PROPERTY DAMAGE OR OTHER HARM FOR WHICH
RECOVERY OF DAMAGES IS SOUGHT (INCLUDING ANY INJURY, DEATH OR DAMAGE SUFFERED BY
THE CONTRACTOR‘S OWN EMPLOYEES) ARISING OUT OF OR OCCASIONED BY THE USE OF ANY
TRENCH EXCAVATION PLANS, REGARDLESS OF THEIR ORIGIN, OR BY ANY NEGLIGENT, GROSSLY
NEGLIGENT, STRICTLY LIABLE OR INTENTIONAL ACT OF THE CONTRACTOR, A SUBCONTRACTOR OR
ANY INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYEE OR LABORER (WHETHER OR NOT AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR
OR A SUBCONTRACTOR) IN THE PERFORMANCE OR SUPERVISION OF ACTUAL TRENCH EXCAVATION
UNDER THE CONTRACT. THIS INDEMNITY APPLIES REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OWNER'S OR
CONSULTING ENGINEER'S NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF THIS CONTRACT OR
IN THE PREPARATION, REVIEW OR APPROVAL OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TRENCH EXCAVATION PLAN
CONTRIBUTED TO THE INJURY, DEATH, OR DAMAGE. OWNER ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER
AS A RESULT OF THE PREPARATION, REVIEW OR APPROVAL OF ANY TRENCH EXCAVATION PLAN
UNDER THIS CONTRACT; OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE
ADEQUACY OR CORRECTNESS OF ANY EXCAVATION PLAN. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH
ARE SOLELY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO
CREATE OR GRANT ANY RIGHTS, CONTRACTUAL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR
ENTITY. THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO WAIVE ANY GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY
OF THE OWNER. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTROLS IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT WITH ANY OTHER
INDEMNITY OR OWNER-WARRANTY PROVISION IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.

_______________________________________

_______________________________________
Print Name and Title

SUBSCRIBED and SWORN TO before me this ____ day of __________, 20___.

_______________________________________
[Seal] Notary Public, State of Texas
My commission expires: ___________________

COD.Appendix-6
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

110.1.1.2.(a).COD: Blank Environmental Record Affidavit

ENVIRONMENTAL RECORD AFFIDAVIT

For purposes of this Affidavit:

(A) the term ―Bidder/Proposer‖ includes any and all authorized officers, employees, agents, or other representatives
of Bidder/Proposer working in that capacity on behalf of Bidder/Proposer within the past three (3) years prior to the
date of this Affidavit;
(B) the term ―Environmental Laws‖ includes any and all State, Federal, or local statutes, laws, rules, codes,
regulations, or ordinances developed to regulate activities that impact human health and the environment including,
but not limited to, those intended to control land, air, and water pollution, conserve natural resources, prevent
damaging practices, and regulate chemical hazards.

By signing below, I, ________________________________, the authorized representative of

________________________________ (hereinafter called the ―Bidder/Proposer‖), affirm, on behalf of
Bidder/Proposer, the following:

(1) That Bidder/Proposer has received and read the Contractor Environmental Packet. Bidder/Proposer
also understands that the Contractor Environmental Packet is not intended to be all inclusive, but rather
a guideline for environmental responsibility.

[Strike and Initial the item indicated below that does NOT apply in this Affidavit.]

_____ (2) That Bidder/Proposer has not been served with any notices of violation or notices of
Initials enforcement or had any civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed by any regulatory authority for
a violation of any Environmental Laws within the past three (3) years prior to the date of this
Affidavit.

_____ (3) That Bidder/Proposer has been served with notices of violation or notices of enforcement or
Initials had any civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed by any regulatory authority for a violation of
any Environmental Laws within the past three (3) years prior to the date of this Affidavit as
follows:

[If Item (3) applies, use a separate sheet to list the notices of violation or enforcement, and any
adjudications of actual violations, along with copies of any compliance documents issued by the
regulatory authority in connection with the notices or actual violations, and attach the separate sheet to
this affidavit.]

______________________________________ ______________________________________
Company Name Signature

__________________ ______________________________ __________________________

Date Print Name Title

______________________________________
[Seal] Notary Public, State of Texas

My Commission Expires: __________________

Form 24
Environmental Record Affidavit [032311, rev 091311]

COD.Appendix-7
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

303.3.6.COD: CEMENT USED ON PUBLIC PROJECTS

CEMENT PREFERENCE CERTIFICATION

I, ________________________, the _________________ [state title of officer of company] of

_____________________________________ [legal name of bidder company], do hereby certify that my bid for
concrete products utilizes Portland cement produced by vendors who:

(1) are in compliance with all applicable state and federal environmental standards relating to the emission
of NOx, including all applicable TCEQ and EPA rules and regulations; and
(2) operate kilns with emissions that exceed the standards for NOx emissions set out in 30 Tex. Admin.
Code § 117.3110(a)(1)-(4) (as provided presently and as may be amended in the future) by the
following percentage amounts:
(a) for each long wet kiln, 10 percent lower than the standard for long wet kilns located in Ellis
County, Texas as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code § 117.310(a)(1)(B) [As of 3-9-11, wet kiln NOx
emissions can NOT exceed 3.6 lbs per ton of clinker produced.];
(b) for each long dry kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for long dry kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas, as set out in 30 Texas. Admin. Code § 117.3110(a)(2) [As of 3-9-11, dry kiln NOx
emissions can NOT exceed 4.1 lbs per ton of clinker produced.];
(c) for each preheater kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for preheater kilns located in Ellis
County, Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code § 117.3110(a)(3) [As of 3-9-11, preheater kiln
NOx emissions can NOT exceed 3.0 lbs per ton of clinker produced.]; and
(d) for each preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln, 35 percent lower than the standard for
preheater-precalciner and precalciner kilns located in Ellis County, Texas, as set out in 30 Tex.
Admin. Code § 117.3110(a)(4) [As of 3-9-11, preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln NOx
emissions can NOT exceed 1.8 lbs per ton of clinker produced.]

BIDDER:

_______________________________________

_______________________________________
Print Name and Title

SUBSCRIBED and SWORN TO before me this ____ day of __________, 20___.

_______________________________________
[Seal] Notary Public, State of Texas
My commission expires: ___________________

Form 25: Cement Preference Certification

COD.Appendix-8
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

303.3.6.COD: CEMENT USED ON PUBLIC PROJECTS (continued)

CONCRETE / CEMENT DELIVERY CERTIFICATION

I, ________________________, the _________________ [state title of officer of company] of

______________________________________ [legal name of Portland cement or concrete manufacturer], do
hereby certify that the concrete/cement products delivered between _______________________ and
_________________________ to the City of Dallas project known as __________________________utilizes
Portland cement produced by vendors who:
(1) are in compliance with all applicable state and federal environmental standards relating to the emission
of NOx, including all applicable TCEQ and EPA rules and regulations; and
(2) operate kilns with emissions that exceed the standards for NOx emissions set out in 30 Tex. Admin.
Code § 117.3110(a)(1)-(4) (as provided presently and as may be amended in the future) by the
following percentage amounts:
(a) for each long wet kiln, 10 percent lower than the standard for long wet kilns located in Ellis
County, Texas as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Code §117.310(a)(1)(B) [As of 3-9-11, wet kiln NOx
emissions can NOT exceed 3.6 lbs per ton of clinker produced.];
(b) for each long dry kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for long dry kilns located in Ellis County,
Texas, as set out in 30 Texas. Admin. Code §117.3110(a)(2) [As of 3-9-11, dry kiln NOx
emissions can NOT exceed 4.1 lbs per ton of clinker produced.];
(c) for each preheater kiln, 20 percent lower than the standard for preheater kilns located in Ellis
County, Texas, as set out in 30 Tex. Admin. Cod §117.3110(a)(3) [As of 3-9-11, preheater kiln
NOx emissions can NOT exceed 3.0 lbs per ton of clinker produced.]; and
(d) for each preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln, 35 percent lower than the standard for
preheater-precalciner and precalciner kilns located in Ellis County, Texas, as set out in 30 Tex.
Admin. Code §117.3110(a)(4) [As of 3-9-11, preheater-precalciner or precalciner kiln
emissions can NOT exceed 1.8 lbs per ton of clinker produced.].

CONCRETE/CEMENT MANUFACTURER:

_____________________________________________

_____________________________________________
Print Name and Title

SUBSCRIBED and SWORN TO before me this ____ day of __________, 20___.

_____________________________________________
[Seal] Notary Public, State of Texas
My commission expires: ________________

Form 26: Concrete / Cement Delivery Certification

COD.Appendix-9
October, 2011 COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards

303.5.12.COD: MIX DESIGN FORM

Concrete Mix Design Form
Design No: _________________
Date: ______________________

Client: _________________________
Project: _________________________
Required: _________________________
Design: _________________________
Summary: _________________________

Calculated Unit Weight (pcf): ____________________

Measured Unit Weight (pcf): ____________________
Measured Slump (inches): ____________________
Measured Air Content (percent): ____________________

Materials:

Batch Portions: (One Cubic Yard)

Weight
Materials Absolute Volume
(lbs)

Totals 27 cubic feet

CONFIRMATION TESTS
7 - Day 28 - Day
Compressive Strength (PSI) __________ __________
__________ __________
__________ __________
__________ __________

COD.Appendix-10
COD 2011 Addendum to the NCTCOG Public Works Construction Standards October, 2011

303.5.12.COD: MIX DESIGN FORM (continued)

Summary Results of
Sieve Analysis

Design No: ____________________

Date: _________________________
Fine Aggregates:

Sieve Size Percent Passing

3/8‖ 100
No. 4 95 – 100
No. 8 80 – 100
No. 16 50 – 85
No. 30 25 – 60
No. 50 10 – 30
No. 100 0 – 10
% Passing No. 200 Max 3.0
by Decantation
Fineness Module 2.3 to 3.1
Insoluble Residue Min. 28
Specific Gravity (SSD)
Absorption
NOTES:
(1) The difference between the percent passing any two consecutive sieve sizes shall not exceed 45.0%

Coarse Aggregate

Sieve Size Percent Grade ______

Passing Specifications

Specific Gravity (SSD)

Absorption
LA. Abrasion, %loss

Indicate the source of the aggregate: ___________________________________________________________

COD.Appendix-11